4-Tech PIM

Industrial Catalog

stanley-katalog-instrumentov-stanley.pdf

stanley-katalog-instrumentov-stanley

Stanley

TABLE OF CONTENTS
About STANLEY Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
How to Order Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Product Line
EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools . . . . . . . 11
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools . . . . . 31
Cable Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
B-Series Cordless Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
QBE Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
AA Series Pneumatic Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Specialty Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Engineered Systems Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
DC Tool Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Additional Resources
Assembly Tool Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Limited Warranty Statement . . . . . . . . . . 153
Certification and Compliance . . . . . . . . . . 154
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
About STANLEY Fastening
The Foundation of Tightening Excellence with STANLEY Assembly Technologies
STANLEY Assembly Technologies was founded in 1963 as a division of The STANLEY Works. Formerly STANLEY Air Tools, STANLEY Assembly Technologies has built a reputation as a leader in delivering high value assembly equipment solutions to customers in multiple industries across the globe.

Located in Cleveland, Ohio, the headquarters of STANLEY Assembly Technologies is proud to say that our precision threaded fastening products are “Assembled in America with Global Components” . Our Cleveland facility houses all functional business areas, including, but not limited to, operations, purchasing, customer service, engineering, quality, training, product management, marketing and service and support.

Extending global support and coverage, there are training and application centers in our Cleveland, Ohio facility, our STANLEY Engineered Fastening Automotive North American facility in Troy, Michigan as well as our STANLEY Engineered Fastening Automotive European Headquarters in Germany.

In support of our global customer base, STANLEY Engineered Fastening has sales and service office locations across the globe in France, Germany, Spain, China, India, Japan, Brazil and more.

4 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
STANLEY’s Commitment to Quality:

Today, our highly skilled sales and service team works directly with major customers and supports a network of select distributor partners in all global areas. These veteran sales and service engineers are fully qualified to analyze end-user applications and propose the ideal selection of assembly tooling.

Our customers benefit from this experience in the following ways:
»  EXCEED Our Customer Expectations

» Tool and application assistance by factory-trained, experienced sales and service engineers

»  IMPROVE Our Company Continuously

» Field service by technicians located strategically throughout the world

» Design consultation for your specific application needs to identify or develop the design of the tool and the output to optimize performance and the life of the tool to your application

»  LEAD Our Industry

» Engineered Systems has extensive expertise in the design and build of custom turnkey fastening solutions including automation, semi-automation, multiple spindle nutrunners and Bolt Holding tools, as well as Torque Tube and Articulating Arm systems

World Headquarters STANLEY Assembly Technologies

5335 Avion Park Drive Cleveland, Ohio 44143-2328

USA Tel: +1.440.461.5500 Fax: +1.440.461.5592

Email: SATInfo@sbdinc.com

About STANLEY Fastening 5
Image
About STANLEY Fastening
Ergonomic multi-finger triggers, handle size and high power- to-weight ratios make our tools user friendly and preferred by operators. Our tools are designed with the operator in mind.
ERGONOMIC BY DESIGN

As a major supplier of power tools to industrial manufacturing facilities worldwide, STANLEY Assembly Technologies has been involved in ergonomics since our inception in 1963. Ergonomic multi-finger triggers, handle size and high power-to-weight ratios make our tools user friendly and preferred by operators. Our tools are designed with the operator in mind.

From patented clutch designs in our air tools to patented speed control algorithms for DC Electric tools, we are continuously finding new ways to reduce the torque reaction impulse felt by the operator of our direct-drive tools.

We also offer a complete line of articulating arms and balance devices to provide alternative solutions to torque reaction strain on operators.

Our pistol style tools have been designed with an under slung handle which changes the center of balance and puts the tool weight directly over the hand. This allows the operator to hold the tool level without having to pull, then hold the tool, to the level position required with other handle-in-the-rear tool designs.

The safe use of our products is paramount to our company which has lead to our working with national and international organizations to actively participate in the development of noise and vibration standards. Our tools have very low noise and vibration levels as a result of this participation.

While we must design tools for safe and convenient operation, the primary ergonomic concern is in the operator station design. The position of the operator, the position of the hand or arm, body attitude and reach while applying the tool are of critical importance. We can help mitigate ergonomic stresses by recommending the best tool geometry, reaction device and operator position to fit the application. You can rely on our expertise to recommend a safe working process while setting high integrity joints with ergonomically designed tools.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

To ensure years of trouble free operation we recommend establishing a program of inspection, maintenance and calibration of our power tools at regularly scheduled intervals.

Preventive maintenance, making repairs and replacing worn parts periodically before they become so worn and cause extensive damage can lower maintenance costs considerably and prevent loss of production.

6 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

REPAIR SERVICE

STANLEY Assembly Technologies strives to build tools that will remain on-the-job for years, using the highest grade material available. Mechanical and electrical components do wear out despite this high engineering effort. That is why we maintain a stock of repair parts for all of our power tools. We certify repair centers around the world annually to provide the best technical service and fast turnaround with genuine STANLEY parts. STANLEY Certified Repair Centers are capable of the same level of repair and test as our factory.

RECALIBRATING TOOLS

Instrumented power tools require periodic verification of their dynamic torque output by calibration of the torque sensing transducer. Our factory and our Certified Repair Centers maintain the capability to recalibrate any power tool using the latest electronic torque measuring equipment. A calibration certificate is supplied with each tool calibration performed.

TRAINING

STANLEY provides training at our Cleveland, Ohio and Troy, Michigan facilities. On-site customer training can also be arranged upon request. Topics include: Torque Theory, Tool Design and Operation, Controller Features and Benefits, Programming and Setup, Plant Integration, Networking, Data Collection and Troubleshooting of Faulted Joints. We encourage attendance in at least one of these training sessions to become more familiar with fastening in general and STANLEY’s products specifically.

TECHNICAL SUPPORT

As a supplier to the assembly market, STANLEY has developed a global service network to support the manufacturing operations of our customers. STANLEY offers many levels of customer support from basic maintenance and operator training to full service repair facilities and maintenance service contracts.

PARTNERING

STANLEY Assembly Technologies has always believed that the relationship with our customers should be defined as a partnership. This partnership is based on:

• Understanding customer fastening needs.

• Prompt and diligent resolution of issues.

• Our goal of being the first choice for your threaded fastening needs

As a partner, we strive to provide improved fastening solutions that result in the ability to increase productivity while reducing warranty and total per unit fastening costs. STANLEY’s superior solutions are designed to not only meet, but exceed customer expectations.

About STANLEY Fastening 7
Tool and Controller Safety
EXPECT THE UNEXPECTED
PROTECT YOURSELF
• Wear the appropriate PPE

• Keep spectators safely away from work area

• Secure what you are working on with a vise or clamps

• Do not wear gloves near rotating components

• Avoid using excessive force unless in a controlled manner

• ALWAYS Keep hands clear of moving parts
• Tools requiring repair may act different than expected
UNINTENTIONAL OPERATION
TOOL SHOCK HAZARDS

• ALWAYS disconnect the tool cable or battery when not in use

• NEVER operate a tool with a defective cable
• ALWAYS remove power when working on the tools

• Keep cables away from heat, solvents, and sharp edges

• Keep fingers well away from the trigger while handling the tool

• NEVER carry a tool by the cable

DO NOT TAKE SHORTCUTS
CONTROLLER SHOCK HAZARDS
• ALWAYS test for proper operation after tool and controller repair

• Allow the controller to de- energize prior to removing the safety panel

• Understand the proper procedure for a repair prior to starting a repair

• ALWAYS disconnect all possible power sources

• Treat all electrical devices as if they are energized

EXPECT TORQUE REACTION
TOOL SELECTION & CARE
• ALWAYS use a reaction device

• Never attempt to hold the torque reaction by hand

• Use the right tool for the job

• Before using a power tool, ALWAYS check that it is in good working order

• Maintain according to manufacture’s directions

• Always repair tools following the manufactures specifications

8 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Catalog Guide & How to Order
HOW TO ORDER

To configure a specific tool, check the options table that corresponds with the tool type, style and torque range listed. To receive the option requested installed and ready for service, add the option part number to the end of the tool model number — for example:

EB33LA18-48 with Rubber Grip and 360° Swivel Bail options installed and ready to use:
Qty: Order Number: Including: 1 EB33LA18-48 20H207910, 20K101400

To order options separately to be installed later, list the option item numbers as separate lines — for example:

EB33LA18-48 with Rubber Grip and 360° Swivel Bail options separate to be installed later:
Qty: Order Number: 1 EB33LA18-48
1 20H207910
1 20K101400

Note: When ordering configurable options for a tool, the lead-time becomes that of the longest item added to the tool. Please contact a STANLEY Assembly Technologies sales professional for pricing, lead times and delivery.

TOOL SPEEDS

Tool speeds are indicated in revolutions per minute or “rpm” and indicates the free speed or the speed at which the tool runs at no load. Pneumatic tool speeds are rated at a working pressure of 6.3 bar, or 90 psi if not stated otherwise and can deviate up to +/- 10% from the stated value. Electric tool speeds are the rated (maximum) speed of the tool. Variable speeds lower than rated are available through the programming interface.

TOOL WEIGHTS

Tool weights are published in both Kilograms (kg) and Pounds (lb). All tool weights are approximate and some slight variations from engineering changes are possible.

How to Order Guide 9
Tool Labeling Key

All of the STANLEY Assembly Technologies’ tools use a common lettering / numbering structure that will guide the user through the process of choosing the correct tool in the correct form for use. There are three separate lines of tools presented in the catalog and a clear method of naming and understanding has been implemented for ease of use.

The tool key below explains the significance of the letters / numbers forming the name of the tool model and part number.

DC Electric Tools E B 3 3 L A 18 46
Max Torque (Nm)
Head Size (MM)
Output Type . . . . . . . A – Angle B – Inline C – Crowfoot D – Offset H – Hold n Drive N – Safe Hold n Drive T – Tube Nut P – Push to Start
Trigger Type . . . . . . . L - Lever Start Style P - Pistol Start Style M - Fixtured Mount Style
Modular Gear Set . . . 2, 3, 4 or 5
Motor Size . . . . . . . . 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5
Tool Family . . . . . . . . B
Power Source . . . . . . E - High-Power Electric Brushless Motor Air Clutch Tools A A 3 3 L A 18 46
Max Torque (Nm)
Head Size (MM)
Output Type . . . . . . . A – Angle B – Inline C – Crowfoot D – Offset H – Hold n Drive
Trigger Type . . . . . . . L - Lever Start Style
Modular Gear Set . . . 2, 3, 4 or 5
Motor Size . . . . . . . . 2 or 3
Tool Family . . . . . . . . A
Power Source . . . . . . A - High-Power Air Motor

10 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

EB-Series: Reliability and Performance
The STANLEY Assembly Technologies EB-Series tools have been engineered to combine the latest technologies with STANLEY’s best design features resulting in best-in-class tools.
FEATURES AND BENEFITS:
• Low Friction Gearing — In both gearbox and angle head assemblies for reduced noise and vibration for improved ergonomics.
• High Efficiency Motor — For best-in-class Power-to-Weight ratio.
• Modular Construction — For low MTTR (Mean Time To Repair) . Common components reduce complexity and cost:

» Handle / Lever assembly common to all handheld tools.

» Motor sizes

» Modular gear sets

» Angle heads

• Field Repairable —

» Matched replacement gear sets

» Grease fittings on all angle tubenut and crowfoot outputs for ease of preventive maintenance

• Full Line of Tools — 0.4 Nm to 2000 Nm with geometries to fit a wide range of applications
EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 11
Image
EB-Series: Lever Style
Industry Leading Power-to-Weight Ratio
THE STANLEY ADVANTAGE:
NEW! High Speed Motor

Smoother and Lighter

Durable Motor Cover
NEW! High Speed Gearing

Quieter and Cooler Running

• High / OK / Low Lights indicate fastening status with 360° viewing.

NEW! Grease Fitting Location

• Multifunction button can select from 2 job setups and other process functions.

A non-contact optical switch under the start lever increases Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF) by eliminating mechanical or magnetic switches which wear out over time.
Optional accessories include Forward Facing Levers.
Increased lever length, recessed mounting, and “flush to handle” activation improves fit to the operator’s hand.
Clear cover protects multifunction panel and model number label.
Recessed multifunction button requires minimal pressure with tactile feedback. A raised ring prevents accidental activation.

12 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
EB-Series: Pistol Style
Faster Models to 470 Nm
Intelligently Positioned Status Lights

Optional 1/4” or 3/8” Square Drive Outputs.

Ergonomic Handle Design for Operator Comfort
Push-To-Start

Optional

Programmable Buttons Improve Operator Effectiveness
Brilliant Headlights Illuminate Low Light Fastener Access Points
Use Lite Cables for Better Ergonomics
Fast Tools for Small Jobs
Lighter, Faster, More Power

• Torque Ranges up to 20 Nm

• All Models Under:

» 2 lbs (0.9 Kg) in weight

» 1 foot (305 mm) in length

• Push-To-Start Models Include Headlights

• Available with Crowfoot and Tubenut Outputs

Push-To-Start

Optional

EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 13
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
EB-Series Torque Range: Pistol & Lever Style
EB12PB-2
EB12PB-4
EB12PB-6
EB12PB-9
EB12PB-14
EB22PB-16
EB33PB-28
EB33PB-40
EB34PB1-55
EB34PB1-75
EB34PB1-105
EB12PP-2 EB12LP-2
EB12PP-4 EB12LP-4
EB12PP-6 EB12LP-6
EB12PP-9 EB12LP-9
EB12PP-14 EB12LP-14

Specifications

Inline Lever Style
EB12LB-2
EB12LB-4
EB12LB-6
EB12LB-9
EB12LB-14
EB22LB-16
EB33LB-28
EB33LB-40
EB34LB1-55
EB34LB1-75
EB44LB1-80
EB55LB1-100
EB34LB1-105
EB44LB1-120
EB55LB2-120
EB45LB2-140
EB55LB2-170
EB45LB2-190
EB55LB2-250
EB55LB3-320
EB55LB4-460
EB55LB4-620
EB55LB5-800
EB55LB5-1100
EB55LB5-1500
EB55LB5-2000

Specifications

Angle Lever Style

MODELS:

EB12LA10-6

EB12LA13-8

EB12LA13-13

EB22LA13-13

EB22LA13-18

EB22LA15-24

EB33LA15-27

EB33LA18-35

EB33LA15-40

EB33LA19-40

EB33LA18-48

EB44LA19-55

EB33LA19-60

EB34LA19-70

EB44LA19-80

EB34LA22A-80

EB44LA22A-80

EB34LA22A-115

EB44LA22A-120

EB55LA26-120

EB55LA26-160

EB45LA26-165

EB45LA26-220

EB55LA26-220

EB55LA32-300

EB55LA32-400

Torque Nm 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400

Please Note: This chart is a guide for the use of our tools. Programming of these tools can have a direct effect on the capability and performance.

16 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Hold and Drive Lever Style

MODELS:

EB33LH18V1-46

EB33LH18V2-46

EB34LH22AV1-77

EB34LH22AV2-77

EB34LH22AV1-110

EB34LH22AV2-110

EB55LH26V1-150

EB45LH26V1-155

EB45LH26V2-155

EB55LH26V2-210

EB45LH26V1-220

EB45LH26V2-220

EB55LH32V1-285

EB55LH32V2-285

EB55LH32V1-380

EB55LH32V2-380

Torque Nm 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400

Tubenut Lever Style

MODELS:

EB22LT252-25

EB22LT571-25

EB33LT326-25

EB33LT346-25

EB33LT358-25

EB33LT572-25

EB33LT641-25

EB33LT74-30

EB34LT150-30

EB33LT312-30

EB33LT375-41

EB33LT621-41

EB34LT23-41

EB34LT99-62

EB44LT20-102

EB55LT424-180

Torque Nm 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

Please Note: These charts are a guide for the use of our tools. Programming of these tools can have a direct effect on the capability and performance.
EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 17
Crowfoot Lever Style
EB12LC106-8
EB12LC8-8
EB12LC106-13
EB12LC8-13
EB12LC550-14
EB22LC8-16
EB22LC35-16
EB33LC13-22
EB33LC216-27
EB33LC301-27
EB33LC563-27
EB33LC624-28
EB22LC521-30
EB33LC13-30
EB33LC173-30
EB33LC362-30
EB33LC521-30
EB33LC246-33
EB33LC16-35
EB34LC298-49
EB34LC10-58
EB34LC226-59
EB33LC501-60
EB34LC515-60
EB34LC162-62
EB34LC601-73
EB34LC586-74
EB44LC404-75
EB45LC275-80
EB45LC613-81
EB45LC614-81
EB45LC637-81
EB44LC10-88
EB44LC31-88
EB44LC31-102
EB44LC260-110
EB34LC615-110
EB45LC630-145
EB55LC606-150
EB55LC612-150
EB55LC21-216

Specifications

Angle Lever Tools
1.2 to 60 Nm

EB Angle Tool Options

A10 Output Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D122901

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D122902

A13 Output Part No.

3/8˝ Double-Ended, LH Thread* 20D121912

Flush Socket 10mm Max 20D121914

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D121916

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D121917

Flush Socket 13mm Max 20D121918

1/4˝ Square Drive 20D121919

1/4˝ Magnetic Internal Hex 20D121920

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output
A15 Threaded Output 20D137500 Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138900

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Flush Socket 20D138904

EB12LA10-6 2110 6 4.42 10 0.39 31.9 1.26 319.3 12.6 0.89 1.96 1/4˝ SD

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D138901

A15 Output Splined 20D137504 Part No.
EB12LA13-8 1400 8 5.90 13 0.51 32.7 1.29 321.6 12.7 0.93 2.05 3/8˝ SD

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138900

EB12LA13-13 970 13 9.58 13 0.51 32.7 1.29 321.6 12.7 0.93 2.05 3/8˝ SD

Flush Socket 20D138902

EB22LA13-13 1550 13 9.58 13 0.51 32.7 1.29 343.3 13.5 1.08 2.38 3/8˝ SD

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D138901

EB22LA13-18 1075 18 13.3 13 0.51 32.7 1.29 343.3 13.5 1.08 2.38 3/8˝ SD
A18 Output Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D136500

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D136502

Flush Socket 20D136503

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100021

Reaction Bar (A15 Splined/ A19) Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

*RH-Thread is Right-Hand Thread. This is an option used if the end user uses the additional output for clockwise tightening or loosening. LH-Thread is Left-Hand Thread. This is an option used if the end user uses the additional output for counter- clockwise tightening or loosening.

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
EB22LA15-24 825 24 17.7 15 0.59 36.5 1.44 366.5 14.4 1.21 2.66 3/8˝ SD
EB33LA15-27 1515 27 19.91 15 0.59 36.5 1.44 415.7 16.4 1.55 3.41 3/8˝ SD
Suspension Bails Part No.
EB33LA18-35 1165 35 25.81 18 0.71 39.3 1.55 444.7 17.5 1.66 3.65 3/8˝ SD

Wire Bail A3061

EB33LA15-40 1015 40 29.49 15 0.59 36.5 1.44 415.7 16.4 1.55 3.41 3/8˝ SD

Swivel ( G3 ) 20K101400

EB33LA19-40 1025 40 29.49 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 458.4 18.0 1.87 4.11 1/2˝ SD
EB33LA18-48 880 48 35.39 18 0.71 39.3 1.55 455.4 17.9 1.66 3.65 3/8˝ SD
EB33LA19-60 680 60 44.24 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 458.4 18.0 2.04 4.50 1/2˝ SD
Vinyl Covers Part No.

EB Angle Tool Ouput Options

A10 Output 20D250711

A13 Output 20D250711

A15 Output 20D250701

A18 Output 20D250702

A19 Output 20D250707

Socket Lock Pin 3/8˝ or 1/2˝ SD Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

Handle Options Part No.

EB22 Forward Facing Lever 20H100108

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

Double Ended Flush Quick Change
EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 19
Angle Lever Tools
11 to 400 Nm

EB Angle Tool Options

A19 Splined Output Part No.

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Flush Socket 20D100106

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D100107

A22A Output Part No.

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D100305

Flush Socket 20D100309

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D100326

Reaction Bar (A19 & A22 Outputs) Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100000

Mounting Flange EB34, EB44 20K100400

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

EB44LA19-55 1190 55 40.55 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 458.4 18.0 2.78 6.12 1/2˝ SD
A26 Output Part No.
EB34LA19-70 610 70 51.61 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 488.0 19.2 2.34 5.15 1/2˝ SD

3/4"Square Drive 20D1004010

EB44LA19-80 845 80 58.98 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 525.4 20.7 2.78 6.12 1/2˝ SD

Flush Socket 20D100409

EB34LA22A-80 510 80 58.98 22 0.87 50.0 2.0 530.0 20.9 2.66 5.85 1/2˝ SD
A32 Output Part No.
EB44LA22A-80 810 80 58.98 22 0.87 50.0 2.0 539 21.2 3.10 6.82 1/2˝ SD

3/4˝ Square Drive (Pin) 20D102200

EB34LA22A-115 340 115 84.79 22 0.87 50.0 2.0 530.0 20.9 2.66 5.85 1/2˝ SD

3/4˝ Square Drive (Ball) 20D104300

Flush Socket 20D102201

EB44LA22A-120 550 120 88.48 22 0.87 50.0 2.0 539 21.2 3.29 7.23 1/2˝ SD

Hex Insert 20D102204

EB55LA26-120 825 120 88.48 26 1.02 60 2.4 632 24.9 5.72 12.58 3/4˝ SD
Reaction Bar (A26 & A32 Outputs) Part No.
EB55LA26-160 620 160 117.97 26 1.02 60 2.4 632 24.9 5.81 12.78 3/4˝ SD

Reaction Bar, Steel (<300 Nm) 20K100200

EB45LA26-165 400 165 121.65 26 1.02 60 2.4 582 22.9 5.25 11.56 3/4˝ SD

Reaction Bar, Steel (>300 Nm) 20K100202

EB45LA26-220 260 220 162.21 26 1.02 60 2.4 582 22.9 5.57 12.27 3/4˝ SD

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

EB55LA26-220 460 220 162.21 26 1.02 60 2.4 632 24.9 5.83 12.82 3/4˝ SD

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

EB55LA32-300 340 300 221.19 32 1.26 73 2.9 639 25.1 6.46 14.21 3/4˝ SD

*RH-Thread is Right-Hand Thread. This is an option used if the end user uses the additional output for clockwise tightening or loosening.

EB55LA32-400 225 400 294.92 32 1.26 73 2.9 639 25.1 6.46 14.21 3/4˝ SD

Inserts for 20D102204 A32 Hex Insert Output

Suspension Bails Part No.

The maximum hex size for the A32 Flush Socket Output is 27 mm (1-1/16”).

Description Part No.

Swivel (A19, A22A only) 20K200000

1-1/8˝ Hex Socket Insert A5172

Swivel (A26, A32 only) 20K200100

Use the Hex Insert Output with these Inserts for larger hex sizes.

Vinyl Covers Part No.

30mm Hex Flush Socket Insert 20D222100

A19 Output 20D250707

30mm with 3/4˝ Extension Flush Socket Insert 20D228900

This will add 16.3 mm (0.64”) to the “H” dimension of the tool.

A22 Output 20D250708

A26 Output 20D250709

A32 Output 20D250710

Socket Lock Pin 3/8˝ or 1/2˝ SD Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

20D102204
Socket Lock PinLock Pin 3/4” SD Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Mounting / Reaction Options

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Handle Options Part No.

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Reaction Bar or Bail Optional Base Mount Bracket

20 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Inline Pistol Grip Tools
EB12PB-2 1760 2 1.5 20 0.8 222 8.7 0.78 1.7
EB12PB-4 1115 4 2.9 20 0.8 222 8.7 0.78 1.7
EB12PB-6 2300 6 4.4 20 0.8 264 10.4 0.78 1.7
EB12PB-9 1595 9 6.6 20 0.8 264 10.4 0.78 1.7
EB12PB-14 1020 14 10 20 0.8 264 10.4 0.78 1.7
EB22PB-16 1225 16 11 20 0.8 290 11.4 1.16 2.5
EB22PB-20 981 20 14.8 20 0.8 290 11.4 1.21 2.7
EB33PB-28 1590 28 20 26 1.04 288 11.3 1.49 3.2
EB33PB-40
EB34PB1-55 830 55 40 32 1.25 324 12.8 2.31 5.10
EB34PB1-75
EB34PB1-105 410 105 77.5 32 1.25 324 12.8 2.55 5.6

Specifications

Image
Inline Push-to-Start Pistol Grip Tools
EB12PP-2 1760 2 1.5 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2
EB12PP-4 1115 4 2.9 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2
EB12PP-6 2300 6 4.4 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2
EB12PP-9 1595 9 6.6 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2
EB12PP-14 1020 14 10.3 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2

Specifications

Image
Inline Push-to-Start Lever Tools
EB12LP
EB12LP-2 1760 2 1.5 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LP-4 1115 4 2.9 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LP-6 2300 6 4.4 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LP-9 1595 9 6.6 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LP-14 1020 14 10.3 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LB
EB12LB-2 1760 2 1.5 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52
EB12LB-4 1115 4 2.9 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52
EB12LB-6 2300 6 4.4 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52
EB12LB-9 1595 9 6.6 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52
EB12LB-14 1020 14 10.3 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52

Specifications

Inline Lever Tools
EB22, EB33
EB22LB-16 1340 16 11.8 23.7 0.93 352 13.8 1.06 2.33
EB22LB-20 1071 20 14.8 23.7 0.93 365 14.4 1.10 2.40
EB33LB-28 1590 28 20.7 24.7 0.97 416 16.4 1.40 3.08
EB33LB-40 1120 40 29.5 24.7 0.97 416 16.4 1.40 3.08
EB22 Forward Facing Lever 20H100108
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg
EB34LB1-55 830 55 40.6 26.7 1.05 463 18.2 2.04 4.49
EB44LB1-80 895 80 59 26.7 1.05 479 18.9 2.50 5.50
EB34LB1-75 545 75 55.3 26.7 1.05 491.51 19.35 2.04 4.49
Mounting Flange EB34, EB44 20K100400
EB55LB1-100 853 100 73.8 32 1.25 592.29 5.17 11.38 1/2˝
Mounting Flange EB45, EB55 20K100400
EB34LB1-105 410 105 77.5 26.7 1.05 491.51 19.35 2.04 4.49
EB44LB1-120 560 120 88.5 26.7 1.05 503.45 19.82 2.85 6.27
EB55LB2-120 850 120 88.5 32 1.25 564 22.2 5.17 11.40
EB45LB2-140 465 140 103.3 29 1.15 533 21 3.42 7.52
EB55LB2-170 640 170 125.4 32 1.25 560 22.1 4.62 10.18
EB45LB2-190 355 190 140.2 29 1.15 533 21 4.3 9.46
EB55LB2-250 400 250 184.4 32 1.25 560 22.1 4.93 10.85
EB55LB3-320 310 320 236 32 1.25 573 22.5 5.01 11.03
EB22 Forward Facing Lever 20H100108
EB55LB4-460 220 460 339.3 44 1.7 621 24.4 7.60 16.73
EB55LB4-620 165 620 457.3 44 1.7 621 24.4 7.60 16.73
EB55LB5-800 125 800 590.1 48 1.9 651 25.6 10.05 22.12
EB55LB5-1100 80 1100 811.4 48 1.9 651 25.6 10.05 22.12
EB55LB5-1500 60 1500 1106.4 48 1.9 683 26.9 10.05 22.12
EB55LB5-2000 50 2000 1475.2 48 1.9 683 26.9 10.57 23.25

Specifications

Crowfoot Lever Tools
EB12LC8-8 1065 8 5.9 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB12LC106-8 1065 8 5.9 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB12LC8-13 680 13 9.6 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB12LC106-13 680 13 9.6 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB12LC550-14 680 14 10.3 13 0.5 11.4 0.45 25.4 1.00
EB22LC8-16 895 16 11.8 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB22LC35-16 893 16 11.8 21 0.81 14 0.55 38 1.5
EB33LC13-22 1310 22 16.3 13 0.52 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
EB33LC216-27
EB33LC563-27 990 27 19.9 13 0.52 15.9 0.63 31.8 1.25
EB33LC301-27
EB33LC13-30 840 30 22.1 13 0.52 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
EB33LC173-30
EB33LC362-30 932 30 22.1 13 0.5 16 0.63 26 1.02
EB33LC246-33
EB33LC16-35 881 35 25.8 21 0.81 21 0.84 38 1.5
EB44LC508-35
EB33LC484-42 610 42 31 16 0.63 18.5 0.73 31.8 1.25
EB33LC624-28 1118 28 20.7 21 0.81 14 0.55 38 1.5
EB34LC298-49 595 49 36.2 13 0.52 20.9 0.82 38.1 1.50
EB22LC521-30 475 30 22.1 13 0.53 16 0.63 32 1.25
EB33LC521-30 739 30 22.1 13 0.53 16 0.63 32 1.25
EB33 Tools 20H106400
EB34 Tools 20H106402
EB44 Tools 20H106403
EB45 Tools 20H106404
begin on page 112 EB55 Tools 20H106401

Specifications

Crowfoot Lever Tools
11.6 to 216 Nm

Crowfoot Tool Options

58Nm - 216Nm

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel Bail 20K200000

Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange EB33 20K100300

Mounting Flange EB34, EB44 20K100400

Mounting Flange EB45, EB55 20K100700

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

ANGLE Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Nose Radius “T” Thickness “W” Width “P” Length “L” Length Weight Maximum Hex Size
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm in
EB34LC10-58 510 58 42.8 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 70.7 2.78 616 24.2 3.52 7.74 19 3/4˝ EB34LC226-59 500 59 43.5 17 0.66 17 0.66 38 1.5 68 2.69 614 24.17 3.4 7.5 16 5/8˝ EB33LC501-60 499 60 44.3 16.8 0.66 17 0.67 38.1 1.50 123 4.85 616 24.2 3.52 7.74 15 5/8˝ EB34LC515-60 471 60 44.3 12 0.48 25 0.99 38 1.5 125 4.94 597.7 23.53 3.49 7.7 12 7/16˝ EB34LC162-62 321 62 45.7 13 0.52 21 0.82 38 1.5 97 3.82 664.6 26.17 3.76 8.3 13 1/2˝ EB34LC601-73 337 73 53.8 21 0.81 17 0.66 38 1.5 71 2.78 638.3 25.13 3.63 8 19 3/4˝ EB44LC404-75 508 75 55.3 16.8 0.66 26.16 1.03 38.1 1.50 68.4 2.70 626 24.7 4.2 9.3 16 5/8˝ EB45LC365-80 438 80 59 13 0.53 28 1.12 38 1.5 97 3.82 735 28.9 5.25 11.56 13 1/2˝ EB45LC275-80 580 80 59 13 0.52 28 1.12 56 2.19 86 3.39 699.1 27.52 4.08 9 13 1/2˝ EB45LC613-81 581 81 59.8 13 0.52 28.0 1.10 38.1 1.50 33.6 1.32 642 25.3 4.6 10.2 13 1/2˝ EB45LC614-81 581 81 59.8 13 0.52 28.9 1.14 38.1 1.50 123 4.85 750 29.5 5.1 11.2 13 1/2˝ EB45LC637-81 581 81 59.7 13 0.52 27 1.07 38 1.5 129 5.07 705.3 27.77 4.08 9 13 1/2˝ EB44LC10-88 520 88 64.9 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 70.7 2.78 628 24.7 4.6 10.2 19 3/4˝ EB44LC31-88 520 88 64.9 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 38.9 1.53 596 23.4 4.6 10.2 19 3/4˝ EB44LC31-102 455 102 75.2 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 38.9 1.53 596 23.4 4.6 10.2 19 3/4˝ EB44LC260-110 455 110 81.1 17 0.69 15 0.6 73 2.89 18 0.71 576.3 22.69 4.08 9 18 11/16˝ EB34LC615-110 267 110 81.1 16 0.63 38.9 1.53 31.8 1.25 76.1 3.0 619.6 24.4 4.6 10.2 16 5/8˝ EB45LC630-145 262 145 106.9 25 1 22 0.87 51 1.99 99 3.92 746.8 29.4 4.08 9 24 15/16˝ EB55LC612-150 459 150 110.6 20 0.8 35 1.37 39 1.53 46 1.81 636.4 25.05 4.54 10 19 3/4˝ EB55LC606-150 459 150 110.6 20 0.8 32.9 1.30 38.9 1.53 38.9 1.53 636.4 25.1 5.4 11.8 19 3/4˝ EB55LC21-216 290 216 159.3 29 1.16 30.86 1.21 58.7 2.31 57.8 2.27 724 28.5 5.4 11.8 27 1-1/8˝ EB55LC626-250 262 250 184.4 25 0.98 37.29 1.47 95.3 3.75 113.9 4.49 795.2 31.3 10.5 23.24 24 15/16˝
VERTICAL
EB34LC586-74 408 74 54.6 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 70.7 2.78 564 22.2 3.8 8.3 19 3/4˝ EB55LC625-237 309 237 174.8 25 0.98 40.89 1.61 95.3 3.75 113.9 4.49 809.8 31.9 11.4 25.23 24 15/16"

NOTE: The models listed are the most common of the standard 278 Crowfoot outputs we produce. Contact STANLEY Assembly Technologies for the complete list or to discuss a custom output for your specific application.

Mounting / Reaction Options

2-Hand Anti-Tiedown Options

ASK ABOUT CUSTOM OUTPUTS!
2-Hand Anti-Tiedown Part No.

EB33 Tools 20H106400

EB34 Tools 20H106402

EB44 Tools 20H106403

EB45 Tools 20H106404

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

EB55 Tools 20H106401

Reaction Bar or Bail

26 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Tubenut Lever Tools
4.4 to 102 Nm

Tubenut Tool Options

25Nm - 41Nm

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel Bail 20K101400

Standard Wire Bail B3432

ANGLE Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Nose Radius “T” Thickness “W” Width “P” Length “L” Length Weight Maximum Hex Size Maximum Tube Size
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in
EB33LT346-25 1165 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.7 34 1.3 511 20.1 2.34 5.15 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT572-25 1165 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.7 34 1.3 518 20.4 2.34 5.15 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT349-25 1165 25 18.4 38.1 1.5 14.1 0.56 42.2 1.66 55.6 2.19 539.7 21.25 2.27 5.01 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT387-25 1165 25 18.4 38.1 1.5 14.1 0.56 42.2 1.66 34 1.34 518.1 20.4 2.34 5.15 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT358-25 1165 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.66 34 1.34 518.1 20.4 2.31 5.1 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT641-25 1165 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.66 56 2.19 539 21.22 1.81 4 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT74-30 460 30 22.1 18 0.73 14 0.54 48 1.9 44 1.7 517 20.3 2.30 5.06 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB33LT312-30 847 30 22.1 18 0.73 14 0.56 48 1.88 47 1.86 547.6 21.56 1.81 4 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB33LT473-30 965 30 22.1 18.4 0.73 14.3 0.56 57.2 2.25 38.9 1.53 533.5 21 2.75 6.06 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB33LT527-30 881 30 22.1 18.4 0.73 15.9 0.62 47.7 1.88 16.3 0.64 500.6 19.71 2.3 5.06 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB33LT375-41 710 41 30.2 13 0.52 22 0.85 44 1.7 59 2.3 466 8.3 2.48 5.45 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT621-41 719 41 30.2 15.9 0.63 20.3 0.8 52.4 2.06 26.4 1.04 521 20.51 2.5 5.5 15 0.59 10.4 0.41
EB34LT23-41 695 41 30.2 18 0.73 23 0.91 48 1.88 44 1.72 580.9 22.87 1.64 3.61 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB34LT623-57 480 57 42 26.4 1.04 19.4 0.765 74.6 2.94 60.7 2.39 603.8 23.73 4.13 9.1 27 1.06 19.4 0.765
EB34LT99-62 460 62 45.7 26 1.04 20 0.76 75 2.9 65 2.5 604 23.8 2.93 6.45 27 1.06 19.4 0.765
EB44LT20-102 430 102 75.2 26 1.04 32 1.24 75 2.9 65 2.5 628 24.7 4.46 9.82 27 1.06 19.4 0.765
EB55LT424-180 325 180 132.8 31 1.22 30 1.18 100 3.94 74 2.91 740.1 29.14 8.32 18.34 32 1.25 20 0.801
INLINE
EB22LT252-25 500 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.7 56 2.2 434 17.1 1.79 3.93 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB22LT571-25 500 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.7 56 2.2 434 17.1 1.79 3.93 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT252-25 739 25 18.4 38.1 1.5 14.1 0.56 42.2 1.66 55.9 2.2 512.7 20.19 1.95 4.3 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT326-25 739 25 18.4 13.1 0.515 14.1 0.56 42.2 1.66 77.5 3.05 534.3 21.04 1.95 4.3 13 0.5 8.1 0.32
EB33LT264-50 422 50 36.9 21.4 0.84 17.5 0.69 54 2.13 78.8 3.1 535.7 21.09 1.95 4.3 24 0.94 13.6 0.535
VERTICAL
EB34LT150-30 945 30 22.1 18 0.73 14 0.56 48 1.9 47 1.9 521 20.5 2.73 5.99 19 0.75 11.6 0.455

The maximum tube size depends on the chosen HEX size. NOTE: The models listed are the most common of the standard 104 Tubenut outputs we produce. Contact STANLEY Assembly Technologies for the complete list or to discuss a custom output for your specific application.

Tubenut Tool Options 30Nm - 102Nm

Mounting / Reaction Options

ASK ABOUT CUSTOM OUTPUTS!

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel Bail 20K200000

Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange EB33 20K100300

Mounting Flange EB33, EB44 20K100400

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

Reaction Bar or Bail
EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 27
Hold and Drive Lever Tools – 1” Output
1” H&D Lever Tool Options 9.2 to 380 Nm
H18 Output Part No.

Socket Options 20D905700

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124600

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124602

H18 Tang Holder Part No.

6mm x 8mm Rectangle 20D261700

5mm x 7.5mm Rectangle 20D261701

6mm x 10mm Rectangle 20D261702

6mm Hex 20D261703

H18 Bit Holder Part No.

1/4˝ Hex 20D254200

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Travel

5/16˝ Hex 20D253400

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
H22 Output Part No.
EB33LH18V1-46 880 46 33.9 18 0.71 131.9 5.2 464 18.3 2.2 4.9

Socket Options ~N4617

EB34LH22AV1-77 510 77 56.8 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 521 20.5 3.4 7.5

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103211

EB34LH22AV1-110 335 110 81.1 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 543 21.4 3.4 7.5

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103212

EB55LH26V1-150 620 150 110.6 26 1.02 142.8 5.6 637 25.1 5.8 12.8
H22 Tang Holder Part No.
EB45LH26V1-155 400 155 114.3 26 1.02 142.8 5.6 582 22.9 5.5 12.1

Female Tang Holder Options ~F4287

EB45LH26V1-220 260 220 162.3 26 1.02 142.8 5.6 582 22.9 5.5 12.1
H22 Bit Holder Part No.
EB55LH32V1-285 340 285 210.2 32 1.3 179.6 7.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6

Bit Holder Options ~F4288

EB55LH32V1-380 225 380 280.3 32 1.3 179.6 7.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6
H22 Reaction Bar Part No.

1” DC H&D Lever Tool Options

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

A Tang holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

H32 Tang Holder Part No.
H26 Output Part No.

Female Tang Holder Options 20D900601

Typical Tang Options

Socket Options ~F4285

H32 Bit Holder Part No.

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103601

Bit Holder Options 20D900602

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103602

H32 Reaction Bar Part No.
H26 Tang Holder Part No.

Female Torx

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

Female Tang Holder Options ~H4948

Travel Reach

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

H26 Bit Holder Part No.

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Bolt/ Tang Nut Tang holder

Bit Holder Options ~H4947

Female Hex

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

H26 Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

Rectangular

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

NOTE: The bolt can extend beyond the nut no more than the specified travel distance when tightened.

H32 Output Part No.

Socket Options ~A5302

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103701

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103702

Handle Options Part No.

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

28 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Hold and Drive Lever Tools – 2” Output
9.2 to 380 Nm

2” H&D Lever Options

H18 Output Part No.

Socket Options 20D905700

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124601

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124603

H18 Tang Holder Part No.

6mm x 8mm Rectangle 20D261700

5mm x 7.5mm Rectangle 20D261701

6mm x 10mm Rectangle 20D261702

6mm Hex 20D261703

H18 Bit Holder Part No.

1/4˝ Hex 20D254200

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Travel

5/16˝ Hex 20D253400

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
H22 Output Part No.
EB33LH18V2-46 880 46 33.9 18 0.71 190.3 7.5 464 18.3 2.1 4.6

Socket Options ~N4617

EB34LH22AV2-77 510 77 56.8 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 521 20.5 3.1 6.8

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103213

EB34LH22AV2-110 335 110 81.1 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 543 21.4 3.1 6.8

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103214

EB45LH26V2-155 400 155 114.3 26 1.02 168.2 6.6 582 22.9 4.6 10.0
H22 Tang Holder Part No.
EB55LH26V2-210 460 210 154.9 26 1.02 168.2 6.6 637 25.1 5.8 12.8

Female Tang Holder Options ~F4287

EB45LH26V2-220 260 220 162.3 26 1.02 168.2 6.6 582 22.9 4.6 10.0
H22 Bit Holder Part No.
EB55LH32V2-285 340 285 210.2 32 1.3 205 8.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6

Bit Holder Options ~F4288

EB55LH32V2-380 225 380 280.3 32 1.3 205 8.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6
H22 Reaction Bar Part No.

2” DC H&D Lever Tool Options

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

A Bit holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

H32 Tang Holder Part No.
Typical Tang Options
H26 Output Part No.

Female Tang Holder Options 20D900601

Socket Options ~F4285

H32 Bit Holder Part No.

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103603

Bit Holder Options 20D900602

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103604

Male Hex

H32 Reaction Bar Part No.
H26 Tang Holder Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

Female Tang Holder Options ~H4948

Reach

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

H26 Bit Holder Part No.

Travel

Male Torx

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Bit Holder Options ~H4947

Bolt Nut

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

H26 Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

H32 Output Part No.

Socket Options ~A5302

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103703

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103704

Handle Options Part No.

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

Extension

EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 29
Image
Image
Image
Image
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Tools
High Speed, Redundant Transducer and Flexible Cable connections.
FEATURES AND BENEFITS:

• Controllers Enable Multiple Spindle Operation Including Synchronization.

• Redundant Transducer Optional

• 360° Viewable High / OK / Low Lights Alert

• Operator to Fastening Status

• Fixtured Tool Cable Connector can be Rotated in 90° Increments.

OUTPUT OPTIONS
Angle
Retractable Angle Straight
Retractable Straight
Retractable Offset
REACTION MOUNTING COMPONENTS
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 31
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
EB-Series Torque Range: Fixtured Style
Angle Fixtured Mount Style

MODELS:

EB33MA15-27

EB33MA18F1-35

EB33MA18F2-35

EB33MA19-40

EB33MA19F1-40

EB33MA18F1-48

EB33MA18F2-48

EB44MA19-55

EB44MA19F1-55

EB33MA19-60

EB33MA19F1-60

EB33MA19F2-60

EB34MA19-70

EB34MA19F1-70

EB34MA19F2-70

EB34MA22A-80

EB34MA22AF1-80

EB44MA19-80

EB44MA22A-80

EB44MA22AF1-80

EB34MA22A-115

EB34MA22AF1-115

EB34MA22AF2-115

EB44MA22A-120

EB44MA22AF1-120

Torque Nm 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400

Please Note: This chart is a guide for the use of our tools. Programming of these tools can have a direct effect on the capability and performance.

32 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Angle Fixtured Mount Style, continued

MODELS:

EB55MA26-120

EB55MA26F1-120

EB55MA26-160R

EB55MA26F1-160

EB45MA26-165

EB45MA26F1-165

EB45MA26-220

EB45MA26F1-220

EB55MA26-220

EB55MA26F1-220

EB55MA26F2-220

EB55MA32-300

EB55MA32F1-300

EB55MA32F2-300

EB55MA32-400

EB55MA32F1-400

EB55MA32F2-400

Torque Nm 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400

Please Note: This chart is a guide for the use of our tools. Programming of these tools can have a direct effect on the capability and performance.
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 33
Inline Fixtured Mount Style
EB33MB-28
EB33MBF1-28
EB33MBF2-28
EB33MB-40
EB33MBF1-40
EB33MBF2-40
EB34MB1-55
EB44MB1-80
EB44MB1-120
EB45MB2-140
EB55MB2-170
EB45MB2-190

Specifications

Inline Fixtured Mount Style, continued
EB55MB2-250
EB55MB3-320
EB55MB4-460
EB55MB4-620
EB55MB5-800
EB55MB5-1100
EB55MB5-1500
EB55MB5-2000

Specifications

Offset Fixtured Mount Style
EB33MDF1-25
EB33MDF2-25
EB33MDF1-36

Specifications

Fixtured Tools Pattern Mounting

Examples of how to create unique square or circular bolt patterns for Inline and Offset Retractable tools:

EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 37
Angle Fixtured Tools
8 to 60 Nm

Angle Fixtured Options

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100021

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel 20K200000

Standard B3432

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100000

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Mounting Flange-B 20K100300

*Due to the welded flange, the above options are not applicable to EB33MA18F0-48.

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
EB33MA15-27 1515 27 19.9 15 0.59 36.6 1.44 382.9 15.1 1.7 3.75 3/8˝ SD
EB33MA19-40 1025 40 29.5 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 385.8 15.2 1.9 4.11 1/2˝ SD
EB33MA18F0-48 881 48 35.4 17.5 0.69 39.3 1.55 382.8 15.1 2.41 5.31 3/8˝ SD
EB33MA19-60 680 60 44.2 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 385.8 15.2 2.31 5.10 1/2˝ SD

Mounting / Reaction Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Standard Reaction Bar Optional Base Mount Bracket

38 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Angle Fixtured Tools
24 to 400 Nm

Angle Fixtured Options

EB34, EB44

A19 Splined Output Part No.

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Flush Socket 20D100106

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D100107

A22A Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100309

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D100326

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100000

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Mounting Flange 20K100302

1/2˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Standard 20D227800

EB44MA19-55 1190 55 40.6 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 445 7.5 3.2 6.97

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

EB34MA19-70 610 70 51.6 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 433 17.0 3.2 6.97

*RH-Thread is Right-Hand Thread. This is an option used if the end user uses the additional output for clockwise tightening or loosening.

EB34MA22A-80 510 80 59.0 22 0.87 50.0 2.00 441 17.4 3.1 6.82
EB44MA19-80 845 80 59.0 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 445 17.5 3.2 6.97

1/2˝ SD

EB44MA22A-80 810 80 59.0 22 0.87 50.0 2.00 453 17.8 3.1 6.82
EB34MA22A-115 340 115 84.8 22 0.87 50.0 2.00 463 18.2 3.5 7.75
EB44MA22A-120 550 120 88.5 22 0.87 50.0 2.00 453 17.8 3.53 7.8

Angle Fixtured Options

EB45, EB55

A26 Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100409

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

5/8˝ Square Drive 20D100400

Reaction Device Part No.
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

EB55MA26-120 825 120 88.5 26 1.02 60 2.4 557 21.9 6.2 13.6

Reaction Bar, Steel, Heavy Duty 20K100202

EB55MA26-160 620 160 118 26 1.02 60 2.4 557 21.9 6.2 13.6

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

EB45MA26-165 400 165 122 26 1.02 60 2.4 503 19.8 4.6 10.0

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

EB45MA26-220 260 220 162 26 1.02 60 2.4 527 20.7 4.6 10.0

3/4˝ SD

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
EB55MA26-220 460 220 162 26 1.02 60 2.4 556 21.9 6.7 14.7

Standard 20D125200

EB55MA32-300 340 300 221 32 1.3 73 2.9 563 22.1 7.3 16.1
EB55MA32-400 225 400 295 32 1.3 73 2.9 563 22.1 7.3 16.1

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20R202300

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 39
Angle Retractable Fixtured Tools
8 to 120 Nm

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

Spring Options Part No.

Standard A5313

8 lb Compression 20R201407

Output Options Part No.

2˝ Extended Output 20D115901

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100000

TRAVEL

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Mounting Flange-B 20K100300

Suspension Bails Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel 20K200000

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Standard B3432

EB33MA18F1-35 1165 35 25.8 18 0.71 84 3.3 462.74 18.22 3.25 7.2

3/8˝ SD

1/2˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
EB33MA19F1-40 1025 40 29.5 19 0.75 146.5 5.8 385 15.1 2.80 6.15 1/2˝ SD

Standard 20D227800

EB33MA18F1-48 880 48 35.4 18 0.71 84 3.3 462.74 18.22 3.25 7.2 3/8˝ SD

25 mm 1˝

EB44MA19F1-55 1190 55 40.6 19 0.75 146.5 5.8 445 17.5 3.18 7.02 1/2˝ SD

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

EB33MA19F1-60 680 60 44.2 19 0.75 146.5 5.8 385 15.1 2.80 6.15 1/2˝ SD

*Due to the welded flange, the above options are not applicable to EB33MA18F1-XX tools.

EB34MA19F1-70 610 70 51.6 19 0.75 146.5 5.8 433 17.0 2.74 6.05 1/2˝ SD

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB34, EB44

Spring Options Part No.

Standard M4283

5.8 lb Compression H4003

8.6 lb Compression M4800

Output Options Part No.

2˝ Extended Output M4306

TRAVEL

2-5/8˝ Extended Output 20D117700

8˝ Extended Output M4466

Reaction Device Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100100

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Mounting Flange 20K100302

EB34MA22AF1-80 510 80 59.0 22 0.87 114 4.5 441 17.4 3.1 6.75
1/2˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
25 mm 1˝ 1/2˝ SD EB44MA22AF1-80 810 80 59.0 22 0.87 114 4.5 453 17.8 3.5 7.72

Standard 20D227800

EB34MA22AF1-115 340 115 84.8 22 0.87 114 4.5 463 18.2 3.1 6.75
EB44MA22AF1-120 550 120 88.5 22 0.87 114 4.5 453 17.8 3.5 7.72

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

40 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Angle Retractable Fixtured Tools
24 to 400 Nm

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB45, EB55

Spring Options Part No.

Standard 20R201414

11 lb Compression 20R201417

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100202

TRAVEL

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB55MA26F1-120 825 120 88.5 26 1.02 166 6.5 557 21.9 5.2 11.4
EB55MA26F1-160 620 160 118 26 1.02 166 6.5 557 21.9 5.2 11.4

25 mm 1˝ 3/4˝ SD

EB45MA26F1-165 400 165 122 26 1.02 166 6.5 503 19.8 4.6 10.0

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB45MA26F1-220 260 220 162 26 1.02 166 6.5 527 20.7 4.6 10.0
EB55MA26F1-220 460 220 162 26 1.02 166 6.5 557 21.9 7.5 16.6
Spring Options Part No.

Standard M4606

7.6 lb Compression M4331

Output Options Part No.

2.5˝ Extended Output 20D114800

4˝ Extended Output M4740

Reaction Device Part No.

TRAVEL

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100202

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Standard 20D227800

EB55MA32F1-300 340 300 221 32 1.26 178 7.0 563 22.1 7.3 16.1 25 mm 1˝ 3/4˝ SD EB55MA32F1-400 225 400 295 32 1.26 178 7.0 563 22.1 7.3 16.1

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Mounting / Reaction Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Standard Reaction Bar Optional Base Mount Bracket
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 41
Angle Retractable Fixtured Tools
12 to 400 Nm Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB45, EB55

Spring Options Part No.

Standard 20R201414

11 lb Compression 20R201417

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100202

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

TRAVEL

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB33MA18F2-35 1165 35 25.8 18 0.71 176.28 6.94 462.74 18.22 3.25 7.2
3/8˝ SD EB33MA18F2-48 880 48 35.4 18 0.71 176.28 6.94 462.74 18.22 3.25 7.2

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB33MA19F2-60 680 60 44.2 19 0.75 193 7.6 386 15.2 3.1 6.83 1/2˝ SD
EB34MA19F2-70 610 70 51.6 19 0.75 177.67 6.99 433.16 17.05 3.5 7.7 3/8˝ SD EB34MA22AF2-115 335 115 84.8 22 0.87 186.2 7.33 463 18.2 3.5 7.7

50.8 mm 2˝

EB55MA26F2-220 460 220 162 26 1.02 225 8.9 557 21.9 5.7 12.5 5/8˝ SD
Spring Options Part No.
EB55MA32F2-300 340 300 221 32 1.26 269 10.6 563 22.2 7.8 17.2 3/4˝ SD EB55MA32F2-400 225 400 295 32 1.26 269 10.6 586 23 7.8 17.2

Standard M4606

7.6 lb Compression M4331

Output Options Part No.

2.5˝ Extended Output 20D114800

4˝ Extended Output M4740

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100202

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Mounting / Reaction Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Standard Reaction Bar Optional Base Mount Bracket

42 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Inline Fixtured Tools
EB33
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg
EB33MB-28 1590 28 20.6 24 0.93 359 14.1 1.89 4.15
EB33MB-40 1120 40 29.5 24 0.93 385 15.1 1.89 4.15
EB34, EB44
EB34MB1-55 830 55 40.5 32 1.03 421 16.6 2.2 4.84
EB44MB1-80 895 80 59 32 1.03 421 16.6 2.7 5.94
EB44MB1-120 557 120 88.5 32 1.03 421 16.6 2.7 5.94

Specifications

Inline Fixtured Tools
EB45, EB55 (MB2 Models)
EB45MB2-140 465 140 103 34 1.34 475 18.7 3.6 7.92
EB55MB2-170 640 170 125 34 1.34 475 18.7 4.3 9.46
EB45MB2-190 355 190 140 34 1.34 475 18.7 4.3 9.46
EB55MB2-250 400 250 184 34 1.34 475 18.7 5.3 11.7
EB55MB3 Model
EB55MB3-320 310 320 236 35 1.38 517 20.4 5.5 12.1
EB55MB4 & 5 Models
EB55MB4-460 220 460 339 44 1.7 564 22.2 7.5 16.8
EB55MB4-620 165 620 457 44 1.7 564 22.2 7.5 16.8
EB55MB5-800 125 800 590 48 1.9 575 22.6 9 19.8
EB55MB5-1100 80 1100 811 48 1.9 598 23.6 10.1 22.3
EB55MB5-1500 60 1500 1106 48 1.9 625 24.6 10.1 22.3
EB55MB5-2000 50 2000 1475 48 1.9 625 24.6 10.1 22.3

Specifications

Inline Retractable Fixtured Tools
EB33MBF1-28 1590 28 20.6 28 1.13 443 17.4 2.56 5.63
EB33MBF1-40 1120 40 29.5 28 1.13 443 17.4 2.56 5.63

Specifications

Inline Retractable Fixtured Tools
64 to 2000 Nm

Inline Retractable Fixtured Options

3/4” Output

Output Options Part No.

Standard 20D102101

5˝ Extension 20D102106

Spring Options Part No.

Standard 20R201403

Heavy Duty Spring 20R201404

Reaction Components Part No.

Mounting Flange -MB3F 20D205600

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB55MB3F1-320 310 320 236 34 1.34 636 25 6.7 14.74 25mm 1˝ 19mm 3/4˝ SD

Inline Retractable Fixtured Options

1” Output

Output Options Part No.

Standard 20D208800

2˝ Extension 20D208803

4˝ Extension 20D208802

3/4˝ SD (MB4F1 ONLY) 20D121100

Reaction Components Part No.

Mounting Flange -MB4F 20D208500

Mounting Flange -MB5F 20D209500

Spring Options Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output

Standard 20R201411

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Heavy Duty Spring 20R201442

EB55MB4F1-460 220 460 339 44 1.7 803 31.6 17.2 37.84
EB55MB4F1-620 165 620 457 44 1.7 803 31.6 17.2 37.84
EB55MB5F1-800 125 800 590 50 2 840 33.0 18.3 40.26

25mm 1˝ 25mm 1˝ SD

EB55MB5F1-1100 80 1100 811 50 2 863 34.0 18.3 40.26
EB55MB5F1-1500 60 1500 1106 50 2 870 34.3 19.2 42.24
EB55MB5F1-2000 50 2000 1475 50 2 870 34.3 19.2 42.24

46 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Inline Retractable Fixtured Tools
EB33MBF2-28 1590 28 20.6 28 1.13 443 17.4 2.56 5.63
EB33MBF2-40 1120 40 29.5 28 1.13 443 17.4 2.56 5.63

Specifications

Inline Retractable Fixtured Tools
64 to 2000 Nm

Inline Retractable Fixtured Options

3/8” Output

Output Options Part No.

Standard 20D102101

5˝ Extension 20D102106

Spring Options Part No.

Standard 20R201403

Heavy Duty Spring 20R201404

Reaction Components Part No.

Mounting Flange -MB3F 20D205600

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB55MB3F2-320 310 320 236 34 1.34 636 25 6.7 14.74 51mm 2˝ 19mm 3/4˝ SD

Inline Retractable Fixtured Options

1” Output

Output Options Part No.

Standard 20D208800

2˝ Extension 20D208803

4˝ Extension 20D208802

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output

3/4˝ SD (MB4F1 ONLY) 20D121100

Reaction Components Part No.
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Mounting Flange -MB4F 20D208500

EB55MB4F2-460 220 460 339 44 1.7 803 31.6 17.2 37.84

Mounting Flange -MB5F 20D209500

EB55MB4F2-620 165 620 457 44 1.7 803 31.6 17.2 37.84
EB55MB5F2-800 125 800 590 50 2 840 33.0 18.3 40.26

51mm 2˝ 25mm 1˝ SD

EB55MB5F2-1100 80 1100 811 50 2 863 34.0 18.3 40.26
EB55MB5F2-1500 60 1500 1106 50 2 870 34.3 19.2 42.24
EB55MB5F2-2000 50 2000 1475 50 2 870 34.3 19.2 42.24

48 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Offset Retractable Fixtured Tools (3/4”, 1”)
EB33
EB33MDF1-25 1590 25 18.4 13 0.51 443 17.5 3.1 6.78
EB33MDF1-36 1120 36 26.6 13 0.51 443 17.5 3.1 6.82
EB34, EB44
EB45, EB55

Specifications

Offset Retractable Fixtured Tools (2”)
5 to 225 Nm
Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB33MDF2-25 1590 25 18.4 13 0.51 535 21.1 3.2 7.1 51mm (2˝) 3/8˝ SD
Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB34MD1F2-48 830 48 35.4 17 0.67 599 23.6 4.8 10.56 51mm (2˝) 1/2˝ SD
Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB45MD2F2-125 465 125 92.2 19 0.75 663 26.1 10.9 24.0 51mm (2˝) 5/8˝ SD EB45MD2F2-170 355 170 125.4 19 0.75 663 26.1 10.9 24.0
EB55MD2F2-225 400 225 166 19 0.75 717 28.2 10.9 24.0

50 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Hold and Drive Fixtured Tools – 1” Output
22 to 220 Nm

1" H&D Lever Tool Options

H22 Output Part No.

Socket Options ~N4617

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103211

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103212

H22 Tang Holder Part No.

Female Tang Holder Options ~F4287

H22 Bit Holder Part No.

Bit Holder Options ~F4288

H22 Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

H26 Output Part No.

Socket Options ~F4285

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103601

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103602

H26 Tang Holder Part No.

Female Tang Holder Options ~H4948

H26 Bit Holder Part No.

Bit Holder Options ~H4947

H26 Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Travel

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

EB34MH22AV1-110 335 110 81.1 22 0.87 118.4 4.7 543 21.4 3.7 8.2
Handle Options Part No.
1˝ EB45MH26V1-220 260 220 162.3 26 1.02 117.5 4.6 527 20.8 6.0 13.2
EB55MH26V1-220 460 220 162.3 26 1.02 117.5 4.6 557 21.9 6.7 14.8

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

Mounting / Reaction Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Standard Reaction Bar Optional Base Mount Bracket
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 51
Tool Cable Options: EB-Series *
STEP 2 Select an extension for the selected whip number
STEP 1 Select a tool whip for the tool model
Fits EB12-EB33 non-fixtured tools
20C1073[##] Hi-Flex Lever Whip, Lite Cable [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
20C1076[##] Hi-Flex Lever Whip, Heavy Duty Cable [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
Fits EB12-EB55 non-fixtured tools
20C1078[##] 90° Jamnut Extension [##] = 01, 05, 10, 20 or 40 meters
20C1077[##] 90° Hi-Flex Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

90° Hi-Flex Lever Whip Adjusts to 10 Positions @ 36°

20C1075[##] Jamnut Extension [##] = 05, 10, 20 or 40 meters
20C1094[##] Hi-Flex 90° Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
Fits EB332-EB55 all fixtured tools
NOTES:

Jamnut cables have connectors that can be fixed to bulkheads.

READ INSTRUCTIONS

All Hi-Flex cables have an 8cm (3in) minimum bend radius.

20C1093[##] Hi-Flex Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

*Fits all EB-Series Lever Tools (and older EA and EC-Series Tools)

52 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Cable End Cable Lite / Heavy Duty Base Part # Cable Length EB12-EB33 EB34-EB55
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Lite 20C1073## 01 03 05 07 10 EB12-EB33 All non-Fixtured tools X
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1076## 01 03 05 07 10 EB12-EB33 All non-Fixtured tools EB34-EB55 All non-Fixtured tools
90 Degree Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1077## 01 03 05 07 10 EB12-EB33 All non-Fixtured tools EB34-EB55 All non-Fixtured tools
Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1094## 01 03 05 07 10 EB33-EB55 All Fixtured Style tools 90 Degree

Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1093## 01 03 05 07 10 EB33-EB55 All Fixtured Style tools

Straight
Option 1:

Example: Purchase Replacement Cables 20C107305 & 20C107520 to Transition to EB-Series Tools (This option requires all cables between the tool and the cable to be replaced)

— OR —

Option 2: 40% Less Expensive

Example: Purchase Replacement Cable 20C107305 and Adaptor 20C109900, use the existing festooned E-Series Extension Cable 20C1002##. (This option requires ONLY the cable attached to the extension cable to be replaced)

Previous Upgrade Path (Option 1)

Requires Replacement

EB-Series Whip Cable

EB-Series Extension Cable

Alternate Upgrade Path (Option 2)

E-Series Extension Cable

Requires Replacement

EB-Series Whip Cable 20C109900 Adaptor
Corded Tools Cable Options 53
Image
Tool Cable Options: E-Series
Fits E12 non fixtured lever tools
20C1046[##] Hi-Flex E1 Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
Fits E02 & E12 Bottom Exit Pistol Tools
Fits E23-E35 non fixtured tools
20C1034[##] Hi-Flex Whip, E02/34 Pistol or E23/34 Lever, [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
20C1001[##] 90° Hi-Flex E2 Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
Fits E02 & E12 Bottom Exit Pistol tools

*E12 does not apply

Fits E23-E55 non fixtured tools
20C1011[##] 90° Jamnut Extension [##] = 05, 10 or 20 meters
20C1000[##] Hi-Flex E2/5 Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

*E12 applications require a 20H103100 adaptor

20C1002[##] Jamnut Extension [##] = 05, 10 or 20 meters
20C1004[##] Hi-Flex 90° Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

READ INSTRUCTIONS

NOTES:

Tool adjusts to 10 positions @ 36°

Fits E02 & E12 Top Exit Pistol tools

Jamnut cables have connectors that can be fixed to bulkheads.

Fits E23-E55 fixtured tools

All Hi-Flex cables have an 8cm (3in) minimum bend radius.

20C1003[##] Hi-Flex Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

Please limit the total length of E tool cabling between a controller and an E tool to 30 meters.

READ INSTRUCTIONS

54 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Cable End Cable Lite / Heavy Duty Base Part # Cable Length E02 E12 E23-E35 E43-E55
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Lite 20C1046## 01 03 05 07 10 X E12 All Non-Fixtured Lever Tools X X
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Lite 20C1034## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E12 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All non- Fixtured tools X
90 Degree Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1001## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E12 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All non- Fixtured tools E43-E55 All non- Fixtured tools
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1000## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E12 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All non- Fixtured tools E43-E55 All non- Fixtured tools
90 Degree Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1004## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Top Exit Pistol Only E12 Top Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All fixtured style tools E43-E55 All fixtured style tools
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1003## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Top Exit Pistol Only E12 Top Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All fixtured style tools E43-E55 All fixtured style tools

Please limit the total length of E tool cabling between a controller and an E tool to 30 meters.

Option 1:

Example: Purchase Replacement Cables 20C107305 & 20C107520 to Transition to EB-Series Tools (This option requires all cables between the tool and the cable to be replaced)

— OR —

Option 2: 40% Less Expensive

Example: Purchase Replacement Cable 20C107305 and Adaptor 20C109900, use the existing festooned E-Series Extension Cable 20C1002##. (This option requires ONLY the cable attached to the extension cable to be replaced)

Previous Upgrade Path (Option 1)

Requires Replacement

EB-Series Whip Cable

EB-Series Extension Cable

Alternate Upgrade Path (Option 2)

E-Series Extension Cable

Requires Replacement

EB-Series Whip Cable 20C109900 Adaptor
Corded Tools Cable Options 55
Image
Image
B-Series Cordless Tools
Pistol push-to-start » 2.4 GHz to QBE Expert (QB4101),
(QB5100), or Network Node (QB0201)
communication to Network Node (QB0301)
or QBE Specialist (QB5300)

Specifications

Image
Image
B-Series Cordless Tools
B12PB Pistol Style B12PP Push-to-Start Style
B23LA Right Angle Lever Style
Specialty Outputs
B12LB Inline Lever Style
B12LA Right Angle Lever Style

58 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Angle Head Output
B33LA
Same Gearing / Output as STANLEY Corded Tools
THE STANLEY ADVANTAGE:
Only STANLEY offers a 60 Volt Cordless Tool
High Efficiency Brushless Motor
Multifunction Button (MFB)
Multi-function Display Panel
Comfort Grip Handle
Ergonomic Lever Start Trigger
Integrated Digital Control Circuit
Barcode Scanner or 802.15. GHz Wireless option module

(Inside Handle)

Micro-USB Port
Battery Pack Release Button

(Back of Handle)

Battery Pack
B33LA Right Angle Lever Style
B-Series Cordless Tools 59
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Pistol Grip Tools
1.2 to 14 Nm

Pistol Tool Options

B12 Output Options Part No.
ASK ABOUT CUSTOM OUTPUTS!

1/4˝ Square Drive 20D119302

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D119300

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D119301

Socket Lock Pin 1/4” SD Part No.

Lock Pin Plug A3090

Lock Pin A3060

Spring A3073

Socket Lock Pin 3/8” SD Part No.

Pin Stop L3401

Lock Pin 20D227800

Standard 1/4” Hex Quickchange Chuck

Spring 20R201413

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

B12P Reaction Components Part No.

Spacer (Default) 20D217000

Reaction Bar, Aluminum 17˝ 20K100103

Optional 1/4” Square Drive

Reaction Bar, Steel 17˝ 20K100104

Suspension Bail Part No.

Micro-USB Port Standard

Wire Bail A3061

Anti-Mar Protection Part No.

Battery Pack Cover - 4 Ahr 20R215400

Optional 3/8” Square Drive

Battery Pack Cover - 2 Ahr 20R215401

Battery Pack Options Part No.

Battery Pack, 2 Amp Hour 201R209202

Handle Options Part No.
Inline Style Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output

Barcode Scanner (Inline) 20H106100

Barcode Scanner (Push-to-Start) 20H106101

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options

Zigbee Radio (Inline) 20H106102

B12PB-5 1257 5 3.7 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5

Zigbee Radio (Push-to-Start) 20H106103

1/4˝ QC 1/4˝ or 3/8˝ SD B12PB-8 873 8 5.9 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
Programming Cable Part No.
B12PB-11 602 11 8.1 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
B12PB-15 375 15 11.0 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5

Programming Cable 36˝ 20C206600

Push-to-Start
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B12PP-5 1257 5 3.7 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
1/4˝ QC 1/4˝ or 3/8˝ SD B12PP-8 873 8 5.9 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
B12PP-11 602 11 8.1 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927- 2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Barcode Scanner Wireless Radio Programming Cable

60 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Angle Head Tools
1.6 to 16 Nm

Angle Tool Options

A13 Short Output (E12 Models) Part No.

3/8˝ Double-Ended, LH Thread 20D121912

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D121917

Flush Socket 12mm Max 20D121918

Optional Bail

Handle Options Part No.

Barcode Scanner 20H106300

Zigbee Radio 20H106301

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B12LA13-8 838 8 5.9 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 386.1 15.2 1.65 3.65 1.04 2.3 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝SD, 1/4˝QC or Flush
B12LA13-11 582 11 8.1 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 386.1 15.2 1.65 3.65 1.04 2.3 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝SD, 1/4˝QC or Flush
B12LA13-16 401 16 11.8 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 386.1 15.2 1.65 3.65 1.04 2.3 3/8˝ SD Flush

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Output Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Flush Quick Change
B-Series Cordless Tools 61
Angle Head Tools
2.4 to 95 Nm

Angle Tool Options

A15 Threaded Output 20D137503 Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138908

A15 Flush Output 20D137501 Part No.

Flush Socket 20D283200

A15 Output Splined 20D137504 Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138908

A15 Splined Flush 20D137505 Part No.

Flush Socket 20D283200

A18 Output Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D136500

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D136502

Flush Socket 20D136503

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Flush Socket 20D100021

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

A19 Splined Output Part No.

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Flush Socket 20D100106

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100107

A22A Output Part No.
Handle Options Part No.
Suspension Bails Part No.

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D100305

Barcode Scanner 20H106200

Wire Bail A3061

Flush Socket 20D100309

Zigbee Radio 20H106202

Swivel 20K101400

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100326

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B23LA13-12 665 12 8.8 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 537 21.2 2.41 5.3 1.74 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ QC
B23LA13-15 600 15 11 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 537 21.2 2.41 5.3 1.74 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ QC
B23LA13-17 460 17 12.5 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 537 21.2 2.41 5.3 1.74 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ QC
B23LA15-23 370 23 17 15 0.59 39.9 1.57 552 21.8 2.58 5.7 1.95 4.3 3/8˝ SD 1/2˝ SD
B23LA15-35 230 35 25.8 15 0.59 39.9 1.57 567 22.4 2.65 5.8 1.98 4.4 3/8˝ SD 1/2˝ SD
B23LA18-42 180 42 31 18 0.71 39.9 1.57 563 22.2 2.83 6.2 2.11 4.6 3/8˝ SD 1/2˝ SD
B23LA19-52 155 52 38.3 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 592 23.4 2.99 6.6 2.32 5.1 1/2˝ SD
B23LA19-70 140 70 51.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 653 25.7 3.61 7.9 2.95 6.5 1/2˝ SD
B23LA22A-95 105 95 70 22 0.87 47.9 1.9 660 26.0 3.61 7.9 3.45 7.6 1/2˝ SD

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

62 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Angle Head Tools
2.8 to 95 Nm

Angle Tool Options

A13 Short Output Part No.

3/8˝ Double-Ended, LH Thread 20D121912

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D121917

Flush Socket 12mm Max 20D121918

1/4˝ Square Drive 20D121919

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D121916

1/4˝ Magnetic Internal Hex 20D121920

A15 Threaded Output 20D137503 Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138908

A15 Flush Output 20D137501 Part No.

Flush Socket 20D283200

A15 Output Splined 20D137504 Part No.

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138908

A15 Splined Flush 20D137505 Part No.

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Flush Socket 20D283200

A18 Output Part No.

Optional Flush Socket Drive Optional Double Ended Drive

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D136500

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D136502

Handle Options Part No.

Flush Socket 20D136503

Barcode Scanner 20H106201

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Zigbee Radio 20H106203

Flush Socket 20D100021

Reaction Components Part No.
B33 / B44 Batteries Part No.
A19 Splined Output Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (<300 Nm) 20K100200

60V MAX/ 2AH Battery 21R209203

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Reaction Bar, Steel (>300 Nm) 20K100202

60V MAX/ 3AH Battery 21R209204

Flush Socket 20D100106

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

60V MAX/ 20V MAX Fast Charger 21R209402

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100107

Mounting Flange 20K100300

A22A Output Part No.
Suspension Bails Part No.

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D100305

Wire Bail A3061

Flush Socket 20D100309

Swivel 20K101400

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100326

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length* Weight w/ Battery* Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B33LA13-14 1698 14 10.3 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 561.7 22.1 2.77 6.1 1.72 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ SD or 1/4˝ QC
B33LA13-18 1372 18 13.3 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 561.7 22.1 2.77 6.1 1.72 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ SD or 1/4˝ QC
B33LA15-25 959 25 18.5 15 0.59 39.9 1.57 576.8 22.7 2.99 6.6 1.95 4.3 3/8˝ SD
B33LA15-40 525 40 29.5 15 0.59 39.9 1.57 592 23.3 3.04 6.7 2.0 4.4 3/8˝ SD
B33LA18-48 455 48 35.4 18 0.71 39.9 1.57 587.5 23.1 3.13 6.9 2.09 4.6 3/8˝ SD
B33LA19-55 439 55 40.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 617 24.3 3.36 7.4 2.31 5.1 1/2˝ SD
B33LA19-70 356 70 51.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 677.5 26.7 3.99 8.8 2.95 6.5 1/2˝ SD
B33LA22A-95 237 95 70 22 0.87 47.9 1.9 685.2 27.0 4.17 9.2 3.13 6.9 1/2˝ SD

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002). *Dimensions and weights are with the standard 60V Max/ 2AH Battery

B-Series Cordless Tools 63
Angle Head Tools
11 to 120 Nm

Angle Tool Options

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100021

A19 Splined Output Part No.

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Flush Socket 20D100106

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100107

A22A Output Part No.

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D100305

Flush Socket 20D100309

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100326

B33 / B44 Batteries Part No.

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

60V MAX/ 2AH Battery 21R209203

60V MAX/ 3AH Battery 21R209204

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

60V MAX/ 20V MAX Fast Charger 21R209402

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Reaction Components Part No.

Optional Flush Socket Drive Optional Double Ended Drive

Reaction Bar (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Suspension Bails Part No.
Handle Options Part No.

Swivel (Horizontal) 20K200000

Barcode Scanner 20H106201

Standard (Vertical) A3061

Zigbee Radio 20H106203

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length* Weight w/ Battery* Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B44LA19-55 573 55 40.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 715.3 28.2 5.2 11.5 3.94 8.69 1/2” SD
B44LA19-70 425 70 51.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 715.3 28.2 5.2 11.5 3.94 8.69 1/2” SD
B44LA22A-95 328 95 70 22 0.87 47.9 1.9 723.0 28.5 5.4 11.9 4.11 9.06 1/2” SD
B44LA22A-120 243 120 88.5 22 0.87 47.9 1.9 723.0 28.5 5.4 11.9 4.11 9.06 1/2” SD

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002). *Dimensions and weights are with the standard 60V Max/ 2AH Battery

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

64 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Inline Tools
1 to 11 Nm

Inline Tool Options

Output Options Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D119301

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D119300

1/4˝ Square Drive 20D119302

3/8” SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.

Optional Bail

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

Reaction Components Part No.

Reaction Bar, Aluminum (Default) 20K100103

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100104

Spacer 20D217000

Suspension Bails Part No.

Optional Reaction Bar

Standard 1/4” Quick Change Drive

Wire Bail A3061

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Swivel 20K101402

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Optional 3/8” Square Drive

Optional 1/4” Square Drive

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B12LB-5 1257 5 3.7 17.8 0.7 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LB-8 873 8 5.9 17.8 0.7 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LB-11 602 11 8.1 17.8 0.7 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LP-5 1257 5 3.7 20.4 0.8 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LP-8 873 8 5.9 20.4 0.8 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LP-11 602 11 8.1 20.4 0.8 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

B-Series Cordless Tools 65
Tubenut / Crowfoot Tools
2.6 to 50 Nm

Two Hand Anti Tiedown Options (Tubenut & Crowfoot)

2-Hand Anti Tiedown Part No.
Tubenut

B23/B33 20H106405

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Nose Radius “T” Thickness “W” Width “P” Length “L” Length Weight Maximum Hex Size Maximum Tube Size
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in
B23LT252-21 260 21 15.5 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.66 56 2.20 525 20.7 2.5 5.6 13 1/2 9.3 0.37 B23LT346-23 250 23 16.9 13 0.52 14 0.56 42 1.66 34 1.34 644 25.4 2.4 5.3 13 0.5 9.4 0.37 B23LT74-30 305 30 22.1 18 0.73 14 0.56 48 1.88 44 1.72 657 25.9 2.5 5.6 18 11/16 11.6 0.46 B23LT473-31 195 31 22.9 18 0.73 14 0.56 48 1.88 39 1.53 593 23.3 2.4 5.3 18 11/16 11.6 0.46 B23LT264-38 150 38 28.0 21 0.84 18 0.70 54 2.13 77 3.03 665 26.2 2.5 5.6 24 15/16 18.2 0.72 B23LT264-50 100 50 36.9 21 0.84 18 0.70 54 2.13 77 3.03 648 25.5 2.5 5.6 24 15/16 18.2 0.72 B33LT264-50 267 50 36.9 21 0.84 18 0.7 54 2.13 77 3.03 671.5 26.44 2.27 5 24 15/16 18.2 0.72 B44LT99-62 299 62 45.7 26 1.04 19 0.77 75 2.94 65 2.55 715.5 28.17 3.95 8.7 27 1-1/16 19 .755

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Crowfoot

P Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Nose Radius “T” Thickness “W” Width “P” Length “L” Length Weight Maximum Hex Size
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm in
B23LC550-13 460 13 9.6 13 0.5 9 0.37 25 1.00 77 3.05 629 24.8 2.5 5.6 13 0.5 B23LC624-14 478 14 10.3 21 0.81 14 0.55 38 1.5 75 2.95 582.2 22.92 2.4 5.3 19 0.75 B23LC390-15 335 15 11 11 0.43 16 0.63 22 0.87 51 1.99 642 25.3 2.4 5.3 13 0.5 B23LC477-15 383 15 11.1 12 0.47 16 0.63 32 1.25 161 6.33 714.3 28.12 2.6 5.73 13 0.5 B23LC501-18 340 18 13.3 13 0.52 17 0.65 38 1.48 123 4.85 728.5 28.68 2.27 5 15 0.625 B23LC216-26 225 26 19.1 13 0.5 14 0.56 30 1.19 47 1.86 660 26 2.4 5.3 13 0.5 B23LC521-30 180 30 22.1 13 0.5 16 0.63 32 1.25 45 1.76 611 24 2.5 5.6 13 0.5 B23LC29-37 160 37 27.3 21 0.81 14 0.56 38 1.50 43 1.70 590 23.2 2.5 5.6 19 0.75 B23LC566-38 155 38 28.0 21 0.81 21 0.81 38 1.50 43 1.70 593 23.3 2.4 5.3 19 0.75 B33LC601-65 237 65 47.9 21 0.81 17 0.66 38 1.5 71 2.78 780.5 30.73 2.72 6 19 0.75

66 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Hold and Drive Tools
8.4 to 42 Nm

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Travel
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
B23LH18V1-42 200 42 31 18 0.69 109 4.28 590 23.2 2 4.5 1˝ Tang
B23LH18V2-42 200 42 31 18 0.69 109 4.28 590 23.2 2.2 4.9 2˝ Tang
B23LH22AV1-80 103 80 59 22 0.87 115.06 4.53 612.8 24.1 3 6.6 1" Tang
B23LH22AV2-80 103 80 59 22 0.87 148.2 5.84 612.8 24.1 3.2 7.1 2" Tang

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

Hold and Drive Options

A Bit holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

A Tang holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

Typical Tang Options
Typical Tang Options

Male Hex

Female Torx

Travel Reach

Reach

Travel

Male Torx

Bolt/ Tang Nut Tang holder

Female Hex

Bolt Nut

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Rectangular

Minimum socket size to clear holder

NOTE: The bolt can extend beyond the nut no more than the specified travel distance when tightened.

B-Series Cordless Tools 67
Image
Image
Image
Powered by DEWALT
DEWALT Lithium Batteries and Chargers
DEWALT 20V, 2 AH AND 5 AH (18 VOLT, 5AH EUROPEAN MODEL) PLATFORM
» Estimated 2,200 fastening cycles per charge for 5 Ah*
» 3-LED Fuel Gauge indicator for immediate feedback on state of charge
DEWALT 60V, 2 AH AND 3 AH (54 VOLT, 2 AH EUROPEAN MODEL) PLATFORM
» Estimated 3,300 fastening cycles per charge for 2 Ah*
» 3-LED Fuel Gauge indicator for immediate feedback on state of charge

STANLEY Assembly Technologies cordless tools ship with one battery pack and one charger (North America only). Additional battery packs and chargers may be ordered separately:

ITEM DESCRIPTION

21R209202 20V Battery Pack, 2 Ah

N. AMERICA (NA)

21R209205 20V Battery Pack, 5 Ah

21R209402 20V / 60V Battery Charger

21R209203 60V, 2 Ah / 20V, 6 Ah Battery Pack

21R209204 60V, 3 Ah / 20V, 9 Ah Battery Pack

N566456 Battery Pack, 18V 2 Ah

E008 500 Battery Pack, 18V, 5 Ah

N630880 Charger 18V/54V/SINGLE/DCB118-QW

EUROPE

N630919 Battery 54, 2 Ah/18V, 6 Ah -108Wh-DCB546-XJ

N630923 Battery 54, 3 Ah/18V, 9 Ah -162Wh-DCB547-XJ

N630885 Charger, 18V/54V/SINGLE/DCB118-UK

N630892 Charger, 18V/54V/DOUBLE/DCB132-Europe

N630896 Charger, 18V/54V/DOUBLE/DCB132-UK

OPTIONS**

Barcode Scanner 802.15.4 Radio

B12 Pistol Grip 20H106100 B12 Pistol Grip 20H106102
B12 Push-to-Start Pistol 20H106101 B12 Push-to-Start Pistol 20H106103
B12 Lever Style 20H106300 B12 Lever Style 20H106301
B23 Lever Style 20H106200 B23 Lever Style 20H106202
B33/B44 Lever Style 20H106201 B33/B44 Lever Style 20H106203

Barcode Scanner Option 802.15.4 Wireless Radio Option

ACCESSORIES
Programming Cable 20C206600

Programming Cable

*Dependent on application and joint rate **QPM Cordless tool can accommodate one option (e.g., a barcode scanner OR an IEEE 802.15.4 radio

68 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Shown: 21R209204 — DEWALT 60V, 3 Ah / 20V, 9Ah Battery Pack, NA
Shown: 21R209205 — DEWALT 20V, 5 Ah Battery Pack, NA
Shown: 21R209402 — DEWALT 20V / 60V Battery Charger, NA
PROTECTIVE BOOT COVERS
20R215400 for 20V / 5 Ah battery pack 20R215401 for 20V / 2 Ah battery pack
B-Series Cordless Tool Batteries 69
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Option/Accessory Quick Reference Chart
EB Series (Corded Tools) B Series (Cordless Tools)
Lever Pistol Lever Pistol Angle Inline Angle Inline
Accessory
EB12 EB22/33 EB34/44 EB45/55 EB12 EB22/33 EB34/44 EB45/55 EB12 B12 B23/33 B44 B12 B12

6 - 13 Nm 13 - 60 Nm 55 - 120 Nm 120 - 400 Nm 2 - 14 Nm 16 - 40 Nm 55 - 120 Nm 140 - 2000 Nm 2 - 14 Nm 8 - 16 Nm 12 - 95 Nm 55 - 120 Nm 5 - 11 Nm 5 - 11 Nm

Wire (Suspension) Bail Std Opt Opt N/A Std Opt Opt N/A Std Std Opt Opt Std Std
Swivel Bail Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt N/A Opt Opt Opt Opt N/A

Opt (Std only on push to start)

Reaction Bar N/A N/A (Std only over 50 Nm) Std Std Std Std Std Std Opt N/A N/A (Std only over 50 Nm) Std
Rubber Grip Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

N/A (Std only on push to start)

N/A (Std only on push to start)

Headlights N/A Opt (EB33) Opt (EB34) N/A

Opt (EB33) Opt (EB34) N/A Std N/A Opt N/A

Forward Facing Lever N/A Avail Avail Avail N/A Avail Avail Avail N/A Avail Avail N/A Avail N/A
Extended Lever Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail N/A Avail N/A N/A Avail N/A
Two Hand Switch N/A Opt (EB33) Opt Opt N/A Opt (EB33) Opt Opt N/A N/A Opt N/A N/A N/A
Top Exit N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Opt N/A N/A N/A N/A Opt
Barcode Scanner or Zigbee N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt

70 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES QBE CONTROLLERS
QBE Controllers 71
Image
Image
THE QBE CONTROLLER PLATFORM delivers The QBE Controller platform includes
QBE Expert Controller is the premier
QBE Specialist Controller is a Multi-Spindle
QBE Advanced Controller is a Single Spindle
QBE Standard Plus Controller is a Single Spindle
QBE Node Controller is a Single Spindle
QBE Network Node Controller is a Cordless Tool
Ease of Use: QBE Expert, Specialist, Advanced

Specifications

Image
Image
How to Order
STEP 1:  Refer to the matrix on the specific controller page to identify the Model Number and Options based requirements.
STEP 2:  Select a power cord by the supply voltage and country, if required. Or select No Power Cord.
Power Cord Description Part No.
Power Cord Description Part No.

Argentina Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C105202

UK Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102202

Australia Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102103

Power Distribution Panel Cord, 1m 20C203401

Brazil Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102104

Power Distribution Panel Cord, 2m 20C203402

China Power Cord 230V, 2m 21C103905

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 2m 20C103802

Euro Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102102

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 4m 20C103804

Japan Power Cord 125V, 2m 20C102101

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 7m 20C103807

Japan Power Cord 250V, 2m 20C102105

Twist Lock Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C106302

US Power Cord 115V, 2m 20C102002

Twist Lock Power Cord 230V, 7m 20C106307

US Power Cord 115V, 7m 20C102007

GFI 30ma 250V Assembly for Europe 21E102300

US Power Cord 230V, 2m 21C103902

India Power Cord 250V, 2m 20C102106

PLINTH
STEP 3:  A plinth is selected as standard. If no plinth is required, select No Plinth.

• Quick-change mounting by hand

STEP 4: Select I/O Cable options, if required.

• Cable management and routing

I/O Mating Connector Description Standard/ Optional Part No.

24V I/O Mating Connector, Phoenix for Basic Alpha Standard 21C104806

FLOOR STAND • Top row of controllers require a 90° Extension.

24V I/O Mating Connector, Solder Cup (Standard, Advanced, Expert, Network Node) Standard 21C104800

24V I/O Mating Connector, Crimp Pins (Standard, Advanced, Expert, Network Node) Optional 21C104802

24V I/O Mating Connector, Crimp Pins, with Crimp Tool (Standard, Advanced, Expert, Network Node) Optional 21C104804

5M, 24V I/O Ext. Cable (I/O Connector to Pigtail) Optional 21C202005

• See pages 52-55 for Cable Options

20M, 24V I/O Ext. Cable (I/O Connector to Pigtail) Optional 21C202010

10M, 24V I/O Ext. Cable (I/O Connector to Pigtail) Optional 21C202020

I/O Bracket Assembly, 19-Pin to Phoenix Optional 21E102202

STEP 5: Select a floor stand, if required.
Floor Stand Description No. of Spindles Dimensions Part No.

Floor Stand Kit 1 to 6 198H x 61W x 56D cm 21F100404

Assembled System with Floor Stand 1 to 6 78H x 24W x 22D in Add /F to Model No.

Floor Stand Kit 7 to 12 198H x 61W x 88D cm 21F100402

Assembled System with Floor Stand 7 to 12 78H x 24W x 34.5D in Add /F to Model No.

Please Note: If UL or CSA certification are required, please contact the STANLEY team to have this quoted to you.
QBE Controllers 73
QBE Expert Controller
QBE Expert Controller is the premier Multi-Spindle Controller
BENEFITS:
• Large Touchscreen, Color Display and Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC, tablet, or smart phone
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• One Network Connection for Multiple Spindles

• Operates as a Standalone Controller or as the Lead Controller of a multiple (fixtured) system

• Manages up to 24 trailing spindles (Advanced or Nodes) or Cordless Tools

• A maximum of 15 Cordless Connections are supported

• An 802.11 b/g/n wireless access point for B-Series Cordless Tools to connect as trailing spindles

• Stores Trace Data for 30,000 Fastening Cycles for Corded Tools

• 255 jobs, 99 tasks, 12 steps including smart steps and all advanced strategies

• Includes a USB port, a plant network Ethernet port, a Spindle network Ethernet port, a Serial port, and an emulated PLC function

• Embedded Modbus TCP

• Fieldbus options: Profibus, Profinet, DeviceNet and Ethernet IP

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Spindles 1-24 connect using an isolated Ethernet Spindle Network
Ready
Ready
Ready
Fault
Fault
Fault

74 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Description
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
2 Programmable and Tool Ready LEDs
8 11 9
3 Display
4 Function Keys with Active Label Above
5 Maintenance Due Indicator
POWER USB
6 Numeric Keypad to Enter Numbers or Select Options
7 Cursor Keys with Center Button to Expand Lists
ETHERNET
SPINDLE
8 Power Switch
9 Alpha Toolbox Connector
10 USB Port for Data Transfer
11 Tool Connector
COM PORT
12 Plant Network Ethernet Connector
13 Spindle Network Ethernet Connector
14 24V DC Input/Output Connector
115/230VAC 50/60HZ 10 AMP 1/N/PE~
15 Optional Master DeviceNet Connector
! WARNING ! AVERTISSMENT

PROTECTED BY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING US PATENTS: 5,315,501 5,637,968 6,516,896

ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD To prevent injury disconnect power cord before removing cover
RISQUE DE DECHARGE ELECTRIQUE

Pour empecher des dommages debranches le cordon de secteur avant d enlever la couverture

16 Serial Port Connector
17 Power Input
18 Optional Fieldbus Connector(s)
Alpha Toolbox
Modbus/TCP
24V DC I/O
Ethernet
Serial
Standard Features
All Models      

Note: M12 Ethernet port available upon request. Contact STANLEY for more details.

M12 EtherNet/ IP ports
EtherNet/IP
PROFINET
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Alpha Model Number for Optional Features
Lead Devicenet
Available
GM Ports
QB4101-MGV   QB4101-MXV  QB4101-XEV  QB4101-XDV  QB4101-XGV  QB4101-XMV   QB4101-XNV  QB4101-XPV  QB4101-XXV
QBE Controllers 75
Image
Image
Image
QBE Specialist Controller
QBE Specialist Controller is a Multi-Spindle and Cordless Tool Controller
BENEFITS:
• Large Touchscreen, Color Display and Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC, tablet, or smart phone
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• Large touchscreen, color display and on-screen keypad

• Operates as the Lead Controller of a multiple (fixtured) system and manages up to 24 trailing spindles (Advanced or Nodes) or Cordless Tools

• A maximum of 15 Cordless Connections are supported

• 802.11 b/g/n and 802.15.4 (Option) wireless access point for B-Series Cordless Tools to connect as trailing spindles

• Includes a USB port, a plant network Ethernet port, a Spindle network Ethernet port, a Serial port, fieldbus options, and an emulated PLC function

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Spindles 1-24 connect using an isolated Ethernet Spindle Network
Ready
Ready
Ready
Fault
Fault
Fault

76 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
QB5100-MGV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-MXV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-XDV
QB5100-XEV
QB5100-XGV
QB5100-XMV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-XNV
QB5100-XPV
QB5100-XXV
QB5300-XXV IEEE 802.15.4

Specifications

Image
Image
Image
QBE Advanced Controller
QBE Advanced Controller is a Single Spindle Controller or a Lead Controller for a Dual-Spindle System
BENEFITS:
• Color Display with Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC through Ethernet
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• Two-line color display and soft key keypad

• Operates as a Standalone Controller or as part of a dual spindle system

• The Advanced controller can control up to 2 spindles including its own (typically Nodes or Advanced controllers can be used)

• Stores Trace Data for 30,000 Fastening Cycles

• 255 jobs, 99 tasks, 12 steps including smart steps and all advanced strategies

• Includes a USB port and 2 Ethernet ports, a Serial port, fieldbus options, an integrated PLC

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Ready
Fault
Dual Spindle Operation

78 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Description
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
2 Programmable and Tool Ready LEDs
8 11 9
3 Display
4 Function Keys with Active Label Above
5 Maintenance Due Indicator
POWER USB
6 Numeric Keypad to Enter Numbers or Select Options
7 Cursor Keys with Center Button to Expand Lists
ETHERNET
8 Power Switch
9 Alpha Toolbox Connector
10 USB Port for Data Transfer
11 Tool Connector
COM PORT
12 Plant / Spindle Network Ethernet Connectors
13 24V DC Input/Output Connector
14 Optional Master DeviceNet Connector
115/230VAC 50/60HZ 10 AMP 1/N/PE~
15 Serial Port Connector
! WARNING ! AVERTISSMENT

PROTECTED BY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING US PATENTS: 5,315,501 5,637,968 6,516,896

ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD To prevent injury disconnect power cord before removing cover
RISQUE DE DECHARGE ELECTRIQUE

Pour empecher des dommages debranches le cordon de secteur avant d enlever la couverture

16 Power Input
17 Optional Fieldbus Connector(s)
Alpha Toolbox
Modbus/TCP
24V DC I/O
Ethernet
Serial
Standard Features
All Models      

Note: M12 Ethernet port available upon request. Contact STANLEY for more details.

M12 EtherNet/ IP ports
EtherNet/IP
PROFINET
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Alpha Model Number for Optional Features
Lead Devicenet
Available
GM Ports
QB3101-MGV   QB3101-MXV  QB3101-XDV  QB3101-XEV  QB3101-XGV  QB3101-XMV   QB3101-XNV  QB3101-XPV  QB3101-XXV
QBE Controllers 79
Image
Image
Image
Color Display with Keypad
QBE Standard Plus Controller
QBE Standard Plus Controller is a Single Spindle
QB2201

Specifications

Image
Image
Controller used for trailing spindles in Multiple
QBE Node Controller
QBE Node Controller is a Single Spindle
QB0101

Specifications

Image
Controller for up to 6 B-Series Cordless Tools
QBE Network Node Controller
QBE Network Node Controller is a Cordless Tool
IEEE 802.15.4 wireless option communication to Network Node (QB0301)
QB0201 IEEE 802.11 b/g/n
QB0301

Specifications

Image
QB Spindle Disconnect Controllers
Node QB0111
Advanced QB3111-XXX
Expert QB4111-XXX
on an Advanced controller use QB3111-XPV to get the

Specifications

Alpha Toolbox Software
STANLEY Assembly Technologies – Alpha Toolbox Software for QBE Controllers
Alpha Toolbox, included in every QBE Controller, is used to program strategies, collect fastening cycle and trace data, and perform online diagnostics of the tool and controller. This powerful software utility enables:

• Tool configuration

• Tool diagnostics

• Data collection and maintenance intervals

• Advanced user integration

BENEFITS:

• No set-up is required

• Intuitive and Easy to Use

• Flexible Connectivity

QBE Controllers include a dedicated Alpha Toolbox port. This browser based software is executed from an Ethernet connection to the controller or wirelessly on a tablet, PC or phone. Simply connect a computer to the port, type “ATB.QPM” into a web browser and the software is available for use. The Wizard provided by STANLEY, offers an easy method to control programming directly from the keypad on the controller or with Alpha Toolbox. Users can also take advantage of advanced programming using Alpha Toolbox or Alpha Gateway software with a computer. For advanced, multiple tool systems, Alpha Toolbox includes a PLC Editor for easy integration.

84 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
AA-Series Tools
THE NEW AA SERIES PNEUMATIC NUTRUNNERS FROM STANLEY OFFERS AN INDUSTRY LEADING RANGE OF CLUTCH SHUT OFF TOOLS PROVIDING TOOL CHOICES THAT IMPROVE ASSEMBLY QUALITY, PRODUCTIVITY AND ERGONOMICS TO ENHANCE ASSEMBLY PROCESSES.

The adjustable clutch on the AA series nutrunners provides a high level of torque control for most general use applications. The tool’s output torque is controlled by adjusting a mechanical spring that provides axial force on steel balls rolling between indented plates. By providing smooth disengagement at a preset torque while minimizing vibration to the operator, these tools are a great choice for fastening applications requiring torque values from 4.5 to 118 Nm.

The same trusted quality outputs as the STANLEY QPM DC tools are used on these AA clutch tools reducing costly complexity and end user spare parts needs. Gearless reverse selection method also reduces parts and complexity for improved Mean Time To Repair (MTTR) and Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF).

AA clutch tools have a free speed air consumption rate of 14.2 liters/second (30 cfm) at 90 PSI (6 Bar).

Revolutionary new clutch measures torque after the gears providing a crisp and accurate shut-off with fewer moving parts
Outputs offer free range of ergonomic adjustments
Exceptionally durable, high- powered reversible motor design.
Gearless reverse selection method on the AA tools
Rear exhaust directs air away from the operator

AA Series Pneumatic Tools conform to ISO standards 28927-2 and 15744 for noise and vibration. Actual vibration of AA23 and AA33 series tools is < 2.5 m/sec . AA23 series tools’ noise was measured at 79 dBA sound pressure levels. AA33 series tools’ noise was measured at 85 dBA sound pressure levels. AA33 series tools’ noise was measured at 96 dBA sound power level.

AA-Series Tools 85
Image
AA Angle Tools
AA23LA14-9 1550 9 6.6 14 0.55 36 1.4 312.6 12.3
AA23LA13-14
AA23LA14-18 840 18 13.3 14 0.55 36 1.4 312.6 12.3
AA33LA14-18 A22 Output Part No.
AA23LA14-22 665 22 16.2 14 0.55 36 1.4 312.6 12.3
AA33LA14-25 1/2˝ Double-Ended 20D100326
AA33LA14-28 500 28 20.7 14 0.55 36 1.4 352.2 13.9
485 30 22.1 18 0.71 39 1.5 315.0 12.4 1.6
AA33 Handle Part No.
AA33LA19-59 335 59 43.5 19 0.75 46.4 1.8 390.8 15.4
AA33LA19-70 250 70 51.6 19 0.75 46.4 1.8 390.8 15.4

Specifications

AA Inline Tools
AA23 Handle Part No.
AA33 Handle Part No.
AA23LB-11 1280 11 8.1 22.7 0.89 328.4 12.9 1.5 3.2
AA23LB-15 990 15 11.1 22.7 0.89 322.4 12.7 1.5 3.2
AA23 Handle Part No.
AA23LB-21 680 21 15.5 22.7 0.89 322.4 12.7 1.5 3.2
AA33LB-32 630 32 23.6 22.7 0.89 350.9 13.8 1.6 3.6
AA33LB-40 500 40 29.5 22.7 0.89 350.9 13.8 1.6 3.6
AA33LB-54 370 54 39.8 22.7 0.89 350.9 13.8 1.6 3.6

Specifications

AA Hold & Drive Tools
14 to 110 Nm

AA Hold & Drive Options

H18 Output Part No.

Socket Options 20D905700

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124600

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124601

Travel

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124602

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124603

H18 Tang Holder Part No.

Tang Holder Options ~20D905601

H18 Bit Holder Part No.

Bit Holder Options ~20D905600

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel 20K101400

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Standard B3432

Mounting Flange-B 20K101000

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Travel
AA23LH18V1-28 485 28 20.7 18 0.71 131.9 5.2 341.7 13.5 1.8 4.0
H22 Output Part No.
25mm (1˝) AA33LH18V1-46 343 46 33.9 18 0.71 131.9 5.2 387.8 15.3 1.9 4.18

Socket Options 20D911000

AA33LH22AV1-99 175 99 73 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103211

AA33LH22AV1-110 141 110 81 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103212

AA23LH18V2-28 485 28 20.7 18 0.71 190.3 7.5 341.7 13.5 1.8 4.0
50mm (2˝) AA33LH18V2-46 343 46 33.9 18 0.71 190.3 7.5 387.8 15.3 1.9 4.18

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103213

AA33LH22AV2-99 175 99 73 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103214

AA33LH22AV2-110 141 110 81 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26
H22 Tang Holder Part No.

Tang Holder Options ~F4287

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

H22 Bit Holder Part No.

Hold & Drive Options

Bit Holder Options 20D911100

A Bit holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

A Tang holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

AA23 Handle Part No.

NPT Air Inlet 20H103700

ISO Air Inlet 20H103701

Typical Tang Options
Typical Tang Options
AA33 Handle Part No.

NPT Air Inlet 20H103800

ISO Air Inlet 20H103801

Female Torx

Reaction Bar Part No.

Male Hex

Travel Reach

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100000

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Reach

Bolt/ Tang Nut Tang holder

Female Hex

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

Travel

Male Torx

Swivel Suspension Bails Part No.

Bolt Nut

Non-Splined 20K101400

Rectangular

Splined 20K200000

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Minimum socket size to clear holder

AA Tool Adjustment Screwdriver 20K401900

NOTE: The bolt can extend beyond the nut no more than the specified travel distance when tightened.

88 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
AA Crowfoot Tools
AA23 Handle Part No.
AA33 Handle Part No.
AA23LC550-10 950 10 7.4 13 0.5 9 0.37 25 1
AA23LC106-13 745 13 9.6 12.7 0.50 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
AA23LC550-14 655 14 10.3 13 0.5 9 0.37 25 1
AA23LC8-14 745 14 10.3 13 0.5 16 0.64 25 1
AA23LC385-17 540 17 12.5 11.9 0.47 15.9 0.63 31.8 1.25
AA23LC308-19 505 19 14 13.5 0.53 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA23LC297-21 450 21 15.5 16.0 0.63 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA23LC66-21 450 21 15.5 16.0 0.63 21.3 0.84 31.8 1.25
AA23LC521-30 285 30 22.1 13.0 0.51 16.0 0.63 32.0 1.25
AA33LC362-25 470 25 18.4 13 0.5 16 0.63 26 1.02
AA33LC516-30 420 30 22.1 13.0 0.51 16.0 0.63 32.0 1.25
AA33LC29-31 390 31 22.9 21.0 0.81 14.0 0.55 38.1 1.50
AA33LC308-31 420 31 22.9 13.5 0.53 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA33LC297-35 370 35 25.8 16.0 0.63 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA33LC484-36 330 36 26.6 16 0.63 21 0.83 32 1.25
AA33LC66-40 325 40 29.5 16.0 0.63 21.3 0.84 31.8 1.25
AA33LC97-47 235 47 34.7 21.6 0.81 21.3 0.84 38.0 1.48
AA33LC506-50 235 50 36.9 33.0 1.30 17.0 0.68 66.0 2.60
AA33LC298-53 250 53 39.1 13.2 0.52 20.9 0.82 38.1 1.50
AA33LC187-54 170 54 39.8 21 0.81 15 0.58 38 1.5
AA33LC162-55 225 55 40.6 13.2 0.52 20.9 0.82 38.1 1.50
AA33LC499-58 210 58 42.8 13.2 0.52 16.5 0.65 38.0 1.48
AA33LC632-64 180 64 47.2 17 0.66 17 0.66 38 1.5
AA33LC31-70 170 70 51.6 20.6 0.81 27.9 1.10 38.1 1.50

Specifications

AA Repair Accessories

AA Tool Motor Service Kits

Descriptions Part Number
AA23 Motor Housing Service Kit 20M103400
AA33 Motor Housing Service Kit 20M103401
AA23 Motor Service Parts (Certified repair center only) 20M103450
AA33 Motor Service Parts (Certified repair center only) 20M103451
AA22 / 33 Handle Rebuild Kit 20H104800
AA22 / 33 Clutch Service Kit 20G110400
AA22 / 33 Clutch Shut-Off Overhaul Kit 20G110600
AA22 / 33 Clutch Adjuster Overhaul Kit 20G110500
Each of these tools is required to repair the AA motor. It is recommended to buy the complete kit once then any one of the components as needed when they wear out.

AA Motor Repair Tools

Descriptions Part Number
AA Motor Assembly / Disassembly Tool Kit (contains 1-each of the parts below) 20V102400
Motor Assembly Block 20V202001
Rear Bearing Press Tool 20V102300
Motor Bearing Removal Tool 20V202600
Motor Front Bearing Removal Tube 20V203200
Rear Bearing Removal Press Tool 20V201900
Motor Rear Bearing Removal Tube 20V203300

20V102400 AA Motor Repair Tool Kit Parts

Descriptions Part Number
Throttle Seat Install Tool 20V102000
Throttle Lever Install Tool 20V102100
Rear Bearing Press Tool, AA2/3 20V102300
A13-19 Assembly Tool 20V200700
Clutch Cam Assembly Install Tool 20V201400
Rear Brg Removal Press Tool, AA2/3 20V201900
Motor Assembly Block, AA2/3 20V202001
Motor Bearing Removal Tool, AA2/3 20V202600
Throttle Seat Install Plug AA2/3 20V202800
Motor Front Bearing Removal Tube 20V203200
Motor Rear Bearing Removal Tube 20V203300
QPM #3 Gear Case To Angle Head Socket 20V204000

See AA Tool Manual for Use.

90 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

DC Electric Headlight Aim Tools
STANLEY offers durable tools for production headlight aiming systems with models that fit most alignment systems . In production, the operator typically positions one tool each on the horizontal and vertical adjusting screws. The headlight aiming system controls the direction and rotation of the tools to adjust the headlight.

Torque capacity, not critical to the application, ranges from 3 to 11 Nm (24 to 94 lb-in). Each tool includes the specified connector either on the tool end or specified system interface cable.

TOOL DURABILITY MINIMIZES PRODUCTION DOWN TIME

One-piece high strength T7075 aluminum housing as rugged as steel. Tool weighs 1.8 Kg (4 lb) excluding crowfoots.

A RANGE OF MODELS TO FIT YOUR SYSTEM

Connectors and pin-outs that fit different alignment systems. Straight, Right Angle and Crowfoot heads.

Rated Speed Cable Length Connector Drive Output
Model RPM M ft Standard
S30-388 149 0 0 AMP 97-3102A-14S-6P(115) 1/4˝ SD Right Angle
S30-390 224 0 0 AMP 97-3102A-14S-P(115) 1/4˝ Hex Inline

Crowfoot outputs are available upon request.

Specialty Tools 91
COMPLETE ENGINEERED SYSTEMS SOLUTIONS
Complete Engineered Systems Solutions
Single and multi-spindle systems include the complete line of STANLEY DC electric assembly tools. Available features include spindle synchronization, cycle complete operation, absorption of reaction torque and operator feedback with error-proofing options. A complete line of torque tubes and articulating arm systems can balance loads to 500 pounds and maintain torque reaction to 5,000 Nm.

Custom solutions are matched to unique assembly needs using extensive engineering experience, a complete line of assembly spindles, process controllers and tightening strategies. Some examples are flywheel indexing, wheel bearing end play, articulated jibs and high torque crowfoot tools. STANLEY also builds full and semi-automated systems, as well as offline subassembly stations.

Engineered Systems capabilities include custom design and build services, joint analysis, total project management, installation, start-up services and technical support. Our engineers are experts in evaluating your needs and converting them into solutions that improve the productivity, ergonomics and quality of your manufacturing operations. Armed with the skills to anticipate and prevent potential problems, STANLEY designs systems on which you can rely to deliver the performance and reliability you demand.

World-Class Technical Support

As a supplier to the assembly market, STANLEY has developed a global sales and service network to support the manufacturing operations of our customers. STANLEY offers many levels of customer support, from basic maintenance and operator training to full service repair facilities and maintenance service contracts.

94 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
ACCOUNTABILITY — From Turnkey Systems to Components & Support

STANLEY can design custom tailored solutions that meet the specific requirements of your application, your site, and your company’s design standards and specifications.

PRODUCTIVITY — System Optimization Reduces Cycle Times

» Synchronous tightening strategies enable simultaneous assembly using multiple spindle configurations

» Automated and semi-automated tool handling reduces labor

» Faster tools reduce rundown time

» System design optimizes operator motion

QUALITY — Increase and Verify Assembly Quality

» Error proofing ensures complete assembly

» Data collection and interface with plant control systems

» Multi-step and sequenced rundowns use specialized fastening control strategies

» Bar coding enables traceability

ERGONOMICS — Torque Reaction Design Expertise

» Ergonomic solutions improve worker productivity at reduced strain levels

» High-torque applications (up to 5,000 Nm)

» Return on Investment — Lower Total Cost of Ownership

» Lowered costs on materials and labor

» Reduced times for setup, fastening, rework and maintenance

» Increased quality, productivity, ergonomics and flexibility

STANLEY Components and Support Services

STANLEY supports internal project managers with the capability needed for their installations, including tools and controllers, floor-mounted subassembly systems, tool and product handling components, cable management, low cost fixtured kits and other accessories. Support Services include installation supervision, startup support, refurbishment, on and off site calibration, as well as training and field service / repair.

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 95
TURNKEY SYSTEM DESIGN & CONTROL STRATEGIES
Comprehensive Project Management from Proposal to Customer Approval
STANLEY Turnkey Solutions:

• Application engineering

• Comprehensive system design capabilities including estimates, specification, manufacturing and flexible component sourcing

STANLEY OFFERS THESE IMPORTANT ADVANTAGES:

• A menu of standard and customized solutions apply to a wide range of applications

• Integrated supplier (all tools, controllers, accessories, etc., plus design and installation / support services from a single source) for assured, seamless system integration

• Project scheduling

• System integration

• Full project management accountability with single point contact

• Installation / Startup

• PLC Software, custom ladder

• Documentation

• Training

TYPICAL PROJECT MILESTONES:
Customer Approval & Delivery

Parts Ordered Parts Received, Assembled, Tested

System Drawing Submitted for Approval

STANLEY Engineer Designs System

Purchase Order Generated

Project Parameters Determined

Control Strategies Tailored To Your Applications

Whether your tightening applications require a single strategy for assembly to a target torque level or a series of strategies that can monitor material properties and/ or component position, STANLEY gives you the control you need. Each strategy consists of a complete set of parameters to control and / or audit torque, angle, time, speed and power. Multiple strategies advance in sequence, invisible to the operator, or pause the tool briefly to manage direction changes, multiple spindle synchronization or relaxation and crosstalk effects.

EXAMPLE CONTROL STRATEGIES

Yield Control strategies sense change in torque versus angle rate. Torque Recovery overcomes crosstalk on multiple spindles.

96 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

STANLEY SOLUTIONS IN ACTION
Multi-Spindle Fixtured Tools
SEMI-AUTOMATION
TRUNNION MOUNT STYLE
BOLT-HOLDING

Off road final drive assembly machine

Secures fasteners in randomly oriented bolt circle

Holds bolt stationary while securing nut

Custom Configurations
FLYWHEEL INDEXER
Secures torque converter to flywheel ARTICULATED ARMS AND JIBS
HIGH-TORQUE CROWFOOT TOOLS
WHEEL BEARING END-PLAY

Multi-step strategy achieves end play spec

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 97
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
ENGINEERED SYSTEMS COMPONENTS
With torque capacity ranging from 40 to 2000 Nm, STANLEY QPM threaded fastening solutions come in multiple geometries and fit the most critical assembly requirements. Real time monitoring, analysis, diagnostics and configurations are available plant wide, with networked controls.
STANLEY SYSTEM COMPONENTS INCLUDE

• Tools • Controllers • Power Modules • Floor Mounted Subassembly Systems • Tool / Product Handling Components

» Torque Tubes » Arms » Balancers » Rails • Cable Management / Festooning Kits • Low-cost fixtured kits for basic assembly needs • Accessories

480V AC POWER MODULES FOR QPM SYSTEMS

• 3.4, 7.5, 12 and 24kVA transformers deliver consistent 220V AC output to each receptacle

» One receptacle is always “live”

Cable routing / festooning kits

» Alpha receptacles controlled by E-Stop circuit

» All receptacles protected with 10A circuit breakers • Extended I/O Capability

» Allen-Bradley compact block I/O available (uses DeviceNet for communication) » Built-in 24VDC power supply, rated @ 2A for discreet I/O

» 72-PIN Harting connector for discreet I/O • Lockable, knife-edge disconnect with emergency stop button to disable all modules • Available floor stand with mounting plate for easy installation of all modules • Cabinet is NEMA-12 rated • UL / CSA Approved option

NETWORKING & ERROR PROOFING SOLUTIONS

• Manage as many as 24 assembly tools • Internal soft PLC for custom process control • Ethernet, Fieldbus or serial communication

98 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
SVB VERTICAL BALANCERS — CLEVIS INTERFACE
Max Balancing Capacity @ 65 psi: 34 kg (75 lb) to 277 kg (610 lb)

12" Min.

Vertical Balancers maintain vertical position with horizontal movement for tools without torque reaction impulse such as multiple spindle nutrunners or material handling end effectors. Standard configurations range in vertical travel from 15 to 91cm (6 to 36 in) and balancing capacity from 34 to 277 kg (75 to 610 lb). Custom travel distances and balancing capacities are available. Specify vertical travel “V” from 15 to 91cm (6 in to 36 in).

“E” Fully Extended

• Zero-gravity tool balancing reduces operator fatigue

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned to ensure reliable operation

• Rugged and simple construction

• Single trolley interfaces with common overhead rails

Includes Suspension Trolley

Model Number Build

SVB ### X ##

Cylinder Size “E” + 2”V”
“V” Vertical Travel

kg lbs cm in

cm in

34 75 150 27.6 10.9 55 120 200
6 15 6
12 30 12
97 215 250 29 11.4
18 46 18
176 390 325 32 12.6 277 610 400
24 60 24
30 76 30
36 91 36
Trolley Suspension

Options: • Special Tool Holders and Interfaces • Dual and Triple Balance Air Logic • Dual Trolleys

4˝ I-Beam Trolley A
6˝ I-Beam Trolley B
3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley C
Unified ETA-4 Trolley D
Unified ETA-8 Trolley E
Demag KBKI Trolley F
Demag KBKII-L Trolley G
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 H
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 I
Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 99
Image
STT075 LIGHT DUTY TORQUE TUBES
Max Torque: 135 Nm (100 ftlb); Max Balancing Capacity @ 65 psi: 24 kg (55 lb)

STT075 Light Duty Torque Tubes offer zero-gravity balancing and absorb the torque reaction for nutrunner applications to 135 Nm (100 ftlb). A rugged design has balancing capacity for single or multiple spindle nutrunners to 34 kg (75 lb). The torque tube protects the operator from nutrunner torque reaction impulse. Fixtured tool orientation increases fastening accuracy and consistency. Specify vertical travel “V” from 15 to 60 cm (6 to 24 in). Custom travel distances and balancing capacities are available.

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Either swivel or fixed tool interface, clevis interface optional

Includes Suspension Trolley

• Single or dual trolley suspension with common overhead rails

Swivel Fixed

• Options: Special Tool Holders and Interfaces, Dual and Triple Balance Air Logic, Dual Bridges, Other Trolleys including Anti-kickup, Clevis STT075CL

Model Number Build

STT 075 XX 150 X or XX ##

Clevis Option STT075CL

Tool Interface
“V” Vertical Travel

cm in

Fixed FX
6 15 6
12 30 12
18 46 18
Swivel SW
Single Trolley Trolley Suspension Dual Trolley
24 60 24
A 4˝ I-Beam Trolley AA
B 6˝ I-Beam Trolley BB
C 3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley CC
D Unified ETA-4 Trolley DD
E Unified ETA-8 Trolley EE
F Demag KBKI Trolley FF
G Demag KBKII-L Trolley GG
H IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 HH
I IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 II

Note: Single Trolleys not recommended for torque reaction applications.

100 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

STT100 MEDIUM DUTY TORQUE TUBES
Max Torque: 270 Nm (200 ftlb); Max Balancing Capacity @ 65 psi: 56 kg (125 lb) or 90 kg (200 lb)

STT100 Medium Duty Torque Tubes offer zero-gravity balancing and absorb the torque reaction for nutrunner applications to 270 Nm (200 ftlb). A rugged design, suitable for line tracking, has balancing capacity for single or multiple spindle nutrunners to 56 kg (125 lb) or 90 kg (200 lbs). The torque tube protects the operator from nutrunner torque reaction impulse. Fixtured tool orientation increases fastening accuracy and consistency. Specify vertical travel “V” from 15 to 60 cm (6 to 24 in). Custom travel distances and balancing capacities are available.

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Either swivel or fixed tool interface, clevis interface optional

• Single or dual trolley suspension with common overhead rails

Swivel Fixed

• Options: Special Tool Holders and Interfaces, Dual and Triple Balance Air Logic, Dual Bridges, Other Trolleys including Anti-kickup, Clevis STT100CL

Model Number Build

STT 100 XX 150 ### X or XX ##

Clevis Option STT100CL

Tool Interface
“V” Vertical Travel
Cylinder Size

cm in

kg lb

Fixed FX
6 15 6
200 56 125
12 30 12
250 90 200
18 46 18
Swivel SW
Single Trolley Trolley Suspension Dual Trolley
24 60 24
A 4˝ I-Beam Trolley AA
B 6˝ I-Beam Trolley BB
C 3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley CC
D Unified ETA-4 Trolley DD
E Unified ETA-8 Trolley EE
F Demag KBKI Trolley FF
G Demag KBKII-L Trolley GG
H IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 HH
I IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 II

Note: Single Trolleys not recommended for torque reaction applications.

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 101
STT125 HEAVY DUTY TORQUE TUBES
Max Torque: 677 Nm (500 ftlb); Max Balancing Capacity @ 65 psi: 75 kg (175 lb) or 150 kg (350 lb)

STT125 Heavy Duty Torque Tubes offer zero-gravity balancing and absorb the torque reaction for nutrunner applications to 677 Nm (500 ftlb). A rugged design, suitable for line tracking, has balancing capacity for single or multiple spindle nutrunners to 75 kg (175 lb) or 150 kg (350 lbs). The torque tube protects the operator from nutrunner torque reaction impulse. Fixtured tool orientation increases fastening accuracy and consistency. Specify vertical travel “V” from 15 to 90 cm (6 to 36 in). Custom travel distances and balancing capacities are available.

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Either swivel or fixed tool interface, clevis interface optional

• Single or dual trolley suspension with common overhead rails

Swivel Fixed

• Options: Special Tool Holders and Interfaces, Dual and Triple Balance Air Logic, Dual Bridges, Other Trolleys including Anti-kickup, Clevis STT125CL

Model Number Build

STT 125 XX 150 ### X or XX ##

Clevis Option STT125CL

Tool Interface
“V” Vertical Travel
Cylinder Size

cm in

kg lb

Fixed FX
6 15 6
250 75 175
12 30 12
325 150 350
18 46 18
Swivel SW
24 60 24
Single Trolley Trolley Suspension Dual Trolley
36 90 36
A 4˝ I-Beam Trolley AA
B 6˝ I-Beam Trolley BB
C 3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley CC
D Unified ETA-4 Trolley DD
E Unified ETA-8 Trolley EE
F Demag KBKI Trolley FF
G Demag KBKII-L Trolley GG
H IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 HH
I IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 II

102 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

ARTICULATING ARMS
Arm Selection

1. Select an arm model with the required balancing capacity for the job. For single nutrunners, verify the torque capacity. 2. Check that the “Vertical Travel”, “Reach”, “D” and “F” dimensions meet the requirements of the job. Use the overhead diagram for the noted models and variables such as offset arms or mounting type. 3. Select any required options.

Articulating Arms
Reach @ Torque Zero / Max Reach “D” “F”
Max Torque Balancing Capacity Vertical Travel Mount Type
Duty Level Arm Model

ft lb Nm lb Kg in cm in cm in cm in cm in cm

TLA-30 50 68 25 12 7 17

36 91.6 29 73.6 12 30.5 15 38

Light

THA-48 150 205 40 17 16 406 51 129.5 41 104 10-13.5 25-34

Clevis

LAC 200 275 155 - 35 71-16 12 - 30 31-76 36 - 96 91 - 243 29 - 77 73 - 195 12-36 30-91

24-60 6-152 Medium MAC 500 675 190 - 30 87-13 14 - 36 36-91 36 - 132 91 - 335 29 - 106 73 - 269 MAS Swivel 12-72 30-182
Heavy HAS 1000 1356 345 - 30 157-13 36 - 152 91 - 386 29 - 125 73 - 317 12-96 30-243
Additional Cost Options
Duty Level Arm Model Offset Arm End of Arm Swivel Swivel w/Brake Tool Holders

TLA-30 N/A

Light

THA-48 N/A

Yes Medium MAC
Heavy HAS
Standard Arm Coverage Symmetric about the outside radius
Clevis Mount Enables 220° rotation of the articulating arm assembly. Models: TLA, THA, LAC, MAC
Swivel Mount Enables 360° rotation of the articulating arm assembly. Models: MAS, HAS

"D" "F"

"D" "F"

End of Arm Swivel with Brake End of Arm Swivel

Offset Arm Coverage Enables coverage of the interior area by folding inward
Clevis Mount Enables 220° rotation of the articulating arm assembly. Models: LAC, MAC
Swivel Mount Enables 360° rotation of the articulating arm assembly. Models: MAS, HAS

"D" "D"

Straight Tool Angle Tool with Remote Start Handle

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 103
LIGHT DUTY ARTICULATING ARMS
TLA-30 Light Duty Table Mounted Articulating Arm
MAX TORQUE: 68 NM (50 FTLB); MAX BALANCING CAPACITY @ 65 PSI: 12 KG (25 LB)
THA-48 Heavy Duty Table Mounted Articulating Arm
51 ˝ Max
MAX TORQUE: 205 NM (150 FTLB); MAX BALANCING CAPACITY @ 65 PSI: 17 KG (40 LB)

• Ergonomics Improve Operator Interface

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Increases Fastening Accuracy and Consistency

• Eliminates operator effects on results by absorbing the torque reaction impulse

OPTIONS:

• End of Arm Swivel • End of Arm Swivel with Brake (THA-48 only) • Special Tool holders and Interfaces • Floor Mounted Pedestals • Overhead Bridge

“D” Length “F” Length “V” Travel Max Torque Balancing Capacity
Model mm in mm in mm in Nm ftlb kg lb
TLA-30 305 12 381 15 177 7 68 50 12 25
THA-48 305 12 229 - 342 9 -13.5 406 16 205 150 17 40

104 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

LAC Light Duty Articulating Arm — Clevis Mount
MAX TORQUE: 275 NM (200 FTLB); MAX BALANCING CAPACITY @ 65 PSI: 41 KG (90 LB) OR 71 KG (155 LB)
LAC Light Duty Articulating Arm offers interfaces for overhead bridge, floor pedestal or special mounting.

OPTIONS:

• Ergonomics Improve Operator Interface

• Eliminates operator effects on results by absorbing the torque reaction impulse

• Special Toolholders and Interfaces

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Features Ensure Reliable Operation

• End of Arm Swivel or Swivel with Brake

• Offset Arm

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned

• Inverted Forearm and Cylinder

• Increases Fastening Accuracy and Consistency

• Dual and Triple Balance Air Logic

End of Arm Swivel with Brake End of Arm Swivel

Connects to O verhead Bridge (See pages 152-154) or Floor Pedestal (See page 155) with Clevis Mount.

Angle Tool with Remote Start Handle

Model Number Build

LAC ## B or C ##

“F” Forearm Length “V” Vertical Travel
B (2.5˝) C (3˝)
“D” Dumbell Length
Cylinder Size Max Balancing Capacity

cm in

cm in cm in

12 30 12
61 24 31 12 24

kg lb kg lb

18 46 18
76 30 38 15 30

41 90 71 155

24 60 24
91 36 46 18 36

33 70 57 125

30 76 30
107 42 53 21 42

27 60 47 105

36 91 36
122 48 61 24 48

23 50 40 90

137 54 69 27 54

20 45 35 75

152 60 76 30 60

18 40 31 70

16 35 22 50

Note: Capacity @ 65 psi

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 105
MEDIUM DUTY ARTICULATING ARM
Clevis Mount (MAC)
MAX TORQUE: 675 NM (500 FTLB); MAX BALANCING CAPACITY @ 65 PSI: 42 KG (70 LB) OR 87 KG (190 LB)
MA Medium Duty Articulating Arm offers interfaces for overhead bridge, floor pedestal or special mounting.

• Ergonomics Improve Operator Interface

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Increases Fastening Accuracy and Consistency

• Eliminates operator effects on results by absorbing the torque reaction impulse

• Features Ensure Reliable Operation

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned

• Safety check valves maintain load position if a sudden loss of supply air pressure occurs

Connects to Overhead Bridge (See pages 108-110) or Floor Pedestal (See page 111) with Clevis Mount.

Model Number Build

MA C or S ## A, B or C ##

Mounting Type
“D” Dumbell Length Mounting Type cm in
Clevis C
Swivel S A (2˝) B (2.5˝) C (3˝)
12 31 12
Cylinder Size Max Balancing Capacity
18 46 18
“F” Forearm Length “V” Vertical Travel
24 61 24

C or S

kg lb kg lb kg lb

30 76 30

cm in cm in

32 70 53 115 87 190

36 91 36
61 24 31 12 24

26 55 43 95 70 155

42 107 42
76 30 38 15 30

22 45 35 75 55 120

48 122 48
91 36 46 18 36

19 40 30 65 49 110

54 137 54
107 42 53 21 42

16 35 26 55 43 95

60 152 60
122 48 61 24 48

14 30 23 50 38 95

66 168 66
137 54 69 27 54

13 30 21 45 35 75

72 188 72
152 60 76 30 60

Note: Capacity @ 65 psi

106 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

HEAVY DUTY ARTICULATING ARM
Swivel Mount
MAX TORQUE: 1356 NM (1000 FTLB); MAX BALANCING CAPACITY @ 65 PSI: 49 KG (110 LB), 88 KG (195 LB), OR 157 KG (345 LB)
HAS Heavy Duty Articulating Arm offers interfaces for overhead bridge, floor pedestal or special mounting.

• Ergonomics Improve Operator Interface

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Increases Fastening Accuracy and Consistency

• Eliminates operator effects on results by absorbing the torque reaction impulse

• Features Ensure Reliable Operation

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned

• Safety check valves maintain load position if a sudden loss of supply air pressure occurs

Connects to Overhead Bridge (See pages 108-110) or Floor Pedestal (See page 111) with Clevis Mount.

Model Number Build

HAS ## A, B, or C ##

A (2˝) B (2.5˝) C (3˝)
“F” Forearm Length “V” Vertical Travel
“D” Dumbell Length
Cylinder Size Max Balancing Capacity

cm in

cm in cm in

12 31 12

kg lb kg lb kg lb

61 24 31 12 24

18 46 18

49 110 88 195 157 345

76 30 38 15 30

24 61 24

39 85 73 160 129 285

91 36 46 18 36

30 76 30

30 65 59 130 106 235

107 42 53 21 42

36 91 36

24 50 49 105 90 195

122 48 61 24 48

42 107 42

19 40 41 90 76 170

137 54 69 27 54

48 122 48

15 35 35 75 67 145

152 60 76 30 60

54 137 54

13 30 30 65 59 130

60 152 60

Note: Capacity @ 65 psi

66 168 66
72 188 72
84 213 84
96 244 96
Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 107
LIGHT DUTY OVERHEAD BRIDGES
Clevis Arm Mount
MAX LENGTH: 244 CM (96 IN)
LBC Light Duty Overhead Bridges interface STANLEY Articulating Arms to all common overhead rails. Bridge mast includes leveling jacks.

NOTE: “Duty” level of Overhead Bridge must match “Duty” level of Articulating Arm. (i.e.,: Medium Duty Bridge for Medium Duty Arm.)

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned to ensure reliable operation

• Rugged and simple construction

Model Number Build

LBC ## X ##

“L” Down Mast Length
Trolley Suspension
“C” Runway Rail Center Distance
4˝ I-Beam Trolley A
cm in

cm in

30.5 12 12
6˝ I-Beam Trolley B
24 61 24
45.7 18 18
30 76.2 30
61 24 24
3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley C
36 91.4 36
76.2 30 30
42 106.7 42
91.4 36 36
Unified ETA-4 Trolley D
48 121.9 48
121.9 48 48
60 152.4 60
Unified ETA-8 Trolley E
152.4 60 60
72 182.9 72
Demag KBKI Trolley F
84 213.4 84
96 243.8 96
Demag KBKII-L Trolley G
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 H
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 I

Other trolleys including anti-kick up available

108 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

MEDIUM DUTY OVERHEAD BRIDGES
Swivel or Clevis Arm Mount
MAX LENGTH: 244 CM (96 IN)
MB Medium Duty Overhead Bridges interface STANLEY Articulating Arms to all common overhead rails. Bridge mast includes leveling jacks.

NOTE: “Duty” level of Overhead Bridge must match “Duty” level of Articulating Arm. (i.e.,: Medium Duty Bridge for Medium Duty Arm.)

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned to ensure reliable operation

• Rugged and simple construction

MBC Medium Duty Overhead Bridge with Clevis Mount MBS Medium Duty Overhead Bridge with Swivel Mount

Model Number Build

MB C or S ## X ##

“L” Down Mast Length
Trolley Suspension
Mounting Type
4˝ I-Beam Trolley A
Clevis C

cm in

Swivel S
6˝ I-Beam Trolley B
24 61 24
30 76.2 30
3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley C
36 91.4 36
“C” Runway Rail Center Distance
42 106.7 42
Unified ETA-4 Trolley D
48 121.9 48

cm in

60 152.4 60
30.5 12 12
Unified ETA-8 Trolley E
72 182.9 72
45.7 18 18
Demag KBKI Trolley F
84 213.4 84
61 24 24
96 243.8 96
76.2 30 30
Demag KBKII-L Trolley G
91.4 36 36
121.9 48 48
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 H
152.4 60 60
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 I
Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 109
HEAVY DUTY OVERHEAD BRIDGES
Swivel Arm Mount
MAX LENGTH: 244 CM (96 IN)
HBS Heavy Duty Overhead Bridges interface STANLEY Articulating Arms to all common overhead rails. Bridge mast includes leveling jacks.

NOTE: “Duty” level of Overhead Bridge must match “Duty” level of Articulating Arm. (i.e.,: Medium Duty Bridge for Medium Duty Arm.)

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned to ensure reliable operation

• Rugged and simple construction

Model Number Build

HBS ## X ##

Trolley Suspension
“C” Runway Rail Center Distance
“L” Down Mast Length
4˝ I-Beam Trolley A

cm in

cm in

45.7 18 18
6˝ I-Beam Trolley B
12 30.5 12
61 24 24
18 45.7 18
76.2 30 30
3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley C
24 61 24
91.4 36 36
30 76.2 30
121.9 48 42
Unified ETA-8 Trolley E
36 91.4 36
152.4 60 60
42 106.7 42
Demag KBKII-L Trolley G
48 121.9 48
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 H
60 152.4 60
72 182.9 72
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 I
84 213.4 84
96 243.8 96

Other trolleys including anti-kick up available

110 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

PEDESTALS
Clevis or Swivel Arm Mount
MAX LENGTH: 244 CM (96 IN)
HP/MP/LP Pedestals offer floor mounting for STANLEY Articulating Arms.

• Includes leveling jacks

NOTE: “Duty” level of Overhead Bridge must match “Duty” level of Articulating Arm. (i.e.,: Medium Duty Bridge for Medium Duty Arm.)

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned to ensure reliable operation

• Rugged and simple construction

“H” Height

Clevis Mount Light Duty

Swivel Mount Heavy Duty

Swivel Mount Medium Duty

Clevis Mount Medium Duty

10" Typical

20" Typical

12" Square

24" Square

Model Number Build

XX C or S ##

“H” Mast Height
Duty Level
Mounting Type
LP Light

cm in

Clevis* C
MP Medium
60 152.4 60
Swivel** S
HP Heavy
72 182.9 72
84 213.4 84
96 243.8 96

*Not available on HP (Heavy Duty) models **Not available on LP (Light Duty) models

108 247.3 108
Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 111
Crowfoot / Tubenut Standard Sockets
CHOOSE YOUR SOCKET

A new part number system for standard crowfoot and tubenut sockets enables customers to describe and price standard sockets for each application. The part number includes information on head number of the tool, socket type, socket size and extension length. For special sockets or dimensions not included on this page, check the following pages or contact your local STANLEY sales representative.

STEP 1: Select the Base Code from the Head Number table
STEP 2: Add Type, Size & Extension separated by forward slashes
Base Type Size Extension

Note: Specify socket size no larger than Max Hex Size. Choose mm or in

Length Extension Code (mm) (in)
Crowfoot or Tubenut Head Number Max Hex Size Base Code (mm) (in)
Size (mm) Size Code
Size (in) Size Code
SH Single Hex

1/8 2

Standard Standard 0

5, 10, 19, 31, 83, 126, 172, 406, 565, 586 19 3/4 L3217

3/16 3

3 1/8 3

7, 16, 39, 97, 299, 353, 552 19 3/4 L3258

1/4 4

6 1/4 6

8, 106, 178, 311, 420, 445 13 1/2 L3224

5/16 5

9 3/8 9

13, 230, 308, 333, 394, 443 13 1/2 L3213

3/8 6

12 1/2 12

20 27 1 1/16 L3255

7/16 7

15 5/8 15

21, 98, 225, 284, 416 27 1 1/ 4 L3240

DH Double Hex

10 M10

1/2 8

18 3/4 18

23, 84, 95, 135, 309, 568 18 11/16 L3209

11 M11

9/16 9

21 7/8 21

29, 35, 121, 152, 175, 221, 234, 278, 287, 496 19 3/4 L3218

12 M12

5/8 10

24 1 24

32, 75, 91, 92, 132, 136, 137, 138, 147, 182, 184, 190, 202, 208, 209, 211, 212, 213, 266, 267, 300, 302, 303, 305 13 1/2 L3392 Thru Hex

13 M 13

11/16 11

27 1 1/16 27

14 M14

3/4 12

30 1 1/8 30

SD Surface Drive

47, 170, 294 11 7/16 L3222

15 M15

13/16 13

33 1 1/4 33

69, 173, 279, 301, 307, 313, 317, 327, 362, 379, 381, 385, 448, 455, 477, 487, 516, 521 13 1/2 L3201

16 M16

7/8 14

36 1 3/8 36

74, 164, 261, 265, 269, 271, 273, 274, 286, 291, 312, 540 18 11/16 L3211

17 M17

15/16 15

39 1 1/2 39

18 M18

42 1 5/8 42

79, 82, 103, 167, 508, 13 1/2 L3202

19 M19

1 1/16 17

45 1 3/4 45

FL Fast Lead

99, 116, 283, 285, 296 27 1 1/16 L3267

20 M20

48 1 7/8 48

160, 550 13 1/2 L3228

21 M21

51 2 51

200, 324, 396 19 3/4 L3220

22 M22

203, 456 19 3/4 L3221

23 M23

216 13 1/2 L3225

24 M24

246, 297, 315, 13 9/16 L3256

25 M25

252, 288, 346, 349, 387, 358, 408, 513 13 1/2 20D280700

26 M26

264, 304 24 15/16 L3259

27 M27

264, 304 24 15/16 L3260 Thru Hex

EXAMPLE ORDERS
Example 1: A #8 crowfoot head requires a 3/8 inch surface drive socket with a 1 inch extension. Select the BASE (L3224), TYPE (SD), SIZE (6) and EXTENSION (24).
Example 2: A #147 tubenut head requires a 10mm hex socket with a standard extension. Select the BASE (L3282), TYPE (SH), SIZE (M10) and EXTENSION (0).

Socket

Base Type Size Ext.
Base Type Size Ext.

Extension

L3224 / SD / 6 / 24

L3282 / SH / M10 / 0

112 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Crowfoot / Tubenut Special Sockets
CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 8, 61, 106, 174, 178, 311, 420, 445

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A3729. Use the L3224 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

4mm B3434

1/4˝ 7.5mm B3344 plugged

4mm F3129 Blind Socket

8mm 1/4˝ 20D243901

11/32˝ A3682

8mm 1/4˝ 20D216401 shallow

7/16˝ F3116 both sides have Hex

8mm 15mm B3508 plugged

7/16˝ F3674 No Chamfer

8mm 3/8˝ F3637

7/16˝ J3724 with Lead Chamfer

8mm 3/8˝ F3652 turned down diameter

1/2˝ F3172 Blind Socket

7/16˝ 1/2˝ A3928

13mm J3477 Double Hex with Groove

7/16˝ 1-1/4˝ 20D243900

9mm 1/4˝ 20D216400

Extended Hex Socket

3/8˝ 1/4˝ B3866

Size Extension Part No. Feature

10mm 2mm A6316

7/32˝(5.5mm) 3mm 20D216402 Surface Drive

10mm 1/4˝ B3850 plugged

7/16˝ 1˝ J3060 Surface Drive

10mm 1/2˝ F3664 Fast Lead

3/8˝ 3/8˝ A3749

10mm 12mm B3181

3/8˝ 1/2˝ A3766

11mm 12mm B3222

9mm 3/4˝ B3515

11mm 1/8˝ B3167 plugged

10mm 3mm J3197

13mm 1/4˝ B3776 thru-hole

10mm 4mm J3195

13mm 1/2˝ J3360

10mm 5mm J3196

10mm 7mm F3802

Male Square Drive

10mm 10mm B3569 with Retaining Ring

Size Part No. Feature

10mm 19mm B3606

1/4˝ B3823

1/2˝ 3mm J3229

5/16˝ J3261 with Retaining Ring

1/2˝ 1/4˝ B3164 both sides have Hex

3/8˝ F3242

1/2˝ 1/2˝ J3169

1/2˝ 20D216403

13mm 1/2˝ A3976

13mm 27mm 20D216404

Torx Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Hex Magnetic Socket

E5 L3191

Size Part No. Feature

E8 6mm F3493

7mm J3482

10mm B3172

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket

10mm B3543 thru-hole

Size Extension Part No. Feature

3/8˝ B3895 Plugged

1/4˝ F3545 Use Customer's Bit

5/16˝ A3690 Plugged

1/4˝ 1/4˝ 20D216405 Choose bit below

5/16˝ A3951 Shallow, plugged

7/16˝ A3696 Plugged

~F4296 - See Bits on page 172 (Step 6A)

7/16˝ F3863 thru-hole

11mm F3181 Shallow, plugged

1/2˝ A3705

13mm A3923 thru-hole

Sockets 113
Crowfoot / Tubenut Special Sockets
CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 5, 10, 19, 31, 70, 83, 126, 406

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A4882. Use the L3217 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Size Part No. Feature

15mm 1/4˝ B4039

8mm L4655

19mm 1/2˝ L4788

1/2˝ B4257

15mm 20D270202 Special C'Bore

Male Square Drive

18mm L4003 thru broached with stop ring

19mm B4511 Grooved

Size Part No. Feature

18mm L4672 Part broached

1/2˝ S7542

5/8˝ 20D116800

1/2˝ A6174 Wobble Square Drive

Extended Hex Socket
Torx Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature

15mm 3/8˝ A4933

Size Part No.

5/8˝ 1/4˝ B4069 Double Hex

E12 L4880

11/16˝ 1/4˝ B4133 1/2˝ Extension on opposite side

E18 A6172

9/16˝ 1/4˝ B4865

E20 A6405

19mm 2˝ F4158

Internal Threaded Socket

5/8˝(16mm) 35mm F4379

Size Pitch Part No.

3/4˝ 1˝ F4661 Extension on both sides

1/2˝ 20 F4519

15mm 1/2˝ F4933

3/4˝ 16 20D270200

19mm 1-1/4˝ J4383 with compression ring

20D116801 Insert Hex Socket

15mm 1/4˝ L4177 Fast Leat with Retaining Ring

17mm 1/4˝ L4421 Extension on both sides

Size Part No.

21mm 20D136000

15mm 3/4˝ 20D270201 Surface Drive

TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER 20

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B4000. Use the L3255 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Socket
Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

3/4˝ 3/4˝ J4557

7/8˝ L4828 Broached

3/4˝ 3/4˝ H4601 Broached

11/16˝ B4301

3/4˝ 3˝ F4945

18mm J4153 Broached

22mm 15mm N4264

19mm 20D281800 19mm Slot

24mm 15mm J4471 Broached

3/4˝ B4771 Broached

1˝ 1˝ B4502

21mm A6214

42mm 5.3mm L4136

22mm 20D281801 19mm Slot

15/16˝ B4269 Broached

1˝ F4536 Broached

1 1/16˝ B4270 Broached

Dual Size Hex Socket

1 1/16˝ B4505

Size 1 Size 2 Part No. Feature

19mm 26mm L4836

J4572 Special Wire Twist Socket

22mm 19mm 20DS200005

114 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 13, 228, 230, 308, 333, 394, 443

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A4737. Use the L3213 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Extended Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Size Extension Part No. Feature

10mm 1/2˝ L4636

10mm 13mm L3344

10mm 15mm 20D124100

13mm 5mm B4616

13mm Standard F4354

13mm 1/4˝ B4148

13mm 1/4˝ L4805

13mm 1/4˝ F4486 3/8˝ Broach

Hex Magnetic Socket

13mm 10mm B4577

13mm 1/2˝ B4196

Size Part No. Feature

13mm 15mm 20D124102

10mm 20D124101

13mm 3/4˝ J4903

13mm N4941

13mm 55mm N4499 Surface Drive

13mm N4939 Double Hex

1/2˝ 1/4˝ B4383

Male Square Drive

1/2˝ 3/8˝ B4463

Size Part No. Feature

3/8˝ J4312

Hex Socket

3/8˝ L4612 Paint Marker Socket

Size Part No. Feature
Torx Socket

7mm L3404 Triple Square

Size Part No.

5/16˝ J4561 With Groove

E10 20D241400

7/16˝ 20D124103 Without Ring Groove

E12 H4896

7/16˝ F4277 With Ball

Internal Threaded Socket

1/2˝ L4125

1/2˝ F4140 With Groove

Size Pitch Part No.

1/2˝ 20 F4363

13mm J3477 Double Hex with Groove

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 21, 98, 225, 284, 416

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A4949. Use the L3240 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Socket
Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

19mm 3/8˝ J4823 Surface Drive

12mm N4984

19mm 1 1/4˝ A6308

15mm N4761

22mm 54mm B4923

21mm H4478

22mm 57mm A6477

21mm N4227 Broached

22mm 2 1/8˝ S7502

30mm L4889

23mm 1˝ B4455 Extension is on both sides

1 1/4˝ L4302 Broached

24mm 3/4˝ F4937 Fast Lead

1˝ 3/4˝ B4963

1 1/8˝ 2˝ J4856 1/2˝ Below Through

Torx Socket
Male Square Drive
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No.

1/2˝ N4629

E18 15mm 20D245800

5/8˝ S9143 Wobble

E20 H4818

Sockets 115
Crowfoot / Tubenut Special Sockets
TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 23, 84, 95, 135, 309

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A4929. Use the L3209 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Socket
Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

5/8˝ 3/4˝ J4645

5/16˝ J4721 Broached

15mm 1/2˝ F3303 Broached

9/16˝ H4160

15mm 1 3/4˝ L4263

1/2˝ H4256

16mm 1/2˝ B4569 Broached

15mm N4962

17mm 37mm N4297

17mm F4325 Broached

18mm 1/2˝ B4570 Broached

18mm N4376 Broached

Male Square Drive
Size Part No. Feature

20mm B3372 Both sides have male hex drive

20mm B3726

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 29, 35, 121, 152, 175, 221, 234, 278, 287, 496

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B4105. Use the L3218 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

10mm 20D122600

1/4˝ J4073 With Retaining Ring

13mm A6100

5/16˝ 20D122602 With Retaining Ring

13mm N4846

1/2˝ F4863

13mm H4167

1/2˝ F4408 With Ring Groove

15mm A6232 With Groove

1/2˝ J4423 Double Hex

16mm F4333 With Ring Groove

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket

17mm B4994

Size Extension Part No. Feature
Extended Hex Socket

10mm 1/4˝ H4878

Size Extension Part No. Feature

12mm 8mm J4430

1/4˝ 3/16˝ F4875 With Groove

12mm 8mm H4735

5/16˝ 5/8˝ L4756

13mm 8mm H4254

13mm 13mm 20D238907 Special Outside Diameter

13mm 1/4˝ H4599

1/2˝ 3/4˝ H4100

13mm 15mm A6442

14mm 1/4˝ A6001 Extension is on both sides

13mm 20mm 20D122603 11mm Bore

9/16˝ 1/4˝ B4185

14mm 20mm 20D122601

9/16˝ 5/16˝ L4522 Fast Lead

15mm 3/8˝ J4274

9/16˝ 3/4˝ A6412

15mm 1/2˝ H4211

15mm 1/8˝ F4941

Male Square Drive

15mm 3/8˝ B4754

15mm 1/2˝ L4620 1/2˝ Deep

Size Part No. Feature

15mm 85mm A6224

1/2˝ A6088

16mm 1/2˝ L4014

Internal Threaded Socket

17mm 10mm A6298

18mm 1 3/4˝ H4726

Size Part No. Feature

1/2˝ 20 A6304

18mm 2 1/4˝ H4717

116 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 47, 170, 294

Use this list of special sockets only if the Standard Socket Configurator doesn’t have the socket you need. Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B3150. Use the L3222 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

10mm 10mm F3458 Double Hex

10mm 20D118100

10mm 3/16˝ F3459

10mm F3280 Double Hex

10mm 11mm J3111 Extension is on both sides

1/4˝ F3521 Bit Holder

10mm 19mm F3658

10mm 2 1/2˝ B3528 Extension is on both sides

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 69, 173, 279, 301, 307, 313, 317, 327, 362, 379, 381, 385, 448, 455, 477, 487, 516, 521

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B4750. Use the L3201 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Hex Magnetic Socket
Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

12mm 20D117601 Surface Drive

1/4˝ A6401 With Retaining Ring

13mm F4268

5/16˝ 20D242401 Double Square Socket

13mm 20D117606

Extended Hex Socket
Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

5/16˝ 1/4˝ 20D117603

10mm 6mm 20D117604

10mm 10mm 20D242400

12mm 6mm 20D117605

10mm 15mm 20D117609 Surface Drive

13mm 6mm 20D117600

13mm 1/8˝ A6022 Oversize

13mm 9mm 20D117602 Surface Drive

13mm 15mm 20D107900

13mm 20mm 20D117607 Surface Drive

Male Square Drive
Miscellaneous
Size Part No.
Part No. Feature

3/8˝ H4212

20D117608 12mm Hex Insert

20D135800 16mm Magnetic Socket with 12mm Hex Drive

Torx Socket
Size Extension Part No.

E12 20D242404

E12 15mm A6431

Sockets 117
Crowfoot / Tubenut Special Sockets
TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 74, 164, 261, 265, 269, 271, 273, 274, 286, 291, 312

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B3251. Use the L3211 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Extended Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

12mm 20D243700 Broached Through

12mm 1/4˝ 20D230600 Extension on both sides

12mm 20D232900

12mm 13mm 20D230300 Double Hex

13mm L3428 Surface Drive

13mm 1/4˝ 20D239100

13mm F3277 Broached Flush

13mm 12mm 20D229200

1/2˝ F3092 Broached

13mm 3/4˝ 20D238500

14mm 20D243701 Broached Through

5/8˝ Standard A6264

15mm 20D243704 Broached Through

9/16˝ 1/2˝ A6265

16mm A6376 Surface Drive

14mm 27mm 20D243702 Broached Through

16mm 20D222500 Surface Drive

16mm 5mm A6271

17mm B3521 Broached Through

17mm 3mm 20D243705 6.5 Deep

18mm B3711 Broached Through

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 79, 82, 103, 167, 508

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B4953. Use the L3202 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

13mm B4984 Double Hex

13mm 6mm 20D139100 Magnetic

Internal Threaded Socket
Size Pitch Feature

1/2˝ 20 20D238100

TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 99, 116, 283, 285, 296

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~F4591. Use the L3267 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Extended Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

19mm L3099 8mm Deep

19mm 10mm 20D246600

3/4˝ F4621 Broached through

20mm 3/8˝ 20D232800

3/4˝ L4680 Special Slot

20mm 3/8˝ 20D216700

13/16˝ F4622 Broached through

21mm 40mm N4702 Broached through

21mm 20D267200 19mm Slot, 6mm Deep

22mm 105mm 20D237900

22mm H4925 Broached through

7/8˝ 1/4˝ N4497 Double Hex

22mm 20D267204 19mm Slot

7/8˝ 1/2˝ J4733

22mm 20D267202 Special Slot

7/8˝ 1˝ N4381

7/8˝ F4623 Broached through

7/8˝ 1˝ H4141

15/16˝ F4624 Broached through

7/8˝ 1 3/8˝ N4363 Fast Lead

24mm J4567 22.5mm Slot

7/8˝ 2 5/8˝ H4102

24mm H4178 7mm Deep

24mm 20mm J3896 36mm Diameter

1˝ F4625 Broached through

30mm 45mm J3895

1 1/16˝ F4626 Broached through

J4455 Special Socket For Turnbuckle

118 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 147, 32, 75, 91, 92, 132, 136, 137, 138, 182, 184, 190, 202, 208, 209, 211, 212, 213, 266, 267, 270, 288, 300, 302, 303, 305

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~F3577. Use the L3281, L3282, L3283, or L3392 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Socket
Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

8mm J3297

8mm 5mm J3784

9mm J3296

3/8˝ 1/4˝ H4718

3/8˝ A6027

10mm 1/4˝ J3674

10mm F3861

10mm 10mm H4496

10.4mm 20D255000

10mm 12mm L3312 Surface Drive

11mm J3018

11mm 5mm J3456

11mm J3362 Double Hex

11mm 8mm H4530

7/16˝ H4219

11mm 10mm J3019

12mm J3486

11mm 10mm L3378 Double Hex

13mm F3577

11mm 15mm J3361

13mm A6213 Double Hex

11mm 15mm J3680

13mm F3689 Double Hex

7/16˝ 3/8˝ H4440

13mm F3946 Surface Drive

7/16˝ 15mm H4788

1/2˝ H4701

12mm 3mm L3143

12mm 5mm L3109

12mm 5mm J3501 Double Hex

12mm 10mm L3110

12mm 15mm L3111

13mm 6mm L3422

13mm 6mm L3423 Surface Drive

13mm 7mm L3359

13mm 3/8˝ L3374

13mm 10mm L3411 Double Hex

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER 160

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~F3812. Use the L3228 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Torx Socket
Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No.

10mm 3/4˝ J3265

E10 20D215600

E10 5mm 20D215601

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 200, 324, 396
Hex Socket

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~N4774. Use the L3220 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Size Part No.

15mm N4774

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER 216
Male Hex Drive

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~H4086. Use the L3225 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Size Part No. Feature

1/2˝ 20D248400

Sockets 119
Crowfoot / Tubenut Special Sockets
CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 203, 456

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~N4864. Use the L3221 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Socket
Torx Magnetic Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

T-50 20mm 20S111300

13mm Standard 20D213302 .312 Deep

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature

10mm Standard 20D213303

13mm Standard 20D213301

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 246, 297, 315
Extended Hex Socket

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~H4648. Use the L3256 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Size Extension Part No. Feature

8mm 6mm 20D230004 Double Hex, Special O.D.

10mm 36mm 20D230001 45mm Extension on other side

12mm 6mm 20D114706 Magnetic

Hex Magnetic Socket

13mm 1/4˝ 20D114705 Magnetic

13mm 1/4˝ H4763 Magnetic

Size Part No. Feature

13mm 20D114700

13mm 1/4˝ A6078 Magnetic

13mm 20D114704 5.3mm Deep

9/16˝ 3/8˝ A6314 Double Hex

TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 252, 346, 349, 387, 358, 408, 513

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~L3130. Use the 20D280700, L3233 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Extended Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

12mm 9mm 20S213500 .312 Deep

11mm 20D245408 5.3mm Deep

14mm 2mm 20D245400

13mm 20D245405 Surface Drive

13mm 20D245406 1/4˝ Deep, Surface Drive, Thick Wall

13mm 20D245407 1/4˝ Deep, Thick Wall

13mm 20S211100 1/4˝ Deep, Surface Drive

13mm 20S211101 1/4˝ Deep

TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 264, 304

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~F3388. Use the L3259, L3260 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Extended Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

15mm L3405

13mm Standard L3412

18mm 20D281200 5/16˝ Deep

3/4˝ 3/4˝ L3005

24mm L3347 1/2˝ Deep

13/16˝ 1˝ F3461

7/8˝ 1˝ H4012

120 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 7, 16, 299, 306, 353

Use this list of special sockets only if the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 doesn’t have the socket you need. Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A4690. Use the L3258 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Torx Bit Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Size Extension Part No. Feature

T30 A6341

13mm 20D111300

T30 20mm 20D240609

5/16˝ A6395

T40 A6373

14mm 20D118801 Drive Insert

T45 20D240600

17mm L4049

T45 20mm 20D240610

17mm 62mm B4047

T50 A6403

Special Bit
Hex Bit
Size Extension Part No.
Size Extension Part No. Feature

XNZ H4533

3/16˝ A6179

Slotted 20D246700

1/4˝ A5668

3/8˝ A5666

5mm F4380

5/16" Bit Holder 20D118800 with Bit Retainer Clip

6mm F4399

6mm A6206 Square Bit

6mm 5mm A6207

7mm F4296

8mm F4513

10mm L4259

14mm A5724

Sockets 121
Flush Angle Standard Sockets
CHOOSE YOUR SOCKET

A new part number system for standard flush angle head sockets enables customers to describe and price standard sockets for each application. The part number includes information on head number of the tool, socket type, socket size and extension length. For special sockets or dimensions not included on this page, check the following pages or contact your local STANLEY sales representative.

STEP 1: Select the Base Code from the Head Number table
STEP 2: Add Type, Size & Extension separated by forward slashes
Base Type Size Extension

Note: Specify socket size no larger than Max Hex Size. Choose mm or in

Length Extension Code (mm) (in)
Flush Angle Head Number DTU Max Hex Size Base Code (mm) (in)
Size (mm) Size Code
Size (in) Size Code

Standard Standard 0

A15 (as in EB33LA15-27) 13 1/2 20D283200

SH Single Hex

1/8 2

3 1/8 3

A18 16 5/8 20D213505

3/16 3

6 1/4 6

A19 17 5/8 20D222300

1/4 4

9 3/8 9

A22 19 3/4 L3270

5/16 5

12 1/2 12

A26 22 7/8 L3435

3/8 6

15 5/8 15

7/16 7

DH Double Hex

18 3/4 18

10 M10

1/2 8

21 7/8 21

11 M11

9/16 9

24 1 24

12 M12

5/8 10

27 1 1/16 27

13 M 13

11/16 11

30 1 1/8 30

14 M14

3/4 12

SD Surface Drive

33 1 1/4 33

15 M15

13/16 13

36 1 3/8 36

16 M16

7/8 14

39 1 1/2 39

17 M17

15/16 15

42 1 5/8 42

18 M18

45 1 3/4 45

19 M19

1 1/16 17

FL Fast Lead

48 1 7/8 48

20 M20

51 2 51

21 M21

22 M22

23 M23

24 M24

25 M25

26 M26

27 M27

EXAMPLE ORDER
Example: An A19 flush angle head requires a 3/8 in surface drive socket with a 1 in extension. Select the BASE (20D222300), TYPE (SD), SIZE (6) and EXTENSION (24).
Base Type Size Ext.

Flush Socket Extension

20D222300 / SD / 6 / 24

122 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Flush Angle Special Socket Selection
~B3686 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A13 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D121914

Maximum Hex size for this output is 12mm. *B3686 is the default socket unless another is specified on Purchase Order. Use this list of special sockets only if the Standard Socket Configurator on page 126 doesn’t have the socket you need.

Hex Magnetic Socket
Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Part No.

4mm B3834

5/16˝ (8mm) J3823

7mm B3686*

10mm L3393

1/4˝ B3751

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket

5/16˝ (8mm) B3752

5/16˝ (8mm) 20D126500 With Retaining Ring

Size Extension Part No.

5/16˝ (8mm) 1/2˝ 20D126501

3/8˝ B3753

10mm 1/4˝ L3073

10mm B3754

Extended Hex Socket
Double Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Size Part No.

8mm 1/4˝ J3041

8mm L3154

5/16˝(8mm) 1/16˝ J3706

10mm 20D253205

10mm 5mm 20D253204

Double Hex Magnetic Socket

10mm 10mm 20D253200

10mm 3/4˝ 20D238300

Size Part No.

10mm 20D126503

10mm 1/2˝ J3100

Torx Socket
Size Part No.

E10 20D253202

~20D905800 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A14 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D112113

Maximum Hex size for this output is 13mm. *20D255500 is the default socket unless another is specified on Purchase Order.

Surface Drive Socket
Surface Drive Magnetic Socket
Size Part No.
Size Part No.

10mm 20D255505

10mm 20D126402

12mm 20D255500*

12mm 20D126400

13mm 20D255501

13mm 20D126401

Extended Surface Drive Socket
Extended Surface Drive Magnetic Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Size Extension Part No.

10mm 10mm 20D126405

10mm 10mm 20D255503

13mm 9mm 20D126404

12mm 1/4˝ 20D255506

13mm 1/4˝ 20D255508

13mm 9mm 20D255507

Extended Surface Drive Thin Wall Socket
Size Extension Part No.

13mm 1/4˝ 20D126406

Includes 20D236604 Compression Ring to prevent cracking

Sockets 123
Flush Angle Special Socket Selection
~20D901200 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A18 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D136503

* F4747 is the default socket unless another is specified on Purchase Order.

Surface Drive Socket
Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Part No.

6mm 20D213504

13mm L4022

5/16˝ (8mm) L4653 with Retaining Ring

Extended Surface Drive Socket

3/8˝ 20D213501

Size Extension Part No.

10mm F4897

3/8˝ 10mm H4236

7/16˝ F4896

13mm 5mm L4935

11mm F4898

13mm 10mm L4934

12mm L4006

14mm 30mm H4371

1/2˝ F4895

16mm 1/4˝ N4581

13mm F4899

13mm L4543 1/2˝ clearance hole

Hex Magnetic Socket

9/16˝ F4747*

Size Part No.

14mm 20D213500

13mm L4834

15mm F4900

15mm N4769 with Retaining Ring

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket

5/8˝ (16mm) F4894

Size Extension Part No.

10mm) 8mm 20D118202

Extended Hex Socket

11mm 5/8˝ L4509

Size Extension Part No. Feature

12mm 3mm A6309

10mm 3mm N4638

13mm 1/2˝ H4921

10mm 7mm N4251

13mm 23mm 20D118200

10mm 8mm 20D213503

15mm 3/8˝ A6115

10mm 1˝ J4979

12mm 1/4˝ L4839

Torx Socket

13mm 1/8˝ N4086

Size Part No.

13mm 1/4˝ N4918

E8 H4367

13mm 12mm H4494

Torx Socket

13mm 1/2˝ L4435

13mm 1˝ J4444

Size Part No.

9/16˝ 1/4˝ J4413

5mm X4048

14mm 1/4˝ N4268

6mm X4047

14mm 16mm J4311

8mm X4091

15mm 1/4˝ L4378

10mm X4093

15mm 1/4˝ N4686 with Retaining Ring

T30 X4198

15mm 3/8˝ H4459

T40 X4248

15mm 1/2˝ J4684

T50 X4249

15mm 1/2˝ 20D213502 Surface Drive

16mm 1/4˝ N4312

16mm 150mm N4343

17mm 5mm H4301

17mm 20mm A6192

124 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

~20D903900 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A19 (THREADED) FLUSH OUTPUT 20D100021 AND A19 (SPLINED) FLUSH OUTPUT 20D100106

Use this list of special sockets only if the Standard Socket Configurator doesn’t have the socket you need. Use the 20D222300 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 126 to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
~20D904000 Bit Options for 5/16” Bit Holder 20D118000 with Bit Retainer Clip
Size Part No.

Choose Bit

9/16˝ 20D222305

Size Extension Part No. Feature

18mm 20D222308

3/16˝ A6179

Extended Hex Socket

1/4˝ A5668

3/8˝ A5666

Size Extension Part No.

5mm F4380

17mm 6mm 20D118003

6mm F4399

18mm) 12mm 20D118001

6mm A6206 Square Bit

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket

6mm 5mm A6207

Size Extension Part No.

7mm F4296

18mm) 12mm 20D118002

8mm F4513

10mm L4259

Torx Bit

14mm A5724

Size Extension Part No.

T30 A6341

T30 20mm 20D240609

Miscellaneous Bits

T40 A6373

T45 20D240600

Size Extension Part No.

XNZ H4533

T45 20mm 20D240610

Slotted 20D246700

T50 A6403

~20D902700 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A22 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D100309
~20D903700 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A26 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D100409

Use the 20D115100 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 126 to configure a standard socket.

Use the 20D116600 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 126 to configure a standard socket.

TORX SOCKET
Size Part No.

E18 20D268400

~A5107 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A32 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D102201
Size Part No.
Size Part No.
Size Extension Part No.

17mm 20D267300

23mm 20D267303

17mm 1/4˝ 20D267301

18mm A5651

24mm A5107

21mm 1/2˝ A6234

19mm A5248

24mm Fast Lead A5380

24mm 8mm A5261

3/4˝ Square A5479

24mm Surface Drive A5438

24mm 1/2˝ A6428

21mm A5175

1˝ A5113

24mm Surface Drive 1/2˝ 20D267302

22mm A5112

1˝ Fast Lead A5473

24mm 15mm A5129

22mm Fast Lead A5183

27mm A5114

27mm 2.5mm A5238

27mm 20mm A5574

Sockets 125
H18, 22, 26 & 32 Bit Holder Configuration Guide
STEP 1: Choose Type of Hold & Drive (See page 127 for Tang Holder)

Note: Standard Length Socket & Bit Holder Shown

STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length

Bit Hold

» Option 1: LH18V1= 1 inch of travel

» Option 2: LH18V2= 2 inch of travel

Requires LH18V1 for <= 26mm Requires LH18V2 for >= 26mm & <= 52mm

STEP 3: Choose Socket (Step 3 on pages 128, 129, 132 or 134)
STEP 4: Choose Bit Holder (Step 4A on pages 128, 129, 133 or 134)

Bit Hold Depth

STEP 5: Determine extension length required (Use images below to determine the required socket and/or bit holder extension length) Add socket extension up to, but not over, the bolt threads — the socket should not extend over the threads.
STEP 6: Choose Bit (Step 6A on page 128, 131, 133 or 135)
Bit protrusion Bit flush Bit recessed

Bit protusion Bit flush Bit recessed

Example: An H18 hold and drive requires a 14 mm hex socket extended 5 mm with a 1/4” bit holder (standard extension) and an 8 mm Hex bit.
Socket Bit Holder Bit

Bit Protrusion (mm) = 18mm + Bit Holder Extension (mm) – Socket Extension (mm)

20D253602 20D254200 N4991

If you choose a 20D253602 socket, 20D254200 bit holder and a N4991 bit, the bit will protrude 13 mm from the bottom of the socket. The bit will protrude 13 mm because a standard length bit holder was chosen with a 5mm extended socket.

13mm Bit Protrusion = 18mm + 0mm Bit Holder Extension – 5mm Socket Extension

126 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
H18, 22, 26 & 32 Tang Holder Configuration Guide
STEP 1: Choose Type of Hold & Drive (See page 126 for Bit Holder)

Note: Standard Length Socket & Bit Holder Shown

STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length

» Option 1: LH18V1= 1 inch of travel

» Option 2: LH18V2= 2 inch of travel

Requires LH18V1 for <= 26mm Requires LH18V2 for >= 26mm & <= 52mm

STEP 3: Choose Socket

(Step 3 on pages 128, 129, 132 or 134)

STEP 4: Choose Tang Holder

(Step 4B on pages 128, 130, 131, 133 or 134)

STEP 5: Determine extension length required (Use images below to determine the required socket and/or tang holder extension length )

Add socket extension if tang is longer than 11.5mm, but never extend the socket past the bottom of the tang.

Tang Recessed for: Bit Holder Length = Std Socket Extension > Std
Tang Flush for: Bit Holder Length = Std Socket Extension = Std

Tang Holder Depth = 11.5 mm Tang Flush

Tang Recessed

Example: An H18 hold and drive requires a 14 mm hex socket extended 5 mm, with a 6 mm hex tang holder standard extension.
Socket Tang Holder

Tang Recessed (mm) = Socket Extension (mm) – Tang Holder Extension (mm)

20D253602 20D261703

If you choose a 20D253602 socket and a 20D261703 tang holder, the tang holder will be recessed 5 mm. The tang will be recessed because a standard length tang holder was chosen with a 5mm extended socket.

5mm Tang Recessed = 5 mm Socket Extension – 0 mm Tang Holder Extension

Sockets 127
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
H18 Output Options
STEP 1: Choose type of hold & drive:
Option A: Bit Holder See page 126 for config. guide Option B: Tang Holder See page 127 for config. guide
STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length — reference EB tool sections for available model number: EB non-fixtured tools, page 11, EB fixtured tools, page 31.
STEP 3: Choose standard socket size of one of the below types: ~20D905700 SOCKET OPTIONS
Hex Surface Drive
Size Part No.
Size Part No.
Size Part No.

13mm 20DS201001

17mm 20D253612

17mm 20D253603

14mm 20D253600

18mm 20D253606

Extended Hex

15mm 20D253604

19mm 20D253610

Size Extension Part No.

16mm 20D253601

24mm 20D253611

14mm 5mm 20D253602

 STEP 4A: Choose standard bit holder size:

14mm 6mm 20D253605

~20D905600 BIT HOLDER OPTIONS

16mm 17mm 20D253607

Size Part No.

1/4˝ 20D254200

5/16˝ 20D253400

STEP 4B: Choose tang holder size: ~20D905601 TANG OPTIONS
Size Part No.
Size Part No.
Size Part No.

6mm 20D261703

6mm x 11mm 20D261702

5mm x 10.3mm 20D261701

6mm x 10mm 20D261700

10mm 20D261705

5mm x 9.5mm 20DS201000

5.5mm 20D261706

STEP 5A: Determine socket and/or bit holder extension length required. Calculate the bit protrusion using the following equation: Bit Protrusion (mm) = 18 mm + Bit Holder Extension (mm) – Socket Extension (mm)
STEP 5B: Determine socket and/or tang holder extension length required. Calculate the tang recession using the following equation: Tang Recessed (mm) = Socket Extension (mm) – Tang Holder Extension (mm)
 STEP 6A: Choose bit: ~F4296 BIT SELECTION
Description Part No. T45 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D240600 T30 HEX BIT, FOR1/4" BH 20D240601 HEX BIT 5/16 - 8MM X 25mm LG 20D240603 9MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240605 5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH 20D240606
Description Part No.
Description Part No. T40 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6373 T50 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6403 1/4 HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6453 7MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4296 5MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH F4361 5MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4380 6MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4399 8MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4513 SOCKET 14MM X 15MM EXT. H4223 T15 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4280 SLOTTED BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4436 XNZ SCREW BIT, FOR 5/16" BH H4533 7MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4909 7/8 HEX SOCKET J4850 10MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH L4259 5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4451 8MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4991

5MM X 12.5MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240903

6MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240904 SLOTTED BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D246700 21MM X 20MM DP, HEX SKT 40A2H 20DS200018 5MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16" BH 20DS200700 6MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200701 T40 BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200702 3/8" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5666 1/4" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5668 14MM HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH A5724 T27 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6134 5/32" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6178 3/16" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6179 6MM SQ BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6206 6MM X 5MM BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6207 T30 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6341

T-30 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240609

T-45 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240610

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240611 T55 BIT 5/16" HEX 20D240613 HEX BIT T40, 1/4 HOLD x1LG 20D240615 40IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240616 30IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240617 45IP FOR 5/16" B.H. 20D240618 HEX BIT 5/16, 8MM W/ SPCL FLAT 20D240619 5MM X 5MM EXT BIT, 5/16 BH 20D240902

128 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

H22 Output Options
STEP 1: Choose type of hold & drive:
Option A: Bit Holder See page 126 for config. guide Option B: Tang Holder See page 127 for config. guide
STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length — reference EB tool sections for available model number: EB non-fixtured tools, page 11, EB fixtured tools, page 31.
STEP 3: Choose standard socket size of one of the below types:
20D911000 SOCKET OPTIONS

Use the 20D288400 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator, on page 136, to configure a standard socket.

Deep Extended Hex
Extended Hex
Size Part No.
Size Extension Part No.
Size Extension Part No.

7/16˝ A6184

18mm 18mm H4038

14mm 1-5/8˝ A6451

7/8˝ A6186

21mm 18mm H4037

14mm 2-5/8˝ 20D215100

13mm (1/2˝) A6185

14mm 4-5/8˝ 20D215101

14mm H4747

14mm 7-3/8˝ 20D215102

Surface Drive Extended Hex

9/16 N4884

15mm 1/2˝ H4597

Size Extension Part No.

15mm N4665

15mm 1˝ A6282

18mm 46mm H4500

16mm (5/8˝) N4617

15mm 6˝ A6002

18mm 12-1/2˝ 20D132203

1˝ 20S202000

16mm 3/8˝ 20D245502

21mm 40mm 20D222001

27mm 20D232607

16mm 17mm 20D245503

21mm 80mm 20D222000

16mm 30mm N4620

16mm 60mm 20D245500

Extension Tube Options with Hex Sockets

16mm 200mm 20D245501

19mm 11mm 20D215106

Hex Surface Drive
Size Extension Part No.

21mm 67.6mm 20D222006

Size Part No.

18mm 8˝ 20D132201

21mm 110mm 20D132204

13mm H4435

18mm 12˝ 20D132200

21mm 6˝ 20D222600

15mm A6200

19mm 4˝ 20D132202

24mm 1/2˝ 20D222903

 STEP 4A: Choose standard bit holder size:  STEP 4B: See next page to choose tang holder size 20D911100 SPECIAL BIT HOLDER OPTIONS
Size Extension Part No.

5/16˝ S7750 (Special Diameter)

5/16˝ 100mm 20DS200009

5/16˝ 110mm 20D132306

5/16˝ 4˝ 20D132302

5/16˝ 150mm 20D215208

5/16˝ 155mm 20D215207

5/16˝ 175mm 20D247200

5/16˝ 6 5/8˝ 20D215202

7/16˝ 20D215201

Sockets 129
H22 Output Options continued
STEP 4B: Choose tang holder size:
~F4287 TANG OPTIONS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

H22 SKT/EXT TUBE KIT, 19mm, 4" 20D132202

10MM FEM.HEX TANG HOLDER F4406

10MM FAST LEAD TANG HOLDER H4877

TANG/EXTENSION KIT,8MMHX,12"LG 20D132300

7.7 X 9.8 X 16MM EXT TANG HOLD F4542

6.35MM X 8.0MM TANG HOLD 3/8" E H4883

8MM X 8" EXT H22 TANG ASM 20D132301

5MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER F4544

8MM HEX TANGHOLDER 8" EXT H4888

8MM X 12-1/2" EXT, SURF DR H22 20D132305

5.7MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER F4572

TANG HOLDER 9.4 X 11.3MM STD EX H4889

TANG HOLDER 11MM SURF. DR X STD 20D214300

8MM (5/16) INT. HEX TANG HOLDER F4573

8.0 X 10.5MM TANG HOLDER, 8" EX H4904

TANG HOLDER 8MM SURF. DR. X STD 20D214301

5.9MM X 8.1MM TANG HOLDER F4596

8.7 X 11MM TANG OLDER, STD. EXT H4905

6MM HEX 6MM DEEP, TANG H22 20D214303

10MM X 13MM TANG HOLDER F4600

10.2 X 11.5MM TANG HOLDER, STD H4906

13MM HEX TANG HOLDER,A22/40A4H 20D214304

8.5 HEX FEMALE TANG HOLDER F4636

TANG HOLDER 8MM X 10MM 1-1/8 EX H4958

7.2MM X 10MM, 11MM EXT TANG 20D214305

.390" X .529" TANG HOLDER F4673

10MM HEX TANG HOLD 32MM EXT H4960

TANG HOLDER 6.4MM X 8.4M X STD' 20D215400

8MM X 6.35MM TANG HOLDER F4718

10MM TANG HOLD LEFT HAND FAST L J4043

10MM FEMALE HEX x 6.00" EXTENDED 20D222700

2.7MM X 7MM BIT F4866

1/4 X 5/16 TANG HOLDER J4178

10.22mm FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER 20D222702

6.7MM X 7MM TANG HOLDER F4870

8MM X 6.35 X 1/2 TANG HOLDER J4214

10.5mm STD EXT,SH,TANG HOLDER 20D222705

7.2MM X 10.2MM TANG HOLDER F4975

8.5 X 10.5 X 16MM TANG HOLDER J4296

A3H TANG HOLDER, 8.8MM X 9.8MM 20D226100

6.3MM X 9.3MM TANG HOLDER H4115

8.5 X 10.5MM TANG HOLDER J4302

6.5MM X 8MM, TAPERED LEAD, TANG HOLDER, A3H/H22 20D226101

7MM HEX TANG HOLDER 1" EXT H4161

9.75 X 12MM TANG HOLDER J4314

E8 TORX TANG HOLDER, A2H/A3H/A4 20D226200

8MM X 11MM TANG HOLDER W/ LEAD H4176

7.7 X 9.8 X 80MM TANG HOLDER J4315

TANG HOLDER, E12 TORX 20D226201

8MM SQ FEMALE TANG HOLDER H4191

7.7 X 9.8 X 157MM TANG HOLDER J4317

E8 TORX X 6" EXT HEX BIT 20D226202

6 X 10MM TANG HOLDER .600 OD H4209

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER 10MM EXT J4382

E8 TORX TANG HOLDER SPCL Ø 20D226203

.340 HEX TANG HOLDER H4210

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER J4456

TANG HOLDER 5.0 X 6.3MM 20D242700

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER 1" EXT H4372

7MM FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER J4586

5.5 X 7.3, 6MM EXT,TANG HOLDER 20D242701

TORX SOCKET TX3114 H4373

6.3 X 9MM TANG HOLDER J4707

6.0MM X 5.0 MM, TANG HOLDER 20D242702

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER H4448

8MM X 11MM TANG HOLDER J4785

TANG HOLDER 5.4mm X 7.7mm 20D242703

4MM X 6MM TANG HOLDER H4475

8MM X 5.7MM X 1" EXT TANG HOLDE J4830

10MM X 32MM EXT, SURF DR TANG 20D245103

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 182MM H4483

6.3 X 7.5MM TANG HOLDER J4877

10MM X 37MM,SURF DR, TANG HLDR (H22) 20D245105

9.22 X 12.5MM TANG HOLD 155MM E H4484

8.90 X 11.20MM X 80MM TANG HOLD J4990

10MM X 37MM EXT.,TANG HOLDER (H22) 20D245106

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 10MM E H4485

9MM FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER L4005

10MM X 67.6MM EXT, HEX,TANG HOLDER H22 20D245109

8 X 10MM TANG HOLDER 10MM EXT H4488

10MM X 6MM TANG HOLDER L4017

10mm HEX, 64mm O'ALL LENGTH 20D245111

6.3 X 8.7MM TANG HOLDER 80MM EX H4489

5MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER L4019

10MM X 55MM OAL TANG H22/H26 20D245112

9MM HEX TANG HOLDER 46MM EXT H4499

11/32 HEX FEMALE TANGE HOLDER 3 L4106

5MM X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 20D245114

6 X 8MM TANG HOLDER 43MM EXT H4577

8.2MM X 9.8MM TANG HOLDER L4117

TORX SOCKET 3/8 SQ. DR X E12 X .65 OD 20D245115

9 X 11MM TANG HOLDER H4578

3/8 FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER L4373

8MM DOUBLE HEX TANG HOLDER 20D245116

6 X 8MM TANG HOLDER 47MM EXT H4593

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 80MM E L4523

TANG HOLDER - 7MM SURF DR 20D246900 TANG HLDR ASSY,H22,5/16/8MM,SH STD. EXT. SOCKET 6" DRIVE EXT. 20DS200045

5.7 X 8MM TANG HOLDER 5MM EXT H4606

8MM X 5.77MM TANG HOLDER 36MM E L4524

5.6 X 9.8MM TANG HOLDER H4607

6MM X 7.72MM TANG HOLDER L4544

TANG HOLDER SP. 11.28 DOUBLE HE 20S200602

5.9 X 6.8MM TANG HOLDER H4676

6 X 8MM TANG HOLDER L4644

15MM X 17MM TANG HOLDER 20S201900

6.8 X 8.25MM TANG HOLDER H4725

TANG HOLDER 9MM SURF DR L4694

7MM FEMALE TANG HOLDER 6" EXT A6003

2 STEP TANG HOLD 6.00&7.08 X 8 H4748

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9.2 X 300MM L4732

4.4 X 8MM TANG HOLDER A6005

7MM X 11MM TANG HOLDER H4761

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9.2 MM L4738

6MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER A6089

TANG HOLDER 9.2MMX12.5MMX45MM H4819

TANG HOLDER 8MM HEX 80 MM EXT L4784

6.24 X 7.5MM TANG HOLDER A6136

7.3MM X 9.4MM TANG HOLDER H4829

11MM HEX TANG HOLDER L4803

8MM SQ TANG HOLDER 47MM EXT A6226

5.7MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER H4840

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER X 19 MM EXT L4848

10MM HEX X 75MM EXT TANG HOLDER A6233

5 X 7.5MM TANG HOLDER H4857

TANG HOLDER 8.2 X 9.8 MM 80MM E L4869

7.7MM X 9.8MM FEMALE SHANK HOLD F4287

6.35 X 8.12MM TANG HOLDER H4858

4MM MALE HEX TANG HOLDER L4898

1/4" HEX HOLDER F4360

12MM FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER H4874

6.3 X 9.8MM TANG HOLDER L4978

130 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

H22 Output Options continued
~F4287 TANG OPTIONS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9MM X 70MM E N4029

8 X 5.7 TANG HOLDER 87MM EXT N4400

TANG HOLDER 9 X 11.5MM X 80MM E N4747

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9MM X 145MM N4030

6.3 X 8.0 X 32MM EXT TANG HOLDE N4413

TANG HOLDER 9 X 12.6MM X 157MM N4748

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9 N4031

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 8.5MM N4467

TANG HOLDER 8 X 10MM X 80MM EXT N4749

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9MM X 75MM E N4032

9.2MM X 12.5MM X 26.5MM EXT. SK N4469

TANG HOLDER 8 X 10MM X 157MM EX N4752

TANG HOLDER 10 X 7.6MM X 75MM E N4033

8MM X 12MM TANG HOLDER N4483

5MM HEX TANG HOLDER N4758

14MM DOUBLE HEX SOCKET N4064

6MM X 13MM TANG HOLDER N4484

1/4" X 7/16" TANG HOLDER N4826

12.5MM X 9MM TANG HOLDER 32MM E N4130

10MM HEX T HOLDER 1/4" EXT FAST N4575

6.3MM X 9.8MM TANG HOLDER 37MM N4834

12.5MM X9MM TANG HOLDER 27MM EX N4131

7.2MM X 9.2MM TANG HOLDER 80MM N4587

10MM X 7MM TANG HOLDER N4921

12.5MM X 9MM TANG HOLDER 102MM N4132

7.7MM X 9.8MM X 30MM EXT.TANG.H N4621

11/32" HEX TANG HOLDER 1-1/2" E N4927

10MM X 7.6MM TANG HOLDER 32MM E N4133

7.2MM X 9.2MM TANG HOLDER (A3H) N4658

10MM X 7.6MM TANG HOLDER N4994

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 157MM N4151

8MM X 6MM TANG HOLDER N4666

10MM X 7.3MM TANG HOLDER 152MM N4995

12.5 X 9MM TANG HOLDER 62MM EXT N4187

10 X 7.6MM TANG HOLDER 182MM EX N4697

TORX SOCKET 3/8" SQ X E14 DRIVE R7927

TANG HOLDER 10MM HEX X 1.531 EX N4189

10 X 7.6MM TANG HOLDER 102MM EX N4699

E12 TORX SOCKET R8461

TANG HOLDER 6MM HEX N4192

10MM X 3-1/8 EXT TANG HOLDER N4712

12.5MM X 9MM TANG HOLDER 52MM E N4384

6MM HEX TANG HOLDER 80MM EXT N4716

STEP 5A: Determine socket and/or bit holder extension length required. Calculate the bit protrusion using the following equation: Bit Protrusion (mm) = 18 mm + Bit Holder Extension (mm) – Socket Extension (mm)
STEP 5B: Determine socket and/or tang holder extension length required. Calculate the tang recession using the following equation: Tang Recessed (mm) = Socket Extension (mm) – Tang Holder Extension (mm)
 STEP 6A: Choose bit: ~F4296 BIT SELECTION
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

T45 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D240600

6MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240904

T50 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6403

T30 HEX BIT, FOR1/4" BH 20D240601

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D246700

1/4 HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6453

HEX BIT 5/16 - 8MM X 25mm LG 20D240603

21MM X 20MM DP, HEX SKT 40A2H 20DS200018

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4296

9MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240605

5MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16" BH 20DS200700

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH F4361

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH 20D240606

6MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200701

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4380

T-30 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240609

T40 BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200702

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4399

T-45 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240610

3/8" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5666

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4513

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240611

1/4" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5668

SOCKET 14MM X 15MM EXT. H4223

T55 BIT 5/16" HEX 20D240613

14MM HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH A5724

T15 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4280

HEX BIT T40, 1/4 HOLD x1LG 20D240615

T27 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6134

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4436

40IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240616

5/32" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6178

XNZ SCREW BIT, FOR 5/16" BH H4533

30IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240617

3/16" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6179

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4909

45IP FOR 5/16" B.H. 20D240618

6MM SQ BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6206

7/8 HEX SOCKET J4850

HEX BIT 5/16, 8MM W/ SPCL FLAT 20D240619

6MM X 5MM BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6207

10MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH L4259

5MM X 5MM EXT BIT, 5/16 BH 20D240902

T30 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6341

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4451

5MM X 12.5MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240903

T40 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6373

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4991

Sockets 131
H26 Output Options
STEP 1: Choose type of hold & drive:
Option A: Bit Holder See page 126 for config. guide Option B: Tang Holder See page 127 for config. guide
STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length — reference EB tool sections for available model number: EB non-fixtured tools, page 11, EB fixtured tools, page 31.
STEP 3: Choose standard socket size of one of the below types:
F4285 SOCKET OPTIONS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

21MM X 8" EXT, HEX SKT ASM-H26 20D135900

18MM SURF DR SOCKET H4177

16MM X 10MM EXT SOCKET L4535

21MM HEX SKT ASM MAG 20D135901

21MM SURF DR SOCKET 182MM EXT H4366

18MM SOCKET 1 1/2" EXT L4556

SOCKET 24MM X 8" EXT SURFACE DR 20D213700

17MM HEX SURF DR SOCKET 37MM EX H4409

22MM SURF DR SOCKET 10MM EXT L4557

21MM X 8.5MM EXT SURF DR - A3H 20D226300

21MM SURF DR SOC 155MM EXT H4447

30MM HEX SOCKET LA4H L4622

SPECIAL 21MM X 80MM EXT SOCKET 20D232600

21MM SURF DR SOCKET 10MM EXT H4486

18MM X 19MM EXT HEX SOCKET LA3H L4646

23MM HEX SOCKET, A40LA3H 20D232601

18MM SURF DR SOCKET 10MM EXT H4487

24 MM SOCKET 10 MM EXT L4663

27MM X 77MM EXT, H26 SKT 20D232606

17MM SURF DR SOCKET 1.5" EXT H4576

HEX SOCKET 21MM X 300MM L4733

HEX SOCKET 1 1/8" SINGLE HEX 20D232609

17MM SURF DR SOCKET 1-5/8" EXT H4594

19 MM FAST LEAD SOCKET L4868

HEX SOCKET,21MM X 67.6MM EXT. 20D232610

18MM SURF DR OVER SIZE H4612

19 MM SOCKET X 3/8" EXT SPECIAL L4886

HEX SOCKET 21MM X 28MM EXT 20D232611

18MM HEX SOCKET 32MM EXT H4628

12MM HEX SOCKET (LA3H) L4897

HEX SOCKET 34MM, H26 20D232612

21MM HEX SOCKET 52MM EXT H4629

21MM SURF DR SOCKET 75 MM EXT N4034

21MM x 12MM EXT SH SKT, H26 20D232615

17MM HEX SOCKET 36MM EXT H4781

21MM SURF DR SOCKET 150 EXT N4035

SOCKET, 18MM X 2.203" EXT., SH H26 20D232616

SOCKET 24MM X 45MM EXT. H4820

21MM SURF DR SOCKET N4036

HEX SOCKET - 18MM X 3.203 EXT. 20D232617 HEX SOCKET-16MM X 5MM EXT SPCL DRIVE DEPTH 20D232618 18MM X 12MM EXT SPCL HEX SKT SPCL 22MM DRIVE DEPTH 20D232619

18MM HEX SOCKET 8" EXT H4886

18MM X 37MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4134

17MM X 1-1/8" EXT SOCKET H4959

21MM X 37MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4135

21MM FAST LEAD SOCKET J4044

21MM X32MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4136

16MM (5/8") HEX SOCKET J4090

21MM X 107MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4137

21MM X 167.3MM EXT SD SKT, H26 20D232621

15MM X 1/2 EXT SOCKET LA3H J4213

21MM X 80MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4149

21MM X 18MM EXT,SH SOCKET,H26 20D232622

17MM HEX SOCKET (SPEC. O.D.) J4304

21MM X 157MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4150

18MM X 7.107 OAL,FL,SOCKET,H26 20D232623

19MM X 80MM EXT SOCKET J4316

20MM HEX SOCKET N4177

10MM SURFACE DR SOCKET A6137

19MM X 157MM EXT SOCKET J4318

21MM SURF DR SOCKET 67MM EXT N4186

18MM HEX SURF DR X 1-1/2" EXT S A6215

19MM X 18MM EXT SURFACE DR J4381

21MM HEX SOCKET X 1.531 EXT N4188

22MM HEX - A3H SPECIAL O.D. A6216

17MM HEX SOCKET SURFACE DR J4398

21MM HEX SOCKET 8MM EXT N4337

22M SURFACE DRIVE - 1/4 EXT A3H A6228

14MM FAST LEAD SOCKET J4457

21MM HEX SOCKET 57MM EXTENDED N4382

14MM DBL HEX SOCKET A6231

17MM X 19MM EXT SOCKET J4467

17MM X 87MM EXT SOCKET N4398

15/16" X 60MM HEX SKT, 40A3H A6270

22MM FAST LEAD SOCKET LA3H J4607

15MM SURF DR SOCKET 37MM EXT N4412

21 MM SURF DR. X 2" SKT 40A3H A6467

17MM FAST LEAD SOCKET LA3H J4608

24MM SURF DR SOCKET N4439

19MM HEX SURF. DR. X 46MM EXT. A6474

15MM SURFACE DR. SOCKET J4662

22MM SURF DR SOCKET N4440

17MM HEX SOCKET F4285

9/16 X 1/2 EXT REACTION SOCKET J4708

18MM HEX SOCKET 1/4" EXT N4457

19MM HEX SOCKET F4294

15MM X 1" EXT HEX SOCKET (LA3H) J4829

21MM X 8.5MM EXT. HEX SOCKET N4466

14MM SOCKET F4359

7/8 HEX SOCKET J4850

18MM X 26.5MM EXT. HEX SOCKET N4468

21MM SOCKET F4401

22MM X 80MM EXT SOCKET LA3H J4989

15MM X 80MM EXT. SURFACE DR. SO N4582

22MM HEX SOCKET F4487

18MM X 80MM EXT SURFACE DR SOCK L4067

18MM HEX SOCKET 187MM EXT N4696

24MM (15/16") HEX SOCKET F4512

21MM X 80MM EXT SURFACE DR SOCK L4068

18MM HEX SOCKET 107MM EXT N4698

19MM X 16MM EXT SOCKET F4541

18MM X 157MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET L4073

18MM X 3-1/8" EXT HEX SOCKET N4711 18MM HEX SURF DR SOCKET 80MM EX N4715

9/16" HEX SOCKET F4571

11/16 HEX SOCKET L4116

18MM HEX SOCKET F4635

18MM 1/4" EXT (SPECIAL OD) L4118

15MM DBLE. HEX SOCKET N4782

19MM X 10MM HEX SOCKET F4653

19MM HEX SOCKET LA3H L4119

15MM HEX SOCKET (USE W/ N4826 N4825

15MM HEX SOCKET F4717

22MM X .52MM EXT HEX SOCKET (LA L4372

18MM HEX SOC 1-1/2" EXT FAST LE N4925

1-1/16HEX (27MM) SOCKET F4867

18MM X 80MM SURF DR SKT SPEC O. L4426

18MM HEX SOCKET FAST LEAD N4926

19MM X 7MM SURFACE DR. SOCKET F4869

19MM SURFACE DR SOCKET LA3H L4474

17MM HEX SOCKET 10MM EXT N4975

21MM SURF DR SOC 15MM DEEP 28MM H4039

11/16 SOCKET 36MM EXT L4525

TANG DRIVE SOCKET S7749

18MM SURF DR SOC 12MM DEEP 28MM H4040

132 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

H26 Output Options continued
 STEP 4A: Choose standard bit holder size:
 STEP 4B: Choose tang holder size:
~H4948 TANG HOLDER OPTIONS
~H4947 H26 BIT HOLDER OPTIONS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

10MM X 8" EXT,HEX TANG ASM 20D132303

5/16" HEX, TANG HOLDER A22 20D245117 8MM X 51MM EXT HEX TANG HOLDER FOR A22 20D245118

10MM X 7.5" EXT,SURF DR TANG 20D132304

Description Part No.

TANG HOLDER 12MM HEX X 8" EXT 20D213800

8MM X 2.203" EXT.,HEX,TANG H26 20D245119

HEX BIT HOLDER 5/16˝ X 1/4˝

20D241300

TANG HOLDER 11MM HEX X STD'D EX 20D215300

8MM(5/16) X 3.2" EXT TANG HLDR H26 20D245120 9.1MM x 11.15MM,168MM EXT TANG H26 TANG HOLDER 20D245122

TANG HOLDER, 11MM SURFACE DR. - 20D216300

BIT HOLDER 80MM EXT (FOR 20D241301

8MM HEX X 1.500 EXT TANG HOLDER 20D216600

IP40 DRIVE TANG HOLDER 20D245123

BIT HOLDER 1/4˝ HEX X STD EXT A6273

9MM FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER 20D222701 9MM X 2.5" EXT FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER 20D222704

10 X 12MM TANG HOLDER A6004

5/16˝ HEX BIT HOLDER 31MM EXT H4897

10MM HEX FAST LEAD TANG HOLDER A6030

HEX BIT HOLDER 5/16˝ H4947

7MM X 1" EXT TANG HOLDER 20D223900

7.1 X 8.25 MM TANG HOLDER A6032

HEX BIT HOLDER 5/16 HEX, N4631

TANG HOLDER, .343 HEX 20D223901

TWO STEP TANG HOLDER A6043

5/16˝ X 77MM EXT, BIT HOLDER N4670

7.7mm x 9.8mm RECT TANG HLDR 20D223902 8mmX107mm EXT HEX TANG HOLDER 20D223903

8MM TANG HOLDER 32MM EXT A6053

6MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER A6089

5MM HEX TANG HOLDER A6123

8MM X 6.920" EXT.,SH,TANG HLDR 20D223904

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER A6132

E8 TORX TANG HOLDER, A2H/A3H/A4 20D226200

8.7 X 11MM X 157MM EXT. TANG HO A6203

TANG HOLDER, E12 TORX 20D226201

STEP 5A: Determine socket and/or bit holder extension length required. Calculate the bit protrusion using the following equation: Bit Protrusion (mm) = 19 mm + Bit Holder Extension (mm) – Socket Extension (mm)

6.4MM X 8.4MM TANG HOLDER 40A3 A6288 8.0mm X 80mm EXT. A3H TANG HOLD A6296

E8 TORX TANG HOLDER SPCL Ø 20D226203

TANG HOLDER, E12 TORX 20D226901 TANG HOLDER 10MM SURF DR H26 HEAD 20D245100

10MM HEX X 2" EXT TANG HOLDER " A6468

8MM MALE HEX HOLDER H4944

10MM X 1-1/2" EXT,SURF DR TANG 20D245102

6MM MALE HEX HOLDER/BIT H4945

10MM X 32MM EXT, SURF DR TANG 20D245103

12MM HEX TANG HOLDER H4946

6MM HEX 6MM DEEP, TANG H26 20D245104 10MM X 67.6MM EXT,SURF DR,TANG HOLDER H22 20D245108 10MM X 67.6MM EXT, HEX, TANG HOLDER H22 20D245109

10MM HEX TANG HOLDER H4948

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER H4949

10MM HEX TANG HOLD 32MM EXT H4960

8.9MM X 11.2MM RECT TANG HOLDE 20D245110

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER 8" EXT H4982

10mm HEX, 64mm O'ALL LENGTH 20D245111

10MM HEX TANG HOLDER 3.125" EXT H4983

10MM X 55MM OAL TANG H22/H26 20D245112

STEP 5B: Determine socket and/or tang holder extension length required. Calculate the tang recession using the following equation: Tang Recessed (mm) = Socket Extension (mm) – Tang Holder Extension (mm)
 STEP 6A: Choose bit: ~F4296 BIT SELECTION
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

T45 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D240600

6MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240904

T50 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6403

T30 HEX BIT, FOR1/4" BH 20D240601

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D246700

1/4 HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6453

HEX BIT 5/16 - 8MM X 25mm LG 20D240603

21MM X 20MM DP, HEX SKT 40A2H 20DS200018

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4296

9MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240605

5MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16" BH 20DS200700

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH F4361

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH 20D240606 T-30 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240609

6MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200701

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4380

T40 BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200702

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4399

T-45 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240610

3/8" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5666

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4513

1/4" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5668

SOCKET 14MM X 15MM EXT. H4223

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240611

14MM HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH A5724

T15 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4280

T55 BIT 5/16" HEX 20D240613

T27 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6134

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4436

HEX BIT T40, 1/4 HOLD x1LG 20D240615

5/32" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6178

XNZ SCREW BIT, FOR 5/16" BH H4533

40IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240616

3/16" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6179

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4909

30IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240617

6MM SQ BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6206

7/8 HEX SOCKET J4850

45IP FOR 5/16" B.H. 20D240618

6MM X 5MM BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6207

10MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH L4259

HEX BIT 5/16, 8MM W/ SPCL FLAT 20D240619

T30 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6341

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4451

5MM X 5MM EXT BIT, 5/16 BH 20D240902 5MM X 12.5MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240903

T40 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6373

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4991

Sockets 133
H32 Output Options
STEP 1: Choose type of hold & drive:
Option A: Bit Holder See page 126 for config. guide Option B: Tang Holder See page 127 for config. guide
STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length — reference EB tool sections for available model number: EB non-fixtured tools, page 11, EB fixtured tools, page 31.
STEP 3: Choose standard socket size of one of the below types:
~A5302 1” TRAVEL SOCKET OPTIONS
~A5303 2” TRAVEL SOCKET OPTIONS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

36MM HEX SOCKET, A5H HEAD 20D226700

H32 SOCKET - 24MM 20D212101

24MM SURFACE DRIVE SOCKET, H32V 20D230100

H32 SOCKET - 27MM 20D212102

18MM HEX SOCKET, H32V2 20D230101

23MM HEX SOCKET, H32/A5H 1" TRAVEL 20D212103

34MM HEX SOCKET, A5H, 2" TRAVEL 20D235000

22MM SURF DR SKT, H32V1 20D212104

H32 HEX SKT 21MM X 16MM EXT 20D249400

21MM HEX SOCKET 1" TRAVEL A5302

24MM X 16MM EXT HEX SKT, H32V2 20D249401

1 3/16" (30MM) HEX SOCKET 1" TR A5306

21MM X 8" EXT SURF DR SKT H32V2 20D249402

1-1/8" HEX SOCKET 1" TRAVEL A5667

21MM X 5.05" EXT., SD, SOCKET, A5H, 2" TRAVEL H&D 20D249403

41MM HEX A5722

24MM X 5.05" EXT, SD, SOCKET, A5H, 2" TRAVEL H&D SOCKET 20D249404

36MM HEX SOCKET - 50A2H A5726

30MM SH SKT 2" TRAVEL HND MIN CHAMFER ON SOCKET 20DS201800

21MM X 4 11/16" EXT HEX SKT H32, 8" OVERALL LENGTH 20DS202208

21MM HEX SOCKET 2" TRAVEL A5303

1 3/16" (30MM) HEX SOCKET 2" TR A5316

31MM HEX SOCKET 2" TRAVEL A5339

22MM HEX SOCKET (2" TRAVEL) A5383

24MM HEX SOCKET (2" TRAVEL) A5393

46MM HEX SOCKET 2 IN. TRAVEL A5718

 STEP 4A: Choose standard bit holder size:
 STEP 4B: Choose tang holder size:
~20D900601 TANG OPTIONS
~20D900602 BIT HOLDER OPTIONS
Hex Surface Drive
Description Part No.
Size Extension Part # Feature
Size Part #

5/16˝ Hex A5307

5/16˝ (8mm) A5559

10mm A5581

7/16˝ Hex A5723

8mm 20D212204 Special O.D.

11mm A5549

8 MM Special Outside Diameter 20D250100

10mm A5301

12mm 20D212203

10mm 1/4˝ A5452

13mm 20D212202

11mm A5394

15mm 20D212206

12mm 20D212201

Fast Lead
Rectangle
Size Extension Part #
Size Extension Part #

10mm A5399

10.32 X 13.1mm A5585

11mm A5400

9 x 12.55mm 80mm A5384

11mm 1/4˝ A5453

Size Part #

T-18 A5340

134 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

H32 Output Options continued
STEP 5A: Determine socket and/or bit holder extension length required. Calculate the bit protrusion using the following equation: Bit Protrusion (mm) = 17 mm + Bit Holder Extension (mm) – Socket Extension (mm)
STEP 5B: Determine socket and/or tang holder extension length required. Calculate the tang recession using the following equation: Tang Recessed (mm) = Socket Extension (mm) – Tang Holder Extension (mm)
 STEP 6A: Choose bit: ~F4296 BIT SELECTION
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

T45 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D240600

6MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240904

T50 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6403

T30 HEX BIT, FOR1/4" BH 20D240601

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D246700

1/4 HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6453

HEX BIT 5/16 - 8MM X 25mm LG 20D240603

21MM X 20MM DP, HEX SKT 40A2H 20DS200018

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4296

9MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240605

5MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16" BH 20DS200700

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH F4361

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH 20D240606

6MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200701

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4380

T-30 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240609

T40 BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200702

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4399

3/8" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5666

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4513

T-45 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240610

1/4" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5668

SOCKET 14MM X 15MM EXT. H4223

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240611

14MM HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH A5724

T15 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4280

T55 BIT 5/16" HEX 20D240613

T27 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6134

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4436

HEX BIT T40, 1/4 HOLD x1LG 20D240615

5/32" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6178

XNZ SCREW BIT, FOR 5/16" BH H4533

40IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240616

3/16" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6179

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4909

30IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240617

6MM SQ BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6206

7/8 HEX SOCKET J4850

45IP FOR 5/16" B.H. 20D240618

6MM X 5MM BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6207

10MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH L4259

HEX BIT 5/16, 8MM W/ SPCL FLAT 20D240619

T30 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6341

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4451

5MM X 5MM EXT BIT, 5/16 BH 20D240902

T40 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6373

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4991

5MM X 12.5MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240903

Sockets 135
Hold & Drive Standard Sockets
CHOOSE YOUR SOCKET

A new part number system for H22 standard hold and drive sockets enables customers to describe and price standard sockets for each application. The part number includes information on head number of the tool, socket type, socket size and extension length. For special sockets or dimensions not included on this page, check the following pages or contact your local STANLEY sales representative.

STEP 1: Select the Base Code from the Head Number table
STEP 2: Add Type, Size & Extension separated by forward slashes
Base Type Size Extension

Note: Specify socket size no smaller than Min. Hex Size. Choose mm or in

Length Extension Code (mm) (in)
Min. Hex Size Base Code (mm) (in)
Size (mm) Size Code
Size (in) Size Code
Hold and Drive Head Number DTU

Standard Standard 0

SH Single Hex

17 M17

11/16 11

H22 17 11/16 20D288400

3 1/8 3

18 M18

3/4 12

6 1/4 6

19 M19

13/16 13

9 3/8 9

20 M20

7/8 14

12 1/2 12

21 M21

15/16 15

15 5/8 15

22 M22

DH Double Hex

18 3/4 18

23 M23

21 7/8 21

24 M24

24 1 24

27 1 1/16 27

30 1 1/8 30

SD Surface Drive

33 1 1/4 33

36 1 3/8 36

39 1 1/2 39

42 1 5/8 42

45 1 3/4 45

48 1 7/8 48

51 2 51

54 2 1/8 54

57 2 1/4 57

60 2 3/8 60

63 2 1/2 63

66 2 5/8 66

69 2 3/4 69

72 2 7/8 72

Extension

75 3 75

78 3 1/8 78

81 3 1/4 81

84 3 3/8 84

EXAMPLE ORDER

87 3 1/2 87

90 3 5/8 90

Example: An H22 hold and drive head requires a 17 mm surface drive socket with a 1 in extension. Select the BASE (20D288400), TYPE (SD), SIZE (17) and EXTENSION (24).

Note: The standard socket, 0 extension, has an OAL of 1.625”. The extended lengths are added to the OAL.

Base Type Size Ext.

20D288400 / SD / 17 / 24

136 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

CHOOSE YOUR BIT HOLDER Hold & Drive Bit Holders

A new part number system for H22 standard bit holder enables customers to describe and price standard sockets for each application. The part number includes information on the base bit holder number, drive size and extension length. For special bit holders or dimensions not included on this page, check the following pages or contact your local STANLEY sales representative.

STEP 1: Select the Base Code based on the bit holder length table
STEP 2: Add Type, Size & Extension separated by forward slashes
Base Type Size Extension
Length Extension Code (mm) (in)
Size (in) Size Code
Bit Holder Length Base Code
SH Single Hex

1/4 4

Standard Standard 0

Standard Length 20D288500

5/16 5

3 1/8 3

Extended Length < 79 mm (3 1/16˝) 20D288501

6 1/4 6

Extended Length > 79 mm (3 1/16˝) 20D288502

9 3/8 9

12 1/2 12

15 5/8 15

18 3/4 18

21 7/8 21

24 1 24

27 1 1/16 27

30 1 1/8 30

33 1 1/4 33

36 1 3/8 36

39 1 1/2 39

42 1 5/8 42

45 1 3/4 45

48 1 7/8 48

51 2 51

54 2 1/8 54

57 2 1/4 57

60 2 3/8 60

63 2 1/2 63

66 2 5/8 66

69 2 3/4 69

72 2 7/8 72

75 3 75

78 3 1/8 78

81 3 1/4 81

84 3 3/8 84

EXAMPLE ORDER

87 3 1/2 87

90 3 5/8 90

Example: An H22 hold and drive head requires a 1/4” bit holder with a 1 in extension. Select the BASE (20D288500), TYPE (SH), SIZE (4) and EXTENSION (24).
Base Type Size Ext.

20D288500 / SH / 4 / 24

Sockets 137
Image
Reaction Bars and Mounts
Mounting Options
Base Mount Bracket Reaction Bar
Sliding Drive Reaction Bar
Mounting Flange
E_33LA19 E_34LA19 E_34LA22A/H22A E_34LC/EB34LT E_44LA19 E_44LA22A/H22A E_44LC/EB44LT E_34LB1 E_34MB1 E_44LB1 E_44MB1 E_34PB1 E_44PB1
E_45LA26/H26 E_45LA32/H32 E_55LA26/H26 E_55LA32/H32 E_45LB2 E_45MB2 E_55LB2 E_55MB2 E_55LB3 E_55MB3 E_55LB4 E_55MB4 E_55LB5 E_55MB5
E_02LB E_12LB E_12PB EB22PB
EB22LB E_33LB E_33MB E_33PB
Reaction Devices Listed by Tool Models
Base Mount Bracket A8606 20K100500 20K100600 H1140 F4201
Mounting Flange 20K101000 20K100300 20K100700 M4329 20K101100 20K100900
Reaction Bar - Steel 20K100104 20K100100 20K100000 20K100200 B4487 F4192
Reaction Bar - Heavy Duty 20K100202
Reaction Bar 17˝ - Aluminum 20K100103 F3698
Reaction Bar 12˝ - Aluminum 20K101601
Sliding Drive Reaction Bar F4857

138 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
Wire Bails and Gear Case Extensions
Tool Bails

Wire Bails allow a tool to be hung on a hook for storage until needed.

Swivel Bails allows for a balancer to hold the weight of the tool while the operator uses the tool in the correct position as the tool is free to rotate inside the bail.

Swivel Bail Wire Bail Vertical Bail Mount Kit
E_02LA E_02LB E_12LA E_12LB EB22P E_33P EB22L E_33L E_34P E_44P E_34L E_44L E_45L E_55L
Bail Devices Listed by Tool Models
Swivel Bail 20K101402 20K101400 20K101400 20K200000 20K200000 20K200100
Vertical Wire Bail A3061 A3061 A3061 A3061 A3061 A3061
Vertical Bail Mount Kit 20K200007 20K200007
Gear Case Extensions for Angle Tools

Gear Case Extensions fit between the gearing and an angle output to extend the reach of the tool.

Use these Part Numbers to extend an existing tool. When ordering a new tool simply use E# after the tool model number to have the extension installed on the new tool. Where # is the length in inches for the extension required.

Extension Tool Type Gearing Size Output Extension Part Number
E G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 4˝ 20K300019
E G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 6˝ 20K300025
E G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 10˝ 20K300020
Tool Type Gearing Size Output Extension Part Number
Tool Type Gearing Size Output Extension Part Number
E/ EB/ AA G4 A19 Splined/ A22A 4˝ 20K300014
E12/ EB_2/ AA G2 A10/ A13 2˝ 20K300026
E/ EB/ AA G4 A19 Splined/ A22A 6˝ 20K300013
E12/ EB_2/ AA G2 A10/ A13 6˝ 20K300027
E/ EB/ AA G4 A19 Splined/ A22A 8˝ 20K300015
E/ EB/ AA G4 A19 Splined/ A22A 10˝ 20K300016
Tool Type Gearing Size Output Extension Part Number
E/ EB/ AA G4 A19 Splined/ A22A 12˝ 20K300018
EB/ AA G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 4˝ 20K300028
Tool Type Gearing Size Output Extension Part Number
EB/ AA G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 6˝ 20K300029
E/ EB G5 A26/ A32 6˝ 20K300006
EB/ AA G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 8˝ 20K300030
E/ EB G5 A26/ A32 9˝ 20K300009
EB/ AA G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 10˝ 20K300031
E/ EB G5 A26/ A32 12˝ 20K300012
EB/ AA G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 12˝ 20K300032
DC Tool Accessories 139
Extended Spindle Support
Extended Spindle Support Accessories

Extended Spindle Supports minimize tool vibration from sockets and extensions. Extended Spindle Support Accessories can help to improve:

• Safety — Minimize the pinch hazard between the tool and the extension
• Product Quality — Reduce the potential for product damage by helping to prevent tool contact with finished surfaces and cross-threading caused by improper fastener installation
• Tooling Reliability — Extended Spindle Support Accessories incorporate a heavy duty bearing that minimizes wobble and reduces side loading to reduce premature tool wear and improve tool reliability
• Attachment Lifecycle — Extends socket and extension life

Extended Packing Cap allows support to be attached easily to existing angle head.

Ball bearings allow free movement of the support housing while reducing side loading forces to the angle head drive components.

Each Extension Support requires an Extended Packing Cap from the table on the right.

Extension Support Assemblies *
Extended Packing Caps
Output Square Drive (in) 4” Extended Spindle 6” Extended Spindle 8” Extended Spindle 12” Extended Spindle
Output Part Number
A14 3/8˝ 20K102504 20K102505
A14 20D140102
A15 3/8˝ 20K102506 20K102508 20K102507
A15 20D140104
A18 3/8˝ 20K102500 20K102509 20K102501 20K102511
A18 20D140100
A19 1/2˝ 20K102502 20K102503
A19 20D140101
A22 1/2˝ 20K102514 20K102515
A22 20D286504

* Includes support and extension

140 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Protectors and Head Covers
Angle Head Covers
Angle Output PVC Cover Vinyl Cover
A13 X2300 20D250705
A14/ A15 X2322 / 20K202103 20D250701
A18 X2323 20D250702
A19 20K202100 20D250707
A22 X2305 20D250708
A26 X2306 20D250709
A32 n/a 20D250710
PVC Cover
Angle Head Vinyl Cover
Crowfoot Vinyl Head Covers
Crowfoot Output Angle Head Cover Foot Cover
C7 20D250707 20D250722
C10 20D250708 20D250712
C13 20D250703 20D250714
C16 20D250707 20D250715
C29 20D250702 20D250718
C31 20D250708 20D250719
Crowfoot Vinyl Cover
C69 20D250702 20D250721
C246 20D250702 20D250717
C21 20D250709 20D250722
C313 N/A 20D250731
C317 / C379 N/A 20D250732
C216 20D250702 20D250744
Tubenut Vinyl Head Covers
Tubenut Output Angle Head Cover Foot Cover
T20 20D250708 20D250725
T23 20D250707 20D250727
T74 20D250702 20D250729
T99 20D250707 20D250730
T147 20D250702 20D250724
T211 / T252 20D250702 20D250726
T264 20D250702 20D250728
Tubenut Vinyl Cover
DC Tool Accessories 141
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Tool Lever and Headlights
Lever Handle Options
Rubber Grip for Handle
Forward Facing Lever
Handle Type Tool Part Number
Handle Type Tool Part Number

E_02P

E2/ 3_L 20H100005

Forward Lever

20H207107 E_12P

EA2/ 3_L 20H100008

Pistol
Lever

E_2_P

E4/ 5_L 20H100105

E_3_P

EB3/ 5_L, B1/ 2_L 20H100107

E_02L 20H207910 E_12L

EB22L 20H100108

E_2_L

Rubber Grip
Lever

20H207207 E_3_L

Extended Lever

E_4_L

Handle Type Tool Part Number

E_5_L

Lever E_0/ 12_L 20H101903
Push-to-Start E_02LP 20H207915 E_12LP

E_2/ 3/ 4/ 5_L 20H100007

Extended Lever
Tool LED Headlight Pinch Protectors Headlights
Tool Light Type Part No.
Angle Head Output Part No.
EB33 Stationary 20H106500

A14 20D286705

EB34 20H106501

A15 20D286704

A18 20D286706

A19 / A22 20D286707

Note: The appropriate extended packing cap is required when installing/using the pinch protectors. Headlight Kit
Pinch Protector

142 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Socket Trays
Socket Trays

STANLEY’s 4 and 8 position Socket Trays, available in 24V DC or DeviceNet models, allow a single tool to reliably assemble joints at different target torque levels, batch counts or fastening strategies maximizing quality, productivity, efficiency and floor space. Features include:

• I/O repeater provides access to controller 24V DC I/O not consumed by the Socket Tray (Optional)

• Compact design for maximum space saving

• Ready for Alpha using Binary +1 selection

• 8-Position socket tray dimensions: 216d x292w x163h mm (8.5 x 11.5 x 6.4 in)

Socket Tray Model Number # Socket Positions Connection Repeater Port Cable Max Socket Diameter
SA-1980 4
SA-1981 8 No

24V DC I/O cable Re- quired, See Below 54 mm 2-1/8˝

24V DC I/O

SA-1982 4 Yes
SA-1983 8 Yes
SA-1978 4 DeviceNet No DeviceNet Cable and Tee Required, See Below. SA-1979 8 No

When using multiple sockets and programs please ensure that the torques programmed are within the working specifcations of the tool and controller used.

Cable Number Connection Controller Length
Kit Number Description
20C109007

7 meters

21C101401 DeviceNet Cable Tee/ Terminator Kit

Advanced/ Expert

20C109010 10 meters
21C101403 DeviceNet Cable Kit - 0.2 meter Extension

24V DC I/O

20C109107 Basic 7 meters
21C101404 DeviceNet Cable Kit - 1 meter Extension
20C109207 PSI-C 7 meters

DeviceNet Micro Tee - 21R202204 DeviceNet Micro Terminator Male - 21R202202 DeviceNet Micro Terminator Female - 21R202203

21C1021.2

0.2 meters

21C102101 1 meters

DeviceNet DeviceNet Master

21C102105 5 meters
21C102110 10 meters
21C102120 20 meters
DC Tool Accessories 143
Image
Test Fixtures
Part Number 20V101000 Has three 1/2” – 13 Bolts with Hard Medium and Soft Joints. Can be mounted to table tops or other significant structures for learning different strategies on different joint characteristics. Training Joint Simulator
20V101000
Calibration Joint Simulator
Joint Type Max Input Torque Torque Rate Bolt Size
Model Nm ftlb Nm/° ftlb/° in
T00915/S3

60 45 14 10.3

3/4 - 16 T00915/S4 88 65 22.6 16.7
Calibration Joint Simulator
T00915/S5 135 100 34 25
T00915/S6 200 148 50 37
T00915/H1
20 15 125 92.4 5/8 - 11 T00915/H2 40 30 285 210
T00915/H3 54 40 405 300
3/4 - 16 T00915/H4 75 55 610 450
T00915/H5 135 100 950 700
T00915/H6 200 148 1700 1257

144 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Test Fixtures and Handles
Use Part Number M4504 as a second handle for positioning tools that are fixtured and then starting their operation. Use one of the X5380/x cables listed with this handle. DC Start Handle
Part No. Length
X5380/1 1 meter
X5380/3 3 meters
X5380/10 10 meters
X5380/30 30 meters
X5380/60 60 meters
Use Part Number S3544 as an Auxiliary Handle for positioning tools that are fixtured. Auxiliary Handle
DC Tool Accessories 145
Floor Stands
Floor Stands

Floor Stands provide a place for mounting groups of controllers typically found in fixtured tool applications. However, handheld tools could also be grouped for convenience.

Model Max Number of Spindles Description
21F100405 2 For controllers and a Power Module
21F100406 For controllers only
21F100403 6 For controllers and a Power Module
21F100404 For controllers only
21F100401 12 For controllers and a Power Module
21F100402 For controllers only
Plinth Brackets & Options

A plinth bracket provides a mounting option for controllers on walls or floor stands. Additional mounting brackets are available for I/O or Ethernet switch mounting options.

Part No. Description
21E204300 Plinth modular mount bracket
21E204320 Plinth bracket – I/O option
21E204340 4 spindle ethernet switch mounting bracket
21E204341 4 spindle ethernet switch mounting bracket
21E204351 Plinth GFI bracket

146 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Maintenance Tools
Assembly / Disassembly Maintenance Tools
SPANNER OR CROWFOOT WRENCH
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
3/4˝ x 3/8˝ SD X4174
1-1/2˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4193
2-1/2˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4210 / 20V200001
1˝ x 3/8˝ SD X4175
1-5/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4194 / X4183
2-15/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200002
1-1/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4176
1-3/4˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4195
2-3/4˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200003
1-1/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4177
1-3/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4196 / X4188
2-7/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200004
1-1/4˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4179 / X4214
1-13/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4197
3-3/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200005
1-3/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4181
1-11/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4200
2-1/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4206 / 20V200006
1-7/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4186
1-7/16˝ X 1/2˝ SD X4204
2˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4187
1-9/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4205
3˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200007
2-5/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4189 / X4209
1-5/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4215
3-1/4˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200008
2-1/4˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4190 / X4208
1-7/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4216
1-3/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4192
1-15/16” x 1/2” SD X4201 / X4219

These spanners are used to assemble or disassemble the lock nuts and outputs of QPM tools. See the specific tool’s Assembly Sheet for which spanner to use on the tool.

2-3/16” x 1/2” SD X4191 / X4207
MOTOR CONNECTOR REPAIR KIT OUTPUT ASSEMBLY/ DISASSEMBLY TOOLS
MISCELLANEOUS TOOLS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
E TOOL CONNECTOR REPAIR KIT 20M202900
A13 PACKING CAP ASSEMBLY TOOL T00576
A30 / A40 / A18 Drive Spindle Pusher T01849
EA, EB, EC TOOL CONNECTOR REPAIR KIT 20M202901
A14 PACKING CAP ASSEMBLY TOOL 20V200400
SPANNER WRENCH T05389
A18 PACKING CAP ASSEMBLY TOOL T00698
T30 BIT (USE W/ 5/16˝ HOLDER) X4198
A19 PACKING CAP ASSEMBLY TOOL 20V100201
E3 MOTOR CLAMP 20V100001
A19 BEARING PRESS AID 20V100202
E3 THREADED ADAPTER SPANNER 20V100002
A19 BEARING PRESS AID 20V100209
E4 / E5 MOTOR CLAMP 20V100101
A22 BEARING PRESS AID 20V100203
E4 / E5 THREADED ADAPTER SPANNER 20V100102
A26 BEARING PRESS AID 20V100206
E12 HD KIT INSTALL SPANNER 20V100210
A32 BEARING PRESS AID 20V100207
QPM CONNECTOR REPAIR TOOL KIT 20V100300
A14 PINION PULLER T05108
MOTOR TESTER, 115V AC 20V100600
A19 / A22 PINION PULLER 20V100400
MOTOR TESTER, 230V AC 20V101100
A26 / A32 PINION PULLER 20V100401

These tools are used to Assemble/ Disassemble the outputs of the QPM DC tools. See the specific tool’s Assembly Sheet for which spanner to use on the tool.

These tools are used to repair or test QPM DC tools. Attend Tool Repair Training to learn how to use these tools.

DC Tool Accessories 147
Assembly Tool Definitions
Power Sources: Electric vs. Pneumatic
Assembly tool selection considers the power source, control method, tool geometry and torque level. STANLEY Assembly Technologies can tailor these parameters to fit each threaded fastening application.
ELECTRIC:

tools require the least amount of maintenance of any type of power tool which reduces the total cost over the life of the tool.

STANLEY brushless DC electric motors offer the highest level of control, working cleaner, quieter and more efficient than pneumatic tools. STANLEY brushless DC electric motors use rare earth magnets and resolver based commutation for high efficiency and reliability. Microprocessor control adjusts torque, speed, and acceleration independently in either forward or reverse directions. DC electric control offers useful fastening strategies that incorporate patented speed control algorithms that sense the torque rate of the joint and, when necessary, automatically reduce the motor speed to minimize torque overshoot. DC electric

PNEUMATIC:

Pneumatic tools use the compressed air systems available in most assembly plants. They offer excellent power to weight ratios and are usually the most economical choice for many fastening applications. STANLEY’s pneumatic motors have a low inertia, locked rotor design that uses low friction materials which provides for a more efficient design with higher speeds. Pneumatic motors are easily maintained to give many years of reliable performance.

Control Methods

The control method should match the joint specifications and the quality assurance required. For the most critical applications, microprocessor based controllers can perform 100% inspection of the dynamic applied torque and collect statistical process control data. Such methods can eliminate the need for secondary inspection processes. When control requirements are less demanding STANLEY also offers more economical ways to control torque to the required specifications.

Electronically Controlled Shut Off: Available for electric tools, electronic control uses a torque transducer in the tool connected to a microprocessor based controller. The controller monitors the dynamic fastening torque and shuts off the tool when the torque reaches the preset value. This closed loop control method precisely controls dynamic torque.

148 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Electronic Monitoring: Tools without electronic shut off capability may be monitored by monitoring the dynamically applied torque process. A microprocessor based monitor observes the compressed air signature for each fastener for 100% inspection. Similar to electronic shut off tools, electronically monitored tools typically include indicator lights to alert the operator to Pass / Fail status.

technique on the applied torque value and the torque reaction impulse felt by the operator. Clutch actuated shut off tools reduce torque variability as compared to standard pneumatic tools. The low torque reaction impulse makes clutch actuated shut off tools ideal for hand held applications. Torque is adjusted at the tool and is not affected by variations in the supply air pressure.

Torque Adjuster

Convenient clutch adjuster is always accessible

Clutch Actuated Shut Off: Clutch actuated shut off tools use a fast acting torque sensing clutch to disengage the motor from the drive spindle at a preset torque level. The system also shuts off the power to the motor. This fast shut off reduces the effect of operator

STANLEY’s exclusive rolling element clutch eliminates the frictional elements commonly found in competitive tools. This allows extremely close torque control without the need for repeated torque adjustment with clutch wear.

Unique Clutch Rolling Action

Durable rolling element reduces the need for torque adjustment

Tool Geometry

STANLEY offers a wide choice of pneumatic and electric tool configurations to allow the process engineer to select a tool that best suits the application. There are two primary tool classes into which tool configurations fit:

a thorough understanding of the required task and a working knowledge of the resulting torque reaction and the human factors involved in the performance of the task. Every effort has been taken in the design of these tools to make them as user friendly as possible considering the work they must perform. The most critical step is in the selection process as operator safety should always be given the highest priority.

Hand Held: Applications which require an operator to maneuver the tool to the fastener and manipulate it throughout the assembly process require hand held tools. Hand held tools are available configured as any of the tools listed in the configuration section that follows. The proper selection of these tools involves
Fixtured: Fixtured nutrunners typically mount to semi automatic equipment for manipulation during single or
Assembly Tool Definitions 149
Assembly Tool Definitions

multi-tool assembly operations. Multiple spindle fixtured tools allow the simultaneous assembly of multiple fasteners. Output configurations are Right Angle, Inline, and Offset. Offset spindle heads allow for simultaneous fastening on closer center distance. All these configurations are available with retractable spindle outputs. Nutrunners

with reaction bars can mount on articulating arms or torque reaction balancers. These devices absorb torque reaction forces and help the operator to position the tool. Many hand held tools use mounting hardware for fixtured applications. Other assembly motors have mounting flanges for fixturing.

Tool Geometry — Configurations
Pistol Grip (1 to 670 Nm Capacity – ¼˝ to ½˝ Drive Size): Pistol grip tools are commonly used for hand held, low torque screw driving applications as well as higher torque fixtured or hand held applications where a reaction device can be used to absorb the torque reaction forces. Care should be taken to assure that the operator’s wrist is not strained during the use of these tools. Special tools can go up to 1200 Nm.
Hold and Drive (15 to 380 Nm Capacity): Hold and drive tools simultaneously hold the bolt while the nut is tightened. A formed end on the bolt interfaces with a mating tang or bit, to prevent bolt rotation while the associated nut is tightened.

Pistol Grip

Crowfoot Nutrunners (Standard Tools – 1 to 216 Nm Capacity. Special Tools to 1500 Nm– 4 to 40mm Hex Socket): Crowfoot nutrunners use special tool geometries to access hard to reach applications where more conventional tools won’t fit. Gear driven heads provide high levels of torque control. Special head designs can solve most demanding assembly problems.

Angle Nutrunner

Angle Nutrunners (1 to 400 Nm Capacity – ¼˝ to ¾˝ Drive Size): Angle nutrunners are well suited for many assembly applications. The minimal dimensions of our angle heads allow them to reach into restricted places, while their longer effective length reduces the torque reaction forces on the handle. For higher torque applications, these tools can be fitted with torque reaction devices. STANLEY offers a broad line of air and electric angle nutrunners with a variety of control methods.

Hold and Drive

Tubenut Nutrunners (1 to 100 Nm Capacity – 8 to 32mm Hex Socket): Tubenut nutrunners typically fasten the compression fittings on fluid lines. They can also fasten cable assemblies and tie rod adjustment applications. After tightening the tool returns the socket to the home open position for removal of the tool.

Crowfoot Nutrunner

Tubenut Nutrunner

150 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Inline (1 to 2000 Nm Capacity – ¼˝ to 1˝ Drive Size): Straight tools are suitable for screw driving applications where the applied torque is relatively low. They are also useful in higher torque applications when the tool is fixtured to absorb the torque reaction or equipped with a torque reaction bar. The reaction bar is placed against a solid support to absorb the torque reaction impulse. Torque Level

Inline

What Holds a Joint Together?

Once the power source, the control method and the tool configuration have been considered, the torque level must also be considered before selecting the exact tool model. STANLEY offers a wide selection of torque ranges for each specific type of tool listed. The rated torque values shown represent the highest torque level that can be expected from that model. Torque can always be adjusted down, but never above the rated value. A general rule of thumb is that most electric tools can be reasonably adjusted to 50% of their rated torque. If the application requires the torque to be adjusted significantly below the rated value, it is often better to choose the next lower rated tool as generally this will provide a faster tool.

Bolt Stretches (Tension)

Clamp Load Compresses Parts Together

External Forces Pull Parts Apart

Torque Defined — THE ANATOMY OF A THREADED JOINT

When we assemble a threaded joint, we rotate the fastener by applying Torque (in this example we hold the bolt and rotate the nut). The thread pitch causes this rotation to advance the nut and stretch the bolt.

TORQUE 100%

This produces tension within the bolt just as if it were a large spring. This Tension in the bolt produces the Clamp Load that holds the assembled parts together. And this clamp load must be sufficient enough to resist all the external forces that can be applied to this assembly throughout its service life.

The bolt acts like a very stiff spring. The more Clamp Force the bolt applies, the more service loads the joint can resist without coming apart. Of course, the bolt must be selected to have sufficient strength to resist the expected external loads. The bolt must also be assembled so that it holds the parts together when the external loads attempt to pull it apart.

The process of tightening a fastener is sometimes called “pre- loading” the fastener. This creates tensile load in the bolt, which “pre-loads” the joint to counteract the expected service loads.

Assembly Tool Definitions 151
Assembly Tool Definitions
WERE DOES IT ALL GO?
The 50-40-10 Rule

When we apply a certain amount of torque to a fastener, fifty percent of that torque is used to overcome the friction of the bearing surface (under the nut, or under the bolt head, depending on which is being rotated). Forty percent of the applied torque is used to overcome the friction in the threads. With only ten percent of the applied torque actually used to stretch the fastener.

Clamp Load 10%

Bearing Surface Friction 50%

As we saw earlier, it is the stretch of the fastener that produces the clamping force that actually holds the assembled parts together. This is called the “50-40-10 Rule” and it demonstrates how much influence friction can have on the results. To ensure the best possible joint you should be as diligent as possible in maintaining consistent friction characteristics of the joint.

Tightening Accuracy

90% of Torque is used to overcome friction

Thread Friction 40%

The primary driver for delivering even clamp load to an application over many joints of the same design is consistent friction and consistent applied torque. Inconsistent application of torque from one joint type to another can affect the applied clamp load.

There are usually two types of joints; hard and soft. A hard joint is defined as reaching full torque via a tightening angle of roughly 30° after the bolt, or nut, has reached snug level. Snug is usually defined as 10% of the final torque value. In a soft joint, the bolt or nut sometimes has to be tightened more than two complete turns, or over 720° before the full torque is reached.

Before ATC

Hard 30° Soft 720°

Assembly tools often give different torque values on hard and soft joints when set to the same torque target. Inertial effects and the ability of the tool to stop movement and applying torque quickly cause this difference. The difference in torque values is generally known as mean shift. Lowering the effect of mean shift increases the possibility of consistent clamp load and is achieved through precision design and patented ATC software available on all electric tooling from STANLEY. For more information on mean shift and accuracy, see ISO-5393 or contact your local STANLEY sales professional.

Torque Capability

After ATC

Hard 30° Soft 720°

Adaptive Tightening Control (ATC) gives each tool the flexibility to adjust for different joint designs and variable part tolerances. Two fasteners may have the same size and torque specifications, but different joint characteristics (e.g. hard versus soft joints, which require different tightening methodologies. Without ATC, either torque overshoot or long cycle times result. ATC improves torque capability and reduces cycle time by automatically adjusting to joint variations, therefore minimizing the number of tools and set-ups.

Torque Capability

152 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Limited Warranty Statement

STANLEY Assembly Technologies products are warranted against defects in material or workmanship by STANLEY Black & Decker, Inc. (“STANLEY”) for the useful life of the product. This limited lifetime warranty does not apply to (i) the PSI-intelligent air tool product line; (ii) software; or (iii) electrical components, which are warranted for a period of eighteen months from date of shipment by STANLEY to the initial purchaser.

OEM Products

Some STANLEY Assembly Technologies custom engineered systems include components manufactured by others. The limited warranties of each individual manufacturer shall apply to these components and STANLEY makes no representation or warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, with respect to such components.

General Terms

STANLEY will repair or replace, at its option, any STANLEY Assembly Technologies product which, upon inspection of the product by STANLEY, is determined to be defective within the warranty period. STANLEY may from time to time elect to repair or replace a product at no charge even though STANLEY has determined that the product was not defective. The decision to repair or replace a product at no charge shall not be deemed an admission that the product is defective.

THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. STANLEY’s sole responsibility shall be to repair or replace products under warranty as set forth herein; STANLEY shall not be responsible for incidental or consequential damages or the inability to use its products for any purpose whatsoever. STANLEY’s maximum liability shall not in any case exceed the contract price for the products claimed to be defective. Some states and countries do not allow limitations on implied warranties or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so one or more of the above limitations may not apply to you. You may also have other rights which vary by state or country.

Warranty Repairs performed by STANLEY or a STANLEY Certified Repair Center and replacement products are warranted for a period of 90 days from the date the repaired or replacement product is delivered or the remainder of the original warranty period, whichever is longer.

The foregoing warranties shall not apply to standard wear parts, such as bevel gears, to defects or damage arising after the warranty period expires, or due to:

Warranty Claims

To obtain warranty service, please take the product to your STANLEY Certified Repair Center OR:

1. Failure to maintain and use the product in accordance with the instructions provided;

a) Contact the STANLEY Assembly Technologies customer service department to obtain a “Return Authorization Number” and “Warranty Claim Report Form.”

2. Use of non-genuine STANLEY replacement parts;

3. Accidents, tampering, modification, misuse, abuse, or abnormal wear and tear;

4. Repair services not performed by or at the direction of STANLEY; or

b) Package the product including proof of purchase and the completed warranty claim form.

5. Continued use after partial failure.

c) Note the Return Authorization Number on the exterior of the package and return freight to:

STANLEY Assembly Technologies Central Repair Facility 5335 Avion Park Drive Cleveland, Ohio 44143-2328

Limited Warranty Statement 153
Certification and Compliance
ISO CERTIFICATION

STANLEY Assembly Technologies has successfully met the requirements of the ISO 9001 – Quality Systems International Standards for Quality Management and Quality Assurance. The requirements included a review of our quality management system covering the design of our products and our processes for procurement, production, delivery and quality assurance for our Cleveland, Ohio facility.

CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION

This is to certify that

Stanley Assembly Technologies Inc. A StanleyBlack&Decker, Inc. Company 5335 Avion Park Dr., Cleveland, Ohio 44143 USA

operates a

Quality Management System

which complies with the requirements of

ISO 9001:2015

for the following scope of certification

The Registration covers the Quality Management System for the design, development, manufacture and service of precision air and electrical powered tools, motors, replacement parts, controllers and assembly systems with worldwide technical support.

Certificate No.: CERT-0108040 Original Certification Date: December 25, 1995 File No.: 007114 Certification Effective Date: December 13, 2017 Issue Date: December 14, 2017 Certificate Expiry Date: December 12, 2020

Nicole Grantham General Manager SAI Global Certification Services

________________________________________________________________________________

ISO 9001
Registered by: QMI-SAI Canada Limited (SAI Global) , 20 Carlson Court, Suite 200, Toronto, Ontario M9W 7K6 Canada . This registration is subject to the SAI Global Terms and Conditions for Certification. While all due care and skill was exercised in carrying out this assessment, SAI Global accepts responsibility only for proven negligence. This certificate remains the property of SAI Global and must be returned to them upon request. To verify that this certificate is current, please refer to the SAI Global On-Line Certification Register: www.qmi-saiglobal.com/qmi_companies/
CE COMPLIANCE

All STANLEY Assembly Technologies’ products shipped to the European Union conform to the appropriate CE directives and EC Machine Directives. All products bear the CE marking and are shipped with the operator’s instructions and declaration of conformity. We maintain the required technical files and all products are tested in accordance with the EN test code standards.

154 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
Image
AA-Series Tools. . . . . . . . .
Hold and Drive Tools. . . . . . .
B-Series Cordless Tools Batteries. . . . . . .
Cable Options QBE Advanced Controller. . . . . .
EB-Series. . . . . . . . . .
E-Series . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Guide & How to Order. . . . .

Specifications

About STANLEY Fastening
Ergonomic multi-finger triggers, handle size and high power- to-weight ratios make our tools user friendly and preferred by operators. Our tools are designed with the operator in mind.
ERGONOMIC BY DESIGN

As a major supplier of power tools to industrial manufacturing facilities worldwide, STANLEY Assembly Technologies has been involved in ergonomics since our inception in 1963. Ergonomic multi-finger triggers, handle size and high power-to-weight ratios make our tools user friendly and preferred by operators. Our tools are designed with the operator in mind.

From patented clutch designs in our air tools to patented speed control algorithms for DC Electric tools, we are continuously finding new ways to reduce the torque reaction impulse felt by the operator of our direct-drive tools.

We also offer a complete line of articulating arms and balance devices to provide alternative solutions to torque reaction strain on operators.

Our pistol style tools have been designed with an under slung handle which changes the center of balance and puts the tool weight directly over the hand. This allows the operator to hold the tool level without having to pull, then hold the tool, to the level position required with other handle-in-the-rear tool designs.

The safe use of our products is paramount to our company which has lead to our working with national and international organizations to actively participate in the development of noise and vibration standards. Our tools have very low noise and vibration levels as a result of this participation.

While we must design tools for safe and convenient operation, the primary ergonomic concern is in the operator station design. The position of the operator, the position of the hand or arm, body attitude and reach while applying the tool are of critical importance. We can help mitigate ergonomic stresses by recommending the best tool geometry, reaction device and operator position to fit the application. You can rely on our expertise to recommend a safe working process while setting high integrity joints with ergonomically designed tools.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

To ensure years of trouble free operation we recommend establishing a program of inspection, maintenance and calibration of our power tools at regularly scheduled intervals.

Preventive maintenance, making repairs and replacing worn parts periodically before they become so worn and cause extensive damage can lower maintenance costs considerably and prevent loss of production.

6 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

REPAIR SERVICE

STANLEY Assembly Technologies strives to build tools that will remain on-the-job for years, using the highest grade material available. Mechanical and electrical components do wear out despite this high engineering effort. That is why we maintain a stock of repair parts for all of our power tools. We certify repair centers around the world annually to provide the best technical service and fast turnaround with genuine STANLEY parts. STANLEY Certified Repair Centers are capable of the same level of repair and test as our factory.

RECALIBRATING TOOLS

Instrumented power tools require periodic verification of their dynamic torque output by calibration of the torque sensing transducer. Our factory and our Certified Repair Centers maintain the capability to recalibrate any power tool using the latest electronic torque measuring equipment. A calibration certificate is supplied with each tool calibration performed.

TRAINING

STANLEY provides training at our Cleveland, Ohio and Troy, Michigan facilities. On-site customer training can also be arranged upon request. Topics include: Torque Theory, Tool Design and Operation, Controller Features and Benefits, Programming and Setup, Plant Integration, Networking, Data Collection and Troubleshooting of Faulted Joints. We encourage attendance in at least one of these training sessions to become more familiar with fastening in general and STANLEY’s products specifically.

TECHNICAL SUPPORT

As a supplier to the assembly market, STANLEY has developed a global service network to support the manufacturing operations of our customers. STANLEY offers many levels of customer support from basic maintenance and operator training to full service repair facilities and maintenance service contracts.

PARTNERING

STANLEY Assembly Technologies has always believed that the relationship with our customers should be defined as a partnership. This partnership is based on:

• Understanding customer fastening needs.

• Prompt and diligent resolution of issues.

• Our goal of being the first choice for your threaded fastening needs

As a partner, we strive to provide improved fastening solutions that result in the ability to increase productivity while reducing warranty and total per unit fastening costs. STANLEY’s superior solutions are designed to not only meet, but exceed customer expectations.

About STANLEY Fastening 7
Tool and Controller Safety
EXPECT THE UNEXPECTED
PROTECT YOURSELF
• Wear the appropriate PPE

• Keep spectators safely away from work area

• Secure what you are working on with a vise or clamps

• Do not wear gloves near rotating components

• Avoid using excessive force unless in a controlled manner

• ALWAYS Keep hands clear of moving parts
• Tools requiring repair may act different than expected
UNINTENTIONAL OPERATION
TOOL SHOCK HAZARDS

• ALWAYS disconnect the tool cable or battery when not in use

• NEVER operate a tool with a defective cable
• ALWAYS remove power when working on the tools

• Keep cables away from heat, solvents, and sharp edges

• Keep fingers well away from the trigger while handling the tool

• NEVER carry a tool by the cable

DO NOT TAKE SHORTCUTS
CONTROLLER SHOCK HAZARDS
• ALWAYS test for proper operation after tool and controller repair

• Allow the controller to de- energize prior to removing the safety panel

• Understand the proper procedure for a repair prior to starting a repair

• ALWAYS disconnect all possible power sources

• Treat all electrical devices as if they are energized

EXPECT TORQUE REACTION
TOOL SELECTION & CARE
• ALWAYS use a reaction device

• Never attempt to hold the torque reaction by hand

• Use the right tool for the job

• Before using a power tool, ALWAYS check that it is in good working order

• Maintain according to manufacture’s directions

• Always repair tools following the manufactures specifications

8 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Catalog Guide & How to Order
HOW TO ORDER

To configure a specific tool, check the options table that corresponds with the tool type, style and torque range listed. To receive the option requested installed and ready for service, add the option part number to the end of the tool model number — for example:

EB33LA18-48 with Rubber Grip and 360° Swivel Bail options installed and ready to use:
Qty: Order Number: Including: 1 EB33LA18-48 20H207910, 20K101400

To order options separately to be installed later, list the option item numbers as separate lines — for example:

EB33LA18-48 with Rubber Grip and 360° Swivel Bail options separate to be installed later:
Qty: Order Number: 1 EB33LA18-48
1 20H207910
1 20K101400

Note: When ordering configurable options for a tool, the lead-time becomes that of the longest item added to the tool. Please contact a STANLEY Assembly Technologies sales professional for pricing, lead times and delivery.

TOOL SPEEDS

Tool speeds are indicated in revolutions per minute or “rpm” and indicates the free speed or the speed at which the tool runs at no load. Pneumatic tool speeds are rated at a working pressure of 6.3 bar, or 90 psi if not stated otherwise and can deviate up to +/- 10% from the stated value. Electric tool speeds are the rated (maximum) speed of the tool. Variable speeds lower than rated are available through the programming interface.

TOOL WEIGHTS

Tool weights are published in both Kilograms (kg) and Pounds (lb). All tool weights are approximate and some slight variations from engineering changes are possible.

How to Order Guide 9
Tool Labeling Key

All of the STANLEY Assembly Technologies’ tools use a common lettering / numbering structure that will guide the user through the process of choosing the correct tool in the correct form for use. There are three separate lines of tools presented in the catalog and a clear method of naming and understanding has been implemented for ease of use.

The tool key below explains the significance of the letters / numbers forming the name of the tool model and part number.

DC Electric Tools E B 3 3 L A 18 46
Max Torque (Nm)
Head Size (MM)
Output Type . . . . . . . A – Angle B – Inline C – Crowfoot D – Offset H – Hold n Drive N – Safe Hold n Drive T – Tube Nut P – Push to Start
Trigger Type . . . . . . . L - Lever Start Style P - Pistol Start Style M - Fixtured Mount Style
Modular Gear Set . . . 2, 3, 4 or 5
Motor Size . . . . . . . . 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5
Tool Family . . . . . . . . B
Power Source . . . . . . E - High-Power Electric Brushless Motor Air Clutch Tools A A 3 3 L A 18 46
Max Torque (Nm)
Head Size (MM)
Output Type . . . . . . . A – Angle B – Inline C – Crowfoot D – Offset H – Hold n Drive
Trigger Type . . . . . . . L - Lever Start Style
Modular Gear Set . . . 2, 3, 4 or 5
Motor Size . . . . . . . . 2 or 3
Tool Family . . . . . . . . A
Power Source . . . . . . A - High-Power Air Motor

10 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

EB-Series: Reliability and Performance
The STANLEY Assembly Technologies EB-Series tools have been engineered to combine the latest technologies with STANLEY’s best design features resulting in best-in-class tools.
FEATURES AND BENEFITS:
• Low Friction Gearing — In both gearbox and angle head assemblies for reduced noise and vibration for improved ergonomics.
• High Efficiency Motor — For best-in-class Power-to-Weight ratio.
• Modular Construction — For low MTTR (Mean Time To Repair) . Common components reduce complexity and cost:

» Handle / Lever assembly common to all handheld tools.

» Motor sizes

» Modular gear sets

» Angle heads

• Field Repairable —

» Matched replacement gear sets

» Grease fittings on all angle tubenut and crowfoot outputs for ease of preventive maintenance

• Full Line of Tools — 0.4 Nm to 2000 Nm with geometries to fit a wide range of applications
EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 11
Image
EB-Series: Lever Style
Industry Leading Power-to-Weight Ratio
THE STANLEY ADVANTAGE:
NEW! High Speed Motor

Smoother and Lighter

Durable Motor Cover
NEW! High Speed Gearing

Quieter and Cooler Running

• High / OK / Low Lights indicate fastening status with 360° viewing.

NEW! Grease Fitting Location

• Multifunction button can select from 2 job setups and other process functions.

A non-contact optical switch under the start lever increases Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF) by eliminating mechanical or magnetic switches which wear out over time.
Optional accessories include Forward Facing Levers.
Increased lever length, recessed mounting, and “flush to handle” activation improves fit to the operator’s hand.
Clear cover protects multifunction panel and model number label.
Recessed multifunction button requires minimal pressure with tactile feedback. A raised ring prevents accidental activation.

12 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
EB-Series: Pistol Style
Faster Models to 470 Nm
Intelligently Positioned Status Lights

Optional 1/4” or 3/8” Square Drive Outputs.

Ergonomic Handle Design for Operator Comfort
Push-To-Start

Optional

Programmable Buttons Improve Operator Effectiveness
Brilliant Headlights Illuminate Low Light Fastener Access Points
Use Lite Cables for Better Ergonomics
Fast Tools for Small Jobs
Lighter, Faster, More Power

• Torque Ranges up to 20 Nm

• All Models Under:

» 2 lbs (0.9 Kg) in weight

» 1 foot (305 mm) in length

• Push-To-Start Models Include Headlights

• Available with Crowfoot and Tubenut Outputs

Push-To-Start

Optional

EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 13
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
EB-Series Torque Range: Pistol & Lever Style
EB12PB-2
EB12PB-4
EB12PB-6
EB12PB-9
EB12PB-14
EB22PB-16
EB33PB-28
EB33PB-40
EB34PB1-55
EB34PB1-75
EB34PB1-105
EB12PP-2 EB12LP-2
EB12PP-4 EB12LP-4
EB12PP-6 EB12LP-6
EB12PP-9 EB12LP-9
EB12PP-14 EB12LP-14

Specifications

Inline Lever Style
EB12LB-2
EB12LB-4
EB12LB-6
EB12LB-9
EB12LB-14
EB22LB-16
EB33LB-28
EB33LB-40
EB34LB1-55
EB34LB1-75
EB44LB1-80
EB55LB1-100
EB34LB1-105
EB44LB1-120
EB55LB2-120
EB45LB2-140
EB55LB2-170
EB45LB2-190
EB55LB2-250
EB55LB3-320
EB55LB4-460
EB55LB4-620
EB55LB5-800
EB55LB5-1100
EB55LB5-1500
EB55LB5-2000

Specifications

Angle Lever Style

MODELS:

EB12LA10-6

EB12LA13-8

EB12LA13-13

EB22LA13-13

EB22LA13-18

EB22LA15-24

EB33LA15-27

EB33LA18-35

EB33LA15-40

EB33LA19-40

EB33LA18-48

EB44LA19-55

EB33LA19-60

EB34LA19-70

EB44LA19-80

EB34LA22A-80

EB44LA22A-80

EB34LA22A-115

EB44LA22A-120

EB55LA26-120

EB55LA26-160

EB45LA26-165

EB45LA26-220

EB55LA26-220

EB55LA32-300

EB55LA32-400

Torque Nm 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400

Please Note: This chart is a guide for the use of our tools. Programming of these tools can have a direct effect on the capability and performance.

16 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Hold and Drive Lever Style

MODELS:

EB33LH18V1-46

EB33LH18V2-46

EB34LH22AV1-77

EB34LH22AV2-77

EB34LH22AV1-110

EB34LH22AV2-110

EB55LH26V1-150

EB45LH26V1-155

EB45LH26V2-155

EB55LH26V2-210

EB45LH26V1-220

EB45LH26V2-220

EB55LH32V1-285

EB55LH32V2-285

EB55LH32V1-380

EB55LH32V2-380

Torque Nm 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400

Tubenut Lever Style

MODELS:

EB22LT252-25

EB22LT571-25

EB33LT326-25

EB33LT346-25

EB33LT358-25

EB33LT572-25

EB33LT641-25

EB33LT74-30

EB34LT150-30

EB33LT312-30

EB33LT375-41

EB33LT621-41

EB34LT23-41

EB34LT99-62

EB44LT20-102

EB55LT424-180

Torque Nm 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

Please Note: These charts are a guide for the use of our tools. Programming of these tools can have a direct effect on the capability and performance.
EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 17
Crowfoot Lever Style
EB12LC106-8
EB12LC8-8
EB12LC106-13
EB12LC8-13
EB12LC550-14
EB22LC8-16
EB22LC35-16
EB33LC13-22
EB33LC216-27
EB33LC301-27
EB33LC563-27
EB33LC624-28
EB22LC521-30
EB33LC13-30
EB33LC173-30
EB33LC362-30
EB33LC521-30
EB33LC246-33
EB33LC16-35
EB34LC298-49
EB34LC10-58
EB34LC226-59
EB33LC501-60
EB34LC515-60
EB34LC162-62
EB34LC601-73
EB34LC586-74
EB44LC404-75
EB45LC275-80
EB45LC613-81
EB45LC614-81
EB45LC637-81
EB44LC10-88
EB44LC31-88
EB44LC31-102
EB44LC260-110
EB34LC615-110
EB45LC630-145
EB55LC606-150
EB55LC612-150
EB55LC21-216

Specifications

Angle Lever Tools
1.2 to 60 Nm

EB Angle Tool Options

A10 Output Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D122901

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D122902

A13 Output Part No.

3/8˝ Double-Ended, LH Thread* 20D121912

Flush Socket 10mm Max 20D121914

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D121916

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D121917

Flush Socket 13mm Max 20D121918

1/4˝ Square Drive 20D121919

1/4˝ Magnetic Internal Hex 20D121920

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output
A15 Threaded Output 20D137500 Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138900

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Flush Socket 20D138904

EB12LA10-6 2110 6 4.42 10 0.39 31.9 1.26 319.3 12.6 0.89 1.96 1/4˝ SD

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D138901

A15 Output Splined 20D137504 Part No.
EB12LA13-8 1400 8 5.90 13 0.51 32.7 1.29 321.6 12.7 0.93 2.05 3/8˝ SD

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138900

EB12LA13-13 970 13 9.58 13 0.51 32.7 1.29 321.6 12.7 0.93 2.05 3/8˝ SD

Flush Socket 20D138902

EB22LA13-13 1550 13 9.58 13 0.51 32.7 1.29 343.3 13.5 1.08 2.38 3/8˝ SD

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D138901

EB22LA13-18 1075 18 13.3 13 0.51 32.7 1.29 343.3 13.5 1.08 2.38 3/8˝ SD
A18 Output Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D136500

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D136502

Flush Socket 20D136503

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100021

Reaction Bar (A15 Splined/ A19) Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

*RH-Thread is Right-Hand Thread. This is an option used if the end user uses the additional output for clockwise tightening or loosening. LH-Thread is Left-Hand Thread. This is an option used if the end user uses the additional output for counter- clockwise tightening or loosening.

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
EB22LA15-24 825 24 17.7 15 0.59 36.5 1.44 366.5 14.4 1.21 2.66 3/8˝ SD
EB33LA15-27 1515 27 19.91 15 0.59 36.5 1.44 415.7 16.4 1.55 3.41 3/8˝ SD
Suspension Bails Part No.
EB33LA18-35 1165 35 25.81 18 0.71 39.3 1.55 444.7 17.5 1.66 3.65 3/8˝ SD

Wire Bail A3061

EB33LA15-40 1015 40 29.49 15 0.59 36.5 1.44 415.7 16.4 1.55 3.41 3/8˝ SD

Swivel ( G3 ) 20K101400

EB33LA19-40 1025 40 29.49 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 458.4 18.0 1.87 4.11 1/2˝ SD
EB33LA18-48 880 48 35.39 18 0.71 39.3 1.55 455.4 17.9 1.66 3.65 3/8˝ SD
EB33LA19-60 680 60 44.24 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 458.4 18.0 2.04 4.50 1/2˝ SD
Vinyl Covers Part No.

EB Angle Tool Ouput Options

A10 Output 20D250711

A13 Output 20D250711

A15 Output 20D250701

A18 Output 20D250702

A19 Output 20D250707

Socket Lock Pin 3/8˝ or 1/2˝ SD Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

Handle Options Part No.

EB22 Forward Facing Lever 20H100108

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

Double Ended Flush Quick Change
EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 19
Angle Lever Tools
11 to 400 Nm

EB Angle Tool Options

A19 Splined Output Part No.

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Flush Socket 20D100106

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D100107

A22A Output Part No.

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D100305

Flush Socket 20D100309

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D100326

Reaction Bar (A19 & A22 Outputs) Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100000

Mounting Flange EB34, EB44 20K100400

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

EB44LA19-55 1190 55 40.55 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 458.4 18.0 2.78 6.12 1/2˝ SD
A26 Output Part No.
EB34LA19-70 610 70 51.61 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 488.0 19.2 2.34 5.15 1/2˝ SD

3/4"Square Drive 20D1004010

EB44LA19-80 845 80 58.98 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 525.4 20.7 2.78 6.12 1/2˝ SD

Flush Socket 20D100409

EB34LA22A-80 510 80 58.98 22 0.87 50.0 2.0 530.0 20.9 2.66 5.85 1/2˝ SD
A32 Output Part No.
EB44LA22A-80 810 80 58.98 22 0.87 50.0 2.0 539 21.2 3.10 6.82 1/2˝ SD

3/4˝ Square Drive (Pin) 20D102200

EB34LA22A-115 340 115 84.79 22 0.87 50.0 2.0 530.0 20.9 2.66 5.85 1/2˝ SD

3/4˝ Square Drive (Ball) 20D104300

Flush Socket 20D102201

EB44LA22A-120 550 120 88.48 22 0.87 50.0 2.0 539 21.2 3.29 7.23 1/2˝ SD

Hex Insert 20D102204

EB55LA26-120 825 120 88.48 26 1.02 60 2.4 632 24.9 5.72 12.58 3/4˝ SD
Reaction Bar (A26 & A32 Outputs) Part No.
EB55LA26-160 620 160 117.97 26 1.02 60 2.4 632 24.9 5.81 12.78 3/4˝ SD

Reaction Bar, Steel (<300 Nm) 20K100200

EB45LA26-165 400 165 121.65 26 1.02 60 2.4 582 22.9 5.25 11.56 3/4˝ SD

Reaction Bar, Steel (>300 Nm) 20K100202

EB45LA26-220 260 220 162.21 26 1.02 60 2.4 582 22.9 5.57 12.27 3/4˝ SD

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

EB55LA26-220 460 220 162.21 26 1.02 60 2.4 632 24.9 5.83 12.82 3/4˝ SD

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

EB55LA32-300 340 300 221.19 32 1.26 73 2.9 639 25.1 6.46 14.21 3/4˝ SD

*RH-Thread is Right-Hand Thread. This is an option used if the end user uses the additional output for clockwise tightening or loosening.

EB55LA32-400 225 400 294.92 32 1.26 73 2.9 639 25.1 6.46 14.21 3/4˝ SD

Inserts for 20D102204 A32 Hex Insert Output

Suspension Bails Part No.

The maximum hex size for the A32 Flush Socket Output is 27 mm (1-1/16”).

Description Part No.

Swivel (A19, A22A only) 20K200000

1-1/8˝ Hex Socket Insert A5172

Swivel (A26, A32 only) 20K200100

Use the Hex Insert Output with these Inserts for larger hex sizes.

Vinyl Covers Part No.

30mm Hex Flush Socket Insert 20D222100

A19 Output 20D250707

30mm with 3/4˝ Extension Flush Socket Insert 20D228900

This will add 16.3 mm (0.64”) to the “H” dimension of the tool.

A22 Output 20D250708

A26 Output 20D250709

A32 Output 20D250710

Socket Lock Pin 3/8˝ or 1/2˝ SD Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

20D102204
Socket Lock PinLock Pin 3/4” SD Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Mounting / Reaction Options

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Handle Options Part No.

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Reaction Bar or Bail Optional Base Mount Bracket

20 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Inline Pistol Grip Tools
EB12PB-2 1760 2 1.5 20 0.8 222 8.7 0.78 1.7
EB12PB-4 1115 4 2.9 20 0.8 222 8.7 0.78 1.7
EB12PB-6 2300 6 4.4 20 0.8 264 10.4 0.78 1.7
EB12PB-9 1595 9 6.6 20 0.8 264 10.4 0.78 1.7
EB12PB-14 1020 14 10 20 0.8 264 10.4 0.78 1.7
EB22PB-16 1225 16 11 20 0.8 290 11.4 1.16 2.5
EB22PB-20 981 20 14.8 20 0.8 290 11.4 1.21 2.7
EB33PB-28 1590 28 20 26 1.04 288 11.3 1.49 3.2
EB33PB-40
EB34PB1-55 830 55 40 32 1.25 324 12.8 2.31 5.10
EB34PB1-75
EB34PB1-105 410 105 77.5 32 1.25 324 12.8 2.55 5.6

Specifications

Image
Inline Push-to-Start Pistol Grip Tools
EB12PP-2 1760 2 1.5 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2
EB12PP-4 1115 4 2.9 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2
EB12PP-6 2300 6 4.4 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2
EB12PP-9 1595 9 6.6 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2
EB12PP-14 1020 14 10.3 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2

Specifications

Image
Inline Push-to-Start Lever Tools
EB12LP
EB12LP-2 1760 2 1.5 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LP-4 1115 4 2.9 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LP-6 2300 6 4.4 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LP-9 1595 9 6.6 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LP-14 1020 14 10.3 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LB
EB12LB-2 1760 2 1.5 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52
EB12LB-4 1115 4 2.9 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52
EB12LB-6 2300 6 4.4 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52
EB12LB-9 1595 9 6.6 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52
EB12LB-14 1020 14 10.3 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52

Specifications

Inline Lever Tools
EB22, EB33
EB22LB-16 1340 16 11.8 23.7 0.93 352 13.8 1.06 2.33
EB22LB-20 1071 20 14.8 23.7 0.93 365 14.4 1.10 2.40
EB33LB-28 1590 28 20.7 24.7 0.97 416 16.4 1.40 3.08
EB33LB-40 1120 40 29.5 24.7 0.97 416 16.4 1.40 3.08
EB22 Forward Facing Lever 20H100108
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg
EB34LB1-55 830 55 40.6 26.7 1.05 463 18.2 2.04 4.49
EB44LB1-80 895 80 59 26.7 1.05 479 18.9 2.50 5.50
EB34LB1-75 545 75 55.3 26.7 1.05 491.51 19.35 2.04 4.49
Mounting Flange EB34, EB44 20K100400
EB55LB1-100 853 100 73.8 32 1.25 592.29 5.17 11.38 1/2˝
Mounting Flange EB45, EB55 20K100400
EB34LB1-105 410 105 77.5 26.7 1.05 491.51 19.35 2.04 4.49
EB44LB1-120 560 120 88.5 26.7 1.05 503.45 19.82 2.85 6.27
EB55LB2-120 850 120 88.5 32 1.25 564 22.2 5.17 11.40
EB45LB2-140 465 140 103.3 29 1.15 533 21 3.42 7.52
EB55LB2-170 640 170 125.4 32 1.25 560 22.1 4.62 10.18
EB45LB2-190 355 190 140.2 29 1.15 533 21 4.3 9.46
EB55LB2-250 400 250 184.4 32 1.25 560 22.1 4.93 10.85
EB55LB3-320 310 320 236 32 1.25 573 22.5 5.01 11.03
EB22 Forward Facing Lever 20H100108
EB55LB4-460 220 460 339.3 44 1.7 621 24.4 7.60 16.73
EB55LB4-620 165 620 457.3 44 1.7 621 24.4 7.60 16.73
EB55LB5-800 125 800 590.1 48 1.9 651 25.6 10.05 22.12
EB55LB5-1100 80 1100 811.4 48 1.9 651 25.6 10.05 22.12
EB55LB5-1500 60 1500 1106.4 48 1.9 683 26.9 10.05 22.12
EB55LB5-2000 50 2000 1475.2 48 1.9 683 26.9 10.57 23.25

Specifications

Crowfoot Lever Tools
EB12LC8-8 1065 8 5.9 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB12LC106-8 1065 8 5.9 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB12LC8-13 680 13 9.6 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB12LC106-13 680 13 9.6 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB12LC550-14 680 14 10.3 13 0.5 11.4 0.45 25.4 1.00
EB22LC8-16 895 16 11.8 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB22LC35-16 893 16 11.8 21 0.81 14 0.55 38 1.5
EB33LC13-22 1310 22 16.3 13 0.52 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
EB33LC216-27
EB33LC563-27 990 27 19.9 13 0.52 15.9 0.63 31.8 1.25
EB33LC301-27
EB33LC13-30 840 30 22.1 13 0.52 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
EB33LC173-30
EB33LC362-30 932 30 22.1 13 0.5 16 0.63 26 1.02
EB33LC246-33
EB33LC16-35 881 35 25.8 21 0.81 21 0.84 38 1.5
EB44LC508-35
EB33LC484-42 610 42 31 16 0.63 18.5 0.73 31.8 1.25
EB33LC624-28 1118 28 20.7 21 0.81 14 0.55 38 1.5
EB34LC298-49 595 49 36.2 13 0.52 20.9 0.82 38.1 1.50
EB22LC521-30 475 30 22.1 13 0.53 16 0.63 32 1.25
EB33LC521-30 739 30 22.1 13 0.53 16 0.63 32 1.25
EB33 Tools 20H106400
EB34 Tools 20H106402
EB44 Tools 20H106403
EB45 Tools 20H106404
begin on page 112 EB55 Tools 20H106401

Specifications

Crowfoot Lever Tools
11.6 to 216 Nm

Crowfoot Tool Options

58Nm - 216Nm

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel Bail 20K200000

Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange EB33 20K100300

Mounting Flange EB34, EB44 20K100400

Mounting Flange EB45, EB55 20K100700

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

ANGLE Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Nose Radius “T” Thickness “W” Width “P” Length “L” Length Weight Maximum Hex Size
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm in
EB34LC10-58 510 58 42.8 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 70.7 2.78 616 24.2 3.52 7.74 19 3/4˝ EB34LC226-59 500 59 43.5 17 0.66 17 0.66 38 1.5 68 2.69 614 24.17 3.4 7.5 16 5/8˝ EB33LC501-60 499 60 44.3 16.8 0.66 17 0.67 38.1 1.50 123 4.85 616 24.2 3.52 7.74 15 5/8˝ EB34LC515-60 471 60 44.3 12 0.48 25 0.99 38 1.5 125 4.94 597.7 23.53 3.49 7.7 12 7/16˝ EB34LC162-62 321 62 45.7 13 0.52 21 0.82 38 1.5 97 3.82 664.6 26.17 3.76 8.3 13 1/2˝ EB34LC601-73 337 73 53.8 21 0.81 17 0.66 38 1.5 71 2.78 638.3 25.13 3.63 8 19 3/4˝ EB44LC404-75 508 75 55.3 16.8 0.66 26.16 1.03 38.1 1.50 68.4 2.70 626 24.7 4.2 9.3 16 5/8˝ EB45LC365-80 438 80 59 13 0.53 28 1.12 38 1.5 97 3.82 735 28.9 5.25 11.56 13 1/2˝ EB45LC275-80 580 80 59 13 0.52 28 1.12 56 2.19 86 3.39 699.1 27.52 4.08 9 13 1/2˝ EB45LC613-81 581 81 59.8 13 0.52 28.0 1.10 38.1 1.50 33.6 1.32 642 25.3 4.6 10.2 13 1/2˝ EB45LC614-81 581 81 59.8 13 0.52 28.9 1.14 38.1 1.50 123 4.85 750 29.5 5.1 11.2 13 1/2˝ EB45LC637-81 581 81 59.7 13 0.52 27 1.07 38 1.5 129 5.07 705.3 27.77 4.08 9 13 1/2˝ EB44LC10-88 520 88 64.9 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 70.7 2.78 628 24.7 4.6 10.2 19 3/4˝ EB44LC31-88 520 88 64.9 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 38.9 1.53 596 23.4 4.6 10.2 19 3/4˝ EB44LC31-102 455 102 75.2 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 38.9 1.53 596 23.4 4.6 10.2 19 3/4˝ EB44LC260-110 455 110 81.1 17 0.69 15 0.6 73 2.89 18 0.71 576.3 22.69 4.08 9 18 11/16˝ EB34LC615-110 267 110 81.1 16 0.63 38.9 1.53 31.8 1.25 76.1 3.0 619.6 24.4 4.6 10.2 16 5/8˝ EB45LC630-145 262 145 106.9 25 1 22 0.87 51 1.99 99 3.92 746.8 29.4 4.08 9 24 15/16˝ EB55LC612-150 459 150 110.6 20 0.8 35 1.37 39 1.53 46 1.81 636.4 25.05 4.54 10 19 3/4˝ EB55LC606-150 459 150 110.6 20 0.8 32.9 1.30 38.9 1.53 38.9 1.53 636.4 25.1 5.4 11.8 19 3/4˝ EB55LC21-216 290 216 159.3 29 1.16 30.86 1.21 58.7 2.31 57.8 2.27 724 28.5 5.4 11.8 27 1-1/8˝ EB55LC626-250 262 250 184.4 25 0.98 37.29 1.47 95.3 3.75 113.9 4.49 795.2 31.3 10.5 23.24 24 15/16˝
VERTICAL
EB34LC586-74 408 74 54.6 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 70.7 2.78 564 22.2 3.8 8.3 19 3/4˝ EB55LC625-237 309 237 174.8 25 0.98 40.89 1.61 95.3 3.75 113.9 4.49 809.8 31.9 11.4 25.23 24 15/16"

NOTE: The models listed are the most common of the standard 278 Crowfoot outputs we produce. Contact STANLEY Assembly Technologies for the complete list or to discuss a custom output for your specific application.

Mounting / Reaction Options

2-Hand Anti-Tiedown Options

ASK ABOUT CUSTOM OUTPUTS!
2-Hand Anti-Tiedown Part No.

EB33 Tools 20H106400

EB34 Tools 20H106402

EB44 Tools 20H106403

EB45 Tools 20H106404

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

EB55 Tools 20H106401

Reaction Bar or Bail

26 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Tubenut Lever Tools
4.4 to 102 Nm

Tubenut Tool Options

25Nm - 41Nm

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel Bail 20K101400

Standard Wire Bail B3432

ANGLE Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Nose Radius “T” Thickness “W” Width “P” Length “L” Length Weight Maximum Hex Size Maximum Tube Size
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in
EB33LT346-25 1165 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.7 34 1.3 511 20.1 2.34 5.15 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT572-25 1165 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.7 34 1.3 518 20.4 2.34 5.15 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT349-25 1165 25 18.4 38.1 1.5 14.1 0.56 42.2 1.66 55.6 2.19 539.7 21.25 2.27 5.01 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT387-25 1165 25 18.4 38.1 1.5 14.1 0.56 42.2 1.66 34 1.34 518.1 20.4 2.34 5.15 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT358-25 1165 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.66 34 1.34 518.1 20.4 2.31 5.1 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT641-25 1165 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.66 56 2.19 539 21.22 1.81 4 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT74-30 460 30 22.1 18 0.73 14 0.54 48 1.9 44 1.7 517 20.3 2.30 5.06 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB33LT312-30 847 30 22.1 18 0.73 14 0.56 48 1.88 47 1.86 547.6 21.56 1.81 4 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB33LT473-30 965 30 22.1 18.4 0.73 14.3 0.56 57.2 2.25 38.9 1.53 533.5 21 2.75 6.06 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB33LT527-30 881 30 22.1 18.4 0.73 15.9 0.62 47.7 1.88 16.3 0.64 500.6 19.71 2.3 5.06 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB33LT375-41 710 41 30.2 13 0.52 22 0.85 44 1.7 59 2.3 466 8.3 2.48 5.45 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT621-41 719 41 30.2 15.9 0.63 20.3 0.8 52.4 2.06 26.4 1.04 521 20.51 2.5 5.5 15 0.59 10.4 0.41
EB34LT23-41 695 41 30.2 18 0.73 23 0.91 48 1.88 44 1.72 580.9 22.87 1.64 3.61 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB34LT623-57 480 57 42 26.4 1.04 19.4 0.765 74.6 2.94 60.7 2.39 603.8 23.73 4.13 9.1 27 1.06 19.4 0.765
EB34LT99-62 460 62 45.7 26 1.04 20 0.76 75 2.9 65 2.5 604 23.8 2.93 6.45 27 1.06 19.4 0.765
EB44LT20-102 430 102 75.2 26 1.04 32 1.24 75 2.9 65 2.5 628 24.7 4.46 9.82 27 1.06 19.4 0.765
EB55LT424-180 325 180 132.8 31 1.22 30 1.18 100 3.94 74 2.91 740.1 29.14 8.32 18.34 32 1.25 20 0.801
INLINE
EB22LT252-25 500 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.7 56 2.2 434 17.1 1.79 3.93 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB22LT571-25 500 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.7 56 2.2 434 17.1 1.79 3.93 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT252-25 739 25 18.4 38.1 1.5 14.1 0.56 42.2 1.66 55.9 2.2 512.7 20.19 1.95 4.3 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT326-25 739 25 18.4 13.1 0.515 14.1 0.56 42.2 1.66 77.5 3.05 534.3 21.04 1.95 4.3 13 0.5 8.1 0.32
EB33LT264-50 422 50 36.9 21.4 0.84 17.5 0.69 54 2.13 78.8 3.1 535.7 21.09 1.95 4.3 24 0.94 13.6 0.535
VERTICAL
EB34LT150-30 945 30 22.1 18 0.73 14 0.56 48 1.9 47 1.9 521 20.5 2.73 5.99 19 0.75 11.6 0.455

The maximum tube size depends on the chosen HEX size. NOTE: The models listed are the most common of the standard 104 Tubenut outputs we produce. Contact STANLEY Assembly Technologies for the complete list or to discuss a custom output for your specific application.

Tubenut Tool Options 30Nm - 102Nm

Mounting / Reaction Options

ASK ABOUT CUSTOM OUTPUTS!

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel Bail 20K200000

Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange EB33 20K100300

Mounting Flange EB33, EB44 20K100400

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

Reaction Bar or Bail
EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 27
Hold and Drive Lever Tools – 1” Output
1” H&D Lever Tool Options 9.2 to 380 Nm
H18 Output Part No.

Socket Options 20D905700

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124600

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124602

H18 Tang Holder Part No.

6mm x 8mm Rectangle 20D261700

5mm x 7.5mm Rectangle 20D261701

6mm x 10mm Rectangle 20D261702

6mm Hex 20D261703

H18 Bit Holder Part No.

1/4˝ Hex 20D254200

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Travel

5/16˝ Hex 20D253400

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
H22 Output Part No.
EB33LH18V1-46 880 46 33.9 18 0.71 131.9 5.2 464 18.3 2.2 4.9

Socket Options ~N4617

EB34LH22AV1-77 510 77 56.8 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 521 20.5 3.4 7.5

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103211

EB34LH22AV1-110 335 110 81.1 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 543 21.4 3.4 7.5

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103212

EB55LH26V1-150 620 150 110.6 26 1.02 142.8 5.6 637 25.1 5.8 12.8
H22 Tang Holder Part No.
EB45LH26V1-155 400 155 114.3 26 1.02 142.8 5.6 582 22.9 5.5 12.1

Female Tang Holder Options ~F4287

EB45LH26V1-220 260 220 162.3 26 1.02 142.8 5.6 582 22.9 5.5 12.1
H22 Bit Holder Part No.
EB55LH32V1-285 340 285 210.2 32 1.3 179.6 7.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6

Bit Holder Options ~F4288

EB55LH32V1-380 225 380 280.3 32 1.3 179.6 7.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6
H22 Reaction Bar Part No.

1” DC H&D Lever Tool Options

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

A Tang holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

H32 Tang Holder Part No.
H26 Output Part No.

Female Tang Holder Options 20D900601

Typical Tang Options

Socket Options ~F4285

H32 Bit Holder Part No.

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103601

Bit Holder Options 20D900602

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103602

H32 Reaction Bar Part No.
H26 Tang Holder Part No.

Female Torx

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

Female Tang Holder Options ~H4948

Travel Reach

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

H26 Bit Holder Part No.

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Bolt/ Tang Nut Tang holder

Bit Holder Options ~H4947

Female Hex

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

H26 Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

Rectangular

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

NOTE: The bolt can extend beyond the nut no more than the specified travel distance when tightened.

H32 Output Part No.

Socket Options ~A5302

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103701

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103702

Handle Options Part No.

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

28 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Hold and Drive Lever Tools – 2” Output
9.2 to 380 Nm

2” H&D Lever Options

H18 Output Part No.

Socket Options 20D905700

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124601

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124603

H18 Tang Holder Part No.

6mm x 8mm Rectangle 20D261700

5mm x 7.5mm Rectangle 20D261701

6mm x 10mm Rectangle 20D261702

6mm Hex 20D261703

H18 Bit Holder Part No.

1/4˝ Hex 20D254200

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Travel

5/16˝ Hex 20D253400

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
H22 Output Part No.
EB33LH18V2-46 880 46 33.9 18 0.71 190.3 7.5 464 18.3 2.1 4.6

Socket Options ~N4617

EB34LH22AV2-77 510 77 56.8 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 521 20.5 3.1 6.8

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103213

EB34LH22AV2-110 335 110 81.1 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 543 21.4 3.1 6.8

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103214

EB45LH26V2-155 400 155 114.3 26 1.02 168.2 6.6 582 22.9 4.6 10.0
H22 Tang Holder Part No.
EB55LH26V2-210 460 210 154.9 26 1.02 168.2 6.6 637 25.1 5.8 12.8

Female Tang Holder Options ~F4287

EB45LH26V2-220 260 220 162.3 26 1.02 168.2 6.6 582 22.9 4.6 10.0
H22 Bit Holder Part No.
EB55LH32V2-285 340 285 210.2 32 1.3 205 8.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6

Bit Holder Options ~F4288

EB55LH32V2-380 225 380 280.3 32 1.3 205 8.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6
H22 Reaction Bar Part No.

2” DC H&D Lever Tool Options

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

A Bit holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

H32 Tang Holder Part No.
Typical Tang Options
H26 Output Part No.

Female Tang Holder Options 20D900601

Socket Options ~F4285

H32 Bit Holder Part No.

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103603

Bit Holder Options 20D900602

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103604

Male Hex

H32 Reaction Bar Part No.
H26 Tang Holder Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

Female Tang Holder Options ~H4948

Reach

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

H26 Bit Holder Part No.

Travel

Male Torx

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Bit Holder Options ~H4947

Bolt Nut

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

H26 Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

H32 Output Part No.

Socket Options ~A5302

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103703

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103704

Handle Options Part No.

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

Extension

EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 29
Image
Image
Image
Image
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Tools
High Speed, Redundant Transducer and Flexible Cable connections.
FEATURES AND BENEFITS:

• Controllers Enable Multiple Spindle Operation Including Synchronization.

• Redundant Transducer Optional

• 360° Viewable High / OK / Low Lights Alert

• Operator to Fastening Status

• Fixtured Tool Cable Connector can be Rotated in 90° Increments.

OUTPUT OPTIONS
Angle
Retractable Angle Straight
Retractable Straight
Retractable Offset
REACTION MOUNTING COMPONENTS
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 31
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
EB-Series Torque Range: Fixtured Style
Angle Fixtured Mount Style

MODELS:

EB33MA15-27

EB33MA18F1-35

EB33MA18F2-35

EB33MA19-40

EB33MA19F1-40

EB33MA18F1-48

EB33MA18F2-48

EB44MA19-55

EB44MA19F1-55

EB33MA19-60

EB33MA19F1-60

EB33MA19F2-60

EB34MA19-70

EB34MA19F1-70

EB34MA19F2-70

EB34MA22A-80

EB34MA22AF1-80

EB44MA19-80

EB44MA22A-80

EB44MA22AF1-80

EB34MA22A-115

EB34MA22AF1-115

EB34MA22AF2-115

EB44MA22A-120

EB44MA22AF1-120

Torque Nm 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400

Please Note: This chart is a guide for the use of our tools. Programming of these tools can have a direct effect on the capability and performance.

32 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Angle Fixtured Mount Style, continued

MODELS:

EB55MA26-120

EB55MA26F1-120

EB55MA26-160R

EB55MA26F1-160

EB45MA26-165

EB45MA26F1-165

EB45MA26-220

EB45MA26F1-220

EB55MA26-220

EB55MA26F1-220

EB55MA26F2-220

EB55MA32-300

EB55MA32F1-300

EB55MA32F2-300

EB55MA32-400

EB55MA32F1-400

EB55MA32F2-400

Torque Nm 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400

Please Note: This chart is a guide for the use of our tools. Programming of these tools can have a direct effect on the capability and performance.
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 33
Inline Fixtured Mount Style
EB33MB-28
EB33MBF1-28
EB33MBF2-28
EB33MB-40
EB33MBF1-40
EB33MBF2-40
EB34MB1-55
EB44MB1-80
EB44MB1-120
EB45MB2-140
EB55MB2-170
EB45MB2-190

Specifications

Inline Fixtured Mount Style, continued
EB55MB2-250
EB55MB3-320
EB55MB4-460
EB55MB4-620
EB55MB5-800
EB55MB5-1100
EB55MB5-1500
EB55MB5-2000

Specifications

Offset Fixtured Mount Style
EB33MDF1-25
EB33MDF2-25
EB33MDF1-36

Specifications

Fixtured Tools Pattern Mounting

Examples of how to create unique square or circular bolt patterns for Inline and Offset Retractable tools:

EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 37
Angle Fixtured Tools
8 to 60 Nm

Angle Fixtured Options

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100021

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel 20K200000

Standard B3432

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100000

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Mounting Flange-B 20K100300

*Due to the welded flange, the above options are not applicable to EB33MA18F0-48.

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
EB33MA15-27 1515 27 19.9 15 0.59 36.6 1.44 382.9 15.1 1.7 3.75 3/8˝ SD
EB33MA19-40 1025 40 29.5 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 385.8 15.2 1.9 4.11 1/2˝ SD
EB33MA18F0-48 881 48 35.4 17.5 0.69 39.3 1.55 382.8 15.1 2.41 5.31 3/8˝ SD
EB33MA19-60 680 60 44.2 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 385.8 15.2 2.31 5.10 1/2˝ SD

Mounting / Reaction Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Standard Reaction Bar Optional Base Mount Bracket

38 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Angle Fixtured Tools
24 to 400 Nm

Angle Fixtured Options

EB34, EB44

A19 Splined Output Part No.

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Flush Socket 20D100106

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D100107

A22A Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100309

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D100326

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100000

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Mounting Flange 20K100302

1/2˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Standard 20D227800

EB44MA19-55 1190 55 40.6 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 445 7.5 3.2 6.97

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

EB34MA19-70 610 70 51.6 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 433 17.0 3.2 6.97

*RH-Thread is Right-Hand Thread. This is an option used if the end user uses the additional output for clockwise tightening or loosening.

EB34MA22A-80 510 80 59.0 22 0.87 50.0 2.00 441 17.4 3.1 6.82
EB44MA19-80 845 80 59.0 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 445 17.5 3.2 6.97

1/2˝ SD

EB44MA22A-80 810 80 59.0 22 0.87 50.0 2.00 453 17.8 3.1 6.82
EB34MA22A-115 340 115 84.8 22 0.87 50.0 2.00 463 18.2 3.5 7.75
EB44MA22A-120 550 120 88.5 22 0.87 50.0 2.00 453 17.8 3.53 7.8

Angle Fixtured Options

EB45, EB55

A26 Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100409

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

5/8˝ Square Drive 20D100400

Reaction Device Part No.
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

EB55MA26-120 825 120 88.5 26 1.02 60 2.4 557 21.9 6.2 13.6

Reaction Bar, Steel, Heavy Duty 20K100202

EB55MA26-160 620 160 118 26 1.02 60 2.4 557 21.9 6.2 13.6

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

EB45MA26-165 400 165 122 26 1.02 60 2.4 503 19.8 4.6 10.0

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

EB45MA26-220 260 220 162 26 1.02 60 2.4 527 20.7 4.6 10.0

3/4˝ SD

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
EB55MA26-220 460 220 162 26 1.02 60 2.4 556 21.9 6.7 14.7

Standard 20D125200

EB55MA32-300 340 300 221 32 1.3 73 2.9 563 22.1 7.3 16.1
EB55MA32-400 225 400 295 32 1.3 73 2.9 563 22.1 7.3 16.1

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20R202300

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 39
Angle Retractable Fixtured Tools
8 to 120 Nm

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

Spring Options Part No.

Standard A5313

8 lb Compression 20R201407

Output Options Part No.

2˝ Extended Output 20D115901

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100000

TRAVEL

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Mounting Flange-B 20K100300

Suspension Bails Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel 20K200000

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Standard B3432

EB33MA18F1-35 1165 35 25.8 18 0.71 84 3.3 462.74 18.22 3.25 7.2

3/8˝ SD

1/2˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
EB33MA19F1-40 1025 40 29.5 19 0.75 146.5 5.8 385 15.1 2.80 6.15 1/2˝ SD

Standard 20D227800

EB33MA18F1-48 880 48 35.4 18 0.71 84 3.3 462.74 18.22 3.25 7.2 3/8˝ SD

25 mm 1˝

EB44MA19F1-55 1190 55 40.6 19 0.75 146.5 5.8 445 17.5 3.18 7.02 1/2˝ SD

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

EB33MA19F1-60 680 60 44.2 19 0.75 146.5 5.8 385 15.1 2.80 6.15 1/2˝ SD

*Due to the welded flange, the above options are not applicable to EB33MA18F1-XX tools.

EB34MA19F1-70 610 70 51.6 19 0.75 146.5 5.8 433 17.0 2.74 6.05 1/2˝ SD

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB34, EB44

Spring Options Part No.

Standard M4283

5.8 lb Compression H4003

8.6 lb Compression M4800

Output Options Part No.

2˝ Extended Output M4306

TRAVEL

2-5/8˝ Extended Output 20D117700

8˝ Extended Output M4466

Reaction Device Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100100

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Mounting Flange 20K100302

EB34MA22AF1-80 510 80 59.0 22 0.87 114 4.5 441 17.4 3.1 6.75
1/2˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
25 mm 1˝ 1/2˝ SD EB44MA22AF1-80 810 80 59.0 22 0.87 114 4.5 453 17.8 3.5 7.72

Standard 20D227800

EB34MA22AF1-115 340 115 84.8 22 0.87 114 4.5 463 18.2 3.1 6.75
EB44MA22AF1-120 550 120 88.5 22 0.87 114 4.5 453 17.8 3.5 7.72

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

40 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Angle Retractable Fixtured Tools
24 to 400 Nm

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB45, EB55

Spring Options Part No.

Standard 20R201414

11 lb Compression 20R201417

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100202

TRAVEL

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB55MA26F1-120 825 120 88.5 26 1.02 166 6.5 557 21.9 5.2 11.4
EB55MA26F1-160 620 160 118 26 1.02 166 6.5 557 21.9 5.2 11.4

25 mm 1˝ 3/4˝ SD

EB45MA26F1-165 400 165 122 26 1.02 166 6.5 503 19.8 4.6 10.0

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB45MA26F1-220 260 220 162 26 1.02 166 6.5 527 20.7 4.6 10.0
EB55MA26F1-220 460 220 162 26 1.02 166 6.5 557 21.9 7.5 16.6
Spring Options Part No.

Standard M4606

7.6 lb Compression M4331

Output Options Part No.

2.5˝ Extended Output 20D114800

4˝ Extended Output M4740

Reaction Device Part No.

TRAVEL

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100202

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Standard 20D227800

EB55MA32F1-300 340 300 221 32 1.26 178 7.0 563 22.1 7.3 16.1 25 mm 1˝ 3/4˝ SD EB55MA32F1-400 225 400 295 32 1.26 178 7.0 563 22.1 7.3 16.1

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Mounting / Reaction Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Standard Reaction Bar Optional Base Mount Bracket
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 41
Angle Retractable Fixtured Tools
12 to 400 Nm Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB45, EB55

Spring Options Part No.

Standard 20R201414

11 lb Compression 20R201417

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100202

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

TRAVEL

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB33MA18F2-35 1165 35 25.8 18 0.71 176.28 6.94 462.74 18.22 3.25 7.2
3/8˝ SD EB33MA18F2-48 880 48 35.4 18 0.71 176.28 6.94 462.74 18.22 3.25 7.2

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB33MA19F2-60 680 60 44.2 19 0.75 193 7.6 386 15.2 3.1 6.83 1/2˝ SD
EB34MA19F2-70 610 70 51.6 19 0.75 177.67 6.99 433.16 17.05 3.5 7.7 3/8˝ SD EB34MA22AF2-115 335 115 84.8 22 0.87 186.2 7.33 463 18.2 3.5 7.7

50.8 mm 2˝

EB55MA26F2-220 460 220 162 26 1.02 225 8.9 557 21.9 5.7 12.5 5/8˝ SD
Spring Options Part No.
EB55MA32F2-300 340 300 221 32 1.26 269 10.6 563 22.2 7.8 17.2 3/4˝ SD EB55MA32F2-400 225 400 295 32 1.26 269 10.6 586 23 7.8 17.2

Standard M4606

7.6 lb Compression M4331

Output Options Part No.

2.5˝ Extended Output 20D114800

4˝ Extended Output M4740

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100202

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Mounting / Reaction Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Standard Reaction Bar Optional Base Mount Bracket

42 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Inline Fixtured Tools
EB33
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg
EB33MB-28 1590 28 20.6 24 0.93 359 14.1 1.89 4.15
EB33MB-40 1120 40 29.5 24 0.93 385 15.1 1.89 4.15
EB34, EB44
EB34MB1-55 830 55 40.5 32 1.03 421 16.6 2.2 4.84
EB44MB1-80 895 80 59 32 1.03 421 16.6 2.7 5.94
EB44MB1-120 557 120 88.5 32 1.03 421 16.6 2.7 5.94

Specifications

Inline Fixtured Tools
EB45, EB55 (MB2 Models)
EB45MB2-140 465 140 103 34 1.34 475 18.7 3.6 7.92
EB55MB2-170 640 170 125 34 1.34 475 18.7 4.3 9.46
EB45MB2-190 355 190 140 34 1.34 475 18.7 4.3 9.46
EB55MB2-250 400 250 184 34 1.34 475 18.7 5.3 11.7
EB55MB3 Model
EB55MB3-320 310 320 236 35 1.38 517 20.4 5.5 12.1
EB55MB4 & 5 Models
EB55MB4-460 220 460 339 44 1.7 564 22.2 7.5 16.8
EB55MB4-620 165 620 457 44 1.7 564 22.2 7.5 16.8
EB55MB5-800 125 800 590 48 1.9 575 22.6 9 19.8
EB55MB5-1100 80 1100 811 48 1.9 598 23.6 10.1 22.3
EB55MB5-1500 60 1500 1106 48 1.9 625 24.6 10.1 22.3
EB55MB5-2000 50 2000 1475 48 1.9 625 24.6 10.1 22.3

Specifications

Inline Retractable Fixtured Tools
EB33MBF1-28 1590 28 20.6 28 1.13 443 17.4 2.56 5.63
EB33MBF1-40 1120 40 29.5 28 1.13 443 17.4 2.56 5.63

Specifications

Inline Retractable Fixtured Tools
64 to 2000 Nm

Inline Retractable Fixtured Options

3/4” Output

Output Options Part No.

Standard 20D102101

5˝ Extension 20D102106

Spring Options Part No.

Standard 20R201403

Heavy Duty Spring 20R201404

Reaction Components Part No.

Mounting Flange -MB3F 20D205600

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB55MB3F1-320 310 320 236 34 1.34 636 25 6.7 14.74 25mm 1˝ 19mm 3/4˝ SD

Inline Retractable Fixtured Options

1” Output

Output Options Part No.

Standard 20D208800

2˝ Extension 20D208803

4˝ Extension 20D208802

3/4˝ SD (MB4F1 ONLY) 20D121100

Reaction Components Part No.

Mounting Flange -MB4F 20D208500

Mounting Flange -MB5F 20D209500

Spring Options Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output

Standard 20R201411

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Heavy Duty Spring 20R201442

EB55MB4F1-460 220 460 339 44 1.7 803 31.6 17.2 37.84
EB55MB4F1-620 165 620 457 44 1.7 803 31.6 17.2 37.84
EB55MB5F1-800 125 800 590 50 2 840 33.0 18.3 40.26

25mm 1˝ 25mm 1˝ SD

EB55MB5F1-1100 80 1100 811 50 2 863 34.0 18.3 40.26
EB55MB5F1-1500 60 1500 1106 50 2 870 34.3 19.2 42.24
EB55MB5F1-2000 50 2000 1475 50 2 870 34.3 19.2 42.24

46 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Inline Retractable Fixtured Tools
EB33MBF2-28 1590 28 20.6 28 1.13 443 17.4 2.56 5.63
EB33MBF2-40 1120 40 29.5 28 1.13 443 17.4 2.56 5.63

Specifications

Inline Retractable Fixtured Tools
64 to 2000 Nm

Inline Retractable Fixtured Options

3/8” Output

Output Options Part No.

Standard 20D102101

5˝ Extension 20D102106

Spring Options Part No.

Standard 20R201403

Heavy Duty Spring 20R201404

Reaction Components Part No.

Mounting Flange -MB3F 20D205600

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB55MB3F2-320 310 320 236 34 1.34 636 25 6.7 14.74 51mm 2˝ 19mm 3/4˝ SD

Inline Retractable Fixtured Options

1” Output

Output Options Part No.

Standard 20D208800

2˝ Extension 20D208803

4˝ Extension 20D208802

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output

3/4˝ SD (MB4F1 ONLY) 20D121100

Reaction Components Part No.
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Mounting Flange -MB4F 20D208500

EB55MB4F2-460 220 460 339 44 1.7 803 31.6 17.2 37.84

Mounting Flange -MB5F 20D209500

EB55MB4F2-620 165 620 457 44 1.7 803 31.6 17.2 37.84
EB55MB5F2-800 125 800 590 50 2 840 33.0 18.3 40.26

51mm 2˝ 25mm 1˝ SD

EB55MB5F2-1100 80 1100 811 50 2 863 34.0 18.3 40.26
EB55MB5F2-1500 60 1500 1106 50 2 870 34.3 19.2 42.24
EB55MB5F2-2000 50 2000 1475 50 2 870 34.3 19.2 42.24

48 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Offset Retractable Fixtured Tools (3/4”, 1”)
EB33
EB33MDF1-25 1590 25 18.4 13 0.51 443 17.5 3.1 6.78
EB33MDF1-36 1120 36 26.6 13 0.51 443 17.5 3.1 6.82
EB34, EB44
EB45, EB55

Specifications

Offset Retractable Fixtured Tools (2”)
5 to 225 Nm
Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB33MDF2-25 1590 25 18.4 13 0.51 535 21.1 3.2 7.1 51mm (2˝) 3/8˝ SD
Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB34MD1F2-48 830 48 35.4 17 0.67 599 23.6 4.8 10.56 51mm (2˝) 1/2˝ SD
Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB45MD2F2-125 465 125 92.2 19 0.75 663 26.1 10.9 24.0 51mm (2˝) 5/8˝ SD EB45MD2F2-170 355 170 125.4 19 0.75 663 26.1 10.9 24.0
EB55MD2F2-225 400 225 166 19 0.75 717 28.2 10.9 24.0

50 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Hold and Drive Fixtured Tools – 1” Output
22 to 220 Nm

1" H&D Lever Tool Options

H22 Output Part No.

Socket Options ~N4617

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103211

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103212

H22 Tang Holder Part No.

Female Tang Holder Options ~F4287

H22 Bit Holder Part No.

Bit Holder Options ~F4288

H22 Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

H26 Output Part No.

Socket Options ~F4285

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103601

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103602

H26 Tang Holder Part No.

Female Tang Holder Options ~H4948

H26 Bit Holder Part No.

Bit Holder Options ~H4947

H26 Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Travel

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

EB34MH22AV1-110 335 110 81.1 22 0.87 118.4 4.7 543 21.4 3.7 8.2
Handle Options Part No.
1˝ EB45MH26V1-220 260 220 162.3 26 1.02 117.5 4.6 527 20.8 6.0 13.2
EB55MH26V1-220 460 220 162.3 26 1.02 117.5 4.6 557 21.9 6.7 14.8

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

Mounting / Reaction Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Standard Reaction Bar Optional Base Mount Bracket
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 51
Tool Cable Options: EB-Series *
STEP 2 Select an extension for the selected whip number
STEP 1 Select a tool whip for the tool model
Fits EB12-EB33 non-fixtured tools
20C1073[##] Hi-Flex Lever Whip, Lite Cable [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
20C1076[##] Hi-Flex Lever Whip, Heavy Duty Cable [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
Fits EB12-EB55 non-fixtured tools
20C1078[##] 90° Jamnut Extension [##] = 01, 05, 10, 20 or 40 meters
20C1077[##] 90° Hi-Flex Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

90° Hi-Flex Lever Whip Adjusts to 10 Positions @ 36°

20C1075[##] Jamnut Extension [##] = 05, 10, 20 or 40 meters
20C1094[##] Hi-Flex 90° Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
Fits EB332-EB55 all fixtured tools
NOTES:

Jamnut cables have connectors that can be fixed to bulkheads.

READ INSTRUCTIONS

All Hi-Flex cables have an 8cm (3in) minimum bend radius.

20C1093[##] Hi-Flex Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

*Fits all EB-Series Lever Tools (and older EA and EC-Series Tools)

52 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Cable End Cable Lite / Heavy Duty Base Part # Cable Length EB12-EB33 EB34-EB55
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Lite 20C1073## 01 03 05 07 10 EB12-EB33 All non-Fixtured tools X
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1076## 01 03 05 07 10 EB12-EB33 All non-Fixtured tools EB34-EB55 All non-Fixtured tools
90 Degree Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1077## 01 03 05 07 10 EB12-EB33 All non-Fixtured tools EB34-EB55 All non-Fixtured tools
Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1094## 01 03 05 07 10 EB33-EB55 All Fixtured Style tools 90 Degree

Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1093## 01 03 05 07 10 EB33-EB55 All Fixtured Style tools

Straight
Option 1:

Example: Purchase Replacement Cables 20C107305 & 20C107520 to Transition to EB-Series Tools (This option requires all cables between the tool and the cable to be replaced)

— OR —

Option 2: 40% Less Expensive

Example: Purchase Replacement Cable 20C107305 and Adaptor 20C109900, use the existing festooned E-Series Extension Cable 20C1002##. (This option requires ONLY the cable attached to the extension cable to be replaced)

Previous Upgrade Path (Option 1)

Requires Replacement

EB-Series Whip Cable

EB-Series Extension Cable

Alternate Upgrade Path (Option 2)

E-Series Extension Cable

Requires Replacement

EB-Series Whip Cable 20C109900 Adaptor
Corded Tools Cable Options 53
Image
Tool Cable Options: E-Series
Fits E12 non fixtured lever tools
20C1046[##] Hi-Flex E1 Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
Fits E02 & E12 Bottom Exit Pistol Tools
Fits E23-E35 non fixtured tools
20C1034[##] Hi-Flex Whip, E02/34 Pistol or E23/34 Lever, [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
20C1001[##] 90° Hi-Flex E2 Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
Fits E02 & E12 Bottom Exit Pistol tools

*E12 does not apply

Fits E23-E55 non fixtured tools
20C1011[##] 90° Jamnut Extension [##] = 05, 10 or 20 meters
20C1000[##] Hi-Flex E2/5 Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

*E12 applications require a 20H103100 adaptor

20C1002[##] Jamnut Extension [##] = 05, 10 or 20 meters
20C1004[##] Hi-Flex 90° Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

READ INSTRUCTIONS

NOTES:

Tool adjusts to 10 positions @ 36°

Fits E02 & E12 Top Exit Pistol tools

Jamnut cables have connectors that can be fixed to bulkheads.

Fits E23-E55 fixtured tools

All Hi-Flex cables have an 8cm (3in) minimum bend radius.

20C1003[##] Hi-Flex Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

Please limit the total length of E tool cabling between a controller and an E tool to 30 meters.

READ INSTRUCTIONS

54 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Cable End Cable Lite / Heavy Duty Base Part # Cable Length E02 E12 E23-E35 E43-E55
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Lite 20C1046## 01 03 05 07 10 X E12 All Non-Fixtured Lever Tools X X
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Lite 20C1034## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E12 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All non- Fixtured tools X
90 Degree Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1001## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E12 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All non- Fixtured tools E43-E55 All non- Fixtured tools
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1000## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E12 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All non- Fixtured tools E43-E55 All non- Fixtured tools
90 Degree Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1004## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Top Exit Pistol Only E12 Top Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All fixtured style tools E43-E55 All fixtured style tools
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1003## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Top Exit Pistol Only E12 Top Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All fixtured style tools E43-E55 All fixtured style tools

Please limit the total length of E tool cabling between a controller and an E tool to 30 meters.

Option 1:

Example: Purchase Replacement Cables 20C107305 & 20C107520 to Transition to EB-Series Tools (This option requires all cables between the tool and the cable to be replaced)

— OR —

Option 2: 40% Less Expensive

Example: Purchase Replacement Cable 20C107305 and Adaptor 20C109900, use the existing festooned E-Series Extension Cable 20C1002##. (This option requires ONLY the cable attached to the extension cable to be replaced)

Previous Upgrade Path (Option 1)

Requires Replacement

EB-Series Whip Cable

EB-Series Extension Cable

Alternate Upgrade Path (Option 2)

E-Series Extension Cable

Requires Replacement

EB-Series Whip Cable 20C109900 Adaptor
Corded Tools Cable Options 55
Image
Image
B-Series Cordless Tools
Pistol push-to-start » 2.4 GHz to QBE Expert (QB4101),
(QB5100), or Network Node (QB0201)
communication to Network Node (QB0301)
or QBE Specialist (QB5300)

Specifications

Image
Image
B-Series Cordless Tools
B12PB Pistol Style B12PP Push-to-Start Style
B23LA Right Angle Lever Style
Specialty Outputs
B12LB Inline Lever Style
B12LA Right Angle Lever Style

58 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Angle Head Output
B33LA
Same Gearing / Output as STANLEY Corded Tools
THE STANLEY ADVANTAGE:
Only STANLEY offers a 60 Volt Cordless Tool
High Efficiency Brushless Motor
Multifunction Button (MFB)
Multi-function Display Panel
Comfort Grip Handle
Ergonomic Lever Start Trigger
Integrated Digital Control Circuit
Barcode Scanner or 802.15. GHz Wireless option module

(Inside Handle)

Micro-USB Port
Battery Pack Release Button

(Back of Handle)

Battery Pack
B33LA Right Angle Lever Style
B-Series Cordless Tools 59
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Pistol Grip Tools
1.2 to 14 Nm

Pistol Tool Options

B12 Output Options Part No.
ASK ABOUT CUSTOM OUTPUTS!

1/4˝ Square Drive 20D119302

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D119300

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D119301

Socket Lock Pin 1/4” SD Part No.

Lock Pin Plug A3090

Lock Pin A3060

Spring A3073

Socket Lock Pin 3/8” SD Part No.

Pin Stop L3401

Lock Pin 20D227800

Standard 1/4” Hex Quickchange Chuck

Spring 20R201413

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

B12P Reaction Components Part No.

Spacer (Default) 20D217000

Reaction Bar, Aluminum 17˝ 20K100103

Optional 1/4” Square Drive

Reaction Bar, Steel 17˝ 20K100104

Suspension Bail Part No.

Micro-USB Port Standard

Wire Bail A3061

Anti-Mar Protection Part No.

Battery Pack Cover - 4 Ahr 20R215400

Optional 3/8” Square Drive

Battery Pack Cover - 2 Ahr 20R215401

Battery Pack Options Part No.

Battery Pack, 2 Amp Hour 201R209202

Handle Options Part No.
Inline Style Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output

Barcode Scanner (Inline) 20H106100

Barcode Scanner (Push-to-Start) 20H106101

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options

Zigbee Radio (Inline) 20H106102

B12PB-5 1257 5 3.7 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5

Zigbee Radio (Push-to-Start) 20H106103

1/4˝ QC 1/4˝ or 3/8˝ SD B12PB-8 873 8 5.9 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
Programming Cable Part No.
B12PB-11 602 11 8.1 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
B12PB-15 375 15 11.0 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5

Programming Cable 36˝ 20C206600

Push-to-Start
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B12PP-5 1257 5 3.7 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
1/4˝ QC 1/4˝ or 3/8˝ SD B12PP-8 873 8 5.9 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
B12PP-11 602 11 8.1 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927- 2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Barcode Scanner Wireless Radio Programming Cable

60 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Angle Head Tools
1.6 to 16 Nm

Angle Tool Options

A13 Short Output (E12 Models) Part No.

3/8˝ Double-Ended, LH Thread 20D121912

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D121917

Flush Socket 12mm Max 20D121918

Optional Bail

Handle Options Part No.

Barcode Scanner 20H106300

Zigbee Radio 20H106301

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B12LA13-8 838 8 5.9 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 386.1 15.2 1.65 3.65 1.04 2.3 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝SD, 1/4˝QC or Flush
B12LA13-11 582 11 8.1 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 386.1 15.2 1.65 3.65 1.04 2.3 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝SD, 1/4˝QC or Flush
B12LA13-16 401 16 11.8 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 386.1 15.2 1.65 3.65 1.04 2.3 3/8˝ SD Flush

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Output Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Flush Quick Change
B-Series Cordless Tools 61
Angle Head Tools
2.4 to 95 Nm

Angle Tool Options

A15 Threaded Output 20D137503 Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138908

A15 Flush Output 20D137501 Part No.

Flush Socket 20D283200

A15 Output Splined 20D137504 Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138908

A15 Splined Flush 20D137505 Part No.

Flush Socket 20D283200

A18 Output Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D136500

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D136502

Flush Socket 20D136503

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Flush Socket 20D100021

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

A19 Splined Output Part No.

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Flush Socket 20D100106

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100107

A22A Output Part No.
Handle Options Part No.
Suspension Bails Part No.

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D100305

Barcode Scanner 20H106200

Wire Bail A3061

Flush Socket 20D100309

Zigbee Radio 20H106202

Swivel 20K101400

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100326

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B23LA13-12 665 12 8.8 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 537 21.2 2.41 5.3 1.74 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ QC
B23LA13-15 600 15 11 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 537 21.2 2.41 5.3 1.74 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ QC
B23LA13-17 460 17 12.5 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 537 21.2 2.41 5.3 1.74 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ QC
B23LA15-23 370 23 17 15 0.59 39.9 1.57 552 21.8 2.58 5.7 1.95 4.3 3/8˝ SD 1/2˝ SD
B23LA15-35 230 35 25.8 15 0.59 39.9 1.57 567 22.4 2.65 5.8 1.98 4.4 3/8˝ SD 1/2˝ SD
B23LA18-42 180 42 31 18 0.71 39.9 1.57 563 22.2 2.83 6.2 2.11 4.6 3/8˝ SD 1/2˝ SD
B23LA19-52 155 52 38.3 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 592 23.4 2.99 6.6 2.32 5.1 1/2˝ SD
B23LA19-70 140 70 51.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 653 25.7 3.61 7.9 2.95 6.5 1/2˝ SD
B23LA22A-95 105 95 70 22 0.87 47.9 1.9 660 26.0 3.61 7.9 3.45 7.6 1/2˝ SD

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

62 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Angle Head Tools
2.8 to 95 Nm

Angle Tool Options

A13 Short Output Part No.

3/8˝ Double-Ended, LH Thread 20D121912

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D121917

Flush Socket 12mm Max 20D121918

1/4˝ Square Drive 20D121919

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D121916

1/4˝ Magnetic Internal Hex 20D121920

A15 Threaded Output 20D137503 Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138908

A15 Flush Output 20D137501 Part No.

Flush Socket 20D283200

A15 Output Splined 20D137504 Part No.

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138908

A15 Splined Flush 20D137505 Part No.

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Flush Socket 20D283200

A18 Output Part No.

Optional Flush Socket Drive Optional Double Ended Drive

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D136500

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D136502

Handle Options Part No.

Flush Socket 20D136503

Barcode Scanner 20H106201

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Zigbee Radio 20H106203

Flush Socket 20D100021

Reaction Components Part No.
B33 / B44 Batteries Part No.
A19 Splined Output Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (<300 Nm) 20K100200

60V MAX/ 2AH Battery 21R209203

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Reaction Bar, Steel (>300 Nm) 20K100202

60V MAX/ 3AH Battery 21R209204

Flush Socket 20D100106

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

60V MAX/ 20V MAX Fast Charger 21R209402

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100107

Mounting Flange 20K100300

A22A Output Part No.
Suspension Bails Part No.

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D100305

Wire Bail A3061

Flush Socket 20D100309

Swivel 20K101400

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100326

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length* Weight w/ Battery* Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B33LA13-14 1698 14 10.3 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 561.7 22.1 2.77 6.1 1.72 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ SD or 1/4˝ QC
B33LA13-18 1372 18 13.3 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 561.7 22.1 2.77 6.1 1.72 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ SD or 1/4˝ QC
B33LA15-25 959 25 18.5 15 0.59 39.9 1.57 576.8 22.7 2.99 6.6 1.95 4.3 3/8˝ SD
B33LA15-40 525 40 29.5 15 0.59 39.9 1.57 592 23.3 3.04 6.7 2.0 4.4 3/8˝ SD
B33LA18-48 455 48 35.4 18 0.71 39.9 1.57 587.5 23.1 3.13 6.9 2.09 4.6 3/8˝ SD
B33LA19-55 439 55 40.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 617 24.3 3.36 7.4 2.31 5.1 1/2˝ SD
B33LA19-70 356 70 51.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 677.5 26.7 3.99 8.8 2.95 6.5 1/2˝ SD
B33LA22A-95 237 95 70 22 0.87 47.9 1.9 685.2 27.0 4.17 9.2 3.13 6.9 1/2˝ SD

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002). *Dimensions and weights are with the standard 60V Max/ 2AH Battery

B-Series Cordless Tools 63
Angle Head Tools
11 to 120 Nm

Angle Tool Options

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100021

A19 Splined Output Part No.

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Flush Socket 20D100106

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100107

A22A Output Part No.

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D100305

Flush Socket 20D100309

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100326

B33 / B44 Batteries Part No.

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

60V MAX/ 2AH Battery 21R209203

60V MAX/ 3AH Battery 21R209204

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

60V MAX/ 20V MAX Fast Charger 21R209402

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Reaction Components Part No.

Optional Flush Socket Drive Optional Double Ended Drive

Reaction Bar (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Suspension Bails Part No.
Handle Options Part No.

Swivel (Horizontal) 20K200000

Barcode Scanner 20H106201

Standard (Vertical) A3061

Zigbee Radio 20H106203

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length* Weight w/ Battery* Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B44LA19-55 573 55 40.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 715.3 28.2 5.2 11.5 3.94 8.69 1/2” SD
B44LA19-70 425 70 51.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 715.3 28.2 5.2 11.5 3.94 8.69 1/2” SD
B44LA22A-95 328 95 70 22 0.87 47.9 1.9 723.0 28.5 5.4 11.9 4.11 9.06 1/2” SD
B44LA22A-120 243 120 88.5 22 0.87 47.9 1.9 723.0 28.5 5.4 11.9 4.11 9.06 1/2” SD

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002). *Dimensions and weights are with the standard 60V Max/ 2AH Battery

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

64 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Inline Tools
1 to 11 Nm

Inline Tool Options

Output Options Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D119301

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D119300

1/4˝ Square Drive 20D119302

3/8” SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.

Optional Bail

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

Reaction Components Part No.

Reaction Bar, Aluminum (Default) 20K100103

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100104

Spacer 20D217000

Suspension Bails Part No.

Optional Reaction Bar

Standard 1/4” Quick Change Drive

Wire Bail A3061

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Swivel 20K101402

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Optional 3/8” Square Drive

Optional 1/4” Square Drive

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B12LB-5 1257 5 3.7 17.8 0.7 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LB-8 873 8 5.9 17.8 0.7 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LB-11 602 11 8.1 17.8 0.7 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LP-5 1257 5 3.7 20.4 0.8 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LP-8 873 8 5.9 20.4 0.8 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LP-11 602 11 8.1 20.4 0.8 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

B-Series Cordless Tools 65
Tubenut / Crowfoot Tools
2.6 to 50 Nm

Two Hand Anti Tiedown Options (Tubenut & Crowfoot)

2-Hand Anti Tiedown Part No.
Tubenut

B23/B33 20H106405

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Nose Radius “T” Thickness “W” Width “P” Length “L” Length Weight Maximum Hex Size Maximum Tube Size
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in
B23LT252-21 260 21 15.5 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.66 56 2.20 525 20.7 2.5 5.6 13 1/2 9.3 0.37 B23LT346-23 250 23 16.9 13 0.52 14 0.56 42 1.66 34 1.34 644 25.4 2.4 5.3 13 0.5 9.4 0.37 B23LT74-30 305 30 22.1 18 0.73 14 0.56 48 1.88 44 1.72 657 25.9 2.5 5.6 18 11/16 11.6 0.46 B23LT473-31 195 31 22.9 18 0.73 14 0.56 48 1.88 39 1.53 593 23.3 2.4 5.3 18 11/16 11.6 0.46 B23LT264-38 150 38 28.0 21 0.84 18 0.70 54 2.13 77 3.03 665 26.2 2.5 5.6 24 15/16 18.2 0.72 B23LT264-50 100 50 36.9 21 0.84 18 0.70 54 2.13 77 3.03 648 25.5 2.5 5.6 24 15/16 18.2 0.72 B33LT264-50 267 50 36.9 21 0.84 18 0.7 54 2.13 77 3.03 671.5 26.44 2.27 5 24 15/16 18.2 0.72 B44LT99-62 299 62 45.7 26 1.04 19 0.77 75 2.94 65 2.55 715.5 28.17 3.95 8.7 27 1-1/16 19 .755

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Crowfoot

P Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Nose Radius “T” Thickness “W” Width “P” Length “L” Length Weight Maximum Hex Size
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm in
B23LC550-13 460 13 9.6 13 0.5 9 0.37 25 1.00 77 3.05 629 24.8 2.5 5.6 13 0.5 B23LC624-14 478 14 10.3 21 0.81 14 0.55 38 1.5 75 2.95 582.2 22.92 2.4 5.3 19 0.75 B23LC390-15 335 15 11 11 0.43 16 0.63 22 0.87 51 1.99 642 25.3 2.4 5.3 13 0.5 B23LC477-15 383 15 11.1 12 0.47 16 0.63 32 1.25 161 6.33 714.3 28.12 2.6 5.73 13 0.5 B23LC501-18 340 18 13.3 13 0.52 17 0.65 38 1.48 123 4.85 728.5 28.68 2.27 5 15 0.625 B23LC216-26 225 26 19.1 13 0.5 14 0.56 30 1.19 47 1.86 660 26 2.4 5.3 13 0.5 B23LC521-30 180 30 22.1 13 0.5 16 0.63 32 1.25 45 1.76 611 24 2.5 5.6 13 0.5 B23LC29-37 160 37 27.3 21 0.81 14 0.56 38 1.50 43 1.70 590 23.2 2.5 5.6 19 0.75 B23LC566-38 155 38 28.0 21 0.81 21 0.81 38 1.50 43 1.70 593 23.3 2.4 5.3 19 0.75 B33LC601-65 237 65 47.9 21 0.81 17 0.66 38 1.5 71 2.78 780.5 30.73 2.72 6 19 0.75

66 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Hold and Drive Tools
8.4 to 42 Nm

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Travel
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
B23LH18V1-42 200 42 31 18 0.69 109 4.28 590 23.2 2 4.5 1˝ Tang
B23LH18V2-42 200 42 31 18 0.69 109 4.28 590 23.2 2.2 4.9 2˝ Tang
B23LH22AV1-80 103 80 59 22 0.87 115.06 4.53 612.8 24.1 3 6.6 1" Tang
B23LH22AV2-80 103 80 59 22 0.87 148.2 5.84 612.8 24.1 3.2 7.1 2" Tang

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

Hold and Drive Options

A Bit holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

A Tang holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

Typical Tang Options
Typical Tang Options

Male Hex

Female Torx

Travel Reach

Reach

Travel

Male Torx

Bolt/ Tang Nut Tang holder

Female Hex

Bolt Nut

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Rectangular

Minimum socket size to clear holder

NOTE: The bolt can extend beyond the nut no more than the specified travel distance when tightened.

B-Series Cordless Tools 67
Image
Image
Image
Powered by DEWALT
DEWALT Lithium Batteries and Chargers
DEWALT 20V, 2 AH AND 5 AH (18 VOLT, 5AH EUROPEAN MODEL) PLATFORM
» Estimated 2,200 fastening cycles per charge for 5 Ah*
» 3-LED Fuel Gauge indicator for immediate feedback on state of charge
DEWALT 60V, 2 AH AND 3 AH (54 VOLT, 2 AH EUROPEAN MODEL) PLATFORM
» Estimated 3,300 fastening cycles per charge for 2 Ah*
» 3-LED Fuel Gauge indicator for immediate feedback on state of charge

STANLEY Assembly Technologies cordless tools ship with one battery pack and one charger (North America only). Additional battery packs and chargers may be ordered separately:

ITEM DESCRIPTION

21R209202 20V Battery Pack, 2 Ah

N. AMERICA (NA)

21R209205 20V Battery Pack, 5 Ah

21R209402 20V / 60V Battery Charger

21R209203 60V, 2 Ah / 20V, 6 Ah Battery Pack

21R209204 60V, 3 Ah / 20V, 9 Ah Battery Pack

N566456 Battery Pack, 18V 2 Ah

E008 500 Battery Pack, 18V, 5 Ah

N630880 Charger 18V/54V/SINGLE/DCB118-QW

EUROPE

N630919 Battery 54, 2 Ah/18V, 6 Ah -108Wh-DCB546-XJ

N630923 Battery 54, 3 Ah/18V, 9 Ah -162Wh-DCB547-XJ

N630885 Charger, 18V/54V/SINGLE/DCB118-UK

N630892 Charger, 18V/54V/DOUBLE/DCB132-Europe

N630896 Charger, 18V/54V/DOUBLE/DCB132-UK

OPTIONS**

Barcode Scanner 802.15.4 Radio

B12 Pistol Grip 20H106100 B12 Pistol Grip 20H106102
B12 Push-to-Start Pistol 20H106101 B12 Push-to-Start Pistol 20H106103
B12 Lever Style 20H106300 B12 Lever Style 20H106301
B23 Lever Style 20H106200 B23 Lever Style 20H106202
B33/B44 Lever Style 20H106201 B33/B44 Lever Style 20H106203

Barcode Scanner Option 802.15.4 Wireless Radio Option

ACCESSORIES
Programming Cable 20C206600

Programming Cable

*Dependent on application and joint rate **QPM Cordless tool can accommodate one option (e.g., a barcode scanner OR an IEEE 802.15.4 radio

68 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Shown: 21R209204 — DEWALT 60V, 3 Ah / 20V, 9Ah Battery Pack, NA
Shown: 21R209205 — DEWALT 20V, 5 Ah Battery Pack, NA
Shown: 21R209402 — DEWALT 20V / 60V Battery Charger, NA
PROTECTIVE BOOT COVERS
20R215400 for 20V / 5 Ah battery pack 20R215401 for 20V / 2 Ah battery pack
B-Series Cordless Tool Batteries 69
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Option/Accessory Quick Reference Chart
EB Series (Corded Tools) B Series (Cordless Tools)
Lever Pistol Lever Pistol Angle Inline Angle Inline
Accessory
EB12 EB22/33 EB34/44 EB45/55 EB12 EB22/33 EB34/44 EB45/55 EB12 B12 B23/33 B44 B12 B12

6 - 13 Nm 13 - 60 Nm 55 - 120 Nm 120 - 400 Nm 2 - 14 Nm 16 - 40 Nm 55 - 120 Nm 140 - 2000 Nm 2 - 14 Nm 8 - 16 Nm 12 - 95 Nm 55 - 120 Nm 5 - 11 Nm 5 - 11 Nm

Wire (Suspension) Bail Std Opt Opt N/A Std Opt Opt N/A Std Std Opt Opt Std Std
Swivel Bail Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt N/A Opt Opt Opt Opt N/A

Opt (Std only on push to start)

Reaction Bar N/A N/A (Std only over 50 Nm) Std Std Std Std Std Std Opt N/A N/A (Std only over 50 Nm) Std
Rubber Grip Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

N/A (Std only on push to start)

N/A (Std only on push to start)

Headlights N/A Opt (EB33) Opt (EB34) N/A

Opt (EB33) Opt (EB34) N/A Std N/A Opt N/A

Forward Facing Lever N/A Avail Avail Avail N/A Avail Avail Avail N/A Avail Avail N/A Avail N/A
Extended Lever Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail N/A Avail N/A N/A Avail N/A
Two Hand Switch N/A Opt (EB33) Opt Opt N/A Opt (EB33) Opt Opt N/A N/A Opt N/A N/A N/A
Top Exit N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Opt N/A N/A N/A N/A Opt
Barcode Scanner or Zigbee N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt

70 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES QBE CONTROLLERS
QBE Controllers 71
Image
Image
THE QBE CONTROLLER PLATFORM delivers The QBE Controller platform includes
QBE Expert Controller is the premier
QBE Specialist Controller is a Multi-Spindle
QBE Advanced Controller is a Single Spindle
QBE Standard Plus Controller is a Single Spindle
QBE Node Controller is a Single Spindle
QBE Network Node Controller is a Cordless Tool
Ease of Use: QBE Expert, Specialist, Advanced

Specifications

Image
Image
How to Order
STEP 1:  Refer to the matrix on the specific controller page to identify the Model Number and Options based requirements.
STEP 2:  Select a power cord by the supply voltage and country, if required. Or select No Power Cord.
Power Cord Description Part No.
Power Cord Description Part No.

Argentina Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C105202

UK Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102202

Australia Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102103

Power Distribution Panel Cord, 1m 20C203401

Brazil Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102104

Power Distribution Panel Cord, 2m 20C203402

China Power Cord 230V, 2m 21C103905

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 2m 20C103802

Euro Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102102

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 4m 20C103804

Japan Power Cord 125V, 2m 20C102101

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 7m 20C103807

Japan Power Cord 250V, 2m 20C102105

Twist Lock Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C106302

US Power Cord 115V, 2m 20C102002

Twist Lock Power Cord 230V, 7m 20C106307

US Power Cord 115V, 7m 20C102007

GFI 30ma 250V Assembly for Europe 21E102300

US Power Cord 230V, 2m 21C103902

India Power Cord 250V, 2m 20C102106

PLINTH
STEP 3:  A plinth is selected as standard. If no plinth is required, select No Plinth.

• Quick-change mounting by hand

STEP 4: Select I/O Cable options, if required.

• Cable management and routing

I/O Mating Connector Description Standard/ Optional Part No.

24V I/O Mating Connector, Phoenix for Basic Alpha Standard 21C104806

FLOOR STAND • Top row of controllers require a 90° Extension.

24V I/O Mating Connector, Solder Cup (Standard, Advanced, Expert, Network Node) Standard 21C104800

24V I/O Mating Connector, Crimp Pins (Standard, Advanced, Expert, Network Node) Optional 21C104802

24V I/O Mating Connector, Crimp Pins, with Crimp Tool (Standard, Advanced, Expert, Network Node) Optional 21C104804

5M, 24V I/O Ext. Cable (I/O Connector to Pigtail) Optional 21C202005

• See pages 52-55 for Cable Options

20M, 24V I/O Ext. Cable (I/O Connector to Pigtail) Optional 21C202010

10M, 24V I/O Ext. Cable (I/O Connector to Pigtail) Optional 21C202020

I/O Bracket Assembly, 19-Pin to Phoenix Optional 21E102202

STEP 5: Select a floor stand, if required.
Floor Stand Description No. of Spindles Dimensions Part No.

Floor Stand Kit 1 to 6 198H x 61W x 56D cm 21F100404

Assembled System with Floor Stand 1 to 6 78H x 24W x 22D in Add /F to Model No.

Floor Stand Kit 7 to 12 198H x 61W x 88D cm 21F100402

Assembled System with Floor Stand 7 to 12 78H x 24W x 34.5D in Add /F to Model No.

Please Note: If UL or CSA certification are required, please contact the STANLEY team to have this quoted to you.
QBE Controllers 73
QBE Expert Controller
QBE Expert Controller is the premier Multi-Spindle Controller
BENEFITS:
• Large Touchscreen, Color Display and Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC, tablet, or smart phone
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• One Network Connection for Multiple Spindles

• Operates as a Standalone Controller or as the Lead Controller of a multiple (fixtured) system

• Manages up to 24 trailing spindles (Advanced or Nodes) or Cordless Tools

• A maximum of 15 Cordless Connections are supported

• An 802.11 b/g/n wireless access point for B-Series Cordless Tools to connect as trailing spindles

• Stores Trace Data for 30,000 Fastening Cycles for Corded Tools

• 255 jobs, 99 tasks, 12 steps including smart steps and all advanced strategies

• Includes a USB port, a plant network Ethernet port, a Spindle network Ethernet port, a Serial port, and an emulated PLC function

• Embedded Modbus TCP

• Fieldbus options: Profibus, Profinet, DeviceNet and Ethernet IP

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Spindles 1-24 connect using an isolated Ethernet Spindle Network
Ready
Ready
Ready
Fault
Fault
Fault

74 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Description
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
2 Programmable and Tool Ready LEDs
8 11 9
3 Display
4 Function Keys with Active Label Above
5 Maintenance Due Indicator
POWER USB
6 Numeric Keypad to Enter Numbers or Select Options
7 Cursor Keys with Center Button to Expand Lists
ETHERNET
SPINDLE
8 Power Switch
9 Alpha Toolbox Connector
10 USB Port for Data Transfer
11 Tool Connector
COM PORT
12 Plant Network Ethernet Connector
13 Spindle Network Ethernet Connector
14 24V DC Input/Output Connector
115/230VAC 50/60HZ 10 AMP 1/N/PE~
15 Optional Master DeviceNet Connector
! WARNING ! AVERTISSMENT

PROTECTED BY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING US PATENTS: 5,315,501 5,637,968 6,516,896

ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD To prevent injury disconnect power cord before removing cover
RISQUE DE DECHARGE ELECTRIQUE

Pour empecher des dommages debranches le cordon de secteur avant d enlever la couverture

16 Serial Port Connector
17 Power Input
18 Optional Fieldbus Connector(s)
Alpha Toolbox
Modbus/TCP
24V DC I/O
Ethernet
Serial
Standard Features
All Models      

Note: M12 Ethernet port available upon request. Contact STANLEY for more details.

M12 EtherNet/ IP ports
EtherNet/IP
PROFINET
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Alpha Model Number for Optional Features
Lead Devicenet
Available
GM Ports
QB4101-MGV   QB4101-MXV  QB4101-XEV  QB4101-XDV  QB4101-XGV  QB4101-XMV   QB4101-XNV  QB4101-XPV  QB4101-XXV
QBE Controllers 75
Image
Image
Image
QBE Specialist Controller
QBE Specialist Controller is a Multi-Spindle and Cordless Tool Controller
BENEFITS:
• Large Touchscreen, Color Display and Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC, tablet, or smart phone
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• Large touchscreen, color display and on-screen keypad

• Operates as the Lead Controller of a multiple (fixtured) system and manages up to 24 trailing spindles (Advanced or Nodes) or Cordless Tools

• A maximum of 15 Cordless Connections are supported

• 802.11 b/g/n and 802.15.4 (Option) wireless access point for B-Series Cordless Tools to connect as trailing spindles

• Includes a USB port, a plant network Ethernet port, a Spindle network Ethernet port, a Serial port, fieldbus options, and an emulated PLC function

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Spindles 1-24 connect using an isolated Ethernet Spindle Network
Ready
Ready
Ready
Fault
Fault
Fault

76 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
QB5100-MGV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-MXV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-XDV
QB5100-XEV
QB5100-XGV
QB5100-XMV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-XNV
QB5100-XPV
QB5100-XXV
QB5300-XXV IEEE 802.15.4

Specifications

Image
Image
Image
QBE Advanced Controller
QBE Advanced Controller is a Single Spindle Controller or a Lead Controller for a Dual-Spindle System
BENEFITS:
• Color Display with Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC through Ethernet
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• Two-line color display and soft key keypad

• Operates as a Standalone Controller or as part of a dual spindle system

• The Advanced controller can control up to 2 spindles including its own (typically Nodes or Advanced controllers can be used)

• Stores Trace Data for 30,000 Fastening Cycles

• 255 jobs, 99 tasks, 12 steps including smart steps and all advanced strategies

• Includes a USB port and 2 Ethernet ports, a Serial port, fieldbus options, an integrated PLC

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Ready
Fault
Dual Spindle Operation

78 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Description
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
2 Programmable and Tool Ready LEDs
8 11 9
3 Display
4 Function Keys with Active Label Above
5 Maintenance Due Indicator
POWER USB
6 Numeric Keypad to Enter Numbers or Select Options
7 Cursor Keys with Center Button to Expand Lists
ETHERNET
8 Power Switch
9 Alpha Toolbox Connector
10 USB Port for Data Transfer
11 Tool Connector
COM PORT
12 Plant / Spindle Network Ethernet Connectors
13 24V DC Input/Output Connector
14 Optional Master DeviceNet Connector
115/230VAC 50/60HZ 10 AMP 1/N/PE~
15 Serial Port Connector
! WARNING ! AVERTISSMENT

PROTECTED BY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING US PATENTS: 5,315,501 5,637,968 6,516,896

ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD To prevent injury disconnect power cord before removing cover
RISQUE DE DECHARGE ELECTRIQUE

Pour empecher des dommages debranches le cordon de secteur avant d enlever la couverture

16 Power Input
17 Optional Fieldbus Connector(s)
Alpha Toolbox
Modbus/TCP
24V DC I/O
Ethernet
Serial
Standard Features
All Models      

Note: M12 Ethernet port available upon request. Contact STANLEY for more details.

M12 EtherNet/ IP ports
EtherNet/IP
PROFINET
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Alpha Model Number for Optional Features
Lead Devicenet
Available
GM Ports
QB3101-MGV   QB3101-MXV  QB3101-XDV  QB3101-XEV  QB3101-XGV  QB3101-XMV   QB3101-XNV  QB3101-XPV  QB3101-XXV
QBE Controllers 79
Image
Image
Image
Color Display with Keypad
QBE Standard Plus Controller
QBE Standard Plus Controller is a Single Spindle
QB2201

Specifications

Image
Image
Controller used for trailing spindles in Multiple
QBE Node Controller
QBE Node Controller is a Single Spindle
QB0101

Specifications

Image
Controller for up to 6 B-Series Cordless Tools
QBE Network Node Controller
QBE Network Node Controller is a Cordless Tool
IEEE 802.15.4 wireless option communication to Network Node (QB0301)
QB0201 IEEE 802.11 b/g/n
QB0301

Specifications

Image
QB Spindle Disconnect Controllers
Node QB0111
Advanced QB3111-XXX
Expert QB4111-XXX
on an Advanced controller use QB3111-XPV to get the

Specifications

Alpha Toolbox Software
STANLEY Assembly Technologies – Alpha Toolbox Software for QBE Controllers
Alpha Toolbox, included in every QBE Controller, is used to program strategies, collect fastening cycle and trace data, and perform online diagnostics of the tool and controller. This powerful software utility enables:

• Tool configuration

• Tool diagnostics

• Data collection and maintenance intervals

• Advanced user integration

BENEFITS:

• No set-up is required

• Intuitive and Easy to Use

• Flexible Connectivity

QBE Controllers include a dedicated Alpha Toolbox port. This browser based software is executed from an Ethernet connection to the controller or wirelessly on a tablet, PC or phone. Simply connect a computer to the port, type “ATB.QPM” into a web browser and the software is available for use. The Wizard provided by STANLEY, offers an easy method to control programming directly from the keypad on the controller or with Alpha Toolbox. Users can also take advantage of advanced programming using Alpha Toolbox or Alpha Gateway software with a computer. For advanced, multiple tool systems, Alpha Toolbox includes a PLC Editor for easy integration.

84 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
AA-Series Tools
THE NEW AA SERIES PNEUMATIC NUTRUNNERS FROM STANLEY OFFERS AN INDUSTRY LEADING RANGE OF CLUTCH SHUT OFF TOOLS PROVIDING TOOL CHOICES THAT IMPROVE ASSEMBLY QUALITY, PRODUCTIVITY AND ERGONOMICS TO ENHANCE ASSEMBLY PROCESSES.

The adjustable clutch on the AA series nutrunners provides a high level of torque control for most general use applications. The tool’s output torque is controlled by adjusting a mechanical spring that provides axial force on steel balls rolling between indented plates. By providing smooth disengagement at a preset torque while minimizing vibration to the operator, these tools are a great choice for fastening applications requiring torque values from 4.5 to 118 Nm.

The same trusted quality outputs as the STANLEY QPM DC tools are used on these AA clutch tools reducing costly complexity and end user spare parts needs. Gearless reverse selection method also reduces parts and complexity for improved Mean Time To Repair (MTTR) and Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF).

AA clutch tools have a free speed air consumption rate of 14.2 liters/second (30 cfm) at 90 PSI (6 Bar).

Revolutionary new clutch measures torque after the gears providing a crisp and accurate shut-off with fewer moving parts
Outputs offer free range of ergonomic adjustments
Exceptionally durable, high- powered reversible motor design.
Gearless reverse selection method on the AA tools
Rear exhaust directs air away from the operator

AA Series Pneumatic Tools conform to ISO standards 28927-2 and 15744 for noise and vibration. Actual vibration of AA23 and AA33 series tools is < 2.5 m/sec . AA23 series tools’ noise was measured at 79 dBA sound pressure levels. AA33 series tools’ noise was measured at 85 dBA sound pressure levels. AA33 series tools’ noise was measured at 96 dBA sound power level.

AA-Series Tools 85
Image
AA Angle Tools
AA23LA14-9 1550 9 6.6 14 0.55 36 1.4 312.6 12.3
AA23LA13-14
AA23LA14-18 840 18 13.3 14 0.55 36 1.4 312.6 12.3
AA33LA14-18 A22 Output Part No.
AA23LA14-22 665 22 16.2 14 0.55 36 1.4 312.6 12.3
AA33LA14-25 1/2˝ Double-Ended 20D100326
AA33LA14-28 500 28 20.7 14 0.55 36 1.4 352.2 13.9
485 30 22.1 18 0.71 39 1.5 315.0 12.4 1.6
AA33 Handle Part No.
AA33LA19-59 335 59 43.5 19 0.75 46.4 1.8 390.8 15.4
AA33LA19-70 250 70 51.6 19 0.75 46.4 1.8 390.8 15.4

Specifications

AA Inline Tools
AA23 Handle Part No.
AA33 Handle Part No.
AA23LB-11 1280 11 8.1 22.7 0.89 328.4 12.9 1.5 3.2
AA23LB-15 990 15 11.1 22.7 0.89 322.4 12.7 1.5 3.2
AA23 Handle Part No.
AA23LB-21 680 21 15.5 22.7 0.89 322.4 12.7 1.5 3.2
AA33LB-32 630 32 23.6 22.7 0.89 350.9 13.8 1.6 3.6
AA33LB-40 500 40 29.5 22.7 0.89 350.9 13.8 1.6 3.6
AA33LB-54 370 54 39.8 22.7 0.89 350.9 13.8 1.6 3.6

Specifications

AA Hold & Drive Tools
14 to 110 Nm

AA Hold & Drive Options

H18 Output Part No.

Socket Options 20D905700

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124600

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124601

Travel

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124602

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124603

H18 Tang Holder Part No.

Tang Holder Options ~20D905601

H18 Bit Holder Part No.

Bit Holder Options ~20D905600

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel 20K101400

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Standard B3432

Mounting Flange-B 20K101000

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Travel
AA23LH18V1-28 485 28 20.7 18 0.71 131.9 5.2 341.7 13.5 1.8 4.0
H22 Output Part No.
25mm (1˝) AA33LH18V1-46 343 46 33.9 18 0.71 131.9 5.2 387.8 15.3 1.9 4.18

Socket Options 20D911000

AA33LH22AV1-99 175 99 73 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103211

AA33LH22AV1-110 141 110 81 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103212

AA23LH18V2-28 485 28 20.7 18 0.71 190.3 7.5 341.7 13.5 1.8 4.0
50mm (2˝) AA33LH18V2-46 343 46 33.9 18 0.71 190.3 7.5 387.8 15.3 1.9 4.18

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103213

AA33LH22AV2-99 175 99 73 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103214

AA33LH22AV2-110 141 110 81 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26
H22 Tang Holder Part No.

Tang Holder Options ~F4287

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

H22 Bit Holder Part No.

Hold & Drive Options

Bit Holder Options 20D911100

A Bit holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

A Tang holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

AA23 Handle Part No.

NPT Air Inlet 20H103700

ISO Air Inlet 20H103701

Typical Tang Options
Typical Tang Options
AA33 Handle Part No.

NPT Air Inlet 20H103800

ISO Air Inlet 20H103801

Female Torx

Reaction Bar Part No.

Male Hex

Travel Reach

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100000

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Reach

Bolt/ Tang Nut Tang holder

Female Hex

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

Travel

Male Torx

Swivel Suspension Bails Part No.

Bolt Nut

Non-Splined 20K101400

Rectangular

Splined 20K200000

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Minimum socket size to clear holder

AA Tool Adjustment Screwdriver 20K401900

NOTE: The bolt can extend beyond the nut no more than the specified travel distance when tightened.

88 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
AA Crowfoot Tools
AA23 Handle Part No.
AA33 Handle Part No.
AA23LC550-10 950 10 7.4 13 0.5 9 0.37 25 1
AA23LC106-13 745 13 9.6 12.7 0.50 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
AA23LC550-14 655 14 10.3 13 0.5 9 0.37 25 1
AA23LC8-14 745 14 10.3 13 0.5 16 0.64 25 1
AA23LC385-17 540 17 12.5 11.9 0.47 15.9 0.63 31.8 1.25
AA23LC308-19 505 19 14 13.5 0.53 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA23LC297-21 450 21 15.5 16.0 0.63 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA23LC66-21 450 21 15.5 16.0 0.63 21.3 0.84 31.8 1.25
AA23LC521-30 285 30 22.1 13.0 0.51 16.0 0.63 32.0 1.25
AA33LC362-25 470 25 18.4 13 0.5 16 0.63 26 1.02
AA33LC516-30 420 30 22.1 13.0 0.51 16.0 0.63 32.0 1.25
AA33LC29-31 390 31 22.9 21.0 0.81 14.0 0.55 38.1 1.50
AA33LC308-31 420 31 22.9 13.5 0.53 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA33LC297-35 370 35 25.8 16.0 0.63 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA33LC484-36 330 36 26.6 16 0.63 21 0.83 32 1.25
AA33LC66-40 325 40 29.5 16.0 0.63 21.3 0.84 31.8 1.25
AA33LC97-47 235 47 34.7 21.6 0.81 21.3 0.84 38.0 1.48
AA33LC506-50 235 50 36.9 33.0 1.30 17.0 0.68 66.0 2.60
AA33LC298-53 250 53 39.1 13.2 0.52 20.9 0.82 38.1 1.50
AA33LC187-54 170 54 39.8 21 0.81 15 0.58 38 1.5
AA33LC162-55 225 55 40.6 13.2 0.52 20.9 0.82 38.1 1.50
AA33LC499-58 210 58 42.8 13.2 0.52 16.5 0.65 38.0 1.48
AA33LC632-64 180 64 47.2 17 0.66 17 0.66 38 1.5
AA33LC31-70 170 70 51.6 20.6 0.81 27.9 1.10 38.1 1.50

Specifications

AA Repair Accessories

AA Tool Motor Service Kits

Descriptions Part Number
AA23 Motor Housing Service Kit 20M103400
AA33 Motor Housing Service Kit 20M103401
AA23 Motor Service Parts (Certified repair center only) 20M103450
AA33 Motor Service Parts (Certified repair center only) 20M103451
AA22 / 33 Handle Rebuild Kit 20H104800
AA22 / 33 Clutch Service Kit 20G110400
AA22 / 33 Clutch Shut-Off Overhaul Kit 20G110600
AA22 / 33 Clutch Adjuster Overhaul Kit 20G110500
Each of these tools is required to repair the AA motor. It is recommended to buy the complete kit once then any one of the components as needed when they wear out.

AA Motor Repair Tools

Descriptions Part Number
AA Motor Assembly / Disassembly Tool Kit (contains 1-each of the parts below) 20V102400
Motor Assembly Block 20V202001
Rear Bearing Press Tool 20V102300
Motor Bearing Removal Tool 20V202600
Motor Front Bearing Removal Tube 20V203200
Rear Bearing Removal Press Tool 20V201900
Motor Rear Bearing Removal Tube 20V203300

20V102400 AA Motor Repair Tool Kit Parts

Descriptions Part Number
Throttle Seat Install Tool 20V102000
Throttle Lever Install Tool 20V102100
Rear Bearing Press Tool, AA2/3 20V102300
A13-19 Assembly Tool 20V200700
Clutch Cam Assembly Install Tool 20V201400
Rear Brg Removal Press Tool, AA2/3 20V201900
Motor Assembly Block, AA2/3 20V202001
Motor Bearing Removal Tool, AA2/3 20V202600
Throttle Seat Install Plug AA2/3 20V202800
Motor Front Bearing Removal Tube 20V203200
Motor Rear Bearing Removal Tube 20V203300
QPM #3 Gear Case To Angle Head Socket 20V204000

See AA Tool Manual for Use.

90 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

DC Electric Headlight Aim Tools
STANLEY offers durable tools for production headlight aiming systems with models that fit most alignment systems . In production, the operator typically positions one tool each on the horizontal and vertical adjusting screws. The headlight aiming system controls the direction and rotation of the tools to adjust the headlight.

Torque capacity, not critical to the application, ranges from 3 to 11 Nm (24 to 94 lb-in). Each tool includes the specified connector either on the tool end or specified system interface cable.

TOOL DURABILITY MINIMIZES PRODUCTION DOWN TIME

One-piece high strength T7075 aluminum housing as rugged as steel. Tool weighs 1.8 Kg (4 lb) excluding crowfoots.

A RANGE OF MODELS TO FIT YOUR SYSTEM

Connectors and pin-outs that fit different alignment systems. Straight, Right Angle and Crowfoot heads.

Rated Speed Cable Length Connector Drive Output
Model RPM M ft Standard
S30-388 149 0 0 AMP 97-3102A-14S-6P(115) 1/4˝ SD Right Angle
S30-390 224 0 0 AMP 97-3102A-14S-P(115) 1/4˝ Hex Inline

Crowfoot outputs are available upon request.

Specialty Tools 91
COMPLETE ENGINEERED SYSTEMS SOLUTIONS
Complete Engineered Systems Solutions
Single and multi-spindle systems include the complete line of STANLEY DC electric assembly tools. Available features include spindle synchronization, cycle complete operation, absorption of reaction torque and operator feedback with error-proofing options. A complete line of torque tubes and articulating arm systems can balance loads to 500 pounds and maintain torque reaction to 5,000 Nm.

Custom solutions are matched to unique assembly needs using extensive engineering experience, a complete line of assembly spindles, process controllers and tightening strategies. Some examples are flywheel indexing, wheel bearing end play, articulated jibs and high torque crowfoot tools. STANLEY also builds full and semi-automated systems, as well as offline subassembly stations.

Engineered Systems capabilities include custom design and build services, joint analysis, total project management, installation, start-up services and technical support. Our engineers are experts in evaluating your needs and converting them into solutions that improve the productivity, ergonomics and quality of your manufacturing operations. Armed with the skills to anticipate and prevent potential problems, STANLEY designs systems on which you can rely to deliver the performance and reliability you demand.

World-Class Technical Support

As a supplier to the assembly market, STANLEY has developed a global sales and service network to support the manufacturing operations of our customers. STANLEY offers many levels of customer support, from basic maintenance and operator training to full service repair facilities and maintenance service contracts.

94 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
ACCOUNTABILITY — From Turnkey Systems to Components & Support

STANLEY can design custom tailored solutions that meet the specific requirements of your application, your site, and your company’s design standards and specifications.

PRODUCTIVITY — System Optimization Reduces Cycle Times

» Synchronous tightening strategies enable simultaneous assembly using multiple spindle configurations

» Automated and semi-automated tool handling reduces labor

» Faster tools reduce rundown time

» System design optimizes operator motion

QUALITY — Increase and Verify Assembly Quality

» Error proofing ensures complete assembly

» Data collection and interface with plant control systems

» Multi-step and sequenced rundowns use specialized fastening control strategies

» Bar coding enables traceability

ERGONOMICS — Torque Reaction Design Expertise

» Ergonomic solutions improve worker productivity at reduced strain levels

» High-torque applications (up to 5,000 Nm)

» Return on Investment — Lower Total Cost of Ownership

» Lowered costs on materials and labor

» Reduced times for setup, fastening, rework and maintenance

» Increased quality, productivity, ergonomics and flexibility

STANLEY Components and Support Services

STANLEY supports internal project managers with the capability needed for their installations, including tools and controllers, floor-mounted subassembly systems, tool and product handling components, cable management, low cost fixtured kits and other accessories. Support Services include installation supervision, startup support, refurbishment, on and off site calibration, as well as training and field service / repair.

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 95
TURNKEY SYSTEM DESIGN & CONTROL STRATEGIES
Comprehensive Project Management from Proposal to Customer Approval
STANLEY Turnkey Solutions:

• Application engineering

• Comprehensive system design capabilities including estimates, specification, manufacturing and flexible component sourcing

STANLEY OFFERS THESE IMPORTANT ADVANTAGES:

• A menu of standard and customized solutions apply to a wide range of applications

• Integrated supplier (all tools, controllers, accessories, etc., plus design and installation / support services from a single source) for assured, seamless system integration

• Project scheduling

• System integration

• Full project management accountability with single point contact

• Installation / Startup

• PLC Software, custom ladder

• Documentation

• Training

TYPICAL PROJECT MILESTONES:
Customer Approval & Delivery

Parts Ordered Parts Received, Assembled, Tested

System Drawing Submitted for Approval

STANLEY Engineer Designs System

Purchase Order Generated

Project Parameters Determined

Control Strategies Tailored To Your Applications

Whether your tightening applications require a single strategy for assembly to a target torque level or a series of strategies that can monitor material properties and/ or component position, STANLEY gives you the control you need. Each strategy consists of a complete set of parameters to control and / or audit torque, angle, time, speed and power. Multiple strategies advance in sequence, invisible to the operator, or pause the tool briefly to manage direction changes, multiple spindle synchronization or relaxation and crosstalk effects.

EXAMPLE CONTROL STRATEGIES

Yield Control strategies sense change in torque versus angle rate. Torque Recovery overcomes crosstalk on multiple spindles.

96 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

STANLEY SOLUTIONS IN ACTION
Multi-Spindle Fixtured Tools
SEMI-AUTOMATION
TRUNNION MOUNT STYLE
BOLT-HOLDING

Off road final drive assembly machine

Secures fasteners in randomly oriented bolt circle

Holds bolt stationary while securing nut

Custom Configurations
FLYWHEEL INDEXER
Secures torque converter to flywheel ARTICULATED ARMS AND JIBS
HIGH-TORQUE CROWFOOT TOOLS
WHEEL BEARING END-PLAY

Multi-step strategy achieves end play spec

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 97
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
ENGINEERED SYSTEMS COMPONENTS
With torque capacity ranging from 40 to 2000 Nm, STANLEY QPM threaded fastening solutions come in multiple geometries and fit the most critical assembly requirements. Real time monitoring, analysis, diagnostics and configurations are available plant wide, with networked controls.
STANLEY SYSTEM COMPONENTS INCLUDE

• Tools • Controllers • Power Modules • Floor Mounted Subassembly Systems • Tool / Product Handling Components

» Torque Tubes » Arms » Balancers » Rails • Cable Management / Festooning Kits • Low-cost fixtured kits for basic assembly needs • Accessories

480V AC POWER MODULES FOR QPM SYSTEMS

• 3.4, 7.5, 12 and 24kVA transformers deliver consistent 220V AC output to each receptacle

» One receptacle is always “live”

Cable routing / festooning kits

» Alpha receptacles controlled by E-Stop circuit

» All receptacles protected with 10A circuit breakers • Extended I/O Capability

» Allen-Bradley compact block I/O available (uses DeviceNet for communication) » Built-in 24VDC power supply, rated @ 2A for discreet I/O

» 72-PIN Harting connector for discreet I/O • Lockable, knife-edge disconnect with emergency stop button to disable all modules • Available floor stand with mounting plate for easy installation of all modules • Cabinet is NEMA-12 rated • UL / CSA Approved option

NETWORKING & ERROR PROOFING SOLUTIONS

• Manage as many as 24 assembly tools • Internal soft PLC for custom process control • Ethernet, Fieldbus or serial communication

98 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
SVB VERTICAL BALANCERS — CLEVIS INTERFACE
Max Balancing Capacity @ 65 psi: 34 kg (75 lb) to 277 kg (610 lb)

12" Min.

Vertical Balancers maintain vertical position with horizontal movement for tools without torque reaction impulse such as multiple spindle nutrunners or material handling end effectors. Standard configurations range in vertical travel from 15 to 91cm (6 to 36 in) and balancing capacity from 34 to 277 kg (75 to 610 lb). Custom travel distances and balancing capacities are available. Specify vertical travel “V” from 15 to 91cm (6 in to 36 in).

“E” Fully Extended

• Zero-gravity tool balancing reduces operator fatigue

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned to ensure reliable operation

• Rugged and simple construction

• Single trolley interfaces with common overhead rails

Includes Suspension Trolley

Model Number Build

SVB ### X ##

Cylinder Size “E” + 2”V”
“V” Vertical Travel

kg lbs cm in

cm in

34 75 150 27.6 10.9 55 120 200
6 15 6
12 30 12
97 215 250 29 11.4
18 46 18
176 390 325 32 12.6 277 610 400
24 60 24
30 76 30
36 91 36
Trolley Suspension

Options: • Special Tool Holders and Interfaces • Dual and Triple Balance Air Logic • Dual Trolleys

4˝ I-Beam Trolley A
6˝ I-Beam Trolley B
3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley C
Unified ETA-4 Trolley D
Unified ETA-8 Trolley E
Demag KBKI Trolley F
Demag KBKII-L Trolley G
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 H
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 I
Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 99
Image
STT075 LIGHT DUTY TORQUE TUBES
Max Torque: 135 Nm (100 ftlb); Max Balancing Capacity @ 65 psi: 24 kg (55 lb)

STT075 Light Duty Torque Tubes offer zero-gravity balancing and absorb the torque reaction for nutrunner applications to 135 Nm (100 ftlb). A rugged design has balancing capacity for single or multiple spindle nutrunners to 34 kg (75 lb). The torque tube protects the operator from nutrunner torque reaction impulse. Fixtured tool orientation increases fastening accuracy and consistency. Specify vertical travel “V” from 15 to 60 cm (6 to 24 in). Custom travel distances and balancing capacities are available.

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Either swivel or fixed tool interface, clevis interface optional

Includes Suspension Trolley

• Single or dual trolley suspension with common overhead rails

Swivel Fixed

• Options: Special Tool Holders and Interfaces, Dual and Triple Balance Air Logic, Dual Bridges, Other Trolleys including Anti-kickup, Clevis STT075CL

Model Number Build

STT 075 XX 150 X or XX ##

Clevis Option STT075CL

Tool Interface
“V” Vertical Travel

cm in

Fixed FX
6 15 6
12 30 12
18 46 18
Swivel SW
Single Trolley Trolley Suspension Dual Trolley
24 60 24
A 4˝ I-Beam Trolley AA
B 6˝ I-Beam Trolley BB
C 3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley CC
D Unified ETA-4 Trolley DD
E Unified ETA-8 Trolley EE
F Demag KBKI Trolley FF
G Demag KBKII-L Trolley GG
H IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 HH
I IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 II

Note: Single Trolleys not recommended for torque reaction applications.

100 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

STT100 MEDIUM DUTY TORQUE TUBES
Max Torque: 270 Nm (200 ftlb); Max Balancing Capacity @ 65 psi: 56 kg (125 lb) or 90 kg (200 lb)

STT100 Medium Duty Torque Tubes offer zero-gravity balancing and absorb the torque reaction for nutrunner applications to 270 Nm (200 ftlb). A rugged design, suitable for line tracking, has balancing capacity for single or multiple spindle nutrunners to 56 kg (125 lb) or 90 kg (200 lbs). The torque tube protects the operator from nutrunner torque reaction impulse. Fixtured tool orientation increases fastening accuracy and consistency. Specify vertical travel “V” from 15 to 60 cm (6 to 24 in). Custom travel distances and balancing capacities are available.

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Either swivel or fixed tool interface, clevis interface optional

• Single or dual trolley suspension with common overhead rails

Swivel Fixed

• Options: Special Tool Holders and Interfaces, Dual and Triple Balance Air Logic, Dual Bridges, Other Trolleys including Anti-kickup, Clevis STT100CL

Model Number Build

STT 100 XX 150 ### X or XX ##

Clevis Option STT100CL

Tool Interface
“V” Vertical Travel
Cylinder Size

cm in

kg lb

Fixed FX
6 15 6
200 56 125
12 30 12
250 90 200
18 46 18
Swivel SW
Single Trolley Trolley Suspension Dual Trolley
24 60 24
A 4˝ I-Beam Trolley AA
B 6˝ I-Beam Trolley BB
C 3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley CC
D Unified ETA-4 Trolley DD
E Unified ETA-8 Trolley EE
F Demag KBKI Trolley FF
G Demag KBKII-L Trolley GG
H IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 HH
I IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 II

Note: Single Trolleys not recommended for torque reaction applications.

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 101
STT125 HEAVY DUTY TORQUE TUBES
Max Torque: 677 Nm (500 ftlb); Max Balancing Capacity @ 65 psi: 75 kg (175 lb) or 150 kg (350 lb)

STT125 Heavy Duty Torque Tubes offer zero-gravity balancing and absorb the torque reaction for nutrunner applications to 677 Nm (500 ftlb). A rugged design, suitable for line tracking, has balancing capacity for single or multiple spindle nutrunners to 75 kg (175 lb) or 150 kg (350 lbs). The torque tube protects the operator from nutrunner torque reaction impulse. Fixtured tool orientation increases fastening accuracy and consistency. Specify vertical travel “V” from 15 to 90 cm (6 to 36 in). Custom travel distances and balancing capacities are available.

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Either swivel or fixed tool interface, clevis interface optional

• Single or dual trolley suspension with common overhead rails

Swivel Fixed

• Options: Special Tool Holders and Interfaces, Dual and Triple Balance Air Logic, Dual Bridges, Other Trolleys including Anti-kickup, Clevis STT125CL

Model Number Build

STT 125 XX 150 ### X or XX ##

Clevis Option STT125CL

Tool Interface
“V” Vertical Travel
Cylinder Size

cm in

kg lb

Fixed FX
6 15 6
250 75 175
12 30 12
325 150 350
18 46 18
Swivel SW
24 60 24
Single Trolley Trolley Suspension Dual Trolley
36 90 36
A 4˝ I-Beam Trolley AA
B 6˝ I-Beam Trolley BB
C 3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley CC
D Unified ETA-4 Trolley DD
E Unified ETA-8 Trolley EE
F Demag KBKI Trolley FF
G Demag KBKII-L Trolley GG
H IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 HH
I IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 II

102 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

ARTICULATING ARMS
Arm Selection

1. Select an arm model with the required balancing capacity for the job. For single nutrunners, verify the torque capacity. 2. Check that the “Vertical Travel”, “Reach”, “D” and “F” dimensions meet the requirements of the job. Use the overhead diagram for the noted models and variables such as offset arms or mounting type. 3. Select any required options.

Articulating Arms
Reach @ Torque Zero / Max Reach “D” “F”
Max Torque Balancing Capacity Vertical Travel Mount Type
Duty Level Arm Model

ft lb Nm lb Kg in cm in cm in cm in cm in cm

TLA-30 50 68 25 12 7 17

36 91.6 29 73.6 12 30.5 15 38

Light

THA-48 150 205 40 17 16 406 51 129.5 41 104 10-13.5 25-34

Clevis

LAC 200 275 155 - 35 71-16 12 - 30 31-76 36 - 96 91 - 243 29 - 77 73 - 195 12-36 30-91

24-60 6-152 Medium MAC 500 675 190 - 30 87-13 14 - 36 36-91 36 - 132 91 - 335 29 - 106 73 - 269 MAS Swivel 12-72 30-182
Heavy HAS 1000 1356 345 - 30 157-13 36 - 152 91 - 386 29 - 125 73 - 317 12-96 30-243
Additional Cost Options
Duty Level Arm Model Offset Arm End of Arm Swivel Swivel w/Brake Tool Holders

TLA-30 N/A

Light

THA-48 N/A

Yes Medium MAC
Heavy HAS
Standard Arm Coverage Symmetric about the outside radius
Clevis Mount Enables 220° rotation of the articulating arm assembly. Models: TLA, THA, LAC, MAC
Swivel Mount Enables 360° rotation of the articulating arm assembly. Models: MAS, HAS

"D" "F"

"D" "F"

End of Arm Swivel with Brake End of Arm Swivel

Offset Arm Coverage Enables coverage of the interior area by folding inward
Clevis Mount Enables 220° rotation of the articulating arm assembly. Models: LAC, MAC
Swivel Mount Enables 360° rotation of the articulating arm assembly. Models: MAS, HAS

"D" "D"

Straight Tool Angle Tool with Remote Start Handle

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 103
LIGHT DUTY ARTICULATING ARMS
TLA-30 Light Duty Table Mounted Articulating Arm
MAX TORQUE: 68 NM (50 FTLB); MAX BALANCING CAPACITY @ 65 PSI: 12 KG (25 LB)
THA-48 Heavy Duty Table Mounted Articulating Arm
51 ˝ Max
MAX TORQUE: 205 NM (150 FTLB); MAX BALANCING CAPACITY @ 65 PSI: 17 KG (40 LB)

• Ergonomics Improve Operator Interface

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Increases Fastening Accuracy and Consistency

• Eliminates operator effects on results by absorbing the torque reaction impulse

OPTIONS:

• End of Arm Swivel • End of Arm Swivel with Brake (THA-48 only) • Special Tool holders and Interfaces • Floor Mounted Pedestals • Overhead Bridge

“D” Length “F” Length “V” Travel Max Torque Balancing Capacity
Model mm in mm in mm in Nm ftlb kg lb
TLA-30 305 12 381 15 177 7 68 50 12 25
THA-48 305 12 229 - 342 9 -13.5 406 16 205 150 17 40

104 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

LAC Light Duty Articulating Arm — Clevis Mount
MAX TORQUE: 275 NM (200 FTLB); MAX BALANCING CAPACITY @ 65 PSI: 41 KG (90 LB) OR 71 KG (155 LB)
LAC Light Duty Articulating Arm offers interfaces for overhead bridge, floor pedestal or special mounting.

OPTIONS:

• Ergonomics Improve Operator Interface

• Eliminates operator effects on results by absorbing the torque reaction impulse

• Special Toolholders and Interfaces

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Features Ensure Reliable Operation

• End of Arm Swivel or Swivel with Brake

• Offset Arm

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned

• Inverted Forearm and Cylinder

• Increases Fastening Accuracy and Consistency

• Dual and Triple Balance Air Logic

End of Arm Swivel with Brake End of Arm Swivel

Connects to O verhead Bridge (See pages 152-154) or Floor Pedestal (See page 155) with Clevis Mount.

Angle Tool with Remote Start Handle

Model Number Build

LAC ## B or C ##

“F” Forearm Length “V” Vertical Travel
B (2.5˝) C (3˝)
“D” Dumbell Length
Cylinder Size Max Balancing Capacity

cm in

cm in cm in

12 30 12
61 24 31 12 24

kg lb kg lb

18 46 18
76 30 38 15 30

41 90 71 155

24 60 24
91 36 46 18 36

33 70 57 125

30 76 30
107 42 53 21 42

27 60 47 105

36 91 36
122 48 61 24 48

23 50 40 90

137 54 69 27 54

20 45 35 75

152 60 76 30 60

18 40 31 70

16 35 22 50

Note: Capacity @ 65 psi

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 105
MEDIUM DUTY ARTICULATING ARM
Clevis Mount (MAC)
MAX TORQUE: 675 NM (500 FTLB); MAX BALANCING CAPACITY @ 65 PSI: 42 KG (70 LB) OR 87 KG (190 LB)
MA Medium Duty Articulating Arm offers interfaces for overhead bridge, floor pedestal or special mounting.

• Ergonomics Improve Operator Interface

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Increases Fastening Accuracy and Consistency

• Eliminates operator effects on results by absorbing the torque reaction impulse

• Features Ensure Reliable Operation

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned

• Safety check valves maintain load position if a sudden loss of supply air pressure occurs

Connects to Overhead Bridge (See pages 108-110) or Floor Pedestal (See page 111) with Clevis Mount.

Model Number Build

MA C or S ## A, B or C ##

Mounting Type
“D” Dumbell Length Mounting Type cm in
Clevis C
Swivel S A (2˝) B (2.5˝) C (3˝)
12 31 12
Cylinder Size Max Balancing Capacity
18 46 18
“F” Forearm Length “V” Vertical Travel
24 61 24

C or S

kg lb kg lb kg lb

30 76 30

cm in cm in

32 70 53 115 87 190

36 91 36
61 24 31 12 24

26 55 43 95 70 155

42 107 42
76 30 38 15 30

22 45 35 75 55 120

48 122 48
91 36 46 18 36

19 40 30 65 49 110

54 137 54
107 42 53 21 42

16 35 26 55 43 95

60 152 60
122 48 61 24 48

14 30 23 50 38 95

66 168 66
137 54 69 27 54

13 30 21 45 35 75

72 188 72
152 60 76 30 60

Note: Capacity @ 65 psi

106 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

HEAVY DUTY ARTICULATING ARM
Swivel Mount
MAX TORQUE: 1356 NM (1000 FTLB); MAX BALANCING CAPACITY @ 65 PSI: 49 KG (110 LB), 88 KG (195 LB), OR 157 KG (345 LB)
HAS Heavy Duty Articulating Arm offers interfaces for overhead bridge, floor pedestal or special mounting.

• Ergonomics Improve Operator Interface

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Increases Fastening Accuracy and Consistency

• Eliminates operator effects on results by absorbing the torque reaction impulse

• Features Ensure Reliable Operation

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned

• Safety check valves maintain load position if a sudden loss of supply air pressure occurs

Connects to Overhead Bridge (See pages 108-110) or Floor Pedestal (See page 111) with Clevis Mount.

Model Number Build

HAS ## A, B, or C ##

A (2˝) B (2.5˝) C (3˝)
“F” Forearm Length “V” Vertical Travel
“D” Dumbell Length
Cylinder Size Max Balancing Capacity

cm in

cm in cm in

12 31 12

kg lb kg lb kg lb

61 24 31 12 24

18 46 18

49 110 88 195 157 345

76 30 38 15 30

24 61 24

39 85 73 160 129 285

91 36 46 18 36

30 76 30

30 65 59 130 106 235

107 42 53 21 42

36 91 36

24 50 49 105 90 195

122 48 61 24 48

42 107 42

19 40 41 90 76 170

137 54 69 27 54

48 122 48

15 35 35 75 67 145

152 60 76 30 60

54 137 54

13 30 30 65 59 130

60 152 60

Note: Capacity @ 65 psi

66 168 66
72 188 72
84 213 84
96 244 96
Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 107
LIGHT DUTY OVERHEAD BRIDGES
Clevis Arm Mount
MAX LENGTH: 244 CM (96 IN)
LBC Light Duty Overhead Bridges interface STANLEY Articulating Arms to all common overhead rails. Bridge mast includes leveling jacks.

NOTE: “Duty” level of Overhead Bridge must match “Duty” level of Articulating Arm. (i.e.,: Medium Duty Bridge for Medium Duty Arm.)

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned to ensure reliable operation

• Rugged and simple construction

Model Number Build

LBC ## X ##

“L” Down Mast Length
Trolley Suspension
“C” Runway Rail Center Distance
4˝ I-Beam Trolley A
cm in

cm in

30.5 12 12
6˝ I-Beam Trolley B
24 61 24
45.7 18 18
30 76.2 30
61 24 24
3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley C
36 91.4 36
76.2 30 30
42 106.7 42
91.4 36 36
Unified ETA-4 Trolley D
48 121.9 48
121.9 48 48
60 152.4 60
Unified ETA-8 Trolley E
152.4 60 60
72 182.9 72
Demag KBKI Trolley F
84 213.4 84
96 243.8 96
Demag KBKII-L Trolley G
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 H
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 I

Other trolleys including anti-kick up available

108 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

MEDIUM DUTY OVERHEAD BRIDGES
Swivel or Clevis Arm Mount
MAX LENGTH: 244 CM (96 IN)
MB Medium Duty Overhead Bridges interface STANLEY Articulating Arms to all common overhead rails. Bridge mast includes leveling jacks.

NOTE: “Duty” level of Overhead Bridge must match “Duty” level of Articulating Arm. (i.e.,: Medium Duty Bridge for Medium Duty Arm.)

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned to ensure reliable operation

• Rugged and simple construction

MBC Medium Duty Overhead Bridge with Clevis Mount MBS Medium Duty Overhead Bridge with Swivel Mount

Model Number Build

MB C or S ## X ##

“L” Down Mast Length
Trolley Suspension
Mounting Type
4˝ I-Beam Trolley A
Clevis C

cm in

Swivel S
6˝ I-Beam Trolley B
24 61 24
30 76.2 30
3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley C
36 91.4 36
“C” Runway Rail Center Distance
42 106.7 42
Unified ETA-4 Trolley D
48 121.9 48

cm in

60 152.4 60
30.5 12 12
Unified ETA-8 Trolley E
72 182.9 72
45.7 18 18
Demag KBKI Trolley F
84 213.4 84
61 24 24
96 243.8 96
76.2 30 30
Demag KBKII-L Trolley G
91.4 36 36
121.9 48 48
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 H
152.4 60 60
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 I
Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 109
HEAVY DUTY OVERHEAD BRIDGES
Swivel Arm Mount
MAX LENGTH: 244 CM (96 IN)
HBS Heavy Duty Overhead Bridges interface STANLEY Articulating Arms to all common overhead rails. Bridge mast includes leveling jacks.

NOTE: “Duty” level of Overhead Bridge must match “Duty” level of Articulating Arm. (i.e.,: Medium Duty Bridge for Medium Duty Arm.)

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned to ensure reliable operation

• Rugged and simple construction

Model Number Build

HBS ## X ##

Trolley Suspension
“C” Runway Rail Center Distance
“L” Down Mast Length
4˝ I-Beam Trolley A

cm in

cm in

45.7 18 18
6˝ I-Beam Trolley B
12 30.5 12
61 24 24
18 45.7 18
76.2 30 30
3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley C
24 61 24
91.4 36 36
30 76.2 30
121.9 48 42
Unified ETA-8 Trolley E
36 91.4 36
152.4 60 60
42 106.7 42
Demag KBKII-L Trolley G
48 121.9 48
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 H
60 152.4 60
72 182.9 72
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 I
84 213.4 84
96 243.8 96

Other trolleys including anti-kick up available

110 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

PEDESTALS
Clevis or Swivel Arm Mount
MAX LENGTH: 244 CM (96 IN)
HP/MP/LP Pedestals offer floor mounting for STANLEY Articulating Arms.

• Includes leveling jacks

NOTE: “Duty” level of Overhead Bridge must match “Duty” level of Articulating Arm. (i.e.,: Medium Duty Bridge for Medium Duty Arm.)

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned to ensure reliable operation

• Rugged and simple construction

“H” Height

Clevis Mount Light Duty

Swivel Mount Heavy Duty

Swivel Mount Medium Duty

Clevis Mount Medium Duty

10" Typical

20" Typical

12" Square

24" Square

Model Number Build

XX C or S ##

“H” Mast Height
Duty Level
Mounting Type
LP Light

cm in

Clevis* C
MP Medium
60 152.4 60
Swivel** S
HP Heavy
72 182.9 72
84 213.4 84
96 243.8 96

*Not available on HP (Heavy Duty) models **Not available on LP (Light Duty) models

108 247.3 108
Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 111
Crowfoot / Tubenut Standard Sockets
CHOOSE YOUR SOCKET

A new part number system for standard crowfoot and tubenut sockets enables customers to describe and price standard sockets for each application. The part number includes information on head number of the tool, socket type, socket size and extension length. For special sockets or dimensions not included on this page, check the following pages or contact your local STANLEY sales representative.

STEP 1: Select the Base Code from the Head Number table
STEP 2: Add Type, Size & Extension separated by forward slashes
Base Type Size Extension

Note: Specify socket size no larger than Max Hex Size. Choose mm or in

Length Extension Code (mm) (in)
Crowfoot or Tubenut Head Number Max Hex Size Base Code (mm) (in)
Size (mm) Size Code
Size (in) Size Code
SH Single Hex

1/8 2

Standard Standard 0

5, 10, 19, 31, 83, 126, 172, 406, 565, 586 19 3/4 L3217

3/16 3

3 1/8 3

7, 16, 39, 97, 299, 353, 552 19 3/4 L3258

1/4 4

6 1/4 6

8, 106, 178, 311, 420, 445 13 1/2 L3224

5/16 5

9 3/8 9

13, 230, 308, 333, 394, 443 13 1/2 L3213

3/8 6

12 1/2 12

20 27 1 1/16 L3255

7/16 7

15 5/8 15

21, 98, 225, 284, 416 27 1 1/ 4 L3240

DH Double Hex

10 M10

1/2 8

18 3/4 18

23, 84, 95, 135, 309, 568 18 11/16 L3209

11 M11

9/16 9

21 7/8 21

29, 35, 121, 152, 175, 221, 234, 278, 287, 496 19 3/4 L3218

12 M12

5/8 10

24 1 24

32, 75, 91, 92, 132, 136, 137, 138, 147, 182, 184, 190, 202, 208, 209, 211, 212, 213, 266, 267, 300, 302, 303, 305 13 1/2 L3392 Thru Hex

13 M 13

11/16 11

27 1 1/16 27

14 M14

3/4 12

30 1 1/8 30

SD Surface Drive

47, 170, 294 11 7/16 L3222

15 M15

13/16 13

33 1 1/4 33

69, 173, 279, 301, 307, 313, 317, 327, 362, 379, 381, 385, 448, 455, 477, 487, 516, 521 13 1/2 L3201

16 M16

7/8 14

36 1 3/8 36

74, 164, 261, 265, 269, 271, 273, 274, 286, 291, 312, 540 18 11/16 L3211

17 M17

15/16 15

39 1 1/2 39

18 M18

42 1 5/8 42

79, 82, 103, 167, 508, 13 1/2 L3202

19 M19

1 1/16 17

45 1 3/4 45

FL Fast Lead

99, 116, 283, 285, 296 27 1 1/16 L3267

20 M20

48 1 7/8 48

160, 550 13 1/2 L3228

21 M21

51 2 51

200, 324, 396 19 3/4 L3220

22 M22

203, 456 19 3/4 L3221

23 M23

216 13 1/2 L3225

24 M24

246, 297, 315, 13 9/16 L3256

25 M25

252, 288, 346, 349, 387, 358, 408, 513 13 1/2 20D280700

26 M26

264, 304 24 15/16 L3259

27 M27

264, 304 24 15/16 L3260 Thru Hex

EXAMPLE ORDERS
Example 1: A #8 crowfoot head requires a 3/8 inch surface drive socket with a 1 inch extension. Select the BASE (L3224), TYPE (SD), SIZE (6) and EXTENSION (24).
Example 2: A #147 tubenut head requires a 10mm hex socket with a standard extension. Select the BASE (L3282), TYPE (SH), SIZE (M10) and EXTENSION (0).

Socket

Base Type Size Ext.
Base Type Size Ext.

Extension

L3224 / SD / 6 / 24

L3282 / SH / M10 / 0

112 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Crowfoot / Tubenut Special Sockets
CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 8, 61, 106, 174, 178, 311, 420, 445

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A3729. Use the L3224 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

4mm B3434

1/4˝ 7.5mm B3344 plugged

4mm F3129 Blind Socket

8mm 1/4˝ 20D243901

11/32˝ A3682

8mm 1/4˝ 20D216401 shallow

7/16˝ F3116 both sides have Hex

8mm 15mm B3508 plugged

7/16˝ F3674 No Chamfer

8mm 3/8˝ F3637

7/16˝ J3724 with Lead Chamfer

8mm 3/8˝ F3652 turned down diameter

1/2˝ F3172 Blind Socket

7/16˝ 1/2˝ A3928

13mm J3477 Double Hex with Groove

7/16˝ 1-1/4˝ 20D243900

9mm 1/4˝ 20D216400

Extended Hex Socket

3/8˝ 1/4˝ B3866

Size Extension Part No. Feature

10mm 2mm A6316

7/32˝(5.5mm) 3mm 20D216402 Surface Drive

10mm 1/4˝ B3850 plugged

7/16˝ 1˝ J3060 Surface Drive

10mm 1/2˝ F3664 Fast Lead

3/8˝ 3/8˝ A3749

10mm 12mm B3181

3/8˝ 1/2˝ A3766

11mm 12mm B3222

9mm 3/4˝ B3515

11mm 1/8˝ B3167 plugged

10mm 3mm J3197

13mm 1/4˝ B3776 thru-hole

10mm 4mm J3195

13mm 1/2˝ J3360

10mm 5mm J3196

10mm 7mm F3802

Male Square Drive

10mm 10mm B3569 with Retaining Ring

Size Part No. Feature

10mm 19mm B3606

1/4˝ B3823

1/2˝ 3mm J3229

5/16˝ J3261 with Retaining Ring

1/2˝ 1/4˝ B3164 both sides have Hex

3/8˝ F3242

1/2˝ 1/2˝ J3169

1/2˝ 20D216403

13mm 1/2˝ A3976

13mm 27mm 20D216404

Torx Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Hex Magnetic Socket

E5 L3191

Size Part No. Feature

E8 6mm F3493

7mm J3482

10mm B3172

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket

10mm B3543 thru-hole

Size Extension Part No. Feature

3/8˝ B3895 Plugged

1/4˝ F3545 Use Customer's Bit

5/16˝ A3690 Plugged

1/4˝ 1/4˝ 20D216405 Choose bit below

5/16˝ A3951 Shallow, plugged

7/16˝ A3696 Plugged

~F4296 - See Bits on page 172 (Step 6A)

7/16˝ F3863 thru-hole

11mm F3181 Shallow, plugged

1/2˝ A3705

13mm A3923 thru-hole

Sockets 113
Crowfoot / Tubenut Special Sockets
CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 5, 10, 19, 31, 70, 83, 126, 406

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A4882. Use the L3217 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Size Part No. Feature

15mm 1/4˝ B4039

8mm L4655

19mm 1/2˝ L4788

1/2˝ B4257

15mm 20D270202 Special C'Bore

Male Square Drive

18mm L4003 thru broached with stop ring

19mm B4511 Grooved

Size Part No. Feature

18mm L4672 Part broached

1/2˝ S7542

5/8˝ 20D116800

1/2˝ A6174 Wobble Square Drive

Extended Hex Socket
Torx Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature

15mm 3/8˝ A4933

Size Part No.

5/8˝ 1/4˝ B4069 Double Hex

E12 L4880

11/16˝ 1/4˝ B4133 1/2˝ Extension on opposite side

E18 A6172

9/16˝ 1/4˝ B4865

E20 A6405

19mm 2˝ F4158

Internal Threaded Socket

5/8˝(16mm) 35mm F4379

Size Pitch Part No.

3/4˝ 1˝ F4661 Extension on both sides

1/2˝ 20 F4519

15mm 1/2˝ F4933

3/4˝ 16 20D270200

19mm 1-1/4˝ J4383 with compression ring

20D116801 Insert Hex Socket

15mm 1/4˝ L4177 Fast Leat with Retaining Ring

17mm 1/4˝ L4421 Extension on both sides

Size Part No.

21mm 20D136000

15mm 3/4˝ 20D270201 Surface Drive

TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER 20

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B4000. Use the L3255 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Socket
Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

3/4˝ 3/4˝ J4557

7/8˝ L4828 Broached

3/4˝ 3/4˝ H4601 Broached

11/16˝ B4301

3/4˝ 3˝ F4945

18mm J4153 Broached

22mm 15mm N4264

19mm 20D281800 19mm Slot

24mm 15mm J4471 Broached

3/4˝ B4771 Broached

1˝ 1˝ B4502

21mm A6214

42mm 5.3mm L4136

22mm 20D281801 19mm Slot

15/16˝ B4269 Broached

1˝ F4536 Broached

1 1/16˝ B4270 Broached

Dual Size Hex Socket

1 1/16˝ B4505

Size 1 Size 2 Part No. Feature

19mm 26mm L4836

J4572 Special Wire Twist Socket

22mm 19mm 20DS200005

114 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 13, 228, 230, 308, 333, 394, 443

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A4737. Use the L3213 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Extended Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Size Extension Part No. Feature

10mm 1/2˝ L4636

10mm 13mm L3344

10mm 15mm 20D124100

13mm 5mm B4616

13mm Standard F4354

13mm 1/4˝ B4148

13mm 1/4˝ L4805

13mm 1/4˝ F4486 3/8˝ Broach

Hex Magnetic Socket

13mm 10mm B4577

13mm 1/2˝ B4196

Size Part No. Feature

13mm 15mm 20D124102

10mm 20D124101

13mm 3/4˝ J4903

13mm N4941

13mm 55mm N4499 Surface Drive

13mm N4939 Double Hex

1/2˝ 1/4˝ B4383

Male Square Drive

1/2˝ 3/8˝ B4463

Size Part No. Feature

3/8˝ J4312

Hex Socket

3/8˝ L4612 Paint Marker Socket

Size Part No. Feature
Torx Socket

7mm L3404 Triple Square

Size Part No.

5/16˝ J4561 With Groove

E10 20D241400

7/16˝ 20D124103 Without Ring Groove

E12 H4896

7/16˝ F4277 With Ball

Internal Threaded Socket

1/2˝ L4125

1/2˝ F4140 With Groove

Size Pitch Part No.

1/2˝ 20 F4363

13mm J3477 Double Hex with Groove

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 21, 98, 225, 284, 416

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A4949. Use the L3240 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Socket
Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

19mm 3/8˝ J4823 Surface Drive

12mm N4984

19mm 1 1/4˝ A6308

15mm N4761

22mm 54mm B4923

21mm H4478

22mm 57mm A6477

21mm N4227 Broached

22mm 2 1/8˝ S7502

30mm L4889

23mm 1˝ B4455 Extension is on both sides

1 1/4˝ L4302 Broached

24mm 3/4˝ F4937 Fast Lead

1˝ 3/4˝ B4963

1 1/8˝ 2˝ J4856 1/2˝ Below Through

Torx Socket
Male Square Drive
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No.

1/2˝ N4629

E18 15mm 20D245800

5/8˝ S9143 Wobble

E20 H4818

Sockets 115
Crowfoot / Tubenut Special Sockets
TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 23, 84, 95, 135, 309

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A4929. Use the L3209 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Socket
Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

5/8˝ 3/4˝ J4645

5/16˝ J4721 Broached

15mm 1/2˝ F3303 Broached

9/16˝ H4160

15mm 1 3/4˝ L4263

1/2˝ H4256

16mm 1/2˝ B4569 Broached

15mm N4962

17mm 37mm N4297

17mm F4325 Broached

18mm 1/2˝ B4570 Broached

18mm N4376 Broached

Male Square Drive
Size Part No. Feature

20mm B3372 Both sides have male hex drive

20mm B3726

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 29, 35, 121, 152, 175, 221, 234, 278, 287, 496

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B4105. Use the L3218 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

10mm 20D122600

1/4˝ J4073 With Retaining Ring

13mm A6100

5/16˝ 20D122602 With Retaining Ring

13mm N4846

1/2˝ F4863

13mm H4167

1/2˝ F4408 With Ring Groove

15mm A6232 With Groove

1/2˝ J4423 Double Hex

16mm F4333 With Ring Groove

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket

17mm B4994

Size Extension Part No. Feature
Extended Hex Socket

10mm 1/4˝ H4878

Size Extension Part No. Feature

12mm 8mm J4430

1/4˝ 3/16˝ F4875 With Groove

12mm 8mm H4735

5/16˝ 5/8˝ L4756

13mm 8mm H4254

13mm 13mm 20D238907 Special Outside Diameter

13mm 1/4˝ H4599

1/2˝ 3/4˝ H4100

13mm 15mm A6442

14mm 1/4˝ A6001 Extension is on both sides

13mm 20mm 20D122603 11mm Bore

9/16˝ 1/4˝ B4185

14mm 20mm 20D122601

9/16˝ 5/16˝ L4522 Fast Lead

15mm 3/8˝ J4274

9/16˝ 3/4˝ A6412

15mm 1/2˝ H4211

15mm 1/8˝ F4941

Male Square Drive

15mm 3/8˝ B4754

15mm 1/2˝ L4620 1/2˝ Deep

Size Part No. Feature

15mm 85mm A6224

1/2˝ A6088

16mm 1/2˝ L4014

Internal Threaded Socket

17mm 10mm A6298

18mm 1 3/4˝ H4726

Size Part No. Feature

1/2˝ 20 A6304

18mm 2 1/4˝ H4717

116 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 47, 170, 294

Use this list of special sockets only if the Standard Socket Configurator doesn’t have the socket you need. Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B3150. Use the L3222 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

10mm 10mm F3458 Double Hex

10mm 20D118100

10mm 3/16˝ F3459

10mm F3280 Double Hex

10mm 11mm J3111 Extension is on both sides

1/4˝ F3521 Bit Holder

10mm 19mm F3658

10mm 2 1/2˝ B3528 Extension is on both sides

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 69, 173, 279, 301, 307, 313, 317, 327, 362, 379, 381, 385, 448, 455, 477, 487, 516, 521

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B4750. Use the L3201 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Hex Magnetic Socket
Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

12mm 20D117601 Surface Drive

1/4˝ A6401 With Retaining Ring

13mm F4268

5/16˝ 20D242401 Double Square Socket

13mm 20D117606

Extended Hex Socket
Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

5/16˝ 1/4˝ 20D117603

10mm 6mm 20D117604

10mm 10mm 20D242400

12mm 6mm 20D117605

10mm 15mm 20D117609 Surface Drive

13mm 6mm 20D117600

13mm 1/8˝ A6022 Oversize

13mm 9mm 20D117602 Surface Drive

13mm 15mm 20D107900

13mm 20mm 20D117607 Surface Drive

Male Square Drive
Miscellaneous
Size Part No.
Part No. Feature

3/8˝ H4212

20D117608 12mm Hex Insert

20D135800 16mm Magnetic Socket with 12mm Hex Drive

Torx Socket
Size Extension Part No.

E12 20D242404

E12 15mm A6431

Sockets 117
Crowfoot / Tubenut Special Sockets
TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 74, 164, 261, 265, 269, 271, 273, 274, 286, 291, 312

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B3251. Use the L3211 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Extended Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

12mm 20D243700 Broached Through

12mm 1/4˝ 20D230600 Extension on both sides

12mm 20D232900

12mm 13mm 20D230300 Double Hex

13mm L3428 Surface Drive

13mm 1/4˝ 20D239100

13mm F3277 Broached Flush

13mm 12mm 20D229200

1/2˝ F3092 Broached

13mm 3/4˝ 20D238500

14mm 20D243701 Broached Through

5/8˝ Standard A6264

15mm 20D243704 Broached Through

9/16˝ 1/2˝ A6265

16mm A6376 Surface Drive

14mm 27mm 20D243702 Broached Through

16mm 20D222500 Surface Drive

16mm 5mm A6271

17mm B3521 Broached Through

17mm 3mm 20D243705 6.5 Deep

18mm B3711 Broached Through

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 79, 82, 103, 167, 508

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B4953. Use the L3202 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

13mm B4984 Double Hex

13mm 6mm 20D139100 Magnetic

Internal Threaded Socket
Size Pitch Feature

1/2˝ 20 20D238100

TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 99, 116, 283, 285, 296

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~F4591. Use the L3267 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Extended Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

19mm L3099 8mm Deep

19mm 10mm 20D246600

3/4˝ F4621 Broached through

20mm 3/8˝ 20D232800

3/4˝ L4680 Special Slot

20mm 3/8˝ 20D216700

13/16˝ F4622 Broached through

21mm 40mm N4702 Broached through

21mm 20D267200 19mm Slot, 6mm Deep

22mm 105mm 20D237900

22mm H4925 Broached through

7/8˝ 1/4˝ N4497 Double Hex

22mm 20D267204 19mm Slot

7/8˝ 1/2˝ J4733

22mm 20D267202 Special Slot

7/8˝ 1˝ N4381

7/8˝ F4623 Broached through

7/8˝ 1˝ H4141

15/16˝ F4624 Broached through

7/8˝ 1 3/8˝ N4363 Fast Lead

24mm J4567 22.5mm Slot

7/8˝ 2 5/8˝ H4102

24mm H4178 7mm Deep

24mm 20mm J3896 36mm Diameter

1˝ F4625 Broached through

30mm 45mm J3895

1 1/16˝ F4626 Broached through

J4455 Special Socket For Turnbuckle

118 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 147, 32, 75, 91, 92, 132, 136, 137, 138, 182, 184, 190, 202, 208, 209, 211, 212, 213, 266, 267, 270, 288, 300, 302, 303, 305

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~F3577. Use the L3281, L3282, L3283, or L3392 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Socket
Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

8mm J3297

8mm 5mm J3784

9mm J3296

3/8˝ 1/4˝ H4718

3/8˝ A6027

10mm 1/4˝ J3674

10mm F3861

10mm 10mm H4496

10.4mm 20D255000

10mm 12mm L3312 Surface Drive

11mm J3018

11mm 5mm J3456

11mm J3362 Double Hex

11mm 8mm H4530

7/16˝ H4219

11mm 10mm J3019

12mm J3486

11mm 10mm L3378 Double Hex

13mm F3577

11mm 15mm J3361

13mm A6213 Double Hex

11mm 15mm J3680

13mm F3689 Double Hex

7/16˝ 3/8˝ H4440

13mm F3946 Surface Drive

7/16˝ 15mm H4788

1/2˝ H4701

12mm 3mm L3143

12mm 5mm L3109

12mm 5mm J3501 Double Hex

12mm 10mm L3110

12mm 15mm L3111

13mm 6mm L3422

13mm 6mm L3423 Surface Drive

13mm 7mm L3359

13mm 3/8˝ L3374

13mm 10mm L3411 Double Hex

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER 160

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~F3812. Use the L3228 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Torx Socket
Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No.

10mm 3/4˝ J3265

E10 20D215600

E10 5mm 20D215601

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 200, 324, 396
Hex Socket

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~N4774. Use the L3220 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Size Part No.

15mm N4774

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER 216
Male Hex Drive

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~H4086. Use the L3225 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Size Part No. Feature

1/2˝ 20D248400

Sockets 119
Crowfoot / Tubenut Special Sockets
CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 203, 456

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~N4864. Use the L3221 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Socket
Torx Magnetic Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

T-50 20mm 20S111300

13mm Standard 20D213302 .312 Deep

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature

10mm Standard 20D213303

13mm Standard 20D213301

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 246, 297, 315
Extended Hex Socket

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~H4648. Use the L3256 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Size Extension Part No. Feature

8mm 6mm 20D230004 Double Hex, Special O.D.

10mm 36mm 20D230001 45mm Extension on other side

12mm 6mm 20D114706 Magnetic

Hex Magnetic Socket

13mm 1/4˝ 20D114705 Magnetic

13mm 1/4˝ H4763 Magnetic

Size Part No. Feature

13mm 20D114700

13mm 1/4˝ A6078 Magnetic

13mm 20D114704 5.3mm Deep

9/16˝ 3/8˝ A6314 Double Hex

TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 252, 346, 349, 387, 358, 408, 513

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~L3130. Use the 20D280700, L3233 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Extended Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

12mm 9mm 20S213500 .312 Deep

11mm 20D245408 5.3mm Deep

14mm 2mm 20D245400

13mm 20D245405 Surface Drive

13mm 20D245406 1/4˝ Deep, Surface Drive, Thick Wall

13mm 20D245407 1/4˝ Deep, Thick Wall

13mm 20S211100 1/4˝ Deep, Surface Drive

13mm 20S211101 1/4˝ Deep

TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 264, 304

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~F3388. Use the L3259, L3260 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Extended Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

15mm L3405

13mm Standard L3412

18mm 20D281200 5/16˝ Deep

3/4˝ 3/4˝ L3005

24mm L3347 1/2˝ Deep

13/16˝ 1˝ F3461

7/8˝ 1˝ H4012

120 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 7, 16, 299, 306, 353

Use this list of special sockets only if the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 doesn’t have the socket you need. Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A4690. Use the L3258 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Torx Bit Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Size Extension Part No. Feature

T30 A6341

13mm 20D111300

T30 20mm 20D240609

5/16˝ A6395

T40 A6373

14mm 20D118801 Drive Insert

T45 20D240600

17mm L4049

T45 20mm 20D240610

17mm 62mm B4047

T50 A6403

Special Bit
Hex Bit
Size Extension Part No.
Size Extension Part No. Feature

XNZ H4533

3/16˝ A6179

Slotted 20D246700

1/4˝ A5668

3/8˝ A5666

5mm F4380

5/16" Bit Holder 20D118800 with Bit Retainer Clip

6mm F4399

6mm A6206 Square Bit

6mm 5mm A6207

7mm F4296

8mm F4513

10mm L4259

14mm A5724

Sockets 121
Flush Angle Standard Sockets
CHOOSE YOUR SOCKET

A new part number system for standard flush angle head sockets enables customers to describe and price standard sockets for each application. The part number includes information on head number of the tool, socket type, socket size and extension length. For special sockets or dimensions not included on this page, check the following pages or contact your local STANLEY sales representative.

STEP 1: Select the Base Code from the Head Number table
STEP 2: Add Type, Size & Extension separated by forward slashes
Base Type Size Extension

Note: Specify socket size no larger than Max Hex Size. Choose mm or in

Length Extension Code (mm) (in)
Flush Angle Head Number DTU Max Hex Size Base Code (mm) (in)
Size (mm) Size Code
Size (in) Size Code

Standard Standard 0

A15 (as in EB33LA15-27) 13 1/2 20D283200

SH Single Hex

1/8 2

3 1/8 3

A18 16 5/8 20D213505

3/16 3

6 1/4 6

A19 17 5/8 20D222300

1/4 4

9 3/8 9

A22 19 3/4 L3270

5/16 5

12 1/2 12

A26 22 7/8 L3435

3/8 6

15 5/8 15

7/16 7

DH Double Hex

18 3/4 18

10 M10

1/2 8

21 7/8 21

11 M11

9/16 9

24 1 24

12 M12

5/8 10

27 1 1/16 27

13 M 13

11/16 11

30 1 1/8 30

14 M14

3/4 12

SD Surface Drive

33 1 1/4 33

15 M15

13/16 13

36 1 3/8 36

16 M16

7/8 14

39 1 1/2 39

17 M17

15/16 15

42 1 5/8 42

18 M18

45 1 3/4 45

19 M19

1 1/16 17

FL Fast Lead

48 1 7/8 48

20 M20

51 2 51

21 M21

22 M22

23 M23

24 M24

25 M25

26 M26

27 M27

EXAMPLE ORDER
Example: An A19 flush angle head requires a 3/8 in surface drive socket with a 1 in extension. Select the BASE (20D222300), TYPE (SD), SIZE (6) and EXTENSION (24).
Base Type Size Ext.

Flush Socket Extension

20D222300 / SD / 6 / 24

122 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Flush Angle Special Socket Selection
~B3686 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A13 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D121914

Maximum Hex size for this output is 12mm. *B3686 is the default socket unless another is specified on Purchase Order. Use this list of special sockets only if the Standard Socket Configurator on page 126 doesn’t have the socket you need.

Hex Magnetic Socket
Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Part No.

4mm B3834

5/16˝ (8mm) J3823

7mm B3686*

10mm L3393

1/4˝ B3751

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket

5/16˝ (8mm) B3752

5/16˝ (8mm) 20D126500 With Retaining Ring

Size Extension Part No.

5/16˝ (8mm) 1/2˝ 20D126501

3/8˝ B3753

10mm 1/4˝ L3073

10mm B3754

Extended Hex Socket
Double Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Size Part No.

8mm 1/4˝ J3041

8mm L3154

5/16˝(8mm) 1/16˝ J3706

10mm 20D253205

10mm 5mm 20D253204

Double Hex Magnetic Socket

10mm 10mm 20D253200

10mm 3/4˝ 20D238300

Size Part No.

10mm 20D126503

10mm 1/2˝ J3100

Torx Socket
Size Part No.

E10 20D253202

~20D905800 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A14 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D112113

Maximum Hex size for this output is 13mm. *20D255500 is the default socket unless another is specified on Purchase Order.

Surface Drive Socket
Surface Drive Magnetic Socket
Size Part No.
Size Part No.

10mm 20D255505

10mm 20D126402

12mm 20D255500*

12mm 20D126400

13mm 20D255501

13mm 20D126401

Extended Surface Drive Socket
Extended Surface Drive Magnetic Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Size Extension Part No.

10mm 10mm 20D126405

10mm 10mm 20D255503

13mm 9mm 20D126404

12mm 1/4˝ 20D255506

13mm 1/4˝ 20D255508

13mm 9mm 20D255507

Extended Surface Drive Thin Wall Socket
Size Extension Part No.

13mm 1/4˝ 20D126406

Includes 20D236604 Compression Ring to prevent cracking

Sockets 123
Flush Angle Special Socket Selection
~20D901200 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A18 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D136503

* F4747 is the default socket unless another is specified on Purchase Order.

Surface Drive Socket
Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Part No.

6mm 20D213504

13mm L4022

5/16˝ (8mm) L4653 with Retaining Ring

Extended Surface Drive Socket

3/8˝ 20D213501

Size Extension Part No.

10mm F4897

3/8˝ 10mm H4236

7/16˝ F4896

13mm 5mm L4935

11mm F4898

13mm 10mm L4934

12mm L4006

14mm 30mm H4371

1/2˝ F4895

16mm 1/4˝ N4581

13mm F4899

13mm L4543 1/2˝ clearance hole

Hex Magnetic Socket

9/16˝ F4747*

Size Part No.

14mm 20D213500

13mm L4834

15mm F4900

15mm N4769 with Retaining Ring

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket

5/8˝ (16mm) F4894

Size Extension Part No.

10mm) 8mm 20D118202

Extended Hex Socket

11mm 5/8˝ L4509

Size Extension Part No. Feature

12mm 3mm A6309

10mm 3mm N4638

13mm 1/2˝ H4921

10mm 7mm N4251

13mm 23mm 20D118200

10mm 8mm 20D213503

15mm 3/8˝ A6115

10mm 1˝ J4979

12mm 1/4˝ L4839

Torx Socket

13mm 1/8˝ N4086

Size Part No.

13mm 1/4˝ N4918

E8 H4367

13mm 12mm H4494

Torx Socket

13mm 1/2˝ L4435

13mm 1˝ J4444

Size Part No.

9/16˝ 1/4˝ J4413

5mm X4048

14mm 1/4˝ N4268

6mm X4047

14mm 16mm J4311

8mm X4091

15mm 1/4˝ L4378

10mm X4093

15mm 1/4˝ N4686 with Retaining Ring

T30 X4198

15mm 3/8˝ H4459

T40 X4248

15mm 1/2˝ J4684

T50 X4249

15mm 1/2˝ 20D213502 Surface Drive

16mm 1/4˝ N4312

16mm 150mm N4343

17mm 5mm H4301

17mm 20mm A6192

124 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

~20D903900 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A19 (THREADED) FLUSH OUTPUT 20D100021 AND A19 (SPLINED) FLUSH OUTPUT 20D100106

Use this list of special sockets only if the Standard Socket Configurator doesn’t have the socket you need. Use the 20D222300 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 126 to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
~20D904000 Bit Options for 5/16” Bit Holder 20D118000 with Bit Retainer Clip
Size Part No.

Choose Bit

9/16˝ 20D222305

Size Extension Part No. Feature

18mm 20D222308

3/16˝ A6179

Extended Hex Socket

1/4˝ A5668

3/8˝ A5666

Size Extension Part No.

5mm F4380

17mm 6mm 20D118003

6mm F4399

18mm) 12mm 20D118001

6mm A6206 Square Bit

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket

6mm 5mm A6207

Size Extension Part No.

7mm F4296

18mm) 12mm 20D118002

8mm F4513

10mm L4259

Torx Bit

14mm A5724

Size Extension Part No.

T30 A6341

T30 20mm 20D240609

Miscellaneous Bits

T40 A6373

T45 20D240600

Size Extension Part No.

XNZ H4533

T45 20mm 20D240610

Slotted 20D246700

T50 A6403

~20D902700 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A22 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D100309
~20D903700 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A26 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D100409

Use the 20D115100 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 126 to configure a standard socket.

Use the 20D116600 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 126 to configure a standard socket.

TORX SOCKET
Size Part No.

E18 20D268400

~A5107 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A32 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D102201
Size Part No.
Size Part No.
Size Extension Part No.

17mm 20D267300

23mm 20D267303

17mm 1/4˝ 20D267301

18mm A5651

24mm A5107

21mm 1/2˝ A6234

19mm A5248

24mm Fast Lead A5380

24mm 8mm A5261

3/4˝ Square A5479

24mm Surface Drive A5438

24mm 1/2˝ A6428

21mm A5175

1˝ A5113

24mm Surface Drive 1/2˝ 20D267302

22mm A5112

1˝ Fast Lead A5473

24mm 15mm A5129

22mm Fast Lead A5183

27mm A5114

27mm 2.5mm A5238

27mm 20mm A5574

Sockets 125
H18, 22, 26 & 32 Bit Holder Configuration Guide
STEP 1: Choose Type of Hold & Drive (See page 127 for Tang Holder)

Note: Standard Length Socket & Bit Holder Shown

STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length

Bit Hold

» Option 1: LH18V1= 1 inch of travel

» Option 2: LH18V2= 2 inch of travel

Requires LH18V1 for <= 26mm Requires LH18V2 for >= 26mm & <= 52mm

STEP 3: Choose Socket (Step 3 on pages 128, 129, 132 or 134)
STEP 4: Choose Bit Holder (Step 4A on pages 128, 129, 133 or 134)

Bit Hold Depth

STEP 5: Determine extension length required (Use images below to determine the required socket and/or bit holder extension length) Add socket extension up to, but not over, the bolt threads — the socket should not extend over the threads.
STEP 6: Choose Bit (Step 6A on page 128, 131, 133 or 135)
Bit protrusion Bit flush Bit recessed

Bit protusion Bit flush Bit recessed

Example: An H18 hold and drive requires a 14 mm hex socket extended 5 mm with a 1/4” bit holder (standard extension) and an 8 mm Hex bit.
Socket Bit Holder Bit

Bit Protrusion (mm) = 18mm + Bit Holder Extension (mm) – Socket Extension (mm)

20D253602 20D254200 N4991

If you choose a 20D253602 socket, 20D254200 bit holder and a N4991 bit, the bit will protrude 13 mm from the bottom of the socket. The bit will protrude 13 mm because a standard length bit holder was chosen with a 5mm extended socket.

13mm Bit Protrusion = 18mm + 0mm Bit Holder Extension – 5mm Socket Extension

126 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
H18, 22, 26 & 32 Tang Holder Configuration Guide
STEP 1: Choose Type of Hold & Drive (See page 126 for Bit Holder)

Note: Standard Length Socket & Bit Holder Shown

STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length

» Option 1: LH18V1= 1 inch of travel

» Option 2: LH18V2= 2 inch of travel

Requires LH18V1 for <= 26mm Requires LH18V2 for >= 26mm & <= 52mm

STEP 3: Choose Socket

(Step 3 on pages 128, 129, 132 or 134)

STEP 4: Choose Tang Holder

(Step 4B on pages 128, 130, 131, 133 or 134)

STEP 5: Determine extension length required (Use images below to determine the required socket and/or tang holder extension length )

Add socket extension if tang is longer than 11.5mm, but never extend the socket past the bottom of the tang.

Tang Recessed for: Bit Holder Length = Std Socket Extension > Std
Tang Flush for: Bit Holder Length = Std Socket Extension = Std

Tang Holder Depth = 11.5 mm Tang Flush

Tang Recessed

Example: An H18 hold and drive requires a 14 mm hex socket extended 5 mm, with a 6 mm hex tang holder standard extension.
Socket Tang Holder

Tang Recessed (mm) = Socket Extension (mm) – Tang Holder Extension (mm)

20D253602 20D261703

If you choose a 20D253602 socket and a 20D261703 tang holder, the tang holder will be recessed 5 mm. The tang will be recessed because a standard length tang holder was chosen with a 5mm extended socket.

5mm Tang Recessed = 5 mm Socket Extension – 0 mm Tang Holder Extension

Sockets 127
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
H18 Output Options
STEP 1: Choose type of hold & drive:
Option A: Bit Holder See page 126 for config. guide Option B: Tang Holder See page 127 for config. guide
STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length — reference EB tool sections for available model number: EB non-fixtured tools, page 11, EB fixtured tools, page 31.
STEP 3: Choose standard socket size of one of the below types: ~20D905700 SOCKET OPTIONS
Hex Surface Drive
Size Part No.
Size Part No.
Size Part No.

13mm 20DS201001

17mm 20D253612

17mm 20D253603

14mm 20D253600

18mm 20D253606

Extended Hex

15mm 20D253604

19mm 20D253610

Size Extension Part No.

16mm 20D253601

24mm 20D253611

14mm 5mm 20D253602

 STEP 4A: Choose standard bit holder size:

14mm 6mm 20D253605

~20D905600 BIT HOLDER OPTIONS

16mm 17mm 20D253607

Size Part No.

1/4˝ 20D254200

5/16˝ 20D253400

STEP 4B: Choose tang holder size: ~20D905601 TANG OPTIONS
Size Part No.
Size Part No.
Size Part No.

6mm 20D261703

6mm x 11mm 20D261702

5mm x 10.3mm 20D261701

6mm x 10mm 20D261700

10mm 20D261705

5mm x 9.5mm 20DS201000

5.5mm 20D261706

STEP 5A: Determine socket and/or bit holder extension length required. Calculate the bit protrusion using the following equation: Bit Protrusion (mm) = 18 mm + Bit Holder Extension (mm) – Socket Extension (mm)
STEP 5B: Determine socket and/or tang holder extension length required. Calculate the tang recession using the following equation: Tang Recessed (mm) = Socket Extension (mm) – Tang Holder Extension (mm)
 STEP 6A: Choose bit: ~F4296 BIT SELECTION
Description Part No. T45 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D240600 T30 HEX BIT, FOR1/4" BH 20D240601 HEX BIT 5/16 - 8MM X 25mm LG 20D240603 9MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240605 5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH 20D240606
Description Part No.
Description Part No. T40 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6373 T50 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6403 1/4 HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6453 7MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4296 5MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH F4361 5MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4380 6MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4399 8MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4513 SOCKET 14MM X 15MM EXT. H4223 T15 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4280 SLOTTED BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4436 XNZ SCREW BIT, FOR 5/16" BH H4533 7MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4909 7/8 HEX SOCKET J4850 10MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH L4259 5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4451 8MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4991

5MM X 12.5MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240903

6MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240904 SLOTTED BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D246700 21MM X 20MM DP, HEX SKT 40A2H 20DS200018 5MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16" BH 20DS200700 6MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200701 T40 BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200702 3/8" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5666 1/4" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5668 14MM HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH A5724 T27 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6134 5/32" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6178 3/16" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6179 6MM SQ BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6206 6MM X 5MM BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6207 T30 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6341

T-30 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240609

T-45 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240610

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240611 T55 BIT 5/16" HEX 20D240613 HEX BIT T40, 1/4 HOLD x1LG 20D240615 40IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240616 30IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240617 45IP FOR 5/16" B.H. 20D240618 HEX BIT 5/16, 8MM W/ SPCL FLAT 20D240619 5MM X 5MM EXT BIT, 5/16 BH 20D240902

128 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

H22 Output Options
STEP 1: Choose type of hold & drive:
Option A: Bit Holder See page 126 for config. guide Option B: Tang Holder See page 127 for config. guide
STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length — reference EB tool sections for available model number: EB non-fixtured tools, page 11, EB fixtured tools, page 31.
STEP 3: Choose standard socket size of one of the below types:
20D911000 SOCKET OPTIONS

Use the 20D288400 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator, on page 136, to configure a standard socket.

Deep Extended Hex
Extended Hex
Size Part No.
Size Extension Part No.
Size Extension Part No.

7/16˝ A6184

18mm 18mm H4038

14mm 1-5/8˝ A6451

7/8˝ A6186

21mm 18mm H4037

14mm 2-5/8˝ 20D215100

13mm (1/2˝) A6185

14mm 4-5/8˝ 20D215101

14mm H4747

14mm 7-3/8˝ 20D215102

Surface Drive Extended Hex

9/16 N4884

15mm 1/2˝ H4597

Size Extension Part No.

15mm N4665

15mm 1˝ A6282

18mm 46mm H4500

16mm (5/8˝) N4617

15mm 6˝ A6002

18mm 12-1/2˝ 20D132203

1˝ 20S202000

16mm 3/8˝ 20D245502

21mm 40mm 20D222001

27mm 20D232607

16mm 17mm 20D245503

21mm 80mm 20D222000

16mm 30mm N4620

16mm 60mm 20D245500

Extension Tube Options with Hex Sockets

16mm 200mm 20D245501

19mm 11mm 20D215106

Hex Surface Drive
Size Extension Part No.

21mm 67.6mm 20D222006

Size Part No.

18mm 8˝ 20D132201

21mm 110mm 20D132204

13mm H4435

18mm 12˝ 20D132200

21mm 6˝ 20D222600

15mm A6200

19mm 4˝ 20D132202

24mm 1/2˝ 20D222903

 STEP 4A: Choose standard bit holder size:  STEP 4B: See next page to choose tang holder size 20D911100 SPECIAL BIT HOLDER OPTIONS
Size Extension Part No.

5/16˝ S7750 (Special Diameter)

5/16˝ 100mm 20DS200009

5/16˝ 110mm 20D132306

5/16˝ 4˝ 20D132302

5/16˝ 150mm 20D215208

5/16˝ 155mm 20D215207

5/16˝ 175mm 20D247200

5/16˝ 6 5/8˝ 20D215202

7/16˝ 20D215201

Sockets 129
H22 Output Options continued
STEP 4B: Choose tang holder size:
~F4287 TANG OPTIONS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

H22 SKT/EXT TUBE KIT, 19mm, 4" 20D132202

10MM FEM.HEX TANG HOLDER F4406

10MM FAST LEAD TANG HOLDER H4877

TANG/EXTENSION KIT,8MMHX,12"LG 20D132300

7.7 X 9.8 X 16MM EXT TANG HOLD F4542

6.35MM X 8.0MM TANG HOLD 3/8" E H4883

8MM X 8" EXT H22 TANG ASM 20D132301

5MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER F4544

8MM HEX TANGHOLDER 8" EXT H4888

8MM X 12-1/2" EXT, SURF DR H22 20D132305

5.7MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER F4572

TANG HOLDER 9.4 X 11.3MM STD EX H4889

TANG HOLDER 11MM SURF. DR X STD 20D214300

8MM (5/16) INT. HEX TANG HOLDER F4573

8.0 X 10.5MM TANG HOLDER, 8" EX H4904

TANG HOLDER 8MM SURF. DR. X STD 20D214301

5.9MM X 8.1MM TANG HOLDER F4596

8.7 X 11MM TANG OLDER, STD. EXT H4905

6MM HEX 6MM DEEP, TANG H22 20D214303

10MM X 13MM TANG HOLDER F4600

10.2 X 11.5MM TANG HOLDER, STD H4906

13MM HEX TANG HOLDER,A22/40A4H 20D214304

8.5 HEX FEMALE TANG HOLDER F4636

TANG HOLDER 8MM X 10MM 1-1/8 EX H4958

7.2MM X 10MM, 11MM EXT TANG 20D214305

.390" X .529" TANG HOLDER F4673

10MM HEX TANG HOLD 32MM EXT H4960

TANG HOLDER 6.4MM X 8.4M X STD' 20D215400

8MM X 6.35MM TANG HOLDER F4718

10MM TANG HOLD LEFT HAND FAST L J4043

10MM FEMALE HEX x 6.00" EXTENDED 20D222700

2.7MM X 7MM BIT F4866

1/4 X 5/16 TANG HOLDER J4178

10.22mm FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER 20D222702

6.7MM X 7MM TANG HOLDER F4870

8MM X 6.35 X 1/2 TANG HOLDER J4214

10.5mm STD EXT,SH,TANG HOLDER 20D222705

7.2MM X 10.2MM TANG HOLDER F4975

8.5 X 10.5 X 16MM TANG HOLDER J4296

A3H TANG HOLDER, 8.8MM X 9.8MM 20D226100

6.3MM X 9.3MM TANG HOLDER H4115

8.5 X 10.5MM TANG HOLDER J4302

6.5MM X 8MM, TAPERED LEAD, TANG HOLDER, A3H/H22 20D226101

7MM HEX TANG HOLDER 1" EXT H4161

9.75 X 12MM TANG HOLDER J4314

E8 TORX TANG HOLDER, A2H/A3H/A4 20D226200

8MM X 11MM TANG HOLDER W/ LEAD H4176

7.7 X 9.8 X 80MM TANG HOLDER J4315

TANG HOLDER, E12 TORX 20D226201

8MM SQ FEMALE TANG HOLDER H4191

7.7 X 9.8 X 157MM TANG HOLDER J4317

E8 TORX X 6" EXT HEX BIT 20D226202

6 X 10MM TANG HOLDER .600 OD H4209

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER 10MM EXT J4382

E8 TORX TANG HOLDER SPCL Ø 20D226203

.340 HEX TANG HOLDER H4210

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER J4456

TANG HOLDER 5.0 X 6.3MM 20D242700

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER 1" EXT H4372

7MM FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER J4586

5.5 X 7.3, 6MM EXT,TANG HOLDER 20D242701

TORX SOCKET TX3114 H4373

6.3 X 9MM TANG HOLDER J4707

6.0MM X 5.0 MM, TANG HOLDER 20D242702

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER H4448

8MM X 11MM TANG HOLDER J4785

TANG HOLDER 5.4mm X 7.7mm 20D242703

4MM X 6MM TANG HOLDER H4475

8MM X 5.7MM X 1" EXT TANG HOLDE J4830

10MM X 32MM EXT, SURF DR TANG 20D245103

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 182MM H4483

6.3 X 7.5MM TANG HOLDER J4877

10MM X 37MM,SURF DR, TANG HLDR (H22) 20D245105

9.22 X 12.5MM TANG HOLD 155MM E H4484

8.90 X 11.20MM X 80MM TANG HOLD J4990

10MM X 37MM EXT.,TANG HOLDER (H22) 20D245106

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 10MM E H4485

9MM FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER L4005

10MM X 67.6MM EXT, HEX,TANG HOLDER H22 20D245109

8 X 10MM TANG HOLDER 10MM EXT H4488

10MM X 6MM TANG HOLDER L4017

10mm HEX, 64mm O'ALL LENGTH 20D245111

6.3 X 8.7MM TANG HOLDER 80MM EX H4489

5MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER L4019

10MM X 55MM OAL TANG H22/H26 20D245112

9MM HEX TANG HOLDER 46MM EXT H4499

11/32 HEX FEMALE TANGE HOLDER 3 L4106

5MM X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 20D245114

6 X 8MM TANG HOLDER 43MM EXT H4577

8.2MM X 9.8MM TANG HOLDER L4117

TORX SOCKET 3/8 SQ. DR X E12 X .65 OD 20D245115

9 X 11MM TANG HOLDER H4578

3/8 FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER L4373

8MM DOUBLE HEX TANG HOLDER 20D245116

6 X 8MM TANG HOLDER 47MM EXT H4593

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 80MM E L4523

TANG HOLDER - 7MM SURF DR 20D246900 TANG HLDR ASSY,H22,5/16/8MM,SH STD. EXT. SOCKET 6" DRIVE EXT. 20DS200045

5.7 X 8MM TANG HOLDER 5MM EXT H4606

8MM X 5.77MM TANG HOLDER 36MM E L4524

5.6 X 9.8MM TANG HOLDER H4607

6MM X 7.72MM TANG HOLDER L4544

TANG HOLDER SP. 11.28 DOUBLE HE 20S200602

5.9 X 6.8MM TANG HOLDER H4676

6 X 8MM TANG HOLDER L4644

15MM X 17MM TANG HOLDER 20S201900

6.8 X 8.25MM TANG HOLDER H4725

TANG HOLDER 9MM SURF DR L4694

7MM FEMALE TANG HOLDER 6" EXT A6003

2 STEP TANG HOLD 6.00&7.08 X 8 H4748

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9.2 X 300MM L4732

4.4 X 8MM TANG HOLDER A6005

7MM X 11MM TANG HOLDER H4761

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9.2 MM L4738

6MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER A6089

TANG HOLDER 9.2MMX12.5MMX45MM H4819

TANG HOLDER 8MM HEX 80 MM EXT L4784

6.24 X 7.5MM TANG HOLDER A6136

7.3MM X 9.4MM TANG HOLDER H4829

11MM HEX TANG HOLDER L4803

8MM SQ TANG HOLDER 47MM EXT A6226

5.7MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER H4840

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER X 19 MM EXT L4848

10MM HEX X 75MM EXT TANG HOLDER A6233

5 X 7.5MM TANG HOLDER H4857

TANG HOLDER 8.2 X 9.8 MM 80MM E L4869

7.7MM X 9.8MM FEMALE SHANK HOLD F4287

6.35 X 8.12MM TANG HOLDER H4858

4MM MALE HEX TANG HOLDER L4898

1/4" HEX HOLDER F4360

12MM FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER H4874

6.3 X 9.8MM TANG HOLDER L4978

130 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

H22 Output Options continued
~F4287 TANG OPTIONS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9MM X 70MM E N4029

8 X 5.7 TANG HOLDER 87MM EXT N4400

TANG HOLDER 9 X 11.5MM X 80MM E N4747

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9MM X 145MM N4030

6.3 X 8.0 X 32MM EXT TANG HOLDE N4413

TANG HOLDER 9 X 12.6MM X 157MM N4748

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9 N4031

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 8.5MM N4467

TANG HOLDER 8 X 10MM X 80MM EXT N4749

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9MM X 75MM E N4032

9.2MM X 12.5MM X 26.5MM EXT. SK N4469

TANG HOLDER 8 X 10MM X 157MM EX N4752

TANG HOLDER 10 X 7.6MM X 75MM E N4033

8MM X 12MM TANG HOLDER N4483

5MM HEX TANG HOLDER N4758

14MM DOUBLE HEX SOCKET N4064

6MM X 13MM TANG HOLDER N4484

1/4" X 7/16" TANG HOLDER N4826

12.5MM X 9MM TANG HOLDER 32MM E N4130

10MM HEX T HOLDER 1/4" EXT FAST N4575

6.3MM X 9.8MM TANG HOLDER 37MM N4834

12.5MM X9MM TANG HOLDER 27MM EX N4131

7.2MM X 9.2MM TANG HOLDER 80MM N4587

10MM X 7MM TANG HOLDER N4921

12.5MM X 9MM TANG HOLDER 102MM N4132

7.7MM X 9.8MM X 30MM EXT.TANG.H N4621

11/32" HEX TANG HOLDER 1-1/2" E N4927

10MM X 7.6MM TANG HOLDER 32MM E N4133

7.2MM X 9.2MM TANG HOLDER (A3H) N4658

10MM X 7.6MM TANG HOLDER N4994

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 157MM N4151

8MM X 6MM TANG HOLDER N4666

10MM X 7.3MM TANG HOLDER 152MM N4995

12.5 X 9MM TANG HOLDER 62MM EXT N4187

10 X 7.6MM TANG HOLDER 182MM EX N4697

TORX SOCKET 3/8" SQ X E14 DRIVE R7927

TANG HOLDER 10MM HEX X 1.531 EX N4189

10 X 7.6MM TANG HOLDER 102MM EX N4699

E12 TORX SOCKET R8461

TANG HOLDER 6MM HEX N4192

10MM X 3-1/8 EXT TANG HOLDER N4712

12.5MM X 9MM TANG HOLDER 52MM E N4384

6MM HEX TANG HOLDER 80MM EXT N4716

STEP 5A: Determine socket and/or bit holder extension length required. Calculate the bit protrusion using the following equation: Bit Protrusion (mm) = 18 mm + Bit Holder Extension (mm) – Socket Extension (mm)
STEP 5B: Determine socket and/or tang holder extension length required. Calculate the tang recession using the following equation: Tang Recessed (mm) = Socket Extension (mm) – Tang Holder Extension (mm)
 STEP 6A: Choose bit: ~F4296 BIT SELECTION
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

T45 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D240600

6MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240904

T50 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6403

T30 HEX BIT, FOR1/4" BH 20D240601

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D246700

1/4 HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6453

HEX BIT 5/16 - 8MM X 25mm LG 20D240603

21MM X 20MM DP, HEX SKT 40A2H 20DS200018

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4296

9MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240605

5MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16" BH 20DS200700

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH F4361

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH 20D240606

6MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200701

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4380

T-30 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240609

T40 BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200702

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4399

T-45 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240610

3/8" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5666

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4513

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240611

1/4" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5668

SOCKET 14MM X 15MM EXT. H4223

T55 BIT 5/16" HEX 20D240613

14MM HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH A5724

T15 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4280

HEX BIT T40, 1/4 HOLD x1LG 20D240615

T27 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6134

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4436

40IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240616

5/32" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6178

XNZ SCREW BIT, FOR 5/16" BH H4533

30IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240617

3/16" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6179

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4909

45IP FOR 5/16" B.H. 20D240618

6MM SQ BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6206

7/8 HEX SOCKET J4850

HEX BIT 5/16, 8MM W/ SPCL FLAT 20D240619

6MM X 5MM BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6207

10MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH L4259

5MM X 5MM EXT BIT, 5/16 BH 20D240902

T30 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6341

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4451

5MM X 12.5MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240903

T40 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6373

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4991

Sockets 131
H26 Output Options
STEP 1: Choose type of hold & drive:
Option A: Bit Holder See page 126 for config. guide Option B: Tang Holder See page 127 for config. guide
STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length — reference EB tool sections for available model number: EB non-fixtured tools, page 11, EB fixtured tools, page 31.
STEP 3: Choose standard socket size of one of the below types:
F4285 SOCKET OPTIONS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

21MM X 8" EXT, HEX SKT ASM-H26 20D135900

18MM SURF DR SOCKET H4177

16MM X 10MM EXT SOCKET L4535

21MM HEX SKT ASM MAG 20D135901

21MM SURF DR SOCKET 182MM EXT H4366

18MM SOCKET 1 1/2" EXT L4556

SOCKET 24MM X 8" EXT SURFACE DR 20D213700

17MM HEX SURF DR SOCKET 37MM EX H4409

22MM SURF DR SOCKET 10MM EXT L4557

21MM X 8.5MM EXT SURF DR - A3H 20D226300

21MM SURF DR SOC 155MM EXT H4447

30MM HEX SOCKET LA4H L4622

SPECIAL 21MM X 80MM EXT SOCKET 20D232600

21MM SURF DR SOCKET 10MM EXT H4486

18MM X 19MM EXT HEX SOCKET LA3H L4646

23MM HEX SOCKET, A40LA3H 20D232601

18MM SURF DR SOCKET 10MM EXT H4487

24 MM SOCKET 10 MM EXT L4663

27MM X 77MM EXT, H26 SKT 20D232606

17MM SURF DR SOCKET 1.5" EXT H4576

HEX SOCKET 21MM X 300MM L4733

HEX SOCKET 1 1/8" SINGLE HEX 20D232609

17MM SURF DR SOCKET 1-5/8" EXT H4594

19 MM FAST LEAD SOCKET L4868

HEX SOCKET,21MM X 67.6MM EXT. 20D232610

18MM SURF DR OVER SIZE H4612

19 MM SOCKET X 3/8" EXT SPECIAL L4886

HEX SOCKET 21MM X 28MM EXT 20D232611

18MM HEX SOCKET 32MM EXT H4628

12MM HEX SOCKET (LA3H) L4897

HEX SOCKET 34MM, H26 20D232612

21MM HEX SOCKET 52MM EXT H4629

21MM SURF DR SOCKET 75 MM EXT N4034

21MM x 12MM EXT SH SKT, H26 20D232615

17MM HEX SOCKET 36MM EXT H4781

21MM SURF DR SOCKET 150 EXT N4035

SOCKET, 18MM X 2.203" EXT., SH H26 20D232616

SOCKET 24MM X 45MM EXT. H4820

21MM SURF DR SOCKET N4036

HEX SOCKET - 18MM X 3.203 EXT. 20D232617 HEX SOCKET-16MM X 5MM EXT SPCL DRIVE DEPTH 20D232618 18MM X 12MM EXT SPCL HEX SKT SPCL 22MM DRIVE DEPTH 20D232619

18MM HEX SOCKET 8" EXT H4886

18MM X 37MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4134

17MM X 1-1/8" EXT SOCKET H4959

21MM X 37MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4135

21MM FAST LEAD SOCKET J4044

21MM X32MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4136

16MM (5/8") HEX SOCKET J4090

21MM X 107MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4137

21MM X 167.3MM EXT SD SKT, H26 20D232621

15MM X 1/2 EXT SOCKET LA3H J4213

21MM X 80MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4149

21MM X 18MM EXT,SH SOCKET,H26 20D232622

17MM HEX SOCKET (SPEC. O.D.) J4304

21MM X 157MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4150

18MM X 7.107 OAL,FL,SOCKET,H26 20D232623

19MM X 80MM EXT SOCKET J4316

20MM HEX SOCKET N4177

10MM SURFACE DR SOCKET A6137

19MM X 157MM EXT SOCKET J4318

21MM SURF DR SOCKET 67MM EXT N4186

18MM HEX SURF DR X 1-1/2" EXT S A6215

19MM X 18MM EXT SURFACE DR J4381

21MM HEX SOCKET X 1.531 EXT N4188

22MM HEX - A3H SPECIAL O.D. A6216

17MM HEX SOCKET SURFACE DR J4398

21MM HEX SOCKET 8MM EXT N4337

22M SURFACE DRIVE - 1/4 EXT A3H A6228

14MM FAST LEAD SOCKET J4457

21MM HEX SOCKET 57MM EXTENDED N4382

14MM DBL HEX SOCKET A6231

17MM X 19MM EXT SOCKET J4467

17MM X 87MM EXT SOCKET N4398

15/16" X 60MM HEX SKT, 40A3H A6270

22MM FAST LEAD SOCKET LA3H J4607

15MM SURF DR SOCKET 37MM EXT N4412

21 MM SURF DR. X 2" SKT 40A3H A6467

17MM FAST LEAD SOCKET LA3H J4608

24MM SURF DR SOCKET N4439

19MM HEX SURF. DR. X 46MM EXT. A6474

15MM SURFACE DR. SOCKET J4662

22MM SURF DR SOCKET N4440

17MM HEX SOCKET F4285

9/16 X 1/2 EXT REACTION SOCKET J4708

18MM HEX SOCKET 1/4" EXT N4457

19MM HEX SOCKET F4294

15MM X 1" EXT HEX SOCKET (LA3H) J4829

21MM X 8.5MM EXT. HEX SOCKET N4466

14MM SOCKET F4359

7/8 HEX SOCKET J4850

18MM X 26.5MM EXT. HEX SOCKET N4468

21MM SOCKET F4401

22MM X 80MM EXT SOCKET LA3H J4989

15MM X 80MM EXT. SURFACE DR. SO N4582

22MM HEX SOCKET F4487

18MM X 80MM EXT SURFACE DR SOCK L4067

18MM HEX SOCKET 187MM EXT N4696

24MM (15/16") HEX SOCKET F4512

21MM X 80MM EXT SURFACE DR SOCK L4068

18MM HEX SOCKET 107MM EXT N4698

19MM X 16MM EXT SOCKET F4541

18MM X 157MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET L4073

18MM X 3-1/8" EXT HEX SOCKET N4711 18MM HEX SURF DR SOCKET 80MM EX N4715

9/16" HEX SOCKET F4571

11/16 HEX SOCKET L4116

18MM HEX SOCKET F4635

18MM 1/4" EXT (SPECIAL OD) L4118

15MM DBLE. HEX SOCKET N4782

19MM X 10MM HEX SOCKET F4653

19MM HEX SOCKET LA3H L4119

15MM HEX SOCKET (USE W/ N4826 N4825

15MM HEX SOCKET F4717

22MM X .52MM EXT HEX SOCKET (LA L4372

18MM HEX SOC 1-1/2" EXT FAST LE N4925

1-1/16HEX (27MM) SOCKET F4867

18MM X 80MM SURF DR SKT SPEC O. L4426

18MM HEX SOCKET FAST LEAD N4926

19MM X 7MM SURFACE DR. SOCKET F4869

19MM SURFACE DR SOCKET LA3H L4474

17MM HEX SOCKET 10MM EXT N4975

21MM SURF DR SOC 15MM DEEP 28MM H4039

11/16 SOCKET 36MM EXT L4525

TANG DRIVE SOCKET S7749

18MM SURF DR SOC 12MM DEEP 28MM H4040

132 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

H26 Output Options continued
 STEP 4A: Choose standard bit holder size:
 STEP 4B: Choose tang holder size:
~H4948 TANG HOLDER OPTIONS
~H4947 H26 BIT HOLDER OPTIONS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

10MM X 8" EXT,HEX TANG ASM 20D132303

5/16" HEX, TANG HOLDER A22 20D245117 8MM X 51MM EXT HEX TANG HOLDER FOR A22 20D245118

10MM X 7.5" EXT,SURF DR TANG 20D132304

Description Part No.

TANG HOLDER 12MM HEX X 8" EXT 20D213800

8MM X 2.203" EXT.,HEX,TANG H26 20D245119

HEX BIT HOLDER 5/16˝ X 1/4˝

20D241300

TANG HOLDER 11MM HEX X STD'D EX 20D215300

8MM(5/16) X 3.2" EXT TANG HLDR H26 20D245120 9.1MM x 11.15MM,168MM EXT TANG H26 TANG HOLDER 20D245122

TANG HOLDER, 11MM SURFACE DR. - 20D216300

BIT HOLDER 80MM EXT (FOR 20D241301

8MM HEX X 1.500 EXT TANG HOLDER 20D216600

IP40 DRIVE TANG HOLDER 20D245123

BIT HOLDER 1/4˝ HEX X STD EXT A6273

9MM FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER 20D222701 9MM X 2.5" EXT FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER 20D222704

10 X 12MM TANG HOLDER A6004

5/16˝ HEX BIT HOLDER 31MM EXT H4897

10MM HEX FAST LEAD TANG HOLDER A6030

HEX BIT HOLDER 5/16˝ H4947

7MM X 1" EXT TANG HOLDER 20D223900

7.1 X 8.25 MM TANG HOLDER A6032

HEX BIT HOLDER 5/16 HEX, N4631

TANG HOLDER, .343 HEX 20D223901

TWO STEP TANG HOLDER A6043

5/16˝ X 77MM EXT, BIT HOLDER N4670

7.7mm x 9.8mm RECT TANG HLDR 20D223902 8mmX107mm EXT HEX TANG HOLDER 20D223903

8MM TANG HOLDER 32MM EXT A6053

6MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER A6089

5MM HEX TANG HOLDER A6123

8MM X 6.920" EXT.,SH,TANG HLDR 20D223904

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER A6132

E8 TORX TANG HOLDER, A2H/A3H/A4 20D226200

8.7 X 11MM X 157MM EXT. TANG HO A6203

TANG HOLDER, E12 TORX 20D226201

STEP 5A: Determine socket and/or bit holder extension length required. Calculate the bit protrusion using the following equation: Bit Protrusion (mm) = 19 mm + Bit Holder Extension (mm) – Socket Extension (mm)

6.4MM X 8.4MM TANG HOLDER 40A3 A6288 8.0mm X 80mm EXT. A3H TANG HOLD A6296

E8 TORX TANG HOLDER SPCL Ø 20D226203

TANG HOLDER, E12 TORX 20D226901 TANG HOLDER 10MM SURF DR H26 HEAD 20D245100

10MM HEX X 2" EXT TANG HOLDER " A6468

8MM MALE HEX HOLDER H4944

10MM X 1-1/2" EXT,SURF DR TANG 20D245102

6MM MALE HEX HOLDER/BIT H4945

10MM X 32MM EXT, SURF DR TANG 20D245103

12MM HEX TANG HOLDER H4946

6MM HEX 6MM DEEP, TANG H26 20D245104 10MM X 67.6MM EXT,SURF DR,TANG HOLDER H22 20D245108 10MM X 67.6MM EXT, HEX, TANG HOLDER H22 20D245109

10MM HEX TANG HOLDER H4948

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER H4949

10MM HEX TANG HOLD 32MM EXT H4960

8.9MM X 11.2MM RECT TANG HOLDE 20D245110

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER 8" EXT H4982

10mm HEX, 64mm O'ALL LENGTH 20D245111

10MM HEX TANG HOLDER 3.125" EXT H4983

10MM X 55MM OAL TANG H22/H26 20D245112

STEP 5B: Determine socket and/or tang holder extension length required. Calculate the tang recession using the following equation: Tang Recessed (mm) = Socket Extension (mm) – Tang Holder Extension (mm)
 STEP 6A: Choose bit: ~F4296 BIT SELECTION
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

T45 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D240600

6MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240904

T50 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6403

T30 HEX BIT, FOR1/4" BH 20D240601

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D246700

1/4 HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6453

HEX BIT 5/16 - 8MM X 25mm LG 20D240603

21MM X 20MM DP, HEX SKT 40A2H 20DS200018

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4296

9MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240605

5MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16" BH 20DS200700

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH F4361

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH 20D240606 T-30 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240609

6MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200701

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4380

T40 BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200702

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4399

T-45 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240610

3/8" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5666

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4513

1/4" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5668

SOCKET 14MM X 15MM EXT. H4223

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240611

14MM HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH A5724

T15 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4280

T55 BIT 5/16" HEX 20D240613

T27 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6134

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4436

HEX BIT T40, 1/4 HOLD x1LG 20D240615

5/32" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6178

XNZ SCREW BIT, FOR 5/16" BH H4533

40IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240616

3/16" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6179

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4909

30IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240617

6MM SQ BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6206

7/8 HEX SOCKET J4850

45IP FOR 5/16" B.H. 20D240618

6MM X 5MM BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6207

10MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH L4259

HEX BIT 5/16, 8MM W/ SPCL FLAT 20D240619

T30 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6341

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4451

5MM X 5MM EXT BIT, 5/16 BH 20D240902 5MM X 12.5MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240903

T40 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6373

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4991

Sockets 133
H32 Output Options
STEP 1: Choose type of hold & drive:
Option A: Bit Holder See page 126 for config. guide Option B: Tang Holder See page 127 for config. guide
STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length — reference EB tool sections for available model number: EB non-fixtured tools, page 11, EB fixtured tools, page 31.
STEP 3: Choose standard socket size of one of the below types:
~A5302 1” TRAVEL SOCKET OPTIONS
~A5303 2” TRAVEL SOCKET OPTIONS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

36MM HEX SOCKET, A5H HEAD 20D226700

H32 SOCKET - 24MM 20D212101

24MM SURFACE DRIVE SOCKET, H32V 20D230100

H32 SOCKET - 27MM 20D212102

18MM HEX SOCKET, H32V2 20D230101

23MM HEX SOCKET, H32/A5H 1" TRAVEL 20D212103

34MM HEX SOCKET, A5H, 2" TRAVEL 20D235000

22MM SURF DR SKT, H32V1 20D212104

H32 HEX SKT 21MM X 16MM EXT 20D249400

21MM HEX SOCKET 1" TRAVEL A5302

24MM X 16MM EXT HEX SKT, H32V2 20D249401

1 3/16" (30MM) HEX SOCKET 1" TR A5306

21MM X 8" EXT SURF DR SKT H32V2 20D249402

1-1/8" HEX SOCKET 1" TRAVEL A5667

21MM X 5.05" EXT., SD, SOCKET, A5H, 2" TRAVEL H&D 20D249403

41MM HEX A5722

24MM X 5.05" EXT, SD, SOCKET, A5H, 2" TRAVEL H&D SOCKET 20D249404

36MM HEX SOCKET - 50A2H A5726

30MM SH SKT 2" TRAVEL HND MIN CHAMFER ON SOCKET 20DS201800

21MM X 4 11/16" EXT HEX SKT H32, 8" OVERALL LENGTH 20DS202208

21MM HEX SOCKET 2" TRAVEL A5303

1 3/16" (30MM) HEX SOCKET 2" TR A5316

31MM HEX SOCKET 2" TRAVEL A5339

22MM HEX SOCKET (2" TRAVEL) A5383

24MM HEX SOCKET (2" TRAVEL) A5393

46MM HEX SOCKET 2 IN. TRAVEL A5718

 STEP 4A: Choose standard bit holder size:
 STEP 4B: Choose tang holder size:
~20D900601 TANG OPTIONS
~20D900602 BIT HOLDER OPTIONS
Hex Surface Drive
Description Part No.
Size Extension Part # Feature
Size Part #

5/16˝ Hex A5307

5/16˝ (8mm) A5559

10mm A5581

7/16˝ Hex A5723

8mm 20D212204 Special O.D.

11mm A5549

8 MM Special Outside Diameter 20D250100

10mm A5301

12mm 20D212203

10mm 1/4˝ A5452

13mm 20D212202

11mm A5394

15mm 20D212206

12mm 20D212201

Fast Lead
Rectangle
Size Extension Part #
Size Extension Part #

10mm A5399

10.32 X 13.1mm A5585

11mm A5400

9 x 12.55mm 80mm A5384

11mm 1/4˝ A5453

Size Part #

T-18 A5340

134 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

H32 Output Options continued
STEP 5A: Determine socket and/or bit holder extension length required. Calculate the bit protrusion using the following equation: Bit Protrusion (mm) = 17 mm + Bit Holder Extension (mm) – Socket Extension (mm)
STEP 5B: Determine socket and/or tang holder extension length required. Calculate the tang recession using the following equation: Tang Recessed (mm) = Socket Extension (mm) – Tang Holder Extension (mm)
 STEP 6A: Choose bit: ~F4296 BIT SELECTION
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

T45 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D240600

6MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240904

T50 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6403

T30 HEX BIT, FOR1/4" BH 20D240601

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D246700

1/4 HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6453

HEX BIT 5/16 - 8MM X 25mm LG 20D240603

21MM X 20MM DP, HEX SKT 40A2H 20DS200018

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4296

9MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240605

5MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16" BH 20DS200700

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH F4361

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH 20D240606

6MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200701

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4380

T-30 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240609

T40 BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200702

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4399

3/8" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5666

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4513

T-45 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240610

1/4" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5668

SOCKET 14MM X 15MM EXT. H4223

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240611

14MM HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH A5724

T15 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4280

T55 BIT 5/16" HEX 20D240613

T27 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6134

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4436

HEX BIT T40, 1/4 HOLD x1LG 20D240615

5/32" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6178

XNZ SCREW BIT, FOR 5/16" BH H4533

40IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240616

3/16" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6179

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4909

30IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240617

6MM SQ BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6206

7/8 HEX SOCKET J4850

45IP FOR 5/16" B.H. 20D240618

6MM X 5MM BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6207

10MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH L4259

HEX BIT 5/16, 8MM W/ SPCL FLAT 20D240619

T30 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6341

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4451

5MM X 5MM EXT BIT, 5/16 BH 20D240902

T40 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6373

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4991

5MM X 12.5MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240903

Sockets 135
Hold & Drive Standard Sockets
CHOOSE YOUR SOCKET

A new part number system for H22 standard hold and drive sockets enables customers to describe and price standard sockets for each application. The part number includes information on head number of the tool, socket type, socket size and extension length. For special sockets or dimensions not included on this page, check the following pages or contact your local STANLEY sales representative.

STEP 1: Select the Base Code from the Head Number table
STEP 2: Add Type, Size & Extension separated by forward slashes
Base Type Size Extension

Note: Specify socket size no smaller than Min. Hex Size. Choose mm or in

Length Extension Code (mm) (in)
Min. Hex Size Base Code (mm) (in)
Size (mm) Size Code
Size (in) Size Code
Hold and Drive Head Number DTU

Standard Standard 0

SH Single Hex

17 M17

11/16 11

H22 17 11/16 20D288400

3 1/8 3

18 M18

3/4 12

6 1/4 6

19 M19

13/16 13

9 3/8 9

20 M20

7/8 14

12 1/2 12

21 M21

15/16 15

15 5/8 15

22 M22

DH Double Hex

18 3/4 18

23 M23

21 7/8 21

24 M24

24 1 24

27 1 1/16 27

30 1 1/8 30

SD Surface Drive

33 1 1/4 33

36 1 3/8 36

39 1 1/2 39

42 1 5/8 42

45 1 3/4 45

48 1 7/8 48

51 2 51

54 2 1/8 54

57 2 1/4 57

60 2 3/8 60

63 2 1/2 63

66 2 5/8 66

69 2 3/4 69

72 2 7/8 72

Extension

75 3 75

78 3 1/8 78

81 3 1/4 81

84 3 3/8 84

EXAMPLE ORDER

87 3 1/2 87

90 3 5/8 90

Example: An H22 hold and drive head requires a 17 mm surface drive socket with a 1 in extension. Select the BASE (20D288400), TYPE (SD), SIZE (17) and EXTENSION (24).

Note: The standard socket, 0 extension, has an OAL of 1.625”. The extended lengths are added to the OAL.

Base Type Size Ext.

20D288400 / SD / 17 / 24

136 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

CHOOSE YOUR BIT HOLDER Hold & Drive Bit Holders

A new part number system for H22 standard bit holder enables customers to describe and price standard sockets for each application. The part number includes information on the base bit holder number, drive size and extension length. For special bit holders or dimensions not included on this page, check the following pages or contact your local STANLEY sales representative.

STEP 1: Select the Base Code based on the bit holder length table
STEP 2: Add Type, Size & Extension separated by forward slashes
Base Type Size Extension
Length Extension Code (mm) (in)
Size (in) Size Code
Bit Holder Length Base Code
SH Single Hex

1/4 4

Standard Standard 0

Standard Length 20D288500

5/16 5

3 1/8 3

Extended Length < 79 mm (3 1/16˝) 20D288501

6 1/4 6

Extended Length > 79 mm (3 1/16˝) 20D288502

9 3/8 9

12 1/2 12

15 5/8 15

18 3/4 18

21 7/8 21

24 1 24

27 1 1/16 27

30 1 1/8 30

33 1 1/4 33

36 1 3/8 36

39 1 1/2 39

42 1 5/8 42

45 1 3/4 45

48 1 7/8 48

51 2 51

54 2 1/8 54

57 2 1/4 57

60 2 3/8 60

63 2 1/2 63

66 2 5/8 66

69 2 3/4 69

72 2 7/8 72

75 3 75

78 3 1/8 78

81 3 1/4 81

84 3 3/8 84

EXAMPLE ORDER

87 3 1/2 87

90 3 5/8 90

Example: An H22 hold and drive head requires a 1/4” bit holder with a 1 in extension. Select the BASE (20D288500), TYPE (SH), SIZE (4) and EXTENSION (24).
Base Type Size Ext.

20D288500 / SH / 4 / 24

Sockets 137
Image
Reaction Bars and Mounts
Mounting Options
Base Mount Bracket Reaction Bar
Sliding Drive Reaction Bar
Mounting Flange
E_33LA19 E_34LA19 E_34LA22A/H22A E_34LC/EB34LT E_44LA19 E_44LA22A/H22A E_44LC/EB44LT E_34LB1 E_34MB1 E_44LB1 E_44MB1 E_34PB1 E_44PB1
E_45LA26/H26 E_45LA32/H32 E_55LA26/H26 E_55LA32/H32 E_45LB2 E_45MB2 E_55LB2 E_55MB2 E_55LB3 E_55MB3 E_55LB4 E_55MB4 E_55LB5 E_55MB5
E_02LB E_12LB E_12PB EB22PB
EB22LB E_33LB E_33MB E_33PB
Reaction Devices Listed by Tool Models
Base Mount Bracket A8606 20K100500 20K100600 H1140 F4201
Mounting Flange 20K101000 20K100300 20K100700 M4329 20K101100 20K100900
Reaction Bar - Steel 20K100104 20K100100 20K100000 20K100200 B4487 F4192
Reaction Bar - Heavy Duty 20K100202
Reaction Bar 17˝ - Aluminum 20K100103 F3698
Reaction Bar 12˝ - Aluminum 20K101601
Sliding Drive Reaction Bar F4857

138 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
Wire Bails and Gear Case Extensions
Tool Bails

Wire Bails allow a tool to be hung on a hook for storage until needed.

Swivel Bails allows for a balancer to hold the weight of the tool while the operator uses the tool in the correct position as the tool is free to rotate inside the bail.

Swivel Bail Wire Bail Vertical Bail Mount Kit
E_02LA E_02LB E_12LA E_12LB EB22P E_33P EB22L E_33L E_34P E_44P E_34L E_44L E_45L E_55L
Bail Devices Listed by Tool Models
Swivel Bail 20K101402 20K101400 20K101400 20K200000 20K200000 20K200100
Vertical Wire Bail A3061 A3061 A3061 A3061 A3061 A3061
Vertical Bail Mount Kit 20K200007 20K200007
Gear Case Extensions for Angle Tools

Gear Case Extensions fit between the gearing and an angle output to extend the reach of the tool.

Use these Part Numbers to extend an existing tool. When ordering a new tool simply use E# after the tool model number to have the extension installed on the new tool. Where # is the length in inches for the extension required.

Extension Tool Type Gearing Size Output Extension Part Number
E G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 4˝ 20K300019
E G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 6˝ 20K300025
E G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 10˝ 20K300020
Tool Type Gearing Size Output Extension Part Number
Tool Type Gearing Size Output Extension Part Number
E/ EB/ AA G4 A19 Splined/ A22A 4˝ 20K300014
E12/ EB_2/ AA G2 A10/ A13 2˝ 20K300026
E/ EB/ AA G4 A19 Splined/ A22A 6˝ 20K300013
E12/ EB_2/ AA G2 A10/ A13 6˝ 20K300027
E/ EB/ AA G4 A19 Splined/ A22A 8˝ 20K300015
E/ EB/ AA G4 A19 Splined/ A22A 10˝ 20K300016
Tool Type Gearing Size Output Extension Part Number
E/ EB/ AA G4 A19 Splined/ A22A 12˝ 20K300018
EB/ AA G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 4˝ 20K300028
Tool Type Gearing Size Output Extension Part Number
EB/ AA G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 6˝ 20K300029
E/ EB G5 A26/ A32 6˝ 20K300006
EB/ AA G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 8˝ 20K300030
E/ EB G5 A26/ A32 9˝ 20K300009
EB/ AA G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 10˝ 20K300031
E/ EB G5 A26/ A32 12˝ 20K300012
EB/ AA G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 12˝ 20K300032
DC Tool Accessories 139
Extended Spindle Support
Extended Spindle Support Accessories

Extended Spindle Supports minimize tool vibration from sockets and extensions. Extended Spindle Support Accessories can help to improve:

• Safety — Minimize the pinch hazard between the tool and the extension
• Product Quality — Reduce the potential for product damage by helping to prevent tool contact with finished surfaces and cross-threading caused by improper fastener installation
• Tooling Reliability — Extended Spindle Support Accessories incorporate a heavy duty bearing that minimizes wobble and reduces side loading to reduce premature tool wear and improve tool reliability
• Attachment Lifecycle — Extends socket and extension life

Extended Packing Cap allows support to be attached easily to existing angle head.

Ball bearings allow free movement of the support housing while reducing side loading forces to the angle head drive components.

Each Extension Support requires an Extended Packing Cap from the table on the right.

Extension Support Assemblies *
Extended Packing Caps
Output Square Drive (in) 4” Extended Spindle 6” Extended Spindle 8” Extended Spindle 12” Extended Spindle
Output Part Number
A14 3/8˝ 20K102504 20K102505
A14 20D140102
A15 3/8˝ 20K102506 20K102508 20K102507
A15 20D140104
A18 3/8˝ 20K102500 20K102509 20K102501 20K102511
A18 20D140100
A19 1/2˝ 20K102502 20K102503
A19 20D140101
A22 1/2˝ 20K102514 20K102515
A22 20D286504

* Includes support and extension

140 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Protectors and Head Covers
Angle Head Covers
Angle Output PVC Cover Vinyl Cover
A13 X2300 20D250705
A14/ A15 X2322 / 20K202103 20D250701
A18 X2323 20D250702
A19 20K202100 20D250707
A22 X2305 20D250708
A26 X2306 20D250709
A32 n/a 20D250710
PVC Cover
Angle Head Vinyl Cover
Crowfoot Vinyl Head Covers
Crowfoot Output Angle Head Cover Foot Cover
C7 20D250707 20D250722
C10 20D250708 20D250712
C13 20D250703 20D250714
C16 20D250707 20D250715
C29 20D250702 20D250718
C31 20D250708 20D250719
Crowfoot Vinyl Cover
C69 20D250702 20D250721
C246 20D250702 20D250717
C21 20D250709 20D250722
C313 N/A 20D250731
C317 / C379 N/A 20D250732
C216 20D250702 20D250744
Tubenut Vinyl Head Covers
Tubenut Output Angle Head Cover Foot Cover
T20 20D250708 20D250725
T23 20D250707 20D250727
T74 20D250702 20D250729
T99 20D250707 20D250730
T147 20D250702 20D250724
T211 / T252 20D250702 20D250726
T264 20D250702 20D250728
Tubenut Vinyl Cover
DC Tool Accessories 141
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Tool Lever and Headlights
Lever Handle Options
Rubber Grip for Handle
Forward Facing Lever
Handle Type Tool Part Number
Handle Type Tool Part Number

E_02P

E2/ 3_L 20H100005

Forward Lever

20H207107 E_12P

EA2/ 3_L 20H100008

Pistol
Lever

E_2_P

E4/ 5_L 20H100105

E_3_P

EB3/ 5_L, B1/ 2_L 20H100107

E_02L 20H207910 E_12L

EB22L 20H100108

E_2_L

Rubber Grip
Lever

20H207207 E_3_L

Extended Lever

E_4_L

Handle Type Tool Part Number

E_5_L

Lever E_0/ 12_L 20H101903
Push-to-Start E_02LP 20H207915 E_12LP

E_2/ 3/ 4/ 5_L 20H100007

Extended Lever
Tool LED Headlight Pinch Protectors Headlights
Tool Light Type Part No.
Angle Head Output Part No.
EB33 Stationary 20H106500

A14 20D286705

EB34 20H106501

A15 20D286704

A18 20D286706

A19 / A22 20D286707

Note: The appropriate extended packing cap is required when installing/using the pinch protectors. Headlight Kit
Pinch Protector

142 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Socket Trays
Socket Trays

STANLEY’s 4 and 8 position Socket Trays, available in 24V DC or DeviceNet models, allow a single tool to reliably assemble joints at different target torque levels, batch counts or fastening strategies maximizing quality, productivity, efficiency and floor space. Features include:

• I/O repeater provides access to controller 24V DC I/O not consumed by the Socket Tray (Optional)

• Compact design for maximum space saving

• Ready for Alpha using Binary +1 selection

• 8-Position socket tray dimensions: 216d x292w x163h mm (8.5 x 11.5 x 6.4 in)

Socket Tray Model Number # Socket Positions Connection Repeater Port Cable Max Socket Diameter
SA-1980 4
SA-1981 8 No

24V DC I/O cable Re- quired, See Below 54 mm 2-1/8˝

24V DC I/O

SA-1982 4 Yes
SA-1983 8 Yes
SA-1978 4 DeviceNet No DeviceNet Cable and Tee Required, See Below. SA-1979 8 No

When using multiple sockets and programs please ensure that the torques programmed are within the working specifcations of the tool and controller used.

Cable Number Connection Controller Length
Kit Number Description
20C109007

7 meters

21C101401 DeviceNet Cable Tee/ Terminator Kit

Advanced/ Expert

20C109010 10 meters
21C101403 DeviceNet Cable Kit - 0.2 meter Extension

24V DC I/O

20C109107 Basic 7 meters
21C101404 DeviceNet Cable Kit - 1 meter Extension
20C109207 PSI-C 7 meters

DeviceNet Micro Tee - 21R202204 DeviceNet Micro Terminator Male - 21R202202 DeviceNet Micro Terminator Female - 21R202203

21C1021.2

0.2 meters

21C102101 1 meters

DeviceNet DeviceNet Master

21C102105 5 meters
21C102110 10 meters
21C102120 20 meters
DC Tool Accessories 143
Image
Test Fixtures
Part Number 20V101000 Has three 1/2” – 13 Bolts with Hard Medium and Soft Joints. Can be mounted to table tops or other significant structures for learning different strategies on different joint characteristics. Training Joint Simulator
20V101000
Calibration Joint Simulator
Joint Type Max Input Torque Torque Rate Bolt Size
Model Nm ftlb Nm/° ftlb/° in
T00915/S3

60 45 14 10.3

3/4 - 16 T00915/S4 88 65 22.6 16.7
Calibration Joint Simulator
T00915/S5 135 100 34 25
T00915/S6 200 148 50 37
T00915/H1
20 15 125 92.4 5/8 - 11 T00915/H2 40 30 285 210
T00915/H3 54 40 405 300
3/4 - 16 T00915/H4 75 55 610 450
T00915/H5 135 100 950 700
T00915/H6 200 148 1700 1257

144 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Test Fixtures and Handles
Use Part Number M4504 as a second handle for positioning tools that are fixtured and then starting their operation. Use one of the X5380/x cables listed with this handle. DC Start Handle
Part No. Length
X5380/1 1 meter
X5380/3 3 meters
X5380/10 10 meters
X5380/30 30 meters
X5380/60 60 meters
Use Part Number S3544 as an Auxiliary Handle for positioning tools that are fixtured. Auxiliary Handle
DC Tool Accessories 145
Floor Stands
Floor Stands

Floor Stands provide a place for mounting groups of controllers typically found in fixtured tool applications. However, handheld tools could also be grouped for convenience.

Model Max Number of Spindles Description
21F100405 2 For controllers and a Power Module
21F100406 For controllers only
21F100403 6 For controllers and a Power Module
21F100404 For controllers only
21F100401 12 For controllers and a Power Module
21F100402 For controllers only
Plinth Brackets & Options

A plinth bracket provides a mounting option for controllers on walls or floor stands. Additional mounting brackets are available for I/O or Ethernet switch mounting options.

Part No. Description
21E204300 Plinth modular mount bracket
21E204320 Plinth bracket – I/O option
21E204340 4 spindle ethernet switch mounting bracket
21E204341 4 spindle ethernet switch mounting bracket
21E204351 Plinth GFI bracket

146 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Maintenance Tools
Assembly / Disassembly Maintenance Tools
SPANNER OR CROWFOOT WRENCH
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
3/4˝ x 3/8˝ SD X4174
1-1/2˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4193
2-1/2˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4210 / 20V200001
1˝ x 3/8˝ SD X4175
1-5/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4194 / X4183
2-15/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200002
1-1/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4176
1-3/4˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4195
2-3/4˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200003
1-1/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4177
1-3/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4196 / X4188
2-7/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200004
1-1/4˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4179 / X4214
1-13/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4197
3-3/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200005
1-3/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4181
1-11/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4200
2-1/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4206 / 20V200006
1-7/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4186
1-7/16˝ X 1/2˝ SD X4204
2˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4187
1-9/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4205
3˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200007
2-5/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4189 / X4209
1-5/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4215
3-1/4˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200008
2-1/4˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4190 / X4208
1-7/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4216
1-3/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4192
1-15/16” x 1/2” SD X4201 / X4219

These spanners are used to assemble or disassemble the lock nuts and outputs of QPM tools. See the specific tool’s Assembly Sheet for which spanner to use on the tool.

2-3/16” x 1/2” SD X4191 / X4207
MOTOR CONNECTOR REPAIR KIT OUTPUT ASSEMBLY/ DISASSEMBLY TOOLS
MISCELLANEOUS TOOLS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
E TOOL CONNECTOR REPAIR KIT 20M202900
A13 PACKING CAP ASSEMBLY TOOL T00576
A30 / A40 / A18 Drive Spindle Pusher T01849
EA, EB, EC TOOL CONNECTOR REPAIR KIT 20M202901
A14 PACKING CAP ASSEMBLY TOOL 20V200400
SPANNER WRENCH T05389
A18 PACKING CAP ASSEMBLY TOOL T00698
T30 BIT (USE W/ 5/16˝ HOLDER) X4198
A19 PACKING CAP ASSEMBLY TOOL 20V100201
E3 MOTOR CLAMP 20V100001
A19 BEARING PRESS AID 20V100202
E3 THREADED ADAPTER SPANNER 20V100002
A19 BEARING PRESS AID 20V100209
E4 / E5 MOTOR CLAMP 20V100101
A22 BEARING PRESS AID 20V100203
E4 / E5 THREADED ADAPTER SPANNER 20V100102
A26 BEARING PRESS AID 20V100206
E12 HD KIT INSTALL SPANNER 20V100210
A32 BEARING PRESS AID 20V100207
QPM CONNECTOR REPAIR TOOL KIT 20V100300
A14 PINION PULLER T05108
MOTOR TESTER, 115V AC 20V100600
A19 / A22 PINION PULLER 20V100400
MOTOR TESTER, 230V AC 20V101100
A26 / A32 PINION PULLER 20V100401

These tools are used to Assemble/ Disassemble the outputs of the QPM DC tools. See the specific tool’s Assembly Sheet for which spanner to use on the tool.

These tools are used to repair or test QPM DC tools. Attend Tool Repair Training to learn how to use these tools.

DC Tool Accessories 147
Assembly Tool Definitions
Power Sources: Electric vs. Pneumatic
Assembly tool selection considers the power source, control method, tool geometry and torque level. STANLEY Assembly Technologies can tailor these parameters to fit each threaded fastening application.
ELECTRIC:

tools require the least amount of maintenance of any type of power tool which reduces the total cost over the life of the tool.

STANLEY brushless DC electric motors offer the highest level of control, working cleaner, quieter and more efficient than pneumatic tools. STANLEY brushless DC electric motors use rare earth magnets and resolver based commutation for high efficiency and reliability. Microprocessor control adjusts torque, speed, and acceleration independently in either forward or reverse directions. DC electric control offers useful fastening strategies that incorporate patented speed control algorithms that sense the torque rate of the joint and, when necessary, automatically reduce the motor speed to minimize torque overshoot. DC electric

PNEUMATIC:

Pneumatic tools use the compressed air systems available in most assembly plants. They offer excellent power to weight ratios and are usually the most economical choice for many fastening applications. STANLEY’s pneumatic motors have a low inertia, locked rotor design that uses low friction materials which provides for a more efficient design with higher speeds. Pneumatic motors are easily maintained to give many years of reliable performance.

Control Methods

The control method should match the joint specifications and the quality assurance required. For the most critical applications, microprocessor based controllers can perform 100% inspection of the dynamic applied torque and collect statistical process control data. Such methods can eliminate the need for secondary inspection processes. When control requirements are less demanding STANLEY also offers more economical ways to control torque to the required specifications.

Electronically Controlled Shut Off: Available for electric tools, electronic control uses a torque transducer in the tool connected to a microprocessor based controller. The controller monitors the dynamic fastening torque and shuts off the tool when the torque reaches the preset value. This closed loop control method precisely controls dynamic torque.

148 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Electronic Monitoring: Tools without electronic shut off capability may be monitored by monitoring the dynamically applied torque process. A microprocessor based monitor observes the compressed air signature for each fastener for 100% inspection. Similar to electronic shut off tools, electronically monitored tools typically include indicator lights to alert the operator to Pass / Fail status.

technique on the applied torque value and the torque reaction impulse felt by the operator. Clutch actuated shut off tools reduce torque variability as compared to standard pneumatic tools. The low torque reaction impulse makes clutch actuated shut off tools ideal for hand held applications. Torque is adjusted at the tool and is not affected by variations in the supply air pressure.

Torque Adjuster

Convenient clutch adjuster is always accessible

Clutch Actuated Shut Off: Clutch actuated shut off tools use a fast acting torque sensing clutch to disengage the motor from the drive spindle at a preset torque level. The system also shuts off the power to the motor. This fast shut off reduces the effect of operator

STANLEY’s exclusive rolling element clutch eliminates the frictional elements commonly found in competitive tools. This allows extremely close torque control without the need for repeated torque adjustment with clutch wear.

Unique Clutch Rolling Action

Durable rolling element reduces the need for torque adjustment

Tool Geometry

STANLEY offers a wide choice of pneumatic and electric tool configurations to allow the process engineer to select a tool that best suits the application. There are two primary tool classes into which tool configurations fit:

a thorough understanding of the required task and a working knowledge of the resulting torque reaction and the human factors involved in the performance of the task. Every effort has been taken in the design of these tools to make them as user friendly as possible considering the work they must perform. The most critical step is in the selection process as operator safety should always be given the highest priority.

Hand Held: Applications which require an operator to maneuver the tool to the fastener and manipulate it throughout the assembly process require hand held tools. Hand held tools are available configured as any of the tools listed in the configuration section that follows. The proper selection of these tools involves
Fixtured: Fixtured nutrunners typically mount to semi automatic equipment for manipulation during single or
Assembly Tool Definitions 149
Assembly Tool Definitions

multi-tool assembly operations. Multiple spindle fixtured tools allow the simultaneous assembly of multiple fasteners. Output configurations are Right Angle, Inline, and Offset. Offset spindle heads allow for simultaneous fastening on closer center distance. All these configurations are available with retractable spindle outputs. Nutrunners

with reaction bars can mount on articulating arms or torque reaction balancers. These devices absorb torque reaction forces and help the operator to position the tool. Many hand held tools use mounting hardware for fixtured applications. Other assembly motors have mounting flanges for fixturing.

Tool Geometry — Configurations
Pistol Grip (1 to 670 Nm Capacity – ¼˝ to ½˝ Drive Size): Pistol grip tools are commonly used for hand held, low torque screw driving applications as well as higher torque fixtured or hand held applications where a reaction device can be used to absorb the torque reaction forces. Care should be taken to assure that the operator’s wrist is not strained during the use of these tools. Special tools can go up to 1200 Nm.
Hold and Drive (15 to 380 Nm Capacity): Hold and drive tools simultaneously hold the bolt while the nut is tightened. A formed end on the bolt interfaces with a mating tang or bit, to prevent bolt rotation while the associated nut is tightened.

Pistol Grip

Crowfoot Nutrunners (Standard Tools – 1 to 216 Nm Capacity. Special Tools to 1500 Nm– 4 to 40mm Hex Socket): Crowfoot nutrunners use special tool geometries to access hard to reach applications where more conventional tools won’t fit. Gear driven heads provide high levels of torque control. Special head designs can solve most demanding assembly problems.

Angle Nutrunner

Angle Nutrunners (1 to 400 Nm Capacity – ¼˝ to ¾˝ Drive Size): Angle nutrunners are well suited for many assembly applications. The minimal dimensions of our angle heads allow them to reach into restricted places, while their longer effective length reduces the torque reaction forces on the handle. For higher torque applications, these tools can be fitted with torque reaction devices. STANLEY offers a broad line of air and electric angle nutrunners with a variety of control methods.

Hold and Drive

Tubenut Nutrunners (1 to 100 Nm Capacity – 8 to 32mm Hex Socket): Tubenut nutrunners typically fasten the compression fittings on fluid lines. They can also fasten cable assemblies and tie rod adjustment applications. After tightening the tool returns the socket to the home open position for removal of the tool.

Crowfoot Nutrunner

Tubenut Nutrunner

150 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Inline (1 to 2000 Nm Capacity – ¼˝ to 1˝ Drive Size): Straight tools are suitable for screw driving applications where the applied torque is relatively low. They are also useful in higher torque applications when the tool is fixtured to absorb the torque reaction or equipped with a torque reaction bar. The reaction bar is placed against a solid support to absorb the torque reaction impulse. Torque Level

Inline

What Holds a Joint Together?

Once the power source, the control method and the tool configuration have been considered, the torque level must also be considered before selecting the exact tool model. STANLEY offers a wide selection of torque ranges for each specific type of tool listed. The rated torque values shown represent the highest torque level that can be expected from that model. Torque can always be adjusted down, but never above the rated value. A general rule of thumb is that most electric tools can be reasonably adjusted to 50% of their rated torque. If the application requires the torque to be adjusted significantly below the rated value, it is often better to choose the next lower rated tool as generally this will provide a faster tool.

Bolt Stretches (Tension)

Clamp Load Compresses Parts Together

External Forces Pull Parts Apart

Torque Defined — THE ANATOMY OF A THREADED JOINT

When we assemble a threaded joint, we rotate the fastener by applying Torque (in this example we hold the bolt and rotate the nut). The thread pitch causes this rotation to advance the nut and stretch the bolt.

TORQUE 100%

This produces tension within the bolt just as if it were a large spring. This Tension in the bolt produces the Clamp Load that holds the assembled parts together. And this clamp load must be sufficient enough to resist all the external forces that can be applied to this assembly throughout its service life.

The bolt acts like a very stiff spring. The more Clamp Force the bolt applies, the more service loads the joint can resist without coming apart. Of course, the bolt must be selected to have sufficient strength to resist the expected external loads. The bolt must also be assembled so that it holds the parts together when the external loads attempt to pull it apart.

The process of tightening a fastener is sometimes called “pre- loading” the fastener. This creates tensile load in the bolt, which “pre-loads” the joint to counteract the expected service loads.

Assembly Tool Definitions 151
Assembly Tool Definitions
WERE DOES IT ALL GO?
The 50-40-10 Rule

When we apply a certain amount of torque to a fastener, fifty percent of that torque is used to overcome the friction of the bearing surface (under the nut, or under the bolt head, depending on which is being rotated). Forty percent of the applied torque is used to overcome the friction in the threads. With only ten percent of the applied torque actually used to stretch the fastener.

Clamp Load 10%

Bearing Surface Friction 50%

As we saw earlier, it is the stretch of the fastener that produces the clamping force that actually holds the assembled parts together. This is called the “50-40-10 Rule” and it demonstrates how much influence friction can have on the results. To ensure the best possible joint you should be as diligent as possible in maintaining consistent friction characteristics of the joint.

Tightening Accuracy

90% of Torque is used to overcome friction

Thread Friction 40%

The primary driver for delivering even clamp load to an application over many joints of the same design is consistent friction and consistent applied torque. Inconsistent application of torque from one joint type to another can affect the applied clamp load.

There are usually two types of joints; hard and soft. A hard joint is defined as reaching full torque via a tightening angle of roughly 30° after the bolt, or nut, has reached snug level. Snug is usually defined as 10% of the final torque value. In a soft joint, the bolt or nut sometimes has to be tightened more than two complete turns, or over 720° before the full torque is reached.

Before ATC

Hard 30° Soft 720°

Assembly tools often give different torque values on hard and soft joints when set to the same torque target. Inertial effects and the ability of the tool to stop movement and applying torque quickly cause this difference. The difference in torque values is generally known as mean shift. Lowering the effect of mean shift increases the possibility of consistent clamp load and is achieved through precision design and patented ATC software available on all electric tooling from STANLEY. For more information on mean shift and accuracy, see ISO-5393 or contact your local STANLEY sales professional.

Torque Capability

After ATC

Hard 30° Soft 720°

Adaptive Tightening Control (ATC) gives each tool the flexibility to adjust for different joint designs and variable part tolerances. Two fasteners may have the same size and torque specifications, but different joint characteristics (e.g. hard versus soft joints, which require different tightening methodologies. Without ATC, either torque overshoot or long cycle times result. ATC improves torque capability and reduces cycle time by automatically adjusting to joint variations, therefore minimizing the number of tools and set-ups.

Torque Capability

152 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Catalog Guide & How to Order
HOW TO ORDER

To configure a specific tool, check the options table that corresponds with the tool type, style and torque range listed. To receive the option requested installed and ready for service, add the option part number to the end of the tool model number — for example:

EB33LA18-48 with Rubber Grip and 360° Swivel Bail options installed and ready to use:
Qty: Order Number: Including: 1 EB33LA18-48 20H207910, 20K101400

To order options separately to be installed later, list the option item numbers as separate lines — for example:

EB33LA18-48 with Rubber Grip and 360° Swivel Bail options separate to be installed later:
Qty: Order Number: 1 EB33LA18-48
1 20H207910
1 20K101400

Note: When ordering configurable options for a tool, the lead-time becomes that of the longest item added to the tool. Please contact a STANLEY Assembly Technologies sales professional for pricing, lead times and delivery.

TOOL SPEEDS

Tool speeds are indicated in revolutions per minute or “rpm” and indicates the free speed or the speed at which the tool runs at no load. Pneumatic tool speeds are rated at a working pressure of 6.3 bar, or 90 psi if not stated otherwise and can deviate up to +/- 10% from the stated value. Electric tool speeds are the rated (maximum) speed of the tool. Variable speeds lower than rated are available through the programming interface.

TOOL WEIGHTS

Tool weights are published in both Kilograms (kg) and Pounds (lb). All tool weights are approximate and some slight variations from engineering changes are possible.

How to Order Guide 9
Tool Labeling Key

All of the STANLEY Assembly Technologies’ tools use a common lettering / numbering structure that will guide the user through the process of choosing the correct tool in the correct form for use. There are three separate lines of tools presented in the catalog and a clear method of naming and understanding has been implemented for ease of use.

The tool key below explains the significance of the letters / numbers forming the name of the tool model and part number.

DC Electric Tools E B 3 3 L A 18 46
Max Torque (Nm)
Head Size (MM)
Output Type . . . . . . . A – Angle B – Inline C – Crowfoot D – Offset H – Hold n Drive N – Safe Hold n Drive T – Tube Nut P – Push to Start
Trigger Type . . . . . . . L - Lever Start Style P - Pistol Start Style M - Fixtured Mount Style
Modular Gear Set . . . 2, 3, 4 or 5
Motor Size . . . . . . . . 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5
Tool Family . . . . . . . . B
Power Source . . . . . . E - High-Power Electric Brushless Motor Air Clutch Tools A A 3 3 L A 18 46
Max Torque (Nm)
Head Size (MM)
Output Type . . . . . . . A – Angle B – Inline C – Crowfoot D – Offset H – Hold n Drive
Trigger Type . . . . . . . L - Lever Start Style
Modular Gear Set . . . 2, 3, 4 or 5
Motor Size . . . . . . . . 2 or 3
Tool Family . . . . . . . . A
Power Source . . . . . . A - High-Power Air Motor

10 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

EB-Series: Reliability and Performance
The STANLEY Assembly Technologies EB-Series tools have been engineered to combine the latest technologies with STANLEY’s best design features resulting in best-in-class tools.
FEATURES AND BENEFITS:
• Low Friction Gearing — In both gearbox and angle head assemblies for reduced noise and vibration for improved ergonomics.
• High Efficiency Motor — For best-in-class Power-to-Weight ratio.
• Modular Construction — For low MTTR (Mean Time To Repair) . Common components reduce complexity and cost:

» Handle / Lever assembly common to all handheld tools.

» Motor sizes

» Modular gear sets

» Angle heads

• Field Repairable —

» Matched replacement gear sets

» Grease fittings on all angle tubenut and crowfoot outputs for ease of preventive maintenance

• Full Line of Tools — 0.4 Nm to 2000 Nm with geometries to fit a wide range of applications
EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 11
Image
EB-Series: Lever Style
Industry Leading Power-to-Weight Ratio
THE STANLEY ADVANTAGE:
NEW! High Speed Motor

Smoother and Lighter

Durable Motor Cover
NEW! High Speed Gearing

Quieter and Cooler Running

• High / OK / Low Lights indicate fastening status with 360° viewing.

NEW! Grease Fitting Location

• Multifunction button can select from 2 job setups and other process functions.

A non-contact optical switch under the start lever increases Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF) by eliminating mechanical or magnetic switches which wear out over time.
Optional accessories include Forward Facing Levers.
Increased lever length, recessed mounting, and “flush to handle” activation improves fit to the operator’s hand.
Clear cover protects multifunction panel and model number label.
Recessed multifunction button requires minimal pressure with tactile feedback. A raised ring prevents accidental activation.

12 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
EB-Series: Pistol Style
Faster Models to 470 Nm
Intelligently Positioned Status Lights

Optional 1/4” or 3/8” Square Drive Outputs.

Ergonomic Handle Design for Operator Comfort
Push-To-Start

Optional

Programmable Buttons Improve Operator Effectiveness
Brilliant Headlights Illuminate Low Light Fastener Access Points
Use Lite Cables for Better Ergonomics
Fast Tools for Small Jobs
Lighter, Faster, More Power

• Torque Ranges up to 20 Nm

• All Models Under:

» 2 lbs (0.9 Kg) in weight

» 1 foot (305 mm) in length

• Push-To-Start Models Include Headlights

• Available with Crowfoot and Tubenut Outputs

Push-To-Start

Optional

EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 13
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
EB-Series Torque Range: Pistol & Lever Style
EB12PB-2
EB12PB-4
EB12PB-6
EB12PB-9
EB12PB-14
EB22PB-16
EB33PB-28
EB33PB-40
EB34PB1-55
EB34PB1-75
EB34PB1-105
EB12PP-2 EB12LP-2
EB12PP-4 EB12LP-4
EB12PP-6 EB12LP-6
EB12PP-9 EB12LP-9
EB12PP-14 EB12LP-14

Specifications

Inline Lever Style
EB12LB-2
EB12LB-4
EB12LB-6
EB12LB-9
EB12LB-14
EB22LB-16
EB33LB-28
EB33LB-40
EB34LB1-55
EB34LB1-75
EB44LB1-80
EB55LB1-100
EB34LB1-105
EB44LB1-120
EB55LB2-120
EB45LB2-140
EB55LB2-170
EB45LB2-190
EB55LB2-250
EB55LB3-320
EB55LB4-460
EB55LB4-620
EB55LB5-800
EB55LB5-1100
EB55LB5-1500
EB55LB5-2000

Specifications

Angle Lever Style

MODELS:

EB12LA10-6

EB12LA13-8

EB12LA13-13

EB22LA13-13

EB22LA13-18

EB22LA15-24

EB33LA15-27

EB33LA18-35

EB33LA15-40

EB33LA19-40

EB33LA18-48

EB44LA19-55

EB33LA19-60

EB34LA19-70

EB44LA19-80

EB34LA22A-80

EB44LA22A-80

EB34LA22A-115

EB44LA22A-120

EB55LA26-120

EB55LA26-160

EB45LA26-165

EB45LA26-220

EB55LA26-220

EB55LA32-300

EB55LA32-400

Torque Nm 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400

Please Note: This chart is a guide for the use of our tools. Programming of these tools can have a direct effect on the capability and performance.

16 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Hold and Drive Lever Style

MODELS:

EB33LH18V1-46

EB33LH18V2-46

EB34LH22AV1-77

EB34LH22AV2-77

EB34LH22AV1-110

EB34LH22AV2-110

EB55LH26V1-150

EB45LH26V1-155

EB45LH26V2-155

EB55LH26V2-210

EB45LH26V1-220

EB45LH26V2-220

EB55LH32V1-285

EB55LH32V2-285

EB55LH32V1-380

EB55LH32V2-380

Torque Nm 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400

Tubenut Lever Style

MODELS:

EB22LT252-25

EB22LT571-25

EB33LT326-25

EB33LT346-25

EB33LT358-25

EB33LT572-25

EB33LT641-25

EB33LT74-30

EB34LT150-30

EB33LT312-30

EB33LT375-41

EB33LT621-41

EB34LT23-41

EB34LT99-62

EB44LT20-102

EB55LT424-180

Torque Nm 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

Please Note: These charts are a guide for the use of our tools. Programming of these tools can have a direct effect on the capability and performance.
EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 17
Crowfoot Lever Style
EB12LC106-8
EB12LC8-8
EB12LC106-13
EB12LC8-13
EB12LC550-14
EB22LC8-16
EB22LC35-16
EB33LC13-22
EB33LC216-27
EB33LC301-27
EB33LC563-27
EB33LC624-28
EB22LC521-30
EB33LC13-30
EB33LC173-30
EB33LC362-30
EB33LC521-30
EB33LC246-33
EB33LC16-35
EB34LC298-49
EB34LC10-58
EB34LC226-59
EB33LC501-60
EB34LC515-60
EB34LC162-62
EB34LC601-73
EB34LC586-74
EB44LC404-75
EB45LC275-80
EB45LC613-81
EB45LC614-81
EB45LC637-81
EB44LC10-88
EB44LC31-88
EB44LC31-102
EB44LC260-110
EB34LC615-110
EB45LC630-145
EB55LC606-150
EB55LC612-150
EB55LC21-216

Specifications

Angle Lever Tools
1.2 to 60 Nm

EB Angle Tool Options

A10 Output Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D122901

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D122902

A13 Output Part No.

3/8˝ Double-Ended, LH Thread* 20D121912

Flush Socket 10mm Max 20D121914

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D121916

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D121917

Flush Socket 13mm Max 20D121918

1/4˝ Square Drive 20D121919

1/4˝ Magnetic Internal Hex 20D121920

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output
A15 Threaded Output 20D137500 Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138900

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Flush Socket 20D138904

EB12LA10-6 2110 6 4.42 10 0.39 31.9 1.26 319.3 12.6 0.89 1.96 1/4˝ SD

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D138901

A15 Output Splined 20D137504 Part No.
EB12LA13-8 1400 8 5.90 13 0.51 32.7 1.29 321.6 12.7 0.93 2.05 3/8˝ SD

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138900

EB12LA13-13 970 13 9.58 13 0.51 32.7 1.29 321.6 12.7 0.93 2.05 3/8˝ SD

Flush Socket 20D138902

EB22LA13-13 1550 13 9.58 13 0.51 32.7 1.29 343.3 13.5 1.08 2.38 3/8˝ SD

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D138901

EB22LA13-18 1075 18 13.3 13 0.51 32.7 1.29 343.3 13.5 1.08 2.38 3/8˝ SD
A18 Output Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D136500

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D136502

Flush Socket 20D136503

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100021

Reaction Bar (A15 Splined/ A19) Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

*RH-Thread is Right-Hand Thread. This is an option used if the end user uses the additional output for clockwise tightening or loosening. LH-Thread is Left-Hand Thread. This is an option used if the end user uses the additional output for counter- clockwise tightening or loosening.

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
EB22LA15-24 825 24 17.7 15 0.59 36.5 1.44 366.5 14.4 1.21 2.66 3/8˝ SD
EB33LA15-27 1515 27 19.91 15 0.59 36.5 1.44 415.7 16.4 1.55 3.41 3/8˝ SD
Suspension Bails Part No.
EB33LA18-35 1165 35 25.81 18 0.71 39.3 1.55 444.7 17.5 1.66 3.65 3/8˝ SD

Wire Bail A3061

EB33LA15-40 1015 40 29.49 15 0.59 36.5 1.44 415.7 16.4 1.55 3.41 3/8˝ SD

Swivel ( G3 ) 20K101400

EB33LA19-40 1025 40 29.49 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 458.4 18.0 1.87 4.11 1/2˝ SD
EB33LA18-48 880 48 35.39 18 0.71 39.3 1.55 455.4 17.9 1.66 3.65 3/8˝ SD
EB33LA19-60 680 60 44.24 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 458.4 18.0 2.04 4.50 1/2˝ SD
Vinyl Covers Part No.

EB Angle Tool Ouput Options

A10 Output 20D250711

A13 Output 20D250711

A15 Output 20D250701

A18 Output 20D250702

A19 Output 20D250707

Socket Lock Pin 3/8˝ or 1/2˝ SD Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

Handle Options Part No.

EB22 Forward Facing Lever 20H100108

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

Double Ended Flush Quick Change
EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 19
Angle Lever Tools
11 to 400 Nm

EB Angle Tool Options

A19 Splined Output Part No.

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Flush Socket 20D100106

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D100107

A22A Output Part No.

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D100305

Flush Socket 20D100309

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D100326

Reaction Bar (A19 & A22 Outputs) Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100000

Mounting Flange EB34, EB44 20K100400

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

EB44LA19-55 1190 55 40.55 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 458.4 18.0 2.78 6.12 1/2˝ SD
A26 Output Part No.
EB34LA19-70 610 70 51.61 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 488.0 19.2 2.34 5.15 1/2˝ SD

3/4"Square Drive 20D1004010

EB44LA19-80 845 80 58.98 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 525.4 20.7 2.78 6.12 1/2˝ SD

Flush Socket 20D100409

EB34LA22A-80 510 80 58.98 22 0.87 50.0 2.0 530.0 20.9 2.66 5.85 1/2˝ SD
A32 Output Part No.
EB44LA22A-80 810 80 58.98 22 0.87 50.0 2.0 539 21.2 3.10 6.82 1/2˝ SD

3/4˝ Square Drive (Pin) 20D102200

EB34LA22A-115 340 115 84.79 22 0.87 50.0 2.0 530.0 20.9 2.66 5.85 1/2˝ SD

3/4˝ Square Drive (Ball) 20D104300

Flush Socket 20D102201

EB44LA22A-120 550 120 88.48 22 0.87 50.0 2.0 539 21.2 3.29 7.23 1/2˝ SD

Hex Insert 20D102204

EB55LA26-120 825 120 88.48 26 1.02 60 2.4 632 24.9 5.72 12.58 3/4˝ SD
Reaction Bar (A26 & A32 Outputs) Part No.
EB55LA26-160 620 160 117.97 26 1.02 60 2.4 632 24.9 5.81 12.78 3/4˝ SD

Reaction Bar, Steel (<300 Nm) 20K100200

EB45LA26-165 400 165 121.65 26 1.02 60 2.4 582 22.9 5.25 11.56 3/4˝ SD

Reaction Bar, Steel (>300 Nm) 20K100202

EB45LA26-220 260 220 162.21 26 1.02 60 2.4 582 22.9 5.57 12.27 3/4˝ SD

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

EB55LA26-220 460 220 162.21 26 1.02 60 2.4 632 24.9 5.83 12.82 3/4˝ SD

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

EB55LA32-300 340 300 221.19 32 1.26 73 2.9 639 25.1 6.46 14.21 3/4˝ SD

*RH-Thread is Right-Hand Thread. This is an option used if the end user uses the additional output for clockwise tightening or loosening.

EB55LA32-400 225 400 294.92 32 1.26 73 2.9 639 25.1 6.46 14.21 3/4˝ SD

Inserts for 20D102204 A32 Hex Insert Output

Suspension Bails Part No.

The maximum hex size for the A32 Flush Socket Output is 27 mm (1-1/16”).

Description Part No.

Swivel (A19, A22A only) 20K200000

1-1/8˝ Hex Socket Insert A5172

Swivel (A26, A32 only) 20K200100

Use the Hex Insert Output with these Inserts for larger hex sizes.

Vinyl Covers Part No.

30mm Hex Flush Socket Insert 20D222100

A19 Output 20D250707

30mm with 3/4˝ Extension Flush Socket Insert 20D228900

This will add 16.3 mm (0.64”) to the “H” dimension of the tool.

A22 Output 20D250708

A26 Output 20D250709

A32 Output 20D250710

Socket Lock Pin 3/8˝ or 1/2˝ SD Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

20D102204
Socket Lock PinLock Pin 3/4” SD Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Mounting / Reaction Options

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Handle Options Part No.

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Reaction Bar or Bail Optional Base Mount Bracket

20 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Inline Pistol Grip Tools
EB12PB-2 1760 2 1.5 20 0.8 222 8.7 0.78 1.7
EB12PB-4 1115 4 2.9 20 0.8 222 8.7 0.78 1.7
EB12PB-6 2300 6 4.4 20 0.8 264 10.4 0.78 1.7
EB12PB-9 1595 9 6.6 20 0.8 264 10.4 0.78 1.7
EB12PB-14 1020 14 10 20 0.8 264 10.4 0.78 1.7
EB22PB-16 1225 16 11 20 0.8 290 11.4 1.16 2.5
EB22PB-20 981 20 14.8 20 0.8 290 11.4 1.21 2.7
EB33PB-28 1590 28 20 26 1.04 288 11.3 1.49 3.2
EB33PB-40
EB34PB1-55 830 55 40 32 1.25 324 12.8 2.31 5.10
EB34PB1-75
EB34PB1-105 410 105 77.5 32 1.25 324 12.8 2.55 5.6

Specifications

Image
Inline Push-to-Start Pistol Grip Tools
EB12PP-2 1760 2 1.5 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2
EB12PP-4 1115 4 2.9 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2
EB12PP-6 2300 6 4.4 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2
EB12PP-9 1595 9 6.6 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2
EB12PP-14 1020 14 10.3 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2

Specifications

Image
Inline Push-to-Start Lever Tools
EB12LP
EB12LP-2 1760 2 1.5 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LP-4 1115 4 2.9 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LP-6 2300 6 4.4 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LP-9 1595 9 6.6 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LP-14 1020 14 10.3 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LB
EB12LB-2 1760 2 1.5 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52
EB12LB-4 1115 4 2.9 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52
EB12LB-6 2300 6 4.4 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52
EB12LB-9 1595 9 6.6 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52
EB12LB-14 1020 14 10.3 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52

Specifications

Inline Lever Tools
EB22, EB33
EB22LB-16 1340 16 11.8 23.7 0.93 352 13.8 1.06 2.33
EB22LB-20 1071 20 14.8 23.7 0.93 365 14.4 1.10 2.40
EB33LB-28 1590 28 20.7 24.7 0.97 416 16.4 1.40 3.08
EB33LB-40 1120 40 29.5 24.7 0.97 416 16.4 1.40 3.08
EB22 Forward Facing Lever 20H100108
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg
EB34LB1-55 830 55 40.6 26.7 1.05 463 18.2 2.04 4.49
EB44LB1-80 895 80 59 26.7 1.05 479 18.9 2.50 5.50
EB34LB1-75 545 75 55.3 26.7 1.05 491.51 19.35 2.04 4.49
Mounting Flange EB34, EB44 20K100400
EB55LB1-100 853 100 73.8 32 1.25 592.29 5.17 11.38 1/2˝
Mounting Flange EB45, EB55 20K100400
EB34LB1-105 410 105 77.5 26.7 1.05 491.51 19.35 2.04 4.49
EB44LB1-120 560 120 88.5 26.7 1.05 503.45 19.82 2.85 6.27
EB55LB2-120 850 120 88.5 32 1.25 564 22.2 5.17 11.40
EB45LB2-140 465 140 103.3 29 1.15 533 21 3.42 7.52
EB55LB2-170 640 170 125.4 32 1.25 560 22.1 4.62 10.18
EB45LB2-190 355 190 140.2 29 1.15 533 21 4.3 9.46
EB55LB2-250 400 250 184.4 32 1.25 560 22.1 4.93 10.85
EB55LB3-320 310 320 236 32 1.25 573 22.5 5.01 11.03
EB22 Forward Facing Lever 20H100108
EB55LB4-460 220 460 339.3 44 1.7 621 24.4 7.60 16.73
EB55LB4-620 165 620 457.3 44 1.7 621 24.4 7.60 16.73
EB55LB5-800 125 800 590.1 48 1.9 651 25.6 10.05 22.12
EB55LB5-1100 80 1100 811.4 48 1.9 651 25.6 10.05 22.12
EB55LB5-1500 60 1500 1106.4 48 1.9 683 26.9 10.05 22.12
EB55LB5-2000 50 2000 1475.2 48 1.9 683 26.9 10.57 23.25

Specifications

Crowfoot Lever Tools
EB12LC8-8 1065 8 5.9 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB12LC106-8 1065 8 5.9 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB12LC8-13 680 13 9.6 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB12LC106-13 680 13 9.6 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB12LC550-14 680 14 10.3 13 0.5 11.4 0.45 25.4 1.00
EB22LC8-16 895 16 11.8 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB22LC35-16 893 16 11.8 21 0.81 14 0.55 38 1.5
EB33LC13-22 1310 22 16.3 13 0.52 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
EB33LC216-27
EB33LC563-27 990 27 19.9 13 0.52 15.9 0.63 31.8 1.25
EB33LC301-27
EB33LC13-30 840 30 22.1 13 0.52 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
EB33LC173-30
EB33LC362-30 932 30 22.1 13 0.5 16 0.63 26 1.02
EB33LC246-33
EB33LC16-35 881 35 25.8 21 0.81 21 0.84 38 1.5
EB44LC508-35
EB33LC484-42 610 42 31 16 0.63 18.5 0.73 31.8 1.25
EB33LC624-28 1118 28 20.7 21 0.81 14 0.55 38 1.5
EB34LC298-49 595 49 36.2 13 0.52 20.9 0.82 38.1 1.50
EB22LC521-30 475 30 22.1 13 0.53 16 0.63 32 1.25
EB33LC521-30 739 30 22.1 13 0.53 16 0.63 32 1.25
EB33 Tools 20H106400
EB34 Tools 20H106402
EB44 Tools 20H106403
EB45 Tools 20H106404
begin on page 112 EB55 Tools 20H106401

Specifications

Crowfoot Lever Tools
11.6 to 216 Nm

Crowfoot Tool Options

58Nm - 216Nm

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel Bail 20K200000

Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange EB33 20K100300

Mounting Flange EB34, EB44 20K100400

Mounting Flange EB45, EB55 20K100700

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

ANGLE Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Nose Radius “T” Thickness “W” Width “P” Length “L” Length Weight Maximum Hex Size
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm in
EB34LC10-58 510 58 42.8 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 70.7 2.78 616 24.2 3.52 7.74 19 3/4˝ EB34LC226-59 500 59 43.5 17 0.66 17 0.66 38 1.5 68 2.69 614 24.17 3.4 7.5 16 5/8˝ EB33LC501-60 499 60 44.3 16.8 0.66 17 0.67 38.1 1.50 123 4.85 616 24.2 3.52 7.74 15 5/8˝ EB34LC515-60 471 60 44.3 12 0.48 25 0.99 38 1.5 125 4.94 597.7 23.53 3.49 7.7 12 7/16˝ EB34LC162-62 321 62 45.7 13 0.52 21 0.82 38 1.5 97 3.82 664.6 26.17 3.76 8.3 13 1/2˝ EB34LC601-73 337 73 53.8 21 0.81 17 0.66 38 1.5 71 2.78 638.3 25.13 3.63 8 19 3/4˝ EB44LC404-75 508 75 55.3 16.8 0.66 26.16 1.03 38.1 1.50 68.4 2.70 626 24.7 4.2 9.3 16 5/8˝ EB45LC365-80 438 80 59 13 0.53 28 1.12 38 1.5 97 3.82 735 28.9 5.25 11.56 13 1/2˝ EB45LC275-80 580 80 59 13 0.52 28 1.12 56 2.19 86 3.39 699.1 27.52 4.08 9 13 1/2˝ EB45LC613-81 581 81 59.8 13 0.52 28.0 1.10 38.1 1.50 33.6 1.32 642 25.3 4.6 10.2 13 1/2˝ EB45LC614-81 581 81 59.8 13 0.52 28.9 1.14 38.1 1.50 123 4.85 750 29.5 5.1 11.2 13 1/2˝ EB45LC637-81 581 81 59.7 13 0.52 27 1.07 38 1.5 129 5.07 705.3 27.77 4.08 9 13 1/2˝ EB44LC10-88 520 88 64.9 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 70.7 2.78 628 24.7 4.6 10.2 19 3/4˝ EB44LC31-88 520 88 64.9 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 38.9 1.53 596 23.4 4.6 10.2 19 3/4˝ EB44LC31-102 455 102 75.2 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 38.9 1.53 596 23.4 4.6 10.2 19 3/4˝ EB44LC260-110 455 110 81.1 17 0.69 15 0.6 73 2.89 18 0.71 576.3 22.69 4.08 9 18 11/16˝ EB34LC615-110 267 110 81.1 16 0.63 38.9 1.53 31.8 1.25 76.1 3.0 619.6 24.4 4.6 10.2 16 5/8˝ EB45LC630-145 262 145 106.9 25 1 22 0.87 51 1.99 99 3.92 746.8 29.4 4.08 9 24 15/16˝ EB55LC612-150 459 150 110.6 20 0.8 35 1.37 39 1.53 46 1.81 636.4 25.05 4.54 10 19 3/4˝ EB55LC606-150 459 150 110.6 20 0.8 32.9 1.30 38.9 1.53 38.9 1.53 636.4 25.1 5.4 11.8 19 3/4˝ EB55LC21-216 290 216 159.3 29 1.16 30.86 1.21 58.7 2.31 57.8 2.27 724 28.5 5.4 11.8 27 1-1/8˝ EB55LC626-250 262 250 184.4 25 0.98 37.29 1.47 95.3 3.75 113.9 4.49 795.2 31.3 10.5 23.24 24 15/16˝
VERTICAL
EB34LC586-74 408 74 54.6 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 70.7 2.78 564 22.2 3.8 8.3 19 3/4˝ EB55LC625-237 309 237 174.8 25 0.98 40.89 1.61 95.3 3.75 113.9 4.49 809.8 31.9 11.4 25.23 24 15/16"

NOTE: The models listed are the most common of the standard 278 Crowfoot outputs we produce. Contact STANLEY Assembly Technologies for the complete list or to discuss a custom output for your specific application.

Mounting / Reaction Options

2-Hand Anti-Tiedown Options

ASK ABOUT CUSTOM OUTPUTS!
2-Hand Anti-Tiedown Part No.

EB33 Tools 20H106400

EB34 Tools 20H106402

EB44 Tools 20H106403

EB45 Tools 20H106404

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

EB55 Tools 20H106401

Reaction Bar or Bail

26 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Tubenut Lever Tools
4.4 to 102 Nm

Tubenut Tool Options

25Nm - 41Nm

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel Bail 20K101400

Standard Wire Bail B3432

ANGLE Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Nose Radius “T” Thickness “W” Width “P” Length “L” Length Weight Maximum Hex Size Maximum Tube Size
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in
EB33LT346-25 1165 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.7 34 1.3 511 20.1 2.34 5.15 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT572-25 1165 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.7 34 1.3 518 20.4 2.34 5.15 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT349-25 1165 25 18.4 38.1 1.5 14.1 0.56 42.2 1.66 55.6 2.19 539.7 21.25 2.27 5.01 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT387-25 1165 25 18.4 38.1 1.5 14.1 0.56 42.2 1.66 34 1.34 518.1 20.4 2.34 5.15 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT358-25 1165 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.66 34 1.34 518.1 20.4 2.31 5.1 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT641-25 1165 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.66 56 2.19 539 21.22 1.81 4 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT74-30 460 30 22.1 18 0.73 14 0.54 48 1.9 44 1.7 517 20.3 2.30 5.06 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB33LT312-30 847 30 22.1 18 0.73 14 0.56 48 1.88 47 1.86 547.6 21.56 1.81 4 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB33LT473-30 965 30 22.1 18.4 0.73 14.3 0.56 57.2 2.25 38.9 1.53 533.5 21 2.75 6.06 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB33LT527-30 881 30 22.1 18.4 0.73 15.9 0.62 47.7 1.88 16.3 0.64 500.6 19.71 2.3 5.06 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB33LT375-41 710 41 30.2 13 0.52 22 0.85 44 1.7 59 2.3 466 8.3 2.48 5.45 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT621-41 719 41 30.2 15.9 0.63 20.3 0.8 52.4 2.06 26.4 1.04 521 20.51 2.5 5.5 15 0.59 10.4 0.41
EB34LT23-41 695 41 30.2 18 0.73 23 0.91 48 1.88 44 1.72 580.9 22.87 1.64 3.61 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB34LT623-57 480 57 42 26.4 1.04 19.4 0.765 74.6 2.94 60.7 2.39 603.8 23.73 4.13 9.1 27 1.06 19.4 0.765
EB34LT99-62 460 62 45.7 26 1.04 20 0.76 75 2.9 65 2.5 604 23.8 2.93 6.45 27 1.06 19.4 0.765
EB44LT20-102 430 102 75.2 26 1.04 32 1.24 75 2.9 65 2.5 628 24.7 4.46 9.82 27 1.06 19.4 0.765
EB55LT424-180 325 180 132.8 31 1.22 30 1.18 100 3.94 74 2.91 740.1 29.14 8.32 18.34 32 1.25 20 0.801
INLINE
EB22LT252-25 500 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.7 56 2.2 434 17.1 1.79 3.93 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB22LT571-25 500 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.7 56 2.2 434 17.1 1.79 3.93 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT252-25 739 25 18.4 38.1 1.5 14.1 0.56 42.2 1.66 55.9 2.2 512.7 20.19 1.95 4.3 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT326-25 739 25 18.4 13.1 0.515 14.1 0.56 42.2 1.66 77.5 3.05 534.3 21.04 1.95 4.3 13 0.5 8.1 0.32
EB33LT264-50 422 50 36.9 21.4 0.84 17.5 0.69 54 2.13 78.8 3.1 535.7 21.09 1.95 4.3 24 0.94 13.6 0.535
VERTICAL
EB34LT150-30 945 30 22.1 18 0.73 14 0.56 48 1.9 47 1.9 521 20.5 2.73 5.99 19 0.75 11.6 0.455

The maximum tube size depends on the chosen HEX size. NOTE: The models listed are the most common of the standard 104 Tubenut outputs we produce. Contact STANLEY Assembly Technologies for the complete list or to discuss a custom output for your specific application.

Tubenut Tool Options 30Nm - 102Nm

Mounting / Reaction Options

ASK ABOUT CUSTOM OUTPUTS!

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel Bail 20K200000

Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange EB33 20K100300

Mounting Flange EB33, EB44 20K100400

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

Reaction Bar or Bail
EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 27
Hold and Drive Lever Tools – 1” Output
1” H&D Lever Tool Options 9.2 to 380 Nm
H18 Output Part No.

Socket Options 20D905700

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124600

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124602

H18 Tang Holder Part No.

6mm x 8mm Rectangle 20D261700

5mm x 7.5mm Rectangle 20D261701

6mm x 10mm Rectangle 20D261702

6mm Hex 20D261703

H18 Bit Holder Part No.

1/4˝ Hex 20D254200

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Travel

5/16˝ Hex 20D253400

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
H22 Output Part No.
EB33LH18V1-46 880 46 33.9 18 0.71 131.9 5.2 464 18.3 2.2 4.9

Socket Options ~N4617

EB34LH22AV1-77 510 77 56.8 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 521 20.5 3.4 7.5

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103211

EB34LH22AV1-110 335 110 81.1 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 543 21.4 3.4 7.5

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103212

EB55LH26V1-150 620 150 110.6 26 1.02 142.8 5.6 637 25.1 5.8 12.8
H22 Tang Holder Part No.
EB45LH26V1-155 400 155 114.3 26 1.02 142.8 5.6 582 22.9 5.5 12.1

Female Tang Holder Options ~F4287

EB45LH26V1-220 260 220 162.3 26 1.02 142.8 5.6 582 22.9 5.5 12.1
H22 Bit Holder Part No.
EB55LH32V1-285 340 285 210.2 32 1.3 179.6 7.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6

Bit Holder Options ~F4288

EB55LH32V1-380 225 380 280.3 32 1.3 179.6 7.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6
H22 Reaction Bar Part No.

1” DC H&D Lever Tool Options

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

A Tang holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

H32 Tang Holder Part No.
H26 Output Part No.

Female Tang Holder Options 20D900601

Typical Tang Options

Socket Options ~F4285

H32 Bit Holder Part No.

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103601

Bit Holder Options 20D900602

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103602

H32 Reaction Bar Part No.
H26 Tang Holder Part No.

Female Torx

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

Female Tang Holder Options ~H4948

Travel Reach

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

H26 Bit Holder Part No.

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Bolt/ Tang Nut Tang holder

Bit Holder Options ~H4947

Female Hex

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

H26 Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

Rectangular

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

NOTE: The bolt can extend beyond the nut no more than the specified travel distance when tightened.

H32 Output Part No.

Socket Options ~A5302

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103701

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103702

Handle Options Part No.

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

28 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Hold and Drive Lever Tools – 2” Output
9.2 to 380 Nm

2” H&D Lever Options

H18 Output Part No.

Socket Options 20D905700

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124601

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124603

H18 Tang Holder Part No.

6mm x 8mm Rectangle 20D261700

5mm x 7.5mm Rectangle 20D261701

6mm x 10mm Rectangle 20D261702

6mm Hex 20D261703

H18 Bit Holder Part No.

1/4˝ Hex 20D254200

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Travel

5/16˝ Hex 20D253400

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
H22 Output Part No.
EB33LH18V2-46 880 46 33.9 18 0.71 190.3 7.5 464 18.3 2.1 4.6

Socket Options ~N4617

EB34LH22AV2-77 510 77 56.8 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 521 20.5 3.1 6.8

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103213

EB34LH22AV2-110 335 110 81.1 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 543 21.4 3.1 6.8

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103214

EB45LH26V2-155 400 155 114.3 26 1.02 168.2 6.6 582 22.9 4.6 10.0
H22 Tang Holder Part No.
EB55LH26V2-210 460 210 154.9 26 1.02 168.2 6.6 637 25.1 5.8 12.8

Female Tang Holder Options ~F4287

EB45LH26V2-220 260 220 162.3 26 1.02 168.2 6.6 582 22.9 4.6 10.0
H22 Bit Holder Part No.
EB55LH32V2-285 340 285 210.2 32 1.3 205 8.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6

Bit Holder Options ~F4288

EB55LH32V2-380 225 380 280.3 32 1.3 205 8.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6
H22 Reaction Bar Part No.

2” DC H&D Lever Tool Options

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

A Bit holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

H32 Tang Holder Part No.
Typical Tang Options
H26 Output Part No.

Female Tang Holder Options 20D900601

Socket Options ~F4285

H32 Bit Holder Part No.

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103603

Bit Holder Options 20D900602

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103604

Male Hex

H32 Reaction Bar Part No.
H26 Tang Holder Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

Female Tang Holder Options ~H4948

Reach

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

H26 Bit Holder Part No.

Travel

Male Torx

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Bit Holder Options ~H4947

Bolt Nut

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

H26 Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

H32 Output Part No.

Socket Options ~A5302

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103703

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103704

Handle Options Part No.

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

Extension

EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 29
Image
Image
Image
Image
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Tools
High Speed, Redundant Transducer and Flexible Cable connections.
FEATURES AND BENEFITS:

• Controllers Enable Multiple Spindle Operation Including Synchronization.

• Redundant Transducer Optional

• 360° Viewable High / OK / Low Lights Alert

• Operator to Fastening Status

• Fixtured Tool Cable Connector can be Rotated in 90° Increments.

OUTPUT OPTIONS
Angle
Retractable Angle Straight
Retractable Straight
Retractable Offset
REACTION MOUNTING COMPONENTS
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 31
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
EB-Series Torque Range: Fixtured Style
Angle Fixtured Mount Style

MODELS:

EB33MA15-27

EB33MA18F1-35

EB33MA18F2-35

EB33MA19-40

EB33MA19F1-40

EB33MA18F1-48

EB33MA18F2-48

EB44MA19-55

EB44MA19F1-55

EB33MA19-60

EB33MA19F1-60

EB33MA19F2-60

EB34MA19-70

EB34MA19F1-70

EB34MA19F2-70

EB34MA22A-80

EB34MA22AF1-80

EB44MA19-80

EB44MA22A-80

EB44MA22AF1-80

EB34MA22A-115

EB34MA22AF1-115

EB34MA22AF2-115

EB44MA22A-120

EB44MA22AF1-120

Torque Nm 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400

Please Note: This chart is a guide for the use of our tools. Programming of these tools can have a direct effect on the capability and performance.

32 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Angle Fixtured Mount Style, continued

MODELS:

EB55MA26-120

EB55MA26F1-120

EB55MA26-160R

EB55MA26F1-160

EB45MA26-165

EB45MA26F1-165

EB45MA26-220

EB45MA26F1-220

EB55MA26-220

EB55MA26F1-220

EB55MA26F2-220

EB55MA32-300

EB55MA32F1-300

EB55MA32F2-300

EB55MA32-400

EB55MA32F1-400

EB55MA32F2-400

Torque Nm 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400

Please Note: This chart is a guide for the use of our tools. Programming of these tools can have a direct effect on the capability and performance.
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 33
Inline Fixtured Mount Style
EB33MB-28
EB33MBF1-28
EB33MBF2-28
EB33MB-40
EB33MBF1-40
EB33MBF2-40
EB34MB1-55
EB44MB1-80
EB44MB1-120
EB45MB2-140
EB55MB2-170
EB45MB2-190

Specifications

Inline Fixtured Mount Style, continued
EB55MB2-250
EB55MB3-320
EB55MB4-460
EB55MB4-620
EB55MB5-800
EB55MB5-1100
EB55MB5-1500
EB55MB5-2000

Specifications

Offset Fixtured Mount Style
EB33MDF1-25
EB33MDF2-25
EB33MDF1-36

Specifications

Fixtured Tools Pattern Mounting

Examples of how to create unique square or circular bolt patterns for Inline and Offset Retractable tools:

EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 37
Angle Fixtured Tools
8 to 60 Nm

Angle Fixtured Options

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100021

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel 20K200000

Standard B3432

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100000

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Mounting Flange-B 20K100300

*Due to the welded flange, the above options are not applicable to EB33MA18F0-48.

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
EB33MA15-27 1515 27 19.9 15 0.59 36.6 1.44 382.9 15.1 1.7 3.75 3/8˝ SD
EB33MA19-40 1025 40 29.5 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 385.8 15.2 1.9 4.11 1/2˝ SD
EB33MA18F0-48 881 48 35.4 17.5 0.69 39.3 1.55 382.8 15.1 2.41 5.31 3/8˝ SD
EB33MA19-60 680 60 44.2 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 385.8 15.2 2.31 5.10 1/2˝ SD

Mounting / Reaction Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Standard Reaction Bar Optional Base Mount Bracket

38 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Angle Fixtured Tools
24 to 400 Nm

Angle Fixtured Options

EB34, EB44

A19 Splined Output Part No.

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Flush Socket 20D100106

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D100107

A22A Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100309

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D100326

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100000

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Mounting Flange 20K100302

1/2˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Standard 20D227800

EB44MA19-55 1190 55 40.6 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 445 7.5 3.2 6.97

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

EB34MA19-70 610 70 51.6 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 433 17.0 3.2 6.97

*RH-Thread is Right-Hand Thread. This is an option used if the end user uses the additional output for clockwise tightening or loosening.

EB34MA22A-80 510 80 59.0 22 0.87 50.0 2.00 441 17.4 3.1 6.82
EB44MA19-80 845 80 59.0 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 445 17.5 3.2 6.97

1/2˝ SD

EB44MA22A-80 810 80 59.0 22 0.87 50.0 2.00 453 17.8 3.1 6.82
EB34MA22A-115 340 115 84.8 22 0.87 50.0 2.00 463 18.2 3.5 7.75
EB44MA22A-120 550 120 88.5 22 0.87 50.0 2.00 453 17.8 3.53 7.8

Angle Fixtured Options

EB45, EB55

A26 Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100409

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

5/8˝ Square Drive 20D100400

Reaction Device Part No.
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

EB55MA26-120 825 120 88.5 26 1.02 60 2.4 557 21.9 6.2 13.6

Reaction Bar, Steel, Heavy Duty 20K100202

EB55MA26-160 620 160 118 26 1.02 60 2.4 557 21.9 6.2 13.6

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

EB45MA26-165 400 165 122 26 1.02 60 2.4 503 19.8 4.6 10.0

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

EB45MA26-220 260 220 162 26 1.02 60 2.4 527 20.7 4.6 10.0

3/4˝ SD

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
EB55MA26-220 460 220 162 26 1.02 60 2.4 556 21.9 6.7 14.7

Standard 20D125200

EB55MA32-300 340 300 221 32 1.3 73 2.9 563 22.1 7.3 16.1
EB55MA32-400 225 400 295 32 1.3 73 2.9 563 22.1 7.3 16.1

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20R202300

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 39
Angle Retractable Fixtured Tools
8 to 120 Nm

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

Spring Options Part No.

Standard A5313

8 lb Compression 20R201407

Output Options Part No.

2˝ Extended Output 20D115901

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100000

TRAVEL

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Mounting Flange-B 20K100300

Suspension Bails Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel 20K200000

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Standard B3432

EB33MA18F1-35 1165 35 25.8 18 0.71 84 3.3 462.74 18.22 3.25 7.2

3/8˝ SD

1/2˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
EB33MA19F1-40 1025 40 29.5 19 0.75 146.5 5.8 385 15.1 2.80 6.15 1/2˝ SD

Standard 20D227800

EB33MA18F1-48 880 48 35.4 18 0.71 84 3.3 462.74 18.22 3.25 7.2 3/8˝ SD

25 mm 1˝

EB44MA19F1-55 1190 55 40.6 19 0.75 146.5 5.8 445 17.5 3.18 7.02 1/2˝ SD

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

EB33MA19F1-60 680 60 44.2 19 0.75 146.5 5.8 385 15.1 2.80 6.15 1/2˝ SD

*Due to the welded flange, the above options are not applicable to EB33MA18F1-XX tools.

EB34MA19F1-70 610 70 51.6 19 0.75 146.5 5.8 433 17.0 2.74 6.05 1/2˝ SD

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB34, EB44

Spring Options Part No.

Standard M4283

5.8 lb Compression H4003

8.6 lb Compression M4800

Output Options Part No.

2˝ Extended Output M4306

TRAVEL

2-5/8˝ Extended Output 20D117700

8˝ Extended Output M4466

Reaction Device Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100100

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Mounting Flange 20K100302

EB34MA22AF1-80 510 80 59.0 22 0.87 114 4.5 441 17.4 3.1 6.75
1/2˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
25 mm 1˝ 1/2˝ SD EB44MA22AF1-80 810 80 59.0 22 0.87 114 4.5 453 17.8 3.5 7.72

Standard 20D227800

EB34MA22AF1-115 340 115 84.8 22 0.87 114 4.5 463 18.2 3.1 6.75
EB44MA22AF1-120 550 120 88.5 22 0.87 114 4.5 453 17.8 3.5 7.72

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

40 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Angle Retractable Fixtured Tools
24 to 400 Nm

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB45, EB55

Spring Options Part No.

Standard 20R201414

11 lb Compression 20R201417

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100202

TRAVEL

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB55MA26F1-120 825 120 88.5 26 1.02 166 6.5 557 21.9 5.2 11.4
EB55MA26F1-160 620 160 118 26 1.02 166 6.5 557 21.9 5.2 11.4

25 mm 1˝ 3/4˝ SD

EB45MA26F1-165 400 165 122 26 1.02 166 6.5 503 19.8 4.6 10.0

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB45MA26F1-220 260 220 162 26 1.02 166 6.5 527 20.7 4.6 10.0
EB55MA26F1-220 460 220 162 26 1.02 166 6.5 557 21.9 7.5 16.6
Spring Options Part No.

Standard M4606

7.6 lb Compression M4331

Output Options Part No.

2.5˝ Extended Output 20D114800

4˝ Extended Output M4740

Reaction Device Part No.

TRAVEL

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100202

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Standard 20D227800

EB55MA32F1-300 340 300 221 32 1.26 178 7.0 563 22.1 7.3 16.1 25 mm 1˝ 3/4˝ SD EB55MA32F1-400 225 400 295 32 1.26 178 7.0 563 22.1 7.3 16.1

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Mounting / Reaction Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Standard Reaction Bar Optional Base Mount Bracket
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 41
Angle Retractable Fixtured Tools
12 to 400 Nm Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB45, EB55

Spring Options Part No.

Standard 20R201414

11 lb Compression 20R201417

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100202

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

TRAVEL

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB33MA18F2-35 1165 35 25.8 18 0.71 176.28 6.94 462.74 18.22 3.25 7.2
3/8˝ SD EB33MA18F2-48 880 48 35.4 18 0.71 176.28 6.94 462.74 18.22 3.25 7.2

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB33MA19F2-60 680 60 44.2 19 0.75 193 7.6 386 15.2 3.1 6.83 1/2˝ SD
EB34MA19F2-70 610 70 51.6 19 0.75 177.67 6.99 433.16 17.05 3.5 7.7 3/8˝ SD EB34MA22AF2-115 335 115 84.8 22 0.87 186.2 7.33 463 18.2 3.5 7.7

50.8 mm 2˝

EB55MA26F2-220 460 220 162 26 1.02 225 8.9 557 21.9 5.7 12.5 5/8˝ SD
Spring Options Part No.
EB55MA32F2-300 340 300 221 32 1.26 269 10.6 563 22.2 7.8 17.2 3/4˝ SD EB55MA32F2-400 225 400 295 32 1.26 269 10.6 586 23 7.8 17.2

Standard M4606

7.6 lb Compression M4331

Output Options Part No.

2.5˝ Extended Output 20D114800

4˝ Extended Output M4740

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100202

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Mounting / Reaction Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Standard Reaction Bar Optional Base Mount Bracket

42 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Inline Fixtured Tools
EB33
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg
EB33MB-28 1590 28 20.6 24 0.93 359 14.1 1.89 4.15
EB33MB-40 1120 40 29.5 24 0.93 385 15.1 1.89 4.15
EB34, EB44
EB34MB1-55 830 55 40.5 32 1.03 421 16.6 2.2 4.84
EB44MB1-80 895 80 59 32 1.03 421 16.6 2.7 5.94
EB44MB1-120 557 120 88.5 32 1.03 421 16.6 2.7 5.94

Specifications

Inline Fixtured Tools
EB45, EB55 (MB2 Models)
EB45MB2-140 465 140 103 34 1.34 475 18.7 3.6 7.92
EB55MB2-170 640 170 125 34 1.34 475 18.7 4.3 9.46
EB45MB2-190 355 190 140 34 1.34 475 18.7 4.3 9.46
EB55MB2-250 400 250 184 34 1.34 475 18.7 5.3 11.7
EB55MB3 Model
EB55MB3-320 310 320 236 35 1.38 517 20.4 5.5 12.1
EB55MB4 & 5 Models
EB55MB4-460 220 460 339 44 1.7 564 22.2 7.5 16.8
EB55MB4-620 165 620 457 44 1.7 564 22.2 7.5 16.8
EB55MB5-800 125 800 590 48 1.9 575 22.6 9 19.8
EB55MB5-1100 80 1100 811 48 1.9 598 23.6 10.1 22.3
EB55MB5-1500 60 1500 1106 48 1.9 625 24.6 10.1 22.3
EB55MB5-2000 50 2000 1475 48 1.9 625 24.6 10.1 22.3

Specifications

Inline Retractable Fixtured Tools
EB33MBF1-28 1590 28 20.6 28 1.13 443 17.4 2.56 5.63
EB33MBF1-40 1120 40 29.5 28 1.13 443 17.4 2.56 5.63

Specifications

Inline Retractable Fixtured Tools
64 to 2000 Nm

Inline Retractable Fixtured Options

3/4” Output

Output Options Part No.

Standard 20D102101

5˝ Extension 20D102106

Spring Options Part No.

Standard 20R201403

Heavy Duty Spring 20R201404

Reaction Components Part No.

Mounting Flange -MB3F 20D205600

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB55MB3F1-320 310 320 236 34 1.34 636 25 6.7 14.74 25mm 1˝ 19mm 3/4˝ SD

Inline Retractable Fixtured Options

1” Output

Output Options Part No.

Standard 20D208800

2˝ Extension 20D208803

4˝ Extension 20D208802

3/4˝ SD (MB4F1 ONLY) 20D121100

Reaction Components Part No.

Mounting Flange -MB4F 20D208500

Mounting Flange -MB5F 20D209500

Spring Options Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output

Standard 20R201411

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Heavy Duty Spring 20R201442

EB55MB4F1-460 220 460 339 44 1.7 803 31.6 17.2 37.84
EB55MB4F1-620 165 620 457 44 1.7 803 31.6 17.2 37.84
EB55MB5F1-800 125 800 590 50 2 840 33.0 18.3 40.26

25mm 1˝ 25mm 1˝ SD

EB55MB5F1-1100 80 1100 811 50 2 863 34.0 18.3 40.26
EB55MB5F1-1500 60 1500 1106 50 2 870 34.3 19.2 42.24
EB55MB5F1-2000 50 2000 1475 50 2 870 34.3 19.2 42.24

46 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Inline Retractable Fixtured Tools
EB33MBF2-28 1590 28 20.6 28 1.13 443 17.4 2.56 5.63
EB33MBF2-40 1120 40 29.5 28 1.13 443 17.4 2.56 5.63

Specifications

Inline Retractable Fixtured Tools
64 to 2000 Nm

Inline Retractable Fixtured Options

3/8” Output

Output Options Part No.

Standard 20D102101

5˝ Extension 20D102106

Spring Options Part No.

Standard 20R201403

Heavy Duty Spring 20R201404

Reaction Components Part No.

Mounting Flange -MB3F 20D205600

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB55MB3F2-320 310 320 236 34 1.34 636 25 6.7 14.74 51mm 2˝ 19mm 3/4˝ SD

Inline Retractable Fixtured Options

1” Output

Output Options Part No.

Standard 20D208800

2˝ Extension 20D208803

4˝ Extension 20D208802

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output

3/4˝ SD (MB4F1 ONLY) 20D121100

Reaction Components Part No.
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Mounting Flange -MB4F 20D208500

EB55MB4F2-460 220 460 339 44 1.7 803 31.6 17.2 37.84

Mounting Flange -MB5F 20D209500

EB55MB4F2-620 165 620 457 44 1.7 803 31.6 17.2 37.84
EB55MB5F2-800 125 800 590 50 2 840 33.0 18.3 40.26

51mm 2˝ 25mm 1˝ SD

EB55MB5F2-1100 80 1100 811 50 2 863 34.0 18.3 40.26
EB55MB5F2-1500 60 1500 1106 50 2 870 34.3 19.2 42.24
EB55MB5F2-2000 50 2000 1475 50 2 870 34.3 19.2 42.24

48 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Offset Retractable Fixtured Tools (3/4”, 1”)
EB33
EB33MDF1-25 1590 25 18.4 13 0.51 443 17.5 3.1 6.78
EB33MDF1-36 1120 36 26.6 13 0.51 443 17.5 3.1 6.82
EB34, EB44
EB45, EB55

Specifications

Offset Retractable Fixtured Tools (2”)
5 to 225 Nm
Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB33MDF2-25 1590 25 18.4 13 0.51 535 21.1 3.2 7.1 51mm (2˝) 3/8˝ SD
Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB34MD1F2-48 830 48 35.4 17 0.67 599 23.6 4.8 10.56 51mm (2˝) 1/2˝ SD
Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB45MD2F2-125 465 125 92.2 19 0.75 663 26.1 10.9 24.0 51mm (2˝) 5/8˝ SD EB45MD2F2-170 355 170 125.4 19 0.75 663 26.1 10.9 24.0
EB55MD2F2-225 400 225 166 19 0.75 717 28.2 10.9 24.0

50 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Hold and Drive Fixtured Tools – 1” Output
22 to 220 Nm

1" H&D Lever Tool Options

H22 Output Part No.

Socket Options ~N4617

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103211

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103212

H22 Tang Holder Part No.

Female Tang Holder Options ~F4287

H22 Bit Holder Part No.

Bit Holder Options ~F4288

H22 Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

H26 Output Part No.

Socket Options ~F4285

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103601

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103602

H26 Tang Holder Part No.

Female Tang Holder Options ~H4948

H26 Bit Holder Part No.

Bit Holder Options ~H4947

H26 Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Travel

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

EB34MH22AV1-110 335 110 81.1 22 0.87 118.4 4.7 543 21.4 3.7 8.2
Handle Options Part No.
1˝ EB45MH26V1-220 260 220 162.3 26 1.02 117.5 4.6 527 20.8 6.0 13.2
EB55MH26V1-220 460 220 162.3 26 1.02 117.5 4.6 557 21.9 6.7 14.8

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

Mounting / Reaction Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Standard Reaction Bar Optional Base Mount Bracket
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 51
Tool Cable Options: EB-Series *
STEP 2 Select an extension for the selected whip number
STEP 1 Select a tool whip for the tool model
Fits EB12-EB33 non-fixtured tools
20C1073[##] Hi-Flex Lever Whip, Lite Cable [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
20C1076[##] Hi-Flex Lever Whip, Heavy Duty Cable [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
Fits EB12-EB55 non-fixtured tools
20C1078[##] 90° Jamnut Extension [##] = 01, 05, 10, 20 or 40 meters
20C1077[##] 90° Hi-Flex Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

90° Hi-Flex Lever Whip Adjusts to 10 Positions @ 36°

20C1075[##] Jamnut Extension [##] = 05, 10, 20 or 40 meters
20C1094[##] Hi-Flex 90° Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
Fits EB332-EB55 all fixtured tools
NOTES:

Jamnut cables have connectors that can be fixed to bulkheads.

READ INSTRUCTIONS

All Hi-Flex cables have an 8cm (3in) minimum bend radius.

20C1093[##] Hi-Flex Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

*Fits all EB-Series Lever Tools (and older EA and EC-Series Tools)

52 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Cable End Cable Lite / Heavy Duty Base Part # Cable Length EB12-EB33 EB34-EB55
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Lite 20C1073## 01 03 05 07 10 EB12-EB33 All non-Fixtured tools X
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1076## 01 03 05 07 10 EB12-EB33 All non-Fixtured tools EB34-EB55 All non-Fixtured tools
90 Degree Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1077## 01 03 05 07 10 EB12-EB33 All non-Fixtured tools EB34-EB55 All non-Fixtured tools
Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1094## 01 03 05 07 10 EB33-EB55 All Fixtured Style tools 90 Degree

Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1093## 01 03 05 07 10 EB33-EB55 All Fixtured Style tools

Straight
Option 1:

Example: Purchase Replacement Cables 20C107305 & 20C107520 to Transition to EB-Series Tools (This option requires all cables between the tool and the cable to be replaced)

— OR —

Option 2: 40% Less Expensive

Example: Purchase Replacement Cable 20C107305 and Adaptor 20C109900, use the existing festooned E-Series Extension Cable 20C1002##. (This option requires ONLY the cable attached to the extension cable to be replaced)

Previous Upgrade Path (Option 1)

Requires Replacement

EB-Series Whip Cable

EB-Series Extension Cable

Alternate Upgrade Path (Option 2)

E-Series Extension Cable

Requires Replacement

EB-Series Whip Cable 20C109900 Adaptor
Corded Tools Cable Options 53
Image
Tool Cable Options: E-Series
Fits E12 non fixtured lever tools
20C1046[##] Hi-Flex E1 Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
Fits E02 & E12 Bottom Exit Pistol Tools
Fits E23-E35 non fixtured tools
20C1034[##] Hi-Flex Whip, E02/34 Pistol or E23/34 Lever, [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
20C1001[##] 90° Hi-Flex E2 Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
Fits E02 & E12 Bottom Exit Pistol tools

*E12 does not apply

Fits E23-E55 non fixtured tools
20C1011[##] 90° Jamnut Extension [##] = 05, 10 or 20 meters
20C1000[##] Hi-Flex E2/5 Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

*E12 applications require a 20H103100 adaptor

20C1002[##] Jamnut Extension [##] = 05, 10 or 20 meters
20C1004[##] Hi-Flex 90° Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

READ INSTRUCTIONS

NOTES:

Tool adjusts to 10 positions @ 36°

Fits E02 & E12 Top Exit Pistol tools

Jamnut cables have connectors that can be fixed to bulkheads.

Fits E23-E55 fixtured tools

All Hi-Flex cables have an 8cm (3in) minimum bend radius.

20C1003[##] Hi-Flex Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

Please limit the total length of E tool cabling between a controller and an E tool to 30 meters.

READ INSTRUCTIONS

54 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Cable End Cable Lite / Heavy Duty Base Part # Cable Length E02 E12 E23-E35 E43-E55
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Lite 20C1046## 01 03 05 07 10 X E12 All Non-Fixtured Lever Tools X X
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Lite 20C1034## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E12 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All non- Fixtured tools X
90 Degree Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1001## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E12 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All non- Fixtured tools E43-E55 All non- Fixtured tools
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1000## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E12 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All non- Fixtured tools E43-E55 All non- Fixtured tools
90 Degree Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1004## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Top Exit Pistol Only E12 Top Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All fixtured style tools E43-E55 All fixtured style tools
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1003## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Top Exit Pistol Only E12 Top Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All fixtured style tools E43-E55 All fixtured style tools

Please limit the total length of E tool cabling between a controller and an E tool to 30 meters.

Option 1:

Example: Purchase Replacement Cables 20C107305 & 20C107520 to Transition to EB-Series Tools (This option requires all cables between the tool and the cable to be replaced)

— OR —

Option 2: 40% Less Expensive

Example: Purchase Replacement Cable 20C107305 and Adaptor 20C109900, use the existing festooned E-Series Extension Cable 20C1002##. (This option requires ONLY the cable attached to the extension cable to be replaced)

Previous Upgrade Path (Option 1)

Requires Replacement

EB-Series Whip Cable

EB-Series Extension Cable

Alternate Upgrade Path (Option 2)

E-Series Extension Cable

Requires Replacement

EB-Series Whip Cable 20C109900 Adaptor
Corded Tools Cable Options 55
Image
Image
B-Series Cordless Tools
Pistol push-to-start » 2.4 GHz to QBE Expert (QB4101),
(QB5100), or Network Node (QB0201)
communication to Network Node (QB0301)
or QBE Specialist (QB5300)

Specifications

Image
Image
B-Series Cordless Tools
B12PB Pistol Style B12PP Push-to-Start Style
B23LA Right Angle Lever Style
Specialty Outputs
B12LB Inline Lever Style
B12LA Right Angle Lever Style

58 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Angle Head Output
B33LA
Same Gearing / Output as STANLEY Corded Tools
THE STANLEY ADVANTAGE:
Only STANLEY offers a 60 Volt Cordless Tool
High Efficiency Brushless Motor
Multifunction Button (MFB)
Multi-function Display Panel
Comfort Grip Handle
Ergonomic Lever Start Trigger
Integrated Digital Control Circuit
Barcode Scanner or 802.15. GHz Wireless option module

(Inside Handle)

Micro-USB Port
Battery Pack Release Button

(Back of Handle)

Battery Pack
B33LA Right Angle Lever Style
B-Series Cordless Tools 59
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Pistol Grip Tools
1.2 to 14 Nm

Pistol Tool Options

B12 Output Options Part No.
ASK ABOUT CUSTOM OUTPUTS!

1/4˝ Square Drive 20D119302

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D119300

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D119301

Socket Lock Pin 1/4” SD Part No.

Lock Pin Plug A3090

Lock Pin A3060

Spring A3073

Socket Lock Pin 3/8” SD Part No.

Pin Stop L3401

Lock Pin 20D227800

Standard 1/4” Hex Quickchange Chuck

Spring 20R201413

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

B12P Reaction Components Part No.

Spacer (Default) 20D217000

Reaction Bar, Aluminum 17˝ 20K100103

Optional 1/4” Square Drive

Reaction Bar, Steel 17˝ 20K100104

Suspension Bail Part No.

Micro-USB Port Standard

Wire Bail A3061

Anti-Mar Protection Part No.

Battery Pack Cover - 4 Ahr 20R215400

Optional 3/8” Square Drive

Battery Pack Cover - 2 Ahr 20R215401

Battery Pack Options Part No.

Battery Pack, 2 Amp Hour 201R209202

Handle Options Part No.
Inline Style Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output

Barcode Scanner (Inline) 20H106100

Barcode Scanner (Push-to-Start) 20H106101

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options

Zigbee Radio (Inline) 20H106102

B12PB-5 1257 5 3.7 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5

Zigbee Radio (Push-to-Start) 20H106103

1/4˝ QC 1/4˝ or 3/8˝ SD B12PB-8 873 8 5.9 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
Programming Cable Part No.
B12PB-11 602 11 8.1 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
B12PB-15 375 15 11.0 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5

Programming Cable 36˝ 20C206600

Push-to-Start
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B12PP-5 1257 5 3.7 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
1/4˝ QC 1/4˝ or 3/8˝ SD B12PP-8 873 8 5.9 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
B12PP-11 602 11 8.1 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927- 2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Barcode Scanner Wireless Radio Programming Cable

60 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Angle Head Tools
1.6 to 16 Nm

Angle Tool Options

A13 Short Output (E12 Models) Part No.

3/8˝ Double-Ended, LH Thread 20D121912

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D121917

Flush Socket 12mm Max 20D121918

Optional Bail

Handle Options Part No.

Barcode Scanner 20H106300

Zigbee Radio 20H106301

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B12LA13-8 838 8 5.9 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 386.1 15.2 1.65 3.65 1.04 2.3 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝SD, 1/4˝QC or Flush
B12LA13-11 582 11 8.1 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 386.1 15.2 1.65 3.65 1.04 2.3 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝SD, 1/4˝QC or Flush
B12LA13-16 401 16 11.8 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 386.1 15.2 1.65 3.65 1.04 2.3 3/8˝ SD Flush

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Output Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Flush Quick Change
B-Series Cordless Tools 61
Angle Head Tools
2.4 to 95 Nm

Angle Tool Options

A15 Threaded Output 20D137503 Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138908

A15 Flush Output 20D137501 Part No.

Flush Socket 20D283200

A15 Output Splined 20D137504 Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138908

A15 Splined Flush 20D137505 Part No.

Flush Socket 20D283200

A18 Output Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D136500

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D136502

Flush Socket 20D136503

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Flush Socket 20D100021

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

A19 Splined Output Part No.

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Flush Socket 20D100106

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100107

A22A Output Part No.
Handle Options Part No.
Suspension Bails Part No.

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D100305

Barcode Scanner 20H106200

Wire Bail A3061

Flush Socket 20D100309

Zigbee Radio 20H106202

Swivel 20K101400

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100326

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B23LA13-12 665 12 8.8 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 537 21.2 2.41 5.3 1.74 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ QC
B23LA13-15 600 15 11 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 537 21.2 2.41 5.3 1.74 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ QC
B23LA13-17 460 17 12.5 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 537 21.2 2.41 5.3 1.74 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ QC
B23LA15-23 370 23 17 15 0.59 39.9 1.57 552 21.8 2.58 5.7 1.95 4.3 3/8˝ SD 1/2˝ SD
B23LA15-35 230 35 25.8 15 0.59 39.9 1.57 567 22.4 2.65 5.8 1.98 4.4 3/8˝ SD 1/2˝ SD
B23LA18-42 180 42 31 18 0.71 39.9 1.57 563 22.2 2.83 6.2 2.11 4.6 3/8˝ SD 1/2˝ SD
B23LA19-52 155 52 38.3 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 592 23.4 2.99 6.6 2.32 5.1 1/2˝ SD
B23LA19-70 140 70 51.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 653 25.7 3.61 7.9 2.95 6.5 1/2˝ SD
B23LA22A-95 105 95 70 22 0.87 47.9 1.9 660 26.0 3.61 7.9 3.45 7.6 1/2˝ SD

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

62 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Angle Head Tools
2.8 to 95 Nm

Angle Tool Options

A13 Short Output Part No.

3/8˝ Double-Ended, LH Thread 20D121912

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D121917

Flush Socket 12mm Max 20D121918

1/4˝ Square Drive 20D121919

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D121916

1/4˝ Magnetic Internal Hex 20D121920

A15 Threaded Output 20D137503 Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138908

A15 Flush Output 20D137501 Part No.

Flush Socket 20D283200

A15 Output Splined 20D137504 Part No.

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138908

A15 Splined Flush 20D137505 Part No.

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Flush Socket 20D283200

A18 Output Part No.

Optional Flush Socket Drive Optional Double Ended Drive

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D136500

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D136502

Handle Options Part No.

Flush Socket 20D136503

Barcode Scanner 20H106201

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Zigbee Radio 20H106203

Flush Socket 20D100021

Reaction Components Part No.
B33 / B44 Batteries Part No.
A19 Splined Output Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (<300 Nm) 20K100200

60V MAX/ 2AH Battery 21R209203

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Reaction Bar, Steel (>300 Nm) 20K100202

60V MAX/ 3AH Battery 21R209204

Flush Socket 20D100106

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

60V MAX/ 20V MAX Fast Charger 21R209402

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100107

Mounting Flange 20K100300

A22A Output Part No.
Suspension Bails Part No.

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D100305

Wire Bail A3061

Flush Socket 20D100309

Swivel 20K101400

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100326

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length* Weight w/ Battery* Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B33LA13-14 1698 14 10.3 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 561.7 22.1 2.77 6.1 1.72 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ SD or 1/4˝ QC
B33LA13-18 1372 18 13.3 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 561.7 22.1 2.77 6.1 1.72 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ SD or 1/4˝ QC
B33LA15-25 959 25 18.5 15 0.59 39.9 1.57 576.8 22.7 2.99 6.6 1.95 4.3 3/8˝ SD
B33LA15-40 525 40 29.5 15 0.59 39.9 1.57 592 23.3 3.04 6.7 2.0 4.4 3/8˝ SD
B33LA18-48 455 48 35.4 18 0.71 39.9 1.57 587.5 23.1 3.13 6.9 2.09 4.6 3/8˝ SD
B33LA19-55 439 55 40.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 617 24.3 3.36 7.4 2.31 5.1 1/2˝ SD
B33LA19-70 356 70 51.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 677.5 26.7 3.99 8.8 2.95 6.5 1/2˝ SD
B33LA22A-95 237 95 70 22 0.87 47.9 1.9 685.2 27.0 4.17 9.2 3.13 6.9 1/2˝ SD

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002). *Dimensions and weights are with the standard 60V Max/ 2AH Battery

B-Series Cordless Tools 63
Angle Head Tools
11 to 120 Nm

Angle Tool Options

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100021

A19 Splined Output Part No.

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Flush Socket 20D100106

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100107

A22A Output Part No.

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D100305

Flush Socket 20D100309

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100326

B33 / B44 Batteries Part No.

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

60V MAX/ 2AH Battery 21R209203

60V MAX/ 3AH Battery 21R209204

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

60V MAX/ 20V MAX Fast Charger 21R209402

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Reaction Components Part No.

Optional Flush Socket Drive Optional Double Ended Drive

Reaction Bar (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Suspension Bails Part No.
Handle Options Part No.

Swivel (Horizontal) 20K200000

Barcode Scanner 20H106201

Standard (Vertical) A3061

Zigbee Radio 20H106203

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length* Weight w/ Battery* Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B44LA19-55 573 55 40.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 715.3 28.2 5.2 11.5 3.94 8.69 1/2” SD
B44LA19-70 425 70 51.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 715.3 28.2 5.2 11.5 3.94 8.69 1/2” SD
B44LA22A-95 328 95 70 22 0.87 47.9 1.9 723.0 28.5 5.4 11.9 4.11 9.06 1/2” SD
B44LA22A-120 243 120 88.5 22 0.87 47.9 1.9 723.0 28.5 5.4 11.9 4.11 9.06 1/2” SD

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002). *Dimensions and weights are with the standard 60V Max/ 2AH Battery

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

64 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Inline Tools
1 to 11 Nm

Inline Tool Options

Output Options Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D119301

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D119300

1/4˝ Square Drive 20D119302

3/8” SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.

Optional Bail

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

Reaction Components Part No.

Reaction Bar, Aluminum (Default) 20K100103

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100104

Spacer 20D217000

Suspension Bails Part No.

Optional Reaction Bar

Standard 1/4” Quick Change Drive

Wire Bail A3061

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Swivel 20K101402

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Optional 3/8” Square Drive

Optional 1/4” Square Drive

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B12LB-5 1257 5 3.7 17.8 0.7 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LB-8 873 8 5.9 17.8 0.7 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LB-11 602 11 8.1 17.8 0.7 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LP-5 1257 5 3.7 20.4 0.8 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LP-8 873 8 5.9 20.4 0.8 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LP-11 602 11 8.1 20.4 0.8 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

B-Series Cordless Tools 65
Tubenut / Crowfoot Tools
2.6 to 50 Nm

Two Hand Anti Tiedown Options (Tubenut & Crowfoot)

2-Hand Anti Tiedown Part No.
Tubenut

B23/B33 20H106405

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Nose Radius “T” Thickness “W” Width “P” Length “L” Length Weight Maximum Hex Size Maximum Tube Size
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in
B23LT252-21 260 21 15.5 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.66 56 2.20 525 20.7 2.5 5.6 13 1/2 9.3 0.37 B23LT346-23 250 23 16.9 13 0.52 14 0.56 42 1.66 34 1.34 644 25.4 2.4 5.3 13 0.5 9.4 0.37 B23LT74-30 305 30 22.1 18 0.73 14 0.56 48 1.88 44 1.72 657 25.9 2.5 5.6 18 11/16 11.6 0.46 B23LT473-31 195 31 22.9 18 0.73 14 0.56 48 1.88 39 1.53 593 23.3 2.4 5.3 18 11/16 11.6 0.46 B23LT264-38 150 38 28.0 21 0.84 18 0.70 54 2.13 77 3.03 665 26.2 2.5 5.6 24 15/16 18.2 0.72 B23LT264-50 100 50 36.9 21 0.84 18 0.70 54 2.13 77 3.03 648 25.5 2.5 5.6 24 15/16 18.2 0.72 B33LT264-50 267 50 36.9 21 0.84 18 0.7 54 2.13 77 3.03 671.5 26.44 2.27 5 24 15/16 18.2 0.72 B44LT99-62 299 62 45.7 26 1.04 19 0.77 75 2.94 65 2.55 715.5 28.17 3.95 8.7 27 1-1/16 19 .755

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Crowfoot

P Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Nose Radius “T” Thickness “W” Width “P” Length “L” Length Weight Maximum Hex Size
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm in
B23LC550-13 460 13 9.6 13 0.5 9 0.37 25 1.00 77 3.05 629 24.8 2.5 5.6 13 0.5 B23LC624-14 478 14 10.3 21 0.81 14 0.55 38 1.5 75 2.95 582.2 22.92 2.4 5.3 19 0.75 B23LC390-15 335 15 11 11 0.43 16 0.63 22 0.87 51 1.99 642 25.3 2.4 5.3 13 0.5 B23LC477-15 383 15 11.1 12 0.47 16 0.63 32 1.25 161 6.33 714.3 28.12 2.6 5.73 13 0.5 B23LC501-18 340 18 13.3 13 0.52 17 0.65 38 1.48 123 4.85 728.5 28.68 2.27 5 15 0.625 B23LC216-26 225 26 19.1 13 0.5 14 0.56 30 1.19 47 1.86 660 26 2.4 5.3 13 0.5 B23LC521-30 180 30 22.1 13 0.5 16 0.63 32 1.25 45 1.76 611 24 2.5 5.6 13 0.5 B23LC29-37 160 37 27.3 21 0.81 14 0.56 38 1.50 43 1.70 590 23.2 2.5 5.6 19 0.75 B23LC566-38 155 38 28.0 21 0.81 21 0.81 38 1.50 43 1.70 593 23.3 2.4 5.3 19 0.75 B33LC601-65 237 65 47.9 21 0.81 17 0.66 38 1.5 71 2.78 780.5 30.73 2.72 6 19 0.75

66 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Hold and Drive Tools
8.4 to 42 Nm

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Travel
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
B23LH18V1-42 200 42 31 18 0.69 109 4.28 590 23.2 2 4.5 1˝ Tang
B23LH18V2-42 200 42 31 18 0.69 109 4.28 590 23.2 2.2 4.9 2˝ Tang
B23LH22AV1-80 103 80 59 22 0.87 115.06 4.53 612.8 24.1 3 6.6 1" Tang
B23LH22AV2-80 103 80 59 22 0.87 148.2 5.84 612.8 24.1 3.2 7.1 2" Tang

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

Hold and Drive Options

A Bit holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

A Tang holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

Typical Tang Options
Typical Tang Options

Male Hex

Female Torx

Travel Reach

Reach

Travel

Male Torx

Bolt/ Tang Nut Tang holder

Female Hex

Bolt Nut

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Rectangular

Minimum socket size to clear holder

NOTE: The bolt can extend beyond the nut no more than the specified travel distance when tightened.

B-Series Cordless Tools 67
Image
Image
Image
Powered by DEWALT
DEWALT Lithium Batteries and Chargers
DEWALT 20V, 2 AH AND 5 AH (18 VOLT, 5AH EUROPEAN MODEL) PLATFORM
» Estimated 2,200 fastening cycles per charge for 5 Ah*
» 3-LED Fuel Gauge indicator for immediate feedback on state of charge
DEWALT 60V, 2 AH AND 3 AH (54 VOLT, 2 AH EUROPEAN MODEL) PLATFORM
» Estimated 3,300 fastening cycles per charge for 2 Ah*
» 3-LED Fuel Gauge indicator for immediate feedback on state of charge

STANLEY Assembly Technologies cordless tools ship with one battery pack and one charger (North America only). Additional battery packs and chargers may be ordered separately:

ITEM DESCRIPTION

21R209202 20V Battery Pack, 2 Ah

N. AMERICA (NA)

21R209205 20V Battery Pack, 5 Ah

21R209402 20V / 60V Battery Charger

21R209203 60V, 2 Ah / 20V, 6 Ah Battery Pack

21R209204 60V, 3 Ah / 20V, 9 Ah Battery Pack

N566456 Battery Pack, 18V 2 Ah

E008 500 Battery Pack, 18V, 5 Ah

N630880 Charger 18V/54V/SINGLE/DCB118-QW

EUROPE

N630919 Battery 54, 2 Ah/18V, 6 Ah -108Wh-DCB546-XJ

N630923 Battery 54, 3 Ah/18V, 9 Ah -162Wh-DCB547-XJ

N630885 Charger, 18V/54V/SINGLE/DCB118-UK

N630892 Charger, 18V/54V/DOUBLE/DCB132-Europe

N630896 Charger, 18V/54V/DOUBLE/DCB132-UK

OPTIONS**

Barcode Scanner 802.15.4 Radio

B12 Pistol Grip 20H106100 B12 Pistol Grip 20H106102
B12 Push-to-Start Pistol 20H106101 B12 Push-to-Start Pistol 20H106103
B12 Lever Style 20H106300 B12 Lever Style 20H106301
B23 Lever Style 20H106200 B23 Lever Style 20H106202
B33/B44 Lever Style 20H106201 B33/B44 Lever Style 20H106203

Barcode Scanner Option 802.15.4 Wireless Radio Option

ACCESSORIES
Programming Cable 20C206600

Programming Cable

*Dependent on application and joint rate **QPM Cordless tool can accommodate one option (e.g., a barcode scanner OR an IEEE 802.15.4 radio

68 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Shown: 21R209204 — DEWALT 60V, 3 Ah / 20V, 9Ah Battery Pack, NA
Shown: 21R209205 — DEWALT 20V, 5 Ah Battery Pack, NA
Shown: 21R209402 — DEWALT 20V / 60V Battery Charger, NA
PROTECTIVE BOOT COVERS
20R215400 for 20V / 5 Ah battery pack 20R215401 for 20V / 2 Ah battery pack
B-Series Cordless Tool Batteries 69
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Option/Accessory Quick Reference Chart
EB Series (Corded Tools) B Series (Cordless Tools)
Lever Pistol Lever Pistol Angle Inline Angle Inline
Accessory
EB12 EB22/33 EB34/44 EB45/55 EB12 EB22/33 EB34/44 EB45/55 EB12 B12 B23/33 B44 B12 B12

6 - 13 Nm 13 - 60 Nm 55 - 120 Nm 120 - 400 Nm 2 - 14 Nm 16 - 40 Nm 55 - 120 Nm 140 - 2000 Nm 2 - 14 Nm 8 - 16 Nm 12 - 95 Nm 55 - 120 Nm 5 - 11 Nm 5 - 11 Nm

Wire (Suspension) Bail Std Opt Opt N/A Std Opt Opt N/A Std Std Opt Opt Std Std
Swivel Bail Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt N/A Opt Opt Opt Opt N/A

Opt (Std only on push to start)

Reaction Bar N/A N/A (Std only over 50 Nm) Std Std Std Std Std Std Opt N/A N/A (Std only over 50 Nm) Std
Rubber Grip Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

N/A (Std only on push to start)

N/A (Std only on push to start)

Headlights N/A Opt (EB33) Opt (EB34) N/A

Opt (EB33) Opt (EB34) N/A Std N/A Opt N/A

Forward Facing Lever N/A Avail Avail Avail N/A Avail Avail Avail N/A Avail Avail N/A Avail N/A
Extended Lever Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail N/A Avail N/A N/A Avail N/A
Two Hand Switch N/A Opt (EB33) Opt Opt N/A Opt (EB33) Opt Opt N/A N/A Opt N/A N/A N/A
Top Exit N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Opt N/A N/A N/A N/A Opt
Barcode Scanner or Zigbee N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt

70 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES QBE CONTROLLERS
QBE Controllers 71
Image
Image
THE QBE CONTROLLER PLATFORM delivers The QBE Controller platform includes
QBE Expert Controller is the premier
QBE Specialist Controller is a Multi-Spindle
QBE Advanced Controller is a Single Spindle
QBE Standard Plus Controller is a Single Spindle
QBE Node Controller is a Single Spindle
QBE Network Node Controller is a Cordless Tool
Ease of Use: QBE Expert, Specialist, Advanced

Specifications

Image
Image
How to Order
STEP 1:  Refer to the matrix on the specific controller page to identify the Model Number and Options based requirements.
STEP 2:  Select a power cord by the supply voltage and country, if required. Or select No Power Cord.
Power Cord Description Part No.
Power Cord Description Part No.

Argentina Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C105202

UK Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102202

Australia Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102103

Power Distribution Panel Cord, 1m 20C203401

Brazil Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102104

Power Distribution Panel Cord, 2m 20C203402

China Power Cord 230V, 2m 21C103905

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 2m 20C103802

Euro Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102102

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 4m 20C103804

Japan Power Cord 125V, 2m 20C102101

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 7m 20C103807

Japan Power Cord 250V, 2m 20C102105

Twist Lock Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C106302

US Power Cord 115V, 2m 20C102002

Twist Lock Power Cord 230V, 7m 20C106307

US Power Cord 115V, 7m 20C102007

GFI 30ma 250V Assembly for Europe 21E102300

US Power Cord 230V, 2m 21C103902

India Power Cord 250V, 2m 20C102106

PLINTH
STEP 3:  A plinth is selected as standard. If no plinth is required, select No Plinth.

• Quick-change mounting by hand

STEP 4: Select I/O Cable options, if required.

• Cable management and routing

I/O Mating Connector Description Standard/ Optional Part No.

24V I/O Mating Connector, Phoenix for Basic Alpha Standard 21C104806

FLOOR STAND • Top row of controllers require a 90° Extension.

24V I/O Mating Connector, Solder Cup (Standard, Advanced, Expert, Network Node) Standard 21C104800

24V I/O Mating Connector, Crimp Pins (Standard, Advanced, Expert, Network Node) Optional 21C104802

24V I/O Mating Connector, Crimp Pins, with Crimp Tool (Standard, Advanced, Expert, Network Node) Optional 21C104804

5M, 24V I/O Ext. Cable (I/O Connector to Pigtail) Optional 21C202005

• See pages 52-55 for Cable Options

20M, 24V I/O Ext. Cable (I/O Connector to Pigtail) Optional 21C202010

10M, 24V I/O Ext. Cable (I/O Connector to Pigtail) Optional 21C202020

I/O Bracket Assembly, 19-Pin to Phoenix Optional 21E102202

STEP 5: Select a floor stand, if required.
Floor Stand Description No. of Spindles Dimensions Part No.

Floor Stand Kit 1 to 6 198H x 61W x 56D cm 21F100404

Assembled System with Floor Stand 1 to 6 78H x 24W x 22D in Add /F to Model No.

Floor Stand Kit 7 to 12 198H x 61W x 88D cm 21F100402

Assembled System with Floor Stand 7 to 12 78H x 24W x 34.5D in Add /F to Model No.

Please Note: If UL or CSA certification are required, please contact the STANLEY team to have this quoted to you.
QBE Controllers 73
QBE Expert Controller
QBE Expert Controller is the premier Multi-Spindle Controller
BENEFITS:
• Large Touchscreen, Color Display and Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC, tablet, or smart phone
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• One Network Connection for Multiple Spindles

• Operates as a Standalone Controller or as the Lead Controller of a multiple (fixtured) system

• Manages up to 24 trailing spindles (Advanced or Nodes) or Cordless Tools

• A maximum of 15 Cordless Connections are supported

• An 802.11 b/g/n wireless access point for B-Series Cordless Tools to connect as trailing spindles

• Stores Trace Data for 30,000 Fastening Cycles for Corded Tools

• 255 jobs, 99 tasks, 12 steps including smart steps and all advanced strategies

• Includes a USB port, a plant network Ethernet port, a Spindle network Ethernet port, a Serial port, and an emulated PLC function

• Embedded Modbus TCP

• Fieldbus options: Profibus, Profinet, DeviceNet and Ethernet IP

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Spindles 1-24 connect using an isolated Ethernet Spindle Network
Ready
Ready
Ready
Fault
Fault
Fault

74 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Description
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
2 Programmable and Tool Ready LEDs
8 11 9
3 Display
4 Function Keys with Active Label Above
5 Maintenance Due Indicator
POWER USB
6 Numeric Keypad to Enter Numbers or Select Options
7 Cursor Keys with Center Button to Expand Lists
ETHERNET
SPINDLE
8 Power Switch
9 Alpha Toolbox Connector
10 USB Port for Data Transfer
11 Tool Connector
COM PORT
12 Plant Network Ethernet Connector
13 Spindle Network Ethernet Connector
14 24V DC Input/Output Connector
115/230VAC 50/60HZ 10 AMP 1/N/PE~
15 Optional Master DeviceNet Connector
! WARNING ! AVERTISSMENT

PROTECTED BY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING US PATENTS: 5,315,501 5,637,968 6,516,896

ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD To prevent injury disconnect power cord before removing cover
RISQUE DE DECHARGE ELECTRIQUE

Pour empecher des dommages debranches le cordon de secteur avant d enlever la couverture

16 Serial Port Connector
17 Power Input
18 Optional Fieldbus Connector(s)
Alpha Toolbox
Modbus/TCP
24V DC I/O
Ethernet
Serial
Standard Features
All Models      

Note: M12 Ethernet port available upon request. Contact STANLEY for more details.

M12 EtherNet/ IP ports
EtherNet/IP
PROFINET
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Alpha Model Number for Optional Features
Lead Devicenet
Available
GM Ports
QB4101-MGV   QB4101-MXV  QB4101-XEV  QB4101-XDV  QB4101-XGV  QB4101-XMV   QB4101-XNV  QB4101-XPV  QB4101-XXV
QBE Controllers 75
Image
Image
Image
QBE Specialist Controller
QBE Specialist Controller is a Multi-Spindle and Cordless Tool Controller
BENEFITS:
• Large Touchscreen, Color Display and Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC, tablet, or smart phone
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• Large touchscreen, color display and on-screen keypad

• Operates as the Lead Controller of a multiple (fixtured) system and manages up to 24 trailing spindles (Advanced or Nodes) or Cordless Tools

• A maximum of 15 Cordless Connections are supported

• 802.11 b/g/n and 802.15.4 (Option) wireless access point for B-Series Cordless Tools to connect as trailing spindles

• Includes a USB port, a plant network Ethernet port, a Spindle network Ethernet port, a Serial port, fieldbus options, and an emulated PLC function

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Spindles 1-24 connect using an isolated Ethernet Spindle Network
Ready
Ready
Ready
Fault
Fault
Fault

76 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
QB5100-MGV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-MXV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-XDV
QB5100-XEV
QB5100-XGV
QB5100-XMV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-XNV
QB5100-XPV
QB5100-XXV
QB5300-XXV IEEE 802.15.4

Specifications

Image
Image
Image
QBE Advanced Controller
QBE Advanced Controller is a Single Spindle Controller or a Lead Controller for a Dual-Spindle System
BENEFITS:
• Color Display with Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC through Ethernet
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• Two-line color display and soft key keypad

• Operates as a Standalone Controller or as part of a dual spindle system

• The Advanced controller can control up to 2 spindles including its own (typically Nodes or Advanced controllers can be used)

• Stores Trace Data for 30,000 Fastening Cycles

• 255 jobs, 99 tasks, 12 steps including smart steps and all advanced strategies

• Includes a USB port and 2 Ethernet ports, a Serial port, fieldbus options, an integrated PLC

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Ready
Fault
Dual Spindle Operation

78 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Description
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
2 Programmable and Tool Ready LEDs
8 11 9
3 Display
4 Function Keys with Active Label Above
5 Maintenance Due Indicator
POWER USB
6 Numeric Keypad to Enter Numbers or Select Options
7 Cursor Keys with Center Button to Expand Lists
ETHERNET
8 Power Switch
9 Alpha Toolbox Connector
10 USB Port for Data Transfer
11 Tool Connector
COM PORT
12 Plant / Spindle Network Ethernet Connectors
13 24V DC Input/Output Connector
14 Optional Master DeviceNet Connector
115/230VAC 50/60HZ 10 AMP 1/N/PE~
15 Serial Port Connector
! WARNING ! AVERTISSMENT

PROTECTED BY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING US PATENTS: 5,315,501 5,637,968 6,516,896

ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD To prevent injury disconnect power cord before removing cover
RISQUE DE DECHARGE ELECTRIQUE

Pour empecher des dommages debranches le cordon de secteur avant d enlever la couverture

16 Power Input
17 Optional Fieldbus Connector(s)
Alpha Toolbox
Modbus/TCP
24V DC I/O
Ethernet
Serial
Standard Features
All Models      

Note: M12 Ethernet port available upon request. Contact STANLEY for more details.

M12 EtherNet/ IP ports
EtherNet/IP
PROFINET
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Alpha Model Number for Optional Features
Lead Devicenet
Available
GM Ports
QB3101-MGV   QB3101-MXV  QB3101-XDV  QB3101-XEV  QB3101-XGV  QB3101-XMV   QB3101-XNV  QB3101-XPV  QB3101-XXV
QBE Controllers 79
Image
Image
Image
Color Display with Keypad
QBE Standard Plus Controller
QBE Standard Plus Controller is a Single Spindle
QB2201

Specifications

Image
Image
Controller used for trailing spindles in Multiple
QBE Node Controller
QBE Node Controller is a Single Spindle
QB0101

Specifications

Image
Controller for up to 6 B-Series Cordless Tools
QBE Network Node Controller
QBE Network Node Controller is a Cordless Tool
IEEE 802.15.4 wireless option communication to Network Node (QB0301)
QB0201 IEEE 802.11 b/g/n
QB0301

Specifications

Image
QB Spindle Disconnect Controllers
Node QB0111
Advanced QB3111-XXX
Expert QB4111-XXX
on an Advanced controller use QB3111-XPV to get the

Specifications

Alpha Toolbox Software
STANLEY Assembly Technologies – Alpha Toolbox Software for QBE Controllers
Alpha Toolbox, included in every QBE Controller, is used to program strategies, collect fastening cycle and trace data, and perform online diagnostics of the tool and controller. This powerful software utility enables:

• Tool configuration

• Tool diagnostics

• Data collection and maintenance intervals

• Advanced user integration

BENEFITS:

• No set-up is required

• Intuitive and Easy to Use

• Flexible Connectivity

QBE Controllers include a dedicated Alpha Toolbox port. This browser based software is executed from an Ethernet connection to the controller or wirelessly on a tablet, PC or phone. Simply connect a computer to the port, type “ATB.QPM” into a web browser and the software is available for use. The Wizard provided by STANLEY, offers an easy method to control programming directly from the keypad on the controller or with Alpha Toolbox. Users can also take advantage of advanced programming using Alpha Toolbox or Alpha Gateway software with a computer. For advanced, multiple tool systems, Alpha Toolbox includes a PLC Editor for easy integration.

84 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
AA-Series Tools
THE NEW AA SERIES PNEUMATIC NUTRUNNERS FROM STANLEY OFFERS AN INDUSTRY LEADING RANGE OF CLUTCH SHUT OFF TOOLS PROVIDING TOOL CHOICES THAT IMPROVE ASSEMBLY QUALITY, PRODUCTIVITY AND ERGONOMICS TO ENHANCE ASSEMBLY PROCESSES.

The adjustable clutch on the AA series nutrunners provides a high level of torque control for most general use applications. The tool’s output torque is controlled by adjusting a mechanical spring that provides axial force on steel balls rolling between indented plates. By providing smooth disengagement at a preset torque while minimizing vibration to the operator, these tools are a great choice for fastening applications requiring torque values from 4.5 to 118 Nm.

The same trusted quality outputs as the STANLEY QPM DC tools are used on these AA clutch tools reducing costly complexity and end user spare parts needs. Gearless reverse selection method also reduces parts and complexity for improved Mean Time To Repair (MTTR) and Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF).

AA clutch tools have a free speed air consumption rate of 14.2 liters/second (30 cfm) at 90 PSI (6 Bar).

Revolutionary new clutch measures torque after the gears providing a crisp and accurate shut-off with fewer moving parts
Outputs offer free range of ergonomic adjustments
Exceptionally durable, high- powered reversible motor design.
Gearless reverse selection method on the AA tools
Rear exhaust directs air away from the operator

AA Series Pneumatic Tools conform to ISO standards 28927-2 and 15744 for noise and vibration. Actual vibration of AA23 and AA33 series tools is < 2.5 m/sec . AA23 series tools’ noise was measured at 79 dBA sound pressure levels. AA33 series tools’ noise was measured at 85 dBA sound pressure levels. AA33 series tools’ noise was measured at 96 dBA sound power level.

AA-Series Tools 85
Image
AA Angle Tools
AA23LA14-9 1550 9 6.6 14 0.55 36 1.4 312.6 12.3
AA23LA13-14
AA23LA14-18 840 18 13.3 14 0.55 36 1.4 312.6 12.3
AA33LA14-18 A22 Output Part No.
AA23LA14-22 665 22 16.2 14 0.55 36 1.4 312.6 12.3
AA33LA14-25 1/2˝ Double-Ended 20D100326
AA33LA14-28 500 28 20.7 14 0.55 36 1.4 352.2 13.9
485 30 22.1 18 0.71 39 1.5 315.0 12.4 1.6
AA33 Handle Part No.
AA33LA19-59 335 59 43.5 19 0.75 46.4 1.8 390.8 15.4
AA33LA19-70 250 70 51.6 19 0.75 46.4 1.8 390.8 15.4

Specifications

AA Inline Tools
AA23 Handle Part No.
AA33 Handle Part No.
AA23LB-11 1280 11 8.1 22.7 0.89 328.4 12.9 1.5 3.2
AA23LB-15 990 15 11.1 22.7 0.89 322.4 12.7 1.5 3.2
AA23 Handle Part No.
AA23LB-21 680 21 15.5 22.7 0.89 322.4 12.7 1.5 3.2
AA33LB-32 630 32 23.6 22.7 0.89 350.9 13.8 1.6 3.6
AA33LB-40 500 40 29.5 22.7 0.89 350.9 13.8 1.6 3.6
AA33LB-54 370 54 39.8 22.7 0.89 350.9 13.8 1.6 3.6

Specifications

AA Hold & Drive Tools
14 to 110 Nm

AA Hold & Drive Options

H18 Output Part No.

Socket Options 20D905700

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124600

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124601

Travel

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124602

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124603

H18 Tang Holder Part No.

Tang Holder Options ~20D905601

H18 Bit Holder Part No.

Bit Holder Options ~20D905600

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel 20K101400

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Standard B3432

Mounting Flange-B 20K101000

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Travel
AA23LH18V1-28 485 28 20.7 18 0.71 131.9 5.2 341.7 13.5 1.8 4.0
H22 Output Part No.
25mm (1˝) AA33LH18V1-46 343 46 33.9 18 0.71 131.9 5.2 387.8 15.3 1.9 4.18

Socket Options 20D911000

AA33LH22AV1-99 175 99 73 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103211

AA33LH22AV1-110 141 110 81 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103212

AA23LH18V2-28 485 28 20.7 18 0.71 190.3 7.5 341.7 13.5 1.8 4.0
50mm (2˝) AA33LH18V2-46 343 46 33.9 18 0.71 190.3 7.5 387.8 15.3 1.9 4.18

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103213

AA33LH22AV2-99 175 99 73 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103214

AA33LH22AV2-110 141 110 81 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26
H22 Tang Holder Part No.

Tang Holder Options ~F4287

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

H22 Bit Holder Part No.

Hold & Drive Options

Bit Holder Options 20D911100

A Bit holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

A Tang holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

AA23 Handle Part No.

NPT Air Inlet 20H103700

ISO Air Inlet 20H103701

Typical Tang Options
Typical Tang Options
AA33 Handle Part No.

NPT Air Inlet 20H103800

ISO Air Inlet 20H103801

Female Torx

Reaction Bar Part No.

Male Hex

Travel Reach

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100000

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Reach

Bolt/ Tang Nut Tang holder

Female Hex

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

Travel

Male Torx

Swivel Suspension Bails Part No.

Bolt Nut

Non-Splined 20K101400

Rectangular

Splined 20K200000

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Minimum socket size to clear holder

AA Tool Adjustment Screwdriver 20K401900

NOTE: The bolt can extend beyond the nut no more than the specified travel distance when tightened.

88 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
AA Crowfoot Tools
AA23 Handle Part No.
AA33 Handle Part No.
AA23LC550-10 950 10 7.4 13 0.5 9 0.37 25 1
AA23LC106-13 745 13 9.6 12.7 0.50 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
AA23LC550-14 655 14 10.3 13 0.5 9 0.37 25 1
AA23LC8-14 745 14 10.3 13 0.5 16 0.64 25 1
AA23LC385-17 540 17 12.5 11.9 0.47 15.9 0.63 31.8 1.25
AA23LC308-19 505 19 14 13.5 0.53 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA23LC297-21 450 21 15.5 16.0 0.63 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA23LC66-21 450 21 15.5 16.0 0.63 21.3 0.84 31.8 1.25
AA23LC521-30 285 30 22.1 13.0 0.51 16.0 0.63 32.0 1.25
AA33LC362-25 470 25 18.4 13 0.5 16 0.63 26 1.02
AA33LC516-30 420 30 22.1 13.0 0.51 16.0 0.63 32.0 1.25
AA33LC29-31 390 31 22.9 21.0 0.81 14.0 0.55 38.1 1.50
AA33LC308-31 420 31 22.9 13.5 0.53 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA33LC297-35 370 35 25.8 16.0 0.63 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA33LC484-36 330 36 26.6 16 0.63 21 0.83 32 1.25
AA33LC66-40 325 40 29.5 16.0 0.63 21.3 0.84 31.8 1.25
AA33LC97-47 235 47 34.7 21.6 0.81 21.3 0.84 38.0 1.48
AA33LC506-50 235 50 36.9 33.0 1.30 17.0 0.68 66.0 2.60
AA33LC298-53 250 53 39.1 13.2 0.52 20.9 0.82 38.1 1.50
AA33LC187-54 170 54 39.8 21 0.81 15 0.58 38 1.5
AA33LC162-55 225 55 40.6 13.2 0.52 20.9 0.82 38.1 1.50
AA33LC499-58 210 58 42.8 13.2 0.52 16.5 0.65 38.0 1.48
AA33LC632-64 180 64 47.2 17 0.66 17 0.66 38 1.5
AA33LC31-70 170 70 51.6 20.6 0.81 27.9 1.10 38.1 1.50

Specifications

AA Repair Accessories

AA Tool Motor Service Kits

Descriptions Part Number
AA23 Motor Housing Service Kit 20M103400
AA33 Motor Housing Service Kit 20M103401
AA23 Motor Service Parts (Certified repair center only) 20M103450
AA33 Motor Service Parts (Certified repair center only) 20M103451
AA22 / 33 Handle Rebuild Kit 20H104800
AA22 / 33 Clutch Service Kit 20G110400
AA22 / 33 Clutch Shut-Off Overhaul Kit 20G110600
AA22 / 33 Clutch Adjuster Overhaul Kit 20G110500
Each of these tools is required to repair the AA motor. It is recommended to buy the complete kit once then any one of the components as needed when they wear out.

AA Motor Repair Tools

Descriptions Part Number
AA Motor Assembly / Disassembly Tool Kit (contains 1-each of the parts below) 20V102400
Motor Assembly Block 20V202001
Rear Bearing Press Tool 20V102300
Motor Bearing Removal Tool 20V202600
Motor Front Bearing Removal Tube 20V203200
Rear Bearing Removal Press Tool 20V201900
Motor Rear Bearing Removal Tube 20V203300

20V102400 AA Motor Repair Tool Kit Parts

Descriptions Part Number
Throttle Seat Install Tool 20V102000
Throttle Lever Install Tool 20V102100
Rear Bearing Press Tool, AA2/3 20V102300
A13-19 Assembly Tool 20V200700
Clutch Cam Assembly Install Tool 20V201400
Rear Brg Removal Press Tool, AA2/3 20V201900
Motor Assembly Block, AA2/3 20V202001
Motor Bearing Removal Tool, AA2/3 20V202600
Throttle Seat Install Plug AA2/3 20V202800
Motor Front Bearing Removal Tube 20V203200
Motor Rear Bearing Removal Tube 20V203300
QPM #3 Gear Case To Angle Head Socket 20V204000

See AA Tool Manual for Use.

90 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

DC Electric Headlight Aim Tools
STANLEY offers durable tools for production headlight aiming systems with models that fit most alignment systems . In production, the operator typically positions one tool each on the horizontal and vertical adjusting screws. The headlight aiming system controls the direction and rotation of the tools to adjust the headlight.

Torque capacity, not critical to the application, ranges from 3 to 11 Nm (24 to 94 lb-in). Each tool includes the specified connector either on the tool end or specified system interface cable.

TOOL DURABILITY MINIMIZES PRODUCTION DOWN TIME

One-piece high strength T7075 aluminum housing as rugged as steel. Tool weighs 1.8 Kg (4 lb) excluding crowfoots.

A RANGE OF MODELS TO FIT YOUR SYSTEM

Connectors and pin-outs that fit different alignment systems. Straight, Right Angle and Crowfoot heads.

Rated Speed Cable Length Connector Drive Output
Model RPM M ft Standard
S30-388 149 0 0 AMP 97-3102A-14S-6P(115) 1/4˝ SD Right Angle
S30-390 224 0 0 AMP 97-3102A-14S-P(115) 1/4˝ Hex Inline

Crowfoot outputs are available upon request.

Specialty Tools 91
COMPLETE ENGINEERED SYSTEMS SOLUTIONS
Complete Engineered Systems Solutions
Single and multi-spindle systems include the complete line of STANLEY DC electric assembly tools. Available features include spindle synchronization, cycle complete operation, absorption of reaction torque and operator feedback with error-proofing options. A complete line of torque tubes and articulating arm systems can balance loads to 500 pounds and maintain torque reaction to 5,000 Nm.

Custom solutions are matched to unique assembly needs using extensive engineering experience, a complete line of assembly spindles, process controllers and tightening strategies. Some examples are flywheel indexing, wheel bearing end play, articulated jibs and high torque crowfoot tools. STANLEY also builds full and semi-automated systems, as well as offline subassembly stations.

Engineered Systems capabilities include custom design and build services, joint analysis, total project management, installation, start-up services and technical support. Our engineers are experts in evaluating your needs and converting them into solutions that improve the productivity, ergonomics and quality of your manufacturing operations. Armed with the skills to anticipate and prevent potential problems, STANLEY designs systems on which you can rely to deliver the performance and reliability you demand.

World-Class Technical Support

As a supplier to the assembly market, STANLEY has developed a global sales and service network to support the manufacturing operations of our customers. STANLEY offers many levels of customer support, from basic maintenance and operator training to full service repair facilities and maintenance service contracts.

94 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
ACCOUNTABILITY — From Turnkey Systems to Components & Support

STANLEY can design custom tailored solutions that meet the specific requirements of your application, your site, and your company’s design standards and specifications.

PRODUCTIVITY — System Optimization Reduces Cycle Times

» Synchronous tightening strategies enable simultaneous assembly using multiple spindle configurations

» Automated and semi-automated tool handling reduces labor

» Faster tools reduce rundown time

» System design optimizes operator motion

QUALITY — Increase and Verify Assembly Quality

» Error proofing ensures complete assembly

» Data collection and interface with plant control systems

» Multi-step and sequenced rundowns use specialized fastening control strategies

» Bar coding enables traceability

ERGONOMICS — Torque Reaction Design Expertise

» Ergonomic solutions improve worker productivity at reduced strain levels

» High-torque applications (up to 5,000 Nm)

» Return on Investment — Lower Total Cost of Ownership

» Lowered costs on materials and labor

» Reduced times for setup, fastening, rework and maintenance

» Increased quality, productivity, ergonomics and flexibility

STANLEY Components and Support Services

STANLEY supports internal project managers with the capability needed for their installations, including tools and controllers, floor-mounted subassembly systems, tool and product handling components, cable management, low cost fixtured kits and other accessories. Support Services include installation supervision, startup support, refurbishment, on and off site calibration, as well as training and field service / repair.

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 95
TURNKEY SYSTEM DESIGN & CONTROL STRATEGIES
Comprehensive Project Management from Proposal to Customer Approval
STANLEY Turnkey Solutions:

• Application engineering

• Comprehensive system design capabilities including estimates, specification, manufacturing and flexible component sourcing

STANLEY OFFERS THESE IMPORTANT ADVANTAGES:

• A menu of standard and customized solutions apply to a wide range of applications

• Integrated supplier (all tools, controllers, accessories, etc., plus design and installation / support services from a single source) for assured, seamless system integration

• Project scheduling

• System integration

• Full project management accountability with single point contact

• Installation / Startup

• PLC Software, custom ladder

• Documentation

• Training

TYPICAL PROJECT MILESTONES:
Customer Approval & Delivery

Parts Ordered Parts Received, Assembled, Tested

System Drawing Submitted for Approval

STANLEY Engineer Designs System

Purchase Order Generated

Project Parameters Determined

Control Strategies Tailored To Your Applications

Whether your tightening applications require a single strategy for assembly to a target torque level or a series of strategies that can monitor material properties and/ or component position, STANLEY gives you the control you need. Each strategy consists of a complete set of parameters to control and / or audit torque, angle, time, speed and power. Multiple strategies advance in sequence, invisible to the operator, or pause the tool briefly to manage direction changes, multiple spindle synchronization or relaxation and crosstalk effects.

EXAMPLE CONTROL STRATEGIES

Yield Control strategies sense change in torque versus angle rate. Torque Recovery overcomes crosstalk on multiple spindles.

96 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

STANLEY SOLUTIONS IN ACTION
Multi-Spindle Fixtured Tools
SEMI-AUTOMATION
TRUNNION MOUNT STYLE
BOLT-HOLDING

Off road final drive assembly machine

Secures fasteners in randomly oriented bolt circle

Holds bolt stationary while securing nut

Custom Configurations
FLYWHEEL INDEXER
Secures torque converter to flywheel ARTICULATED ARMS AND JIBS
HIGH-TORQUE CROWFOOT TOOLS
WHEEL BEARING END-PLAY

Multi-step strategy achieves end play spec

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 97
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
ENGINEERED SYSTEMS COMPONENTS
With torque capacity ranging from 40 to 2000 Nm, STANLEY QPM threaded fastening solutions come in multiple geometries and fit the most critical assembly requirements. Real time monitoring, analysis, diagnostics and configurations are available plant wide, with networked controls.
STANLEY SYSTEM COMPONENTS INCLUDE

• Tools • Controllers • Power Modules • Floor Mounted Subassembly Systems • Tool / Product Handling Components

» Torque Tubes » Arms » Balancers » Rails • Cable Management / Festooning Kits • Low-cost fixtured kits for basic assembly needs • Accessories

480V AC POWER MODULES FOR QPM SYSTEMS

• 3.4, 7.5, 12 and 24kVA transformers deliver consistent 220V AC output to each receptacle

» One receptacle is always “live”

Cable routing / festooning kits

» Alpha receptacles controlled by E-Stop circuit

» All receptacles protected with 10A circuit breakers • Extended I/O Capability

» Allen-Bradley compact block I/O available (uses DeviceNet for communication) » Built-in 24VDC power supply, rated @ 2A for discreet I/O

» 72-PIN Harting connector for discreet I/O • Lockable, knife-edge disconnect with emergency stop button to disable all modules • Available floor stand with mounting plate for easy installation of all modules • Cabinet is NEMA-12 rated • UL / CSA Approved option

NETWORKING & ERROR PROOFING SOLUTIONS

• Manage as many as 24 assembly tools • Internal soft PLC for custom process control • Ethernet, Fieldbus or serial communication

98 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
SVB VERTICAL BALANCERS — CLEVIS INTERFACE
Max Balancing Capacity @ 65 psi: 34 kg (75 lb) to 277 kg (610 lb)

12" Min.

Vertical Balancers maintain vertical position with horizontal movement for tools without torque reaction impulse such as multiple spindle nutrunners or material handling end effectors. Standard configurations range in vertical travel from 15 to 91cm (6 to 36 in) and balancing capacity from 34 to 277 kg (75 to 610 lb). Custom travel distances and balancing capacities are available. Specify vertical travel “V” from 15 to 91cm (6 in to 36 in).

“E” Fully Extended

• Zero-gravity tool balancing reduces operator fatigue

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned to ensure reliable operation

• Rugged and simple construction

• Single trolley interfaces with common overhead rails

Includes Suspension Trolley

Model Number Build

SVB ### X ##

Cylinder Size “E” + 2”V”
“V” Vertical Travel

kg lbs cm in

cm in

34 75 150 27.6 10.9 55 120 200
6 15 6
12 30 12
97 215 250 29 11.4
18 46 18
176 390 325 32 12.6 277 610 400
24 60 24
30 76 30
36 91 36
Trolley Suspension

Options: • Special Tool Holders and Interfaces • Dual and Triple Balance Air Logic • Dual Trolleys

4˝ I-Beam Trolley A
6˝ I-Beam Trolley B
3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley C
Unified ETA-4 Trolley D
Unified ETA-8 Trolley E
Demag KBKI Trolley F
Demag KBKII-L Trolley G
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 H
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 I
Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 99
Image
STT075 LIGHT DUTY TORQUE TUBES
Max Torque: 135 Nm (100 ftlb); Max Balancing Capacity @ 65 psi: 24 kg (55 lb)

STT075 Light Duty Torque Tubes offer zero-gravity balancing and absorb the torque reaction for nutrunner applications to 135 Nm (100 ftlb). A rugged design has balancing capacity for single or multiple spindle nutrunners to 34 kg (75 lb). The torque tube protects the operator from nutrunner torque reaction impulse. Fixtured tool orientation increases fastening accuracy and consistency. Specify vertical travel “V” from 15 to 60 cm (6 to 24 in). Custom travel distances and balancing capacities are available.

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Either swivel or fixed tool interface, clevis interface optional

Includes Suspension Trolley

• Single or dual trolley suspension with common overhead rails

Swivel Fixed

• Options: Special Tool Holders and Interfaces, Dual and Triple Balance Air Logic, Dual Bridges, Other Trolleys including Anti-kickup, Clevis STT075CL

Model Number Build

STT 075 XX 150 X or XX ##

Clevis Option STT075CL

Tool Interface
“V” Vertical Travel

cm in

Fixed FX
6 15 6
12 30 12
18 46 18
Swivel SW
Single Trolley Trolley Suspension Dual Trolley
24 60 24
A 4˝ I-Beam Trolley AA
B 6˝ I-Beam Trolley BB
C 3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley CC
D Unified ETA-4 Trolley DD
E Unified ETA-8 Trolley EE
F Demag KBKI Trolley FF
G Demag KBKII-L Trolley GG
H IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 HH
I IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 II

Note: Single Trolleys not recommended for torque reaction applications.

100 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

STT100 MEDIUM DUTY TORQUE TUBES
Max Torque: 270 Nm (200 ftlb); Max Balancing Capacity @ 65 psi: 56 kg (125 lb) or 90 kg (200 lb)

STT100 Medium Duty Torque Tubes offer zero-gravity balancing and absorb the torque reaction for nutrunner applications to 270 Nm (200 ftlb). A rugged design, suitable for line tracking, has balancing capacity for single or multiple spindle nutrunners to 56 kg (125 lb) or 90 kg (200 lbs). The torque tube protects the operator from nutrunner torque reaction impulse. Fixtured tool orientation increases fastening accuracy and consistency. Specify vertical travel “V” from 15 to 60 cm (6 to 24 in). Custom travel distances and balancing capacities are available.

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Either swivel or fixed tool interface, clevis interface optional

• Single or dual trolley suspension with common overhead rails

Swivel Fixed

• Options: Special Tool Holders and Interfaces, Dual and Triple Balance Air Logic, Dual Bridges, Other Trolleys including Anti-kickup, Clevis STT100CL

Model Number Build

STT 100 XX 150 ### X or XX ##

Clevis Option STT100CL

Tool Interface
“V” Vertical Travel
Cylinder Size

cm in

kg lb

Fixed FX
6 15 6
200 56 125
12 30 12
250 90 200
18 46 18
Swivel SW
Single Trolley Trolley Suspension Dual Trolley
24 60 24
A 4˝ I-Beam Trolley AA
B 6˝ I-Beam Trolley BB
C 3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley CC
D Unified ETA-4 Trolley DD
E Unified ETA-8 Trolley EE
F Demag KBKI Trolley FF
G Demag KBKII-L Trolley GG
H IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 HH
I IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 II

Note: Single Trolleys not recommended for torque reaction applications.

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 101
STT125 HEAVY DUTY TORQUE TUBES
Max Torque: 677 Nm (500 ftlb); Max Balancing Capacity @ 65 psi: 75 kg (175 lb) or 150 kg (350 lb)

STT125 Heavy Duty Torque Tubes offer zero-gravity balancing and absorb the torque reaction for nutrunner applications to 677 Nm (500 ftlb). A rugged design, suitable for line tracking, has balancing capacity for single or multiple spindle nutrunners to 75 kg (175 lb) or 150 kg (350 lbs). The torque tube protects the operator from nutrunner torque reaction impulse. Fixtured tool orientation increases fastening accuracy and consistency. Specify vertical travel “V” from 15 to 90 cm (6 to 36 in). Custom travel distances and balancing capacities are available.

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Either swivel or fixed tool interface, clevis interface optional

• Single or dual trolley suspension with common overhead rails

Swivel Fixed

• Options: Special Tool Holders and Interfaces, Dual and Triple Balance Air Logic, Dual Bridges, Other Trolleys including Anti-kickup, Clevis STT125CL

Model Number Build

STT 125 XX 150 ### X or XX ##

Clevis Option STT125CL

Tool Interface
“V” Vertical Travel
Cylinder Size

cm in

kg lb

Fixed FX
6 15 6
250 75 175
12 30 12
325 150 350
18 46 18
Swivel SW
24 60 24
Single Trolley Trolley Suspension Dual Trolley
36 90 36
A 4˝ I-Beam Trolley AA
B 6˝ I-Beam Trolley BB
C 3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley CC
D Unified ETA-4 Trolley DD
E Unified ETA-8 Trolley EE
F Demag KBKI Trolley FF
G Demag KBKII-L Trolley GG
H IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 HH
I IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 II

102 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

ARTICULATING ARMS
Arm Selection

1. Select an arm model with the required balancing capacity for the job. For single nutrunners, verify the torque capacity. 2. Check that the “Vertical Travel”, “Reach”, “D” and “F” dimensions meet the requirements of the job. Use the overhead diagram for the noted models and variables such as offset arms or mounting type. 3. Select any required options.

Articulating Arms
Reach @ Torque Zero / Max Reach “D” “F”
Max Torque Balancing Capacity Vertical Travel Mount Type
Duty Level Arm Model

ft lb Nm lb Kg in cm in cm in cm in cm in cm

TLA-30 50 68 25 12 7 17

36 91.6 29 73.6 12 30.5 15 38

Light

THA-48 150 205 40 17 16 406 51 129.5 41 104 10-13.5 25-34

Clevis

LAC 200 275 155 - 35 71-16 12 - 30 31-76 36 - 96 91 - 243 29 - 77 73 - 195 12-36 30-91

24-60 6-152 Medium MAC 500 675 190 - 30 87-13 14 - 36 36-91 36 - 132 91 - 335 29 - 106 73 - 269 MAS Swivel 12-72 30-182
Heavy HAS 1000 1356 345 - 30 157-13 36 - 152 91 - 386 29 - 125 73 - 317 12-96 30-243
Additional Cost Options
Duty Level Arm Model Offset Arm End of Arm Swivel Swivel w/Brake Tool Holders

TLA-30 N/A

Light

THA-48 N/A

Yes Medium MAC
Heavy HAS
Standard Arm Coverage Symmetric about the outside radius
Clevis Mount Enables 220° rotation of the articulating arm assembly. Models: TLA, THA, LAC, MAC
Swivel Mount Enables 360° rotation of the articulating arm assembly. Models: MAS, HAS

"D" "F"

"D" "F"

End of Arm Swivel with Brake End of Arm Swivel

Offset Arm Coverage Enables coverage of the interior area by folding inward
Clevis Mount Enables 220° rotation of the articulating arm assembly. Models: LAC, MAC
Swivel Mount Enables 360° rotation of the articulating arm assembly. Models: MAS, HAS

"D" "D"

Straight Tool Angle Tool with Remote Start Handle

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 103
LIGHT DUTY ARTICULATING ARMS
TLA-30 Light Duty Table Mounted Articulating Arm
MAX TORQUE: 68 NM (50 FTLB); MAX BALANCING CAPACITY @ 65 PSI: 12 KG (25 LB)
THA-48 Heavy Duty Table Mounted Articulating Arm
51 ˝ Max
MAX TORQUE: 205 NM (150 FTLB); MAX BALANCING CAPACITY @ 65 PSI: 17 KG (40 LB)

• Ergonomics Improve Operator Interface

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Increases Fastening Accuracy and Consistency

• Eliminates operator effects on results by absorbing the torque reaction impulse

OPTIONS:

• End of Arm Swivel • End of Arm Swivel with Brake (THA-48 only) • Special Tool holders and Interfaces • Floor Mounted Pedestals • Overhead Bridge

“D” Length “F” Length “V” Travel Max Torque Balancing Capacity
Model mm in mm in mm in Nm ftlb kg lb
TLA-30 305 12 381 15 177 7 68 50 12 25
THA-48 305 12 229 - 342 9 -13.5 406 16 205 150 17 40

104 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

LAC Light Duty Articulating Arm — Clevis Mount
MAX TORQUE: 275 NM (200 FTLB); MAX BALANCING CAPACITY @ 65 PSI: 41 KG (90 LB) OR 71 KG (155 LB)
LAC Light Duty Articulating Arm offers interfaces for overhead bridge, floor pedestal or special mounting.

OPTIONS:

• Ergonomics Improve Operator Interface

• Eliminates operator effects on results by absorbing the torque reaction impulse

• Special Toolholders and Interfaces

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Features Ensure Reliable Operation

• End of Arm Swivel or Swivel with Brake

• Offset Arm

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned

• Inverted Forearm and Cylinder

• Increases Fastening Accuracy and Consistency

• Dual and Triple Balance Air Logic

End of Arm Swivel with Brake End of Arm Swivel

Connects to O verhead Bridge (See pages 152-154) or Floor Pedestal (See page 155) with Clevis Mount.

Angle Tool with Remote Start Handle

Model Number Build

LAC ## B or C ##

“F” Forearm Length “V” Vertical Travel
B (2.5˝) C (3˝)
“D” Dumbell Length
Cylinder Size Max Balancing Capacity

cm in

cm in cm in

12 30 12
61 24 31 12 24

kg lb kg lb

18 46 18
76 30 38 15 30

41 90 71 155

24 60 24
91 36 46 18 36

33 70 57 125

30 76 30
107 42 53 21 42

27 60 47 105

36 91 36
122 48 61 24 48

23 50 40 90

137 54 69 27 54

20 45 35 75

152 60 76 30 60

18 40 31 70

16 35 22 50

Note: Capacity @ 65 psi

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 105
MEDIUM DUTY ARTICULATING ARM
Clevis Mount (MAC)
MAX TORQUE: 675 NM (500 FTLB); MAX BALANCING CAPACITY @ 65 PSI: 42 KG (70 LB) OR 87 KG (190 LB)
MA Medium Duty Articulating Arm offers interfaces for overhead bridge, floor pedestal or special mounting.

• Ergonomics Improve Operator Interface

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Increases Fastening Accuracy and Consistency

• Eliminates operator effects on results by absorbing the torque reaction impulse

• Features Ensure Reliable Operation

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned

• Safety check valves maintain load position if a sudden loss of supply air pressure occurs

Connects to Overhead Bridge (See pages 108-110) or Floor Pedestal (See page 111) with Clevis Mount.

Model Number Build

MA C or S ## A, B or C ##

Mounting Type
“D” Dumbell Length Mounting Type cm in
Clevis C
Swivel S A (2˝) B (2.5˝) C (3˝)
12 31 12
Cylinder Size Max Balancing Capacity
18 46 18
“F” Forearm Length “V” Vertical Travel
24 61 24

C or S

kg lb kg lb kg lb

30 76 30

cm in cm in

32 70 53 115 87 190

36 91 36
61 24 31 12 24

26 55 43 95 70 155

42 107 42
76 30 38 15 30

22 45 35 75 55 120

48 122 48
91 36 46 18 36

19 40 30 65 49 110

54 137 54
107 42 53 21 42

16 35 26 55 43 95

60 152 60
122 48 61 24 48

14 30 23 50 38 95

66 168 66
137 54 69 27 54

13 30 21 45 35 75

72 188 72
152 60 76 30 60

Note: Capacity @ 65 psi

106 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

HEAVY DUTY ARTICULATING ARM
Swivel Mount
MAX TORQUE: 1356 NM (1000 FTLB); MAX BALANCING CAPACITY @ 65 PSI: 49 KG (110 LB), 88 KG (195 LB), OR 157 KG (345 LB)
HAS Heavy Duty Articulating Arm offers interfaces for overhead bridge, floor pedestal or special mounting.

• Ergonomics Improve Operator Interface

• Zero-gravity tool balancing and elimination of torque reaction exposure reduces operator fatigue

• Increases Fastening Accuracy and Consistency

• Eliminates operator effects on results by absorbing the torque reaction impulse

• Features Ensure Reliable Operation

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned

• Safety check valves maintain load position if a sudden loss of supply air pressure occurs

Connects to Overhead Bridge (See pages 108-110) or Floor Pedestal (See page 111) with Clevis Mount.

Model Number Build

HAS ## A, B, or C ##

A (2˝) B (2.5˝) C (3˝)
“F” Forearm Length “V” Vertical Travel
“D” Dumbell Length
Cylinder Size Max Balancing Capacity

cm in

cm in cm in

12 31 12

kg lb kg lb kg lb

61 24 31 12 24

18 46 18

49 110 88 195 157 345

76 30 38 15 30

24 61 24

39 85 73 160 129 285

91 36 46 18 36

30 76 30

30 65 59 130 106 235

107 42 53 21 42

36 91 36

24 50 49 105 90 195

122 48 61 24 48

42 107 42

19 40 41 90 76 170

137 54 69 27 54

48 122 48

15 35 35 75 67 145

152 60 76 30 60

54 137 54

13 30 30 65 59 130

60 152 60

Note: Capacity @ 65 psi

66 168 66
72 188 72
84 213 84
96 244 96
Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 107
LIGHT DUTY OVERHEAD BRIDGES
Clevis Arm Mount
MAX LENGTH: 244 CM (96 IN)
LBC Light Duty Overhead Bridges interface STANLEY Articulating Arms to all common overhead rails. Bridge mast includes leveling jacks.

NOTE: “Duty” level of Overhead Bridge must match “Duty” level of Articulating Arm. (i.e.,: Medium Duty Bridge for Medium Duty Arm.)

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned to ensure reliable operation

• Rugged and simple construction

Model Number Build

LBC ## X ##

“L” Down Mast Length
Trolley Suspension
“C” Runway Rail Center Distance
4˝ I-Beam Trolley A
cm in

cm in

30.5 12 12
6˝ I-Beam Trolley B
24 61 24
45.7 18 18
30 76.2 30
61 24 24
3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley C
36 91.4 36
76.2 30 30
42 106.7 42
91.4 36 36
Unified ETA-4 Trolley D
48 121.9 48
121.9 48 48
60 152.4 60
Unified ETA-8 Trolley E
152.4 60 60
72 182.9 72
Demag KBKI Trolley F
84 213.4 84
96 243.8 96
Demag KBKII-L Trolley G
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 H
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 I

Other trolleys including anti-kick up available

108 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

MEDIUM DUTY OVERHEAD BRIDGES
Swivel or Clevis Arm Mount
MAX LENGTH: 244 CM (96 IN)
MB Medium Duty Overhead Bridges interface STANLEY Articulating Arms to all common overhead rails. Bridge mast includes leveling jacks.

NOTE: “Duty” level of Overhead Bridge must match “Duty” level of Articulating Arm. (i.e.,: Medium Duty Bridge for Medium Duty Arm.)

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned to ensure reliable operation

• Rugged and simple construction

MBC Medium Duty Overhead Bridge with Clevis Mount MBS Medium Duty Overhead Bridge with Swivel Mount

Model Number Build

MB C or S ## X ##

“L” Down Mast Length
Trolley Suspension
Mounting Type
4˝ I-Beam Trolley A
Clevis C

cm in

Swivel S
6˝ I-Beam Trolley B
24 61 24
30 76.2 30
3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley C
36 91.4 36
“C” Runway Rail Center Distance
42 106.7 42
Unified ETA-4 Trolley D
48 121.9 48

cm in

60 152.4 60
30.5 12 12
Unified ETA-8 Trolley E
72 182.9 72
45.7 18 18
Demag KBKI Trolley F
84 213.4 84
61 24 24
96 243.8 96
76.2 30 30
Demag KBKII-L Trolley G
91.4 36 36
121.9 48 48
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 H
152.4 60 60
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 I
Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 109
HEAVY DUTY OVERHEAD BRIDGES
Swivel Arm Mount
MAX LENGTH: 244 CM (96 IN)
HBS Heavy Duty Overhead Bridges interface STANLEY Articulating Arms to all common overhead rails. Bridge mast includes leveling jacks.

NOTE: “Duty” level of Overhead Bridge must match “Duty” level of Articulating Arm. (i.e.,: Medium Duty Bridge for Medium Duty Arm.)

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned to ensure reliable operation

• Rugged and simple construction

Model Number Build

HBS ## X ##

Trolley Suspension
“C” Runway Rail Center Distance
“L” Down Mast Length
4˝ I-Beam Trolley A

cm in

cm in

45.7 18 18
6˝ I-Beam Trolley B
12 30.5 12
61 24 24
18 45.7 18
76.2 30 30
3.25˝ or 3.33˝ Flat Track Trolley C
24 61 24
91.4 36 36
30 76.2 30
121.9 48 42
Unified ETA-8 Trolley E
36 91.4 36
152.4 60 60
42 106.7 42
Demag KBKII-L Trolley G
48 121.9 48
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA1 H
60 152.4 60
72 182.9 72
IR/Zimmerman Trolley ZRA2 I
84 213.4 84
96 243.8 96

Other trolleys including anti-kick up available

110 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

PEDESTALS
Clevis or Swivel Arm Mount
MAX LENGTH: 244 CM (96 IN)
HP/MP/LP Pedestals offer floor mounting for STANLEY Articulating Arms.

• Includes leveling jacks

NOTE: “Duty” level of Overhead Bridge must match “Duty” level of Articulating Arm. (i.e.,: Medium Duty Bridge for Medium Duty Arm.)

• All critical fasteners are either safety wired or pinned to ensure reliable operation

• Rugged and simple construction

“H” Height

Clevis Mount Light Duty

Swivel Mount Heavy Duty

Swivel Mount Medium Duty

Clevis Mount Medium Duty

10" Typical

20" Typical

12" Square

24" Square

Model Number Build

XX C or S ##

“H” Mast Height
Duty Level
Mounting Type
LP Light

cm in

Clevis* C
MP Medium
60 152.4 60
Swivel** S
HP Heavy
72 182.9 72
84 213.4 84
96 243.8 96

*Not available on HP (Heavy Duty) models **Not available on LP (Light Duty) models

108 247.3 108
Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 111
Crowfoot / Tubenut Standard Sockets
CHOOSE YOUR SOCKET

A new part number system for standard crowfoot and tubenut sockets enables customers to describe and price standard sockets for each application. The part number includes information on head number of the tool, socket type, socket size and extension length. For special sockets or dimensions not included on this page, check the following pages or contact your local STANLEY sales representative.

STEP 1: Select the Base Code from the Head Number table
STEP 2: Add Type, Size & Extension separated by forward slashes
Base Type Size Extension

Note: Specify socket size no larger than Max Hex Size. Choose mm or in

Length Extension Code (mm) (in)
Crowfoot or Tubenut Head Number Max Hex Size Base Code (mm) (in)
Size (mm) Size Code
Size (in) Size Code
SH Single Hex

1/8 2

Standard Standard 0

5, 10, 19, 31, 83, 126, 172, 406, 565, 586 19 3/4 L3217

3/16 3

3 1/8 3

7, 16, 39, 97, 299, 353, 552 19 3/4 L3258

1/4 4

6 1/4 6

8, 106, 178, 311, 420, 445 13 1/2 L3224

5/16 5

9 3/8 9

13, 230, 308, 333, 394, 443 13 1/2 L3213

3/8 6

12 1/2 12

20 27 1 1/16 L3255

7/16 7

15 5/8 15

21, 98, 225, 284, 416 27 1 1/ 4 L3240

DH Double Hex

10 M10

1/2 8

18 3/4 18

23, 84, 95, 135, 309, 568 18 11/16 L3209

11 M11

9/16 9

21 7/8 21

29, 35, 121, 152, 175, 221, 234, 278, 287, 496 19 3/4 L3218

12 M12

5/8 10

24 1 24

32, 75, 91, 92, 132, 136, 137, 138, 147, 182, 184, 190, 202, 208, 209, 211, 212, 213, 266, 267, 300, 302, 303, 305 13 1/2 L3392 Thru Hex

13 M 13

11/16 11

27 1 1/16 27

14 M14

3/4 12

30 1 1/8 30

SD Surface Drive

47, 170, 294 11 7/16 L3222

15 M15

13/16 13

33 1 1/4 33

69, 173, 279, 301, 307, 313, 317, 327, 362, 379, 381, 385, 448, 455, 477, 487, 516, 521 13 1/2 L3201

16 M16

7/8 14

36 1 3/8 36

74, 164, 261, 265, 269, 271, 273, 274, 286, 291, 312, 540 18 11/16 L3211

17 M17

15/16 15

39 1 1/2 39

18 M18

42 1 5/8 42

79, 82, 103, 167, 508, 13 1/2 L3202

19 M19

1 1/16 17

45 1 3/4 45

FL Fast Lead

99, 116, 283, 285, 296 27 1 1/16 L3267

20 M20

48 1 7/8 48

160, 550 13 1/2 L3228

21 M21

51 2 51

200, 324, 396 19 3/4 L3220

22 M22

203, 456 19 3/4 L3221

23 M23

216 13 1/2 L3225

24 M24

246, 297, 315, 13 9/16 L3256

25 M25

252, 288, 346, 349, 387, 358, 408, 513 13 1/2 20D280700

26 M26

264, 304 24 15/16 L3259

27 M27

264, 304 24 15/16 L3260 Thru Hex

EXAMPLE ORDERS
Example 1: A #8 crowfoot head requires a 3/8 inch surface drive socket with a 1 inch extension. Select the BASE (L3224), TYPE (SD), SIZE (6) and EXTENSION (24).
Example 2: A #147 tubenut head requires a 10mm hex socket with a standard extension. Select the BASE (L3282), TYPE (SH), SIZE (M10) and EXTENSION (0).

Socket

Base Type Size Ext.
Base Type Size Ext.

Extension

L3224 / SD / 6 / 24

L3282 / SH / M10 / 0

112 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Crowfoot / Tubenut Special Sockets
CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 8, 61, 106, 174, 178, 311, 420, 445

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A3729. Use the L3224 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

4mm B3434

1/4˝ 7.5mm B3344 plugged

4mm F3129 Blind Socket

8mm 1/4˝ 20D243901

11/32˝ A3682

8mm 1/4˝ 20D216401 shallow

7/16˝ F3116 both sides have Hex

8mm 15mm B3508 plugged

7/16˝ F3674 No Chamfer

8mm 3/8˝ F3637

7/16˝ J3724 with Lead Chamfer

8mm 3/8˝ F3652 turned down diameter

1/2˝ F3172 Blind Socket

7/16˝ 1/2˝ A3928

13mm J3477 Double Hex with Groove

7/16˝ 1-1/4˝ 20D243900

9mm 1/4˝ 20D216400

Extended Hex Socket

3/8˝ 1/4˝ B3866

Size Extension Part No. Feature

10mm 2mm A6316

7/32˝(5.5mm) 3mm 20D216402 Surface Drive

10mm 1/4˝ B3850 plugged

7/16˝ 1˝ J3060 Surface Drive

10mm 1/2˝ F3664 Fast Lead

3/8˝ 3/8˝ A3749

10mm 12mm B3181

3/8˝ 1/2˝ A3766

11mm 12mm B3222

9mm 3/4˝ B3515

11mm 1/8˝ B3167 plugged

10mm 3mm J3197

13mm 1/4˝ B3776 thru-hole

10mm 4mm J3195

13mm 1/2˝ J3360

10mm 5mm J3196

10mm 7mm F3802

Male Square Drive

10mm 10mm B3569 with Retaining Ring

Size Part No. Feature

10mm 19mm B3606

1/4˝ B3823

1/2˝ 3mm J3229

5/16˝ J3261 with Retaining Ring

1/2˝ 1/4˝ B3164 both sides have Hex

3/8˝ F3242

1/2˝ 1/2˝ J3169

1/2˝ 20D216403

13mm 1/2˝ A3976

13mm 27mm 20D216404

Torx Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Hex Magnetic Socket

E5 L3191

Size Part No. Feature

E8 6mm F3493

7mm J3482

10mm B3172

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket

10mm B3543 thru-hole

Size Extension Part No. Feature

3/8˝ B3895 Plugged

1/4˝ F3545 Use Customer's Bit

5/16˝ A3690 Plugged

1/4˝ 1/4˝ 20D216405 Choose bit below

5/16˝ A3951 Shallow, plugged

7/16˝ A3696 Plugged

~F4296 - See Bits on page 172 (Step 6A)

7/16˝ F3863 thru-hole

11mm F3181 Shallow, plugged

1/2˝ A3705

13mm A3923 thru-hole

Sockets 113
Crowfoot / Tubenut Special Sockets
CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 5, 10, 19, 31, 70, 83, 126, 406

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A4882. Use the L3217 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Size Part No. Feature

15mm 1/4˝ B4039

8mm L4655

19mm 1/2˝ L4788

1/2˝ B4257

15mm 20D270202 Special C'Bore

Male Square Drive

18mm L4003 thru broached with stop ring

19mm B4511 Grooved

Size Part No. Feature

18mm L4672 Part broached

1/2˝ S7542

5/8˝ 20D116800

1/2˝ A6174 Wobble Square Drive

Extended Hex Socket
Torx Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature

15mm 3/8˝ A4933

Size Part No.

5/8˝ 1/4˝ B4069 Double Hex

E12 L4880

11/16˝ 1/4˝ B4133 1/2˝ Extension on opposite side

E18 A6172

9/16˝ 1/4˝ B4865

E20 A6405

19mm 2˝ F4158

Internal Threaded Socket

5/8˝(16mm) 35mm F4379

Size Pitch Part No.

3/4˝ 1˝ F4661 Extension on both sides

1/2˝ 20 F4519

15mm 1/2˝ F4933

3/4˝ 16 20D270200

19mm 1-1/4˝ J4383 with compression ring

20D116801 Insert Hex Socket

15mm 1/4˝ L4177 Fast Leat with Retaining Ring

17mm 1/4˝ L4421 Extension on both sides

Size Part No.

21mm 20D136000

15mm 3/4˝ 20D270201 Surface Drive

TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER 20

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B4000. Use the L3255 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Socket
Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

3/4˝ 3/4˝ J4557

7/8˝ L4828 Broached

3/4˝ 3/4˝ H4601 Broached

11/16˝ B4301

3/4˝ 3˝ F4945

18mm J4153 Broached

22mm 15mm N4264

19mm 20D281800 19mm Slot

24mm 15mm J4471 Broached

3/4˝ B4771 Broached

1˝ 1˝ B4502

21mm A6214

42mm 5.3mm L4136

22mm 20D281801 19mm Slot

15/16˝ B4269 Broached

1˝ F4536 Broached

1 1/16˝ B4270 Broached

Dual Size Hex Socket

1 1/16˝ B4505

Size 1 Size 2 Part No. Feature

19mm 26mm L4836

J4572 Special Wire Twist Socket

22mm 19mm 20DS200005

114 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 13, 228, 230, 308, 333, 394, 443

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A4737. Use the L3213 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Extended Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Size Extension Part No. Feature

10mm 1/2˝ L4636

10mm 13mm L3344

10mm 15mm 20D124100

13mm 5mm B4616

13mm Standard F4354

13mm 1/4˝ B4148

13mm 1/4˝ L4805

13mm 1/4˝ F4486 3/8˝ Broach

Hex Magnetic Socket

13mm 10mm B4577

13mm 1/2˝ B4196

Size Part No. Feature

13mm 15mm 20D124102

10mm 20D124101

13mm 3/4˝ J4903

13mm N4941

13mm 55mm N4499 Surface Drive

13mm N4939 Double Hex

1/2˝ 1/4˝ B4383

Male Square Drive

1/2˝ 3/8˝ B4463

Size Part No. Feature

3/8˝ J4312

Hex Socket

3/8˝ L4612 Paint Marker Socket

Size Part No. Feature
Torx Socket

7mm L3404 Triple Square

Size Part No.

5/16˝ J4561 With Groove

E10 20D241400

7/16˝ 20D124103 Without Ring Groove

E12 H4896

7/16˝ F4277 With Ball

Internal Threaded Socket

1/2˝ L4125

1/2˝ F4140 With Groove

Size Pitch Part No.

1/2˝ 20 F4363

13mm J3477 Double Hex with Groove

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 21, 98, 225, 284, 416

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A4949. Use the L3240 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Socket
Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

19mm 3/8˝ J4823 Surface Drive

12mm N4984

19mm 1 1/4˝ A6308

15mm N4761

22mm 54mm B4923

21mm H4478

22mm 57mm A6477

21mm N4227 Broached

22mm 2 1/8˝ S7502

30mm L4889

23mm 1˝ B4455 Extension is on both sides

1 1/4˝ L4302 Broached

24mm 3/4˝ F4937 Fast Lead

1˝ 3/4˝ B4963

1 1/8˝ 2˝ J4856 1/2˝ Below Through

Torx Socket
Male Square Drive
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No.

1/2˝ N4629

E18 15mm 20D245800

5/8˝ S9143 Wobble

E20 H4818

Sockets 115
Crowfoot / Tubenut Special Sockets
TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 23, 84, 95, 135, 309

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A4929. Use the L3209 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Socket
Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

5/8˝ 3/4˝ J4645

5/16˝ J4721 Broached

15mm 1/2˝ F3303 Broached

9/16˝ H4160

15mm 1 3/4˝ L4263

1/2˝ H4256

16mm 1/2˝ B4569 Broached

15mm N4962

17mm 37mm N4297

17mm F4325 Broached

18mm 1/2˝ B4570 Broached

18mm N4376 Broached

Male Square Drive
Size Part No. Feature

20mm B3372 Both sides have male hex drive

20mm B3726

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 29, 35, 121, 152, 175, 221, 234, 278, 287, 496

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B4105. Use the L3218 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

10mm 20D122600

1/4˝ J4073 With Retaining Ring

13mm A6100

5/16˝ 20D122602 With Retaining Ring

13mm N4846

1/2˝ F4863

13mm H4167

1/2˝ F4408 With Ring Groove

15mm A6232 With Groove

1/2˝ J4423 Double Hex

16mm F4333 With Ring Groove

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket

17mm B4994

Size Extension Part No. Feature
Extended Hex Socket

10mm 1/4˝ H4878

Size Extension Part No. Feature

12mm 8mm J4430

1/4˝ 3/16˝ F4875 With Groove

12mm 8mm H4735

5/16˝ 5/8˝ L4756

13mm 8mm H4254

13mm 13mm 20D238907 Special Outside Diameter

13mm 1/4˝ H4599

1/2˝ 3/4˝ H4100

13mm 15mm A6442

14mm 1/4˝ A6001 Extension is on both sides

13mm 20mm 20D122603 11mm Bore

9/16˝ 1/4˝ B4185

14mm 20mm 20D122601

9/16˝ 5/16˝ L4522 Fast Lead

15mm 3/8˝ J4274

9/16˝ 3/4˝ A6412

15mm 1/2˝ H4211

15mm 1/8˝ F4941

Male Square Drive

15mm 3/8˝ B4754

15mm 1/2˝ L4620 1/2˝ Deep

Size Part No. Feature

15mm 85mm A6224

1/2˝ A6088

16mm 1/2˝ L4014

Internal Threaded Socket

17mm 10mm A6298

18mm 1 3/4˝ H4726

Size Part No. Feature

1/2˝ 20 A6304

18mm 2 1/4˝ H4717

116 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 47, 170, 294

Use this list of special sockets only if the Standard Socket Configurator doesn’t have the socket you need. Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B3150. Use the L3222 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

10mm 10mm F3458 Double Hex

10mm 20D118100

10mm 3/16˝ F3459

10mm F3280 Double Hex

10mm 11mm J3111 Extension is on both sides

1/4˝ F3521 Bit Holder

10mm 19mm F3658

10mm 2 1/2˝ B3528 Extension is on both sides

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 69, 173, 279, 301, 307, 313, 317, 327, 362, 379, 381, 385, 448, 455, 477, 487, 516, 521

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B4750. Use the L3201 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Hex Magnetic Socket
Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

12mm 20D117601 Surface Drive

1/4˝ A6401 With Retaining Ring

13mm F4268

5/16˝ 20D242401 Double Square Socket

13mm 20D117606

Extended Hex Socket
Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

5/16˝ 1/4˝ 20D117603

10mm 6mm 20D117604

10mm 10mm 20D242400

12mm 6mm 20D117605

10mm 15mm 20D117609 Surface Drive

13mm 6mm 20D117600

13mm 1/8˝ A6022 Oversize

13mm 9mm 20D117602 Surface Drive

13mm 15mm 20D107900

13mm 20mm 20D117607 Surface Drive

Male Square Drive
Miscellaneous
Size Part No.
Part No. Feature

3/8˝ H4212

20D117608 12mm Hex Insert

20D135800 16mm Magnetic Socket with 12mm Hex Drive

Torx Socket
Size Extension Part No.

E12 20D242404

E12 15mm A6431

Sockets 117
Crowfoot / Tubenut Special Sockets
TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 74, 164, 261, 265, 269, 271, 273, 274, 286, 291, 312

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B3251. Use the L3211 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Extended Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

12mm 20D243700 Broached Through

12mm 1/4˝ 20D230600 Extension on both sides

12mm 20D232900

12mm 13mm 20D230300 Double Hex

13mm L3428 Surface Drive

13mm 1/4˝ 20D239100

13mm F3277 Broached Flush

13mm 12mm 20D229200

1/2˝ F3092 Broached

13mm 3/4˝ 20D238500

14mm 20D243701 Broached Through

5/8˝ Standard A6264

15mm 20D243704 Broached Through

9/16˝ 1/2˝ A6265

16mm A6376 Surface Drive

14mm 27mm 20D243702 Broached Through

16mm 20D222500 Surface Drive

16mm 5mm A6271

17mm B3521 Broached Through

17mm 3mm 20D243705 6.5 Deep

18mm B3711 Broached Through

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 79, 82, 103, 167, 508

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~B4953. Use the L3202 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

13mm B4984 Double Hex

13mm 6mm 20D139100 Magnetic

Internal Threaded Socket
Size Pitch Feature

1/2˝ 20 20D238100

TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 99, 116, 283, 285, 296

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~F4591. Use the L3267 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Extended Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

19mm L3099 8mm Deep

19mm 10mm 20D246600

3/4˝ F4621 Broached through

20mm 3/8˝ 20D232800

3/4˝ L4680 Special Slot

20mm 3/8˝ 20D216700

13/16˝ F4622 Broached through

21mm 40mm N4702 Broached through

21mm 20D267200 19mm Slot, 6mm Deep

22mm 105mm 20D237900

22mm H4925 Broached through

7/8˝ 1/4˝ N4497 Double Hex

22mm 20D267204 19mm Slot

7/8˝ 1/2˝ J4733

22mm 20D267202 Special Slot

7/8˝ 1˝ N4381

7/8˝ F4623 Broached through

7/8˝ 1˝ H4141

15/16˝ F4624 Broached through

7/8˝ 1 3/8˝ N4363 Fast Lead

24mm J4567 22.5mm Slot

7/8˝ 2 5/8˝ H4102

24mm H4178 7mm Deep

24mm 20mm J3896 36mm Diameter

1˝ F4625 Broached through

30mm 45mm J3895

1 1/16˝ F4626 Broached through

J4455 Special Socket For Turnbuckle

118 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 147, 32, 75, 91, 92, 132, 136, 137, 138, 182, 184, 190, 202, 208, 209, 211, 212, 213, 266, 267, 270, 288, 300, 302, 303, 305

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~F3577. Use the L3281, L3282, L3283, or L3392 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Socket
Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

8mm J3297

8mm 5mm J3784

9mm J3296

3/8˝ 1/4˝ H4718

3/8˝ A6027

10mm 1/4˝ J3674

10mm F3861

10mm 10mm H4496

10.4mm 20D255000

10mm 12mm L3312 Surface Drive

11mm J3018

11mm 5mm J3456

11mm J3362 Double Hex

11mm 8mm H4530

7/16˝ H4219

11mm 10mm J3019

12mm J3486

11mm 10mm L3378 Double Hex

13mm F3577

11mm 15mm J3361

13mm A6213 Double Hex

11mm 15mm J3680

13mm F3689 Double Hex

7/16˝ 3/8˝ H4440

13mm F3946 Surface Drive

7/16˝ 15mm H4788

1/2˝ H4701

12mm 3mm L3143

12mm 5mm L3109

12mm 5mm J3501 Double Hex

12mm 10mm L3110

12mm 15mm L3111

13mm 6mm L3422

13mm 6mm L3423 Surface Drive

13mm 7mm L3359

13mm 3/8˝ L3374

13mm 10mm L3411 Double Hex

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER 160

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~F3812. Use the L3228 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Torx Socket
Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No.

10mm 3/4˝ J3265

E10 20D215600

E10 5mm 20D215601

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 200, 324, 396
Hex Socket

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~N4774. Use the L3220 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Size Part No.

15mm N4774

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER 216
Male Hex Drive

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~H4086. Use the L3225 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 to configure a standard socket.

Size Part No. Feature

1/2˝ 20D248400

Sockets 119
Crowfoot / Tubenut Special Sockets
CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 203, 456

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~N4864. Use the L3221 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Extended Hex Socket
Torx Magnetic Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

T-50 20mm 20S111300

13mm Standard 20D213302 .312 Deep

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature

10mm Standard 20D213303

13mm Standard 20D213301

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 246, 297, 315
Extended Hex Socket

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~H4648. Use the L3256 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Size Extension Part No. Feature

8mm 6mm 20D230004 Double Hex, Special O.D.

10mm 36mm 20D230001 45mm Extension on other side

12mm 6mm 20D114706 Magnetic

Hex Magnetic Socket

13mm 1/4˝ 20D114705 Magnetic

13mm 1/4˝ H4763 Magnetic

Size Part No. Feature

13mm 20D114700

13mm 1/4˝ A6078 Magnetic

13mm 20D114704 5.3mm Deep

9/16˝ 3/8˝ A6314 Double Hex

TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 252, 346, 349, 387, 358, 408, 513

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~L3130. Use the 20D280700, L3233 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Extended Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No. Feature
Size Part No. Feature

12mm 9mm 20S213500 .312 Deep

11mm 20D245408 5.3mm Deep

14mm 2mm 20D245400

13mm 20D245405 Surface Drive

13mm 20D245406 1/4˝ Deep, Surface Drive, Thick Wall

13mm 20D245407 1/4˝ Deep, Thick Wall

13mm 20S211100 1/4˝ Deep, Surface Drive

13mm 20S211101 1/4˝ Deep

TUBENUT HEAD NUMBER(S) 264, 304

Use(s) Special Socket Option ~F3388. Use the L3259, L3260 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
Extended Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Extension Part No. Feature

15mm L3405

13mm Standard L3412

18mm 20D281200 5/16˝ Deep

3/4˝ 3/4˝ L3005

24mm L3347 1/2˝ Deep

13/16˝ 1˝ F3461

7/8˝ 1˝ H4012

120 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

CROWFOOT HEAD NUMBER(S) 7, 16, 299, 306, 353

Use this list of special sockets only if the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116 doesn’t have the socket you need. Use(s) Special Socket Option ~A4690. Use the L3258 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 116, to configure a standard socket.

Torx Bit Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Size Extension Part No. Feature

T30 A6341

13mm 20D111300

T30 20mm 20D240609

5/16˝ A6395

T40 A6373

14mm 20D118801 Drive Insert

T45 20D240600

17mm L4049

T45 20mm 20D240610

17mm 62mm B4047

T50 A6403

Special Bit
Hex Bit
Size Extension Part No.
Size Extension Part No. Feature

XNZ H4533

3/16˝ A6179

Slotted 20D246700

1/4˝ A5668

3/8˝ A5666

5mm F4380

5/16" Bit Holder 20D118800 with Bit Retainer Clip

6mm F4399

6mm A6206 Square Bit

6mm 5mm A6207

7mm F4296

8mm F4513

10mm L4259

14mm A5724

Sockets 121
Flush Angle Standard Sockets
CHOOSE YOUR SOCKET

A new part number system for standard flush angle head sockets enables customers to describe and price standard sockets for each application. The part number includes information on head number of the tool, socket type, socket size and extension length. For special sockets or dimensions not included on this page, check the following pages or contact your local STANLEY sales representative.

STEP 1: Select the Base Code from the Head Number table
STEP 2: Add Type, Size & Extension separated by forward slashes
Base Type Size Extension

Note: Specify socket size no larger than Max Hex Size. Choose mm or in

Length Extension Code (mm) (in)
Flush Angle Head Number DTU Max Hex Size Base Code (mm) (in)
Size (mm) Size Code
Size (in) Size Code

Standard Standard 0

A15 (as in EB33LA15-27) 13 1/2 20D283200

SH Single Hex

1/8 2

3 1/8 3

A18 16 5/8 20D213505

3/16 3

6 1/4 6

A19 17 5/8 20D222300

1/4 4

9 3/8 9

A22 19 3/4 L3270

5/16 5

12 1/2 12

A26 22 7/8 L3435

3/8 6

15 5/8 15

7/16 7

DH Double Hex

18 3/4 18

10 M10

1/2 8

21 7/8 21

11 M11

9/16 9

24 1 24

12 M12

5/8 10

27 1 1/16 27

13 M 13

11/16 11

30 1 1/8 30

14 M14

3/4 12

SD Surface Drive

33 1 1/4 33

15 M15

13/16 13

36 1 3/8 36

16 M16

7/8 14

39 1 1/2 39

17 M17

15/16 15

42 1 5/8 42

18 M18

45 1 3/4 45

19 M19

1 1/16 17

FL Fast Lead

48 1 7/8 48

20 M20

51 2 51

21 M21

22 M22

23 M23

24 M24

25 M25

26 M26

27 M27

EXAMPLE ORDER
Example: An A19 flush angle head requires a 3/8 in surface drive socket with a 1 in extension. Select the BASE (20D222300), TYPE (SD), SIZE (6) and EXTENSION (24).
Base Type Size Ext.

Flush Socket Extension

20D222300 / SD / 6 / 24

122 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Flush Angle Special Socket Selection
~B3686 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A13 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D121914

Maximum Hex size for this output is 12mm. *B3686 is the default socket unless another is specified on Purchase Order. Use this list of special sockets only if the Standard Socket Configurator on page 126 doesn’t have the socket you need.

Hex Magnetic Socket
Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Part No.

4mm B3834

5/16˝ (8mm) J3823

7mm B3686*

10mm L3393

1/4˝ B3751

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket

5/16˝ (8mm) B3752

5/16˝ (8mm) 20D126500 With Retaining Ring

Size Extension Part No.

5/16˝ (8mm) 1/2˝ 20D126501

3/8˝ B3753

10mm 1/4˝ L3073

10mm B3754

Extended Hex Socket
Double Hex Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Size Part No.

8mm 1/4˝ J3041

8mm L3154

5/16˝(8mm) 1/16˝ J3706

10mm 20D253205

10mm 5mm 20D253204

Double Hex Magnetic Socket

10mm 10mm 20D253200

10mm 3/4˝ 20D238300

Size Part No.

10mm 20D126503

10mm 1/2˝ J3100

Torx Socket
Size Part No.

E10 20D253202

~20D905800 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A14 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D112113

Maximum Hex size for this output is 13mm. *20D255500 is the default socket unless another is specified on Purchase Order.

Surface Drive Socket
Surface Drive Magnetic Socket
Size Part No.
Size Part No.

10mm 20D255505

10mm 20D126402

12mm 20D255500*

12mm 20D126400

13mm 20D255501

13mm 20D126401

Extended Surface Drive Socket
Extended Surface Drive Magnetic Socket
Size Extension Part No.
Size Extension Part No.

10mm 10mm 20D126405

10mm 10mm 20D255503

13mm 9mm 20D126404

12mm 1/4˝ 20D255506

13mm 1/4˝ 20D255508

13mm 9mm 20D255507

Extended Surface Drive Thin Wall Socket
Size Extension Part No.

13mm 1/4˝ 20D126406

Includes 20D236604 Compression Ring to prevent cracking

Sockets 123
Flush Angle Special Socket Selection
~20D901200 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A18 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D136503

* F4747 is the default socket unless another is specified on Purchase Order.

Surface Drive Socket
Hex Socket
Size Part No. Feature
Size Part No.

6mm 20D213504

13mm L4022

5/16˝ (8mm) L4653 with Retaining Ring

Extended Surface Drive Socket

3/8˝ 20D213501

Size Extension Part No.

10mm F4897

3/8˝ 10mm H4236

7/16˝ F4896

13mm 5mm L4935

11mm F4898

13mm 10mm L4934

12mm L4006

14mm 30mm H4371

1/2˝ F4895

16mm 1/4˝ N4581

13mm F4899

13mm L4543 1/2˝ clearance hole

Hex Magnetic Socket

9/16˝ F4747*

Size Part No.

14mm 20D213500

13mm L4834

15mm F4900

15mm N4769 with Retaining Ring

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket

5/8˝ (16mm) F4894

Size Extension Part No.

10mm) 8mm 20D118202

Extended Hex Socket

11mm 5/8˝ L4509

Size Extension Part No. Feature

12mm 3mm A6309

10mm 3mm N4638

13mm 1/2˝ H4921

10mm 7mm N4251

13mm 23mm 20D118200

10mm 8mm 20D213503

15mm 3/8˝ A6115

10mm 1˝ J4979

12mm 1/4˝ L4839

Torx Socket

13mm 1/8˝ N4086

Size Part No.

13mm 1/4˝ N4918

E8 H4367

13mm 12mm H4494

Torx Socket

13mm 1/2˝ L4435

13mm 1˝ J4444

Size Part No.

9/16˝ 1/4˝ J4413

5mm X4048

14mm 1/4˝ N4268

6mm X4047

14mm 16mm J4311

8mm X4091

15mm 1/4˝ L4378

10mm X4093

15mm 1/4˝ N4686 with Retaining Ring

T30 X4198

15mm 3/8˝ H4459

T40 X4248

15mm 1/2˝ J4684

T50 X4249

15mm 1/2˝ 20D213502 Surface Drive

16mm 1/4˝ N4312

16mm 150mm N4343

17mm 5mm H4301

17mm 20mm A6192

124 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

~20D903900 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A19 (THREADED) FLUSH OUTPUT 20D100021 AND A19 (SPLINED) FLUSH OUTPUT 20D100106

Use this list of special sockets only if the Standard Socket Configurator doesn’t have the socket you need. Use the 20D222300 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 126 to configure a standard socket.

Hex Socket
~20D904000 Bit Options for 5/16” Bit Holder 20D118000 with Bit Retainer Clip
Size Part No.

Choose Bit

9/16˝ 20D222305

Size Extension Part No. Feature

18mm 20D222308

3/16˝ A6179

Extended Hex Socket

1/4˝ A5668

3/8˝ A5666

Size Extension Part No.

5mm F4380

17mm 6mm 20D118003

6mm F4399

18mm) 12mm 20D118001

6mm A6206 Square Bit

Extended Hex Magnetic Socket

6mm 5mm A6207

Size Extension Part No.

7mm F4296

18mm) 12mm 20D118002

8mm F4513

10mm L4259

Torx Bit

14mm A5724

Size Extension Part No.

T30 A6341

T30 20mm 20D240609

Miscellaneous Bits

T40 A6373

T45 20D240600

Size Extension Part No.

XNZ H4533

T45 20mm 20D240610

Slotted 20D246700

T50 A6403

~20D902700 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A22 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D100309
~20D903700 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A26 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D100409

Use the 20D115100 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 126 to configure a standard socket.

Use the 20D116600 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator on page 126 to configure a standard socket.

TORX SOCKET
Size Part No.

E18 20D268400

~A5107 SOCKET OPTIONS FOR A32 FLUSH OUTPUT 20D102201
Size Part No.
Size Part No.
Size Extension Part No.

17mm 20D267300

23mm 20D267303

17mm 1/4˝ 20D267301

18mm A5651

24mm A5107

21mm 1/2˝ A6234

19mm A5248

24mm Fast Lead A5380

24mm 8mm A5261

3/4˝ Square A5479

24mm Surface Drive A5438

24mm 1/2˝ A6428

21mm A5175

1˝ A5113

24mm Surface Drive 1/2˝ 20D267302

22mm A5112

1˝ Fast Lead A5473

24mm 15mm A5129

22mm Fast Lead A5183

27mm A5114

27mm 2.5mm A5238

27mm 20mm A5574

Sockets 125
H18, 22, 26 & 32 Bit Holder Configuration Guide
STEP 1: Choose Type of Hold & Drive (See page 127 for Tang Holder)

Note: Standard Length Socket & Bit Holder Shown

STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length

Bit Hold

» Option 1: LH18V1= 1 inch of travel

» Option 2: LH18V2= 2 inch of travel

Requires LH18V1 for <= 26mm Requires LH18V2 for >= 26mm & <= 52mm

STEP 3: Choose Socket (Step 3 on pages 128, 129, 132 or 134)
STEP 4: Choose Bit Holder (Step 4A on pages 128, 129, 133 or 134)

Bit Hold Depth

STEP 5: Determine extension length required (Use images below to determine the required socket and/or bit holder extension length) Add socket extension up to, but not over, the bolt threads — the socket should not extend over the threads.
STEP 6: Choose Bit (Step 6A on page 128, 131, 133 or 135)
Bit protrusion Bit flush Bit recessed

Bit protusion Bit flush Bit recessed

Example: An H18 hold and drive requires a 14 mm hex socket extended 5 mm with a 1/4” bit holder (standard extension) and an 8 mm Hex bit.
Socket Bit Holder Bit

Bit Protrusion (mm) = 18mm + Bit Holder Extension (mm) – Socket Extension (mm)

20D253602 20D254200 N4991

If you choose a 20D253602 socket, 20D254200 bit holder and a N4991 bit, the bit will protrude 13 mm from the bottom of the socket. The bit will protrude 13 mm because a standard length bit holder was chosen with a 5mm extended socket.

13mm Bit Protrusion = 18mm + 0mm Bit Holder Extension – 5mm Socket Extension

126 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
H18, 22, 26 & 32 Tang Holder Configuration Guide
STEP 1: Choose Type of Hold & Drive (See page 126 for Bit Holder)

Note: Standard Length Socket & Bit Holder Shown

STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length

» Option 1: LH18V1= 1 inch of travel

» Option 2: LH18V2= 2 inch of travel

Requires LH18V1 for <= 26mm Requires LH18V2 for >= 26mm & <= 52mm

STEP 3: Choose Socket

(Step 3 on pages 128, 129, 132 or 134)

STEP 4: Choose Tang Holder

(Step 4B on pages 128, 130, 131, 133 or 134)

STEP 5: Determine extension length required (Use images below to determine the required socket and/or tang holder extension length )

Add socket extension if tang is longer than 11.5mm, but never extend the socket past the bottom of the tang.

Tang Recessed for: Bit Holder Length = Std Socket Extension > Std
Tang Flush for: Bit Holder Length = Std Socket Extension = Std

Tang Holder Depth = 11.5 mm Tang Flush

Tang Recessed

Example: An H18 hold and drive requires a 14 mm hex socket extended 5 mm, with a 6 mm hex tang holder standard extension.
Socket Tang Holder

Tang Recessed (mm) = Socket Extension (mm) – Tang Holder Extension (mm)

20D253602 20D261703

If you choose a 20D253602 socket and a 20D261703 tang holder, the tang holder will be recessed 5 mm. The tang will be recessed because a standard length tang holder was chosen with a 5mm extended socket.

5mm Tang Recessed = 5 mm Socket Extension – 0 mm Tang Holder Extension

Sockets 127
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
H18 Output Options
STEP 1: Choose type of hold & drive:
Option A: Bit Holder See page 126 for config. guide Option B: Tang Holder See page 127 for config. guide
STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length — reference EB tool sections for available model number: EB non-fixtured tools, page 11, EB fixtured tools, page 31.
STEP 3: Choose standard socket size of one of the below types: ~20D905700 SOCKET OPTIONS
Hex Surface Drive
Size Part No.
Size Part No.
Size Part No.

13mm 20DS201001

17mm 20D253612

17mm 20D253603

14mm 20D253600

18mm 20D253606

Extended Hex

15mm 20D253604

19mm 20D253610

Size Extension Part No.

16mm 20D253601

24mm 20D253611

14mm 5mm 20D253602

 STEP 4A: Choose standard bit holder size:

14mm 6mm 20D253605

~20D905600 BIT HOLDER OPTIONS

16mm 17mm 20D253607

Size Part No.

1/4˝ 20D254200

5/16˝ 20D253400

STEP 4B: Choose tang holder size: ~20D905601 TANG OPTIONS
Size Part No.
Size Part No.
Size Part No.

6mm 20D261703

6mm x 11mm 20D261702

5mm x 10.3mm 20D261701

6mm x 10mm 20D261700

10mm 20D261705

5mm x 9.5mm 20DS201000

5.5mm 20D261706

STEP 5A: Determine socket and/or bit holder extension length required. Calculate the bit protrusion using the following equation: Bit Protrusion (mm) = 18 mm + Bit Holder Extension (mm) – Socket Extension (mm)
STEP 5B: Determine socket and/or tang holder extension length required. Calculate the tang recession using the following equation: Tang Recessed (mm) = Socket Extension (mm) – Tang Holder Extension (mm)
 STEP 6A: Choose bit: ~F4296 BIT SELECTION
Description Part No. T45 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D240600 T30 HEX BIT, FOR1/4" BH 20D240601 HEX BIT 5/16 - 8MM X 25mm LG 20D240603 9MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240605 5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH 20D240606
Description Part No.
Description Part No. T40 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6373 T50 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6403 1/4 HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6453 7MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4296 5MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH F4361 5MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4380 6MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4399 8MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4513 SOCKET 14MM X 15MM EXT. H4223 T15 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4280 SLOTTED BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4436 XNZ SCREW BIT, FOR 5/16" BH H4533 7MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4909 7/8 HEX SOCKET J4850 10MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH L4259 5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4451 8MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4991

5MM X 12.5MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240903

6MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240904 SLOTTED BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D246700 21MM X 20MM DP, HEX SKT 40A2H 20DS200018 5MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16" BH 20DS200700 6MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200701 T40 BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200702 3/8" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5666 1/4" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5668 14MM HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH A5724 T27 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6134 5/32" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6178 3/16" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6179 6MM SQ BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6206 6MM X 5MM BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6207 T30 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6341

T-30 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240609

T-45 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240610

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240611 T55 BIT 5/16" HEX 20D240613 HEX BIT T40, 1/4 HOLD x1LG 20D240615 40IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240616 30IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240617 45IP FOR 5/16" B.H. 20D240618 HEX BIT 5/16, 8MM W/ SPCL FLAT 20D240619 5MM X 5MM EXT BIT, 5/16 BH 20D240902

128 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

H22 Output Options
STEP 1: Choose type of hold & drive:
Option A: Bit Holder See page 126 for config. guide Option B: Tang Holder See page 127 for config. guide
STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length — reference EB tool sections for available model number: EB non-fixtured tools, page 11, EB fixtured tools, page 31.
STEP 3: Choose standard socket size of one of the below types:
20D911000 SOCKET OPTIONS

Use the 20D288400 Base Socket, in the Standard Socket Configurator, on page 136, to configure a standard socket.

Deep Extended Hex
Extended Hex
Size Part No.
Size Extension Part No.
Size Extension Part No.

7/16˝ A6184

18mm 18mm H4038

14mm 1-5/8˝ A6451

7/8˝ A6186

21mm 18mm H4037

14mm 2-5/8˝ 20D215100

13mm (1/2˝) A6185

14mm 4-5/8˝ 20D215101

14mm H4747

14mm 7-3/8˝ 20D215102

Surface Drive Extended Hex

9/16 N4884

15mm 1/2˝ H4597

Size Extension Part No.

15mm N4665

15mm 1˝ A6282

18mm 46mm H4500

16mm (5/8˝) N4617

15mm 6˝ A6002

18mm 12-1/2˝ 20D132203

1˝ 20S202000

16mm 3/8˝ 20D245502

21mm 40mm 20D222001

27mm 20D232607

16mm 17mm 20D245503

21mm 80mm 20D222000

16mm 30mm N4620

16mm 60mm 20D245500

Extension Tube Options with Hex Sockets

16mm 200mm 20D245501

19mm 11mm 20D215106

Hex Surface Drive
Size Extension Part No.

21mm 67.6mm 20D222006

Size Part No.

18mm 8˝ 20D132201

21mm 110mm 20D132204

13mm H4435

18mm 12˝ 20D132200

21mm 6˝ 20D222600

15mm A6200

19mm 4˝ 20D132202

24mm 1/2˝ 20D222903

 STEP 4A: Choose standard bit holder size:  STEP 4B: See next page to choose tang holder size 20D911100 SPECIAL BIT HOLDER OPTIONS
Size Extension Part No.

5/16˝ S7750 (Special Diameter)

5/16˝ 100mm 20DS200009

5/16˝ 110mm 20D132306

5/16˝ 4˝ 20D132302

5/16˝ 150mm 20D215208

5/16˝ 155mm 20D215207

5/16˝ 175mm 20D247200

5/16˝ 6 5/8˝ 20D215202

7/16˝ 20D215201

Sockets 129
H22 Output Options continued
STEP 4B: Choose tang holder size:
~F4287 TANG OPTIONS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

H22 SKT/EXT TUBE KIT, 19mm, 4" 20D132202

10MM FEM.HEX TANG HOLDER F4406

10MM FAST LEAD TANG HOLDER H4877

TANG/EXTENSION KIT,8MMHX,12"LG 20D132300

7.7 X 9.8 X 16MM EXT TANG HOLD F4542

6.35MM X 8.0MM TANG HOLD 3/8" E H4883

8MM X 8" EXT H22 TANG ASM 20D132301

5MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER F4544

8MM HEX TANGHOLDER 8" EXT H4888

8MM X 12-1/2" EXT, SURF DR H22 20D132305

5.7MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER F4572

TANG HOLDER 9.4 X 11.3MM STD EX H4889

TANG HOLDER 11MM SURF. DR X STD 20D214300

8MM (5/16) INT. HEX TANG HOLDER F4573

8.0 X 10.5MM TANG HOLDER, 8" EX H4904

TANG HOLDER 8MM SURF. DR. X STD 20D214301

5.9MM X 8.1MM TANG HOLDER F4596

8.7 X 11MM TANG OLDER, STD. EXT H4905

6MM HEX 6MM DEEP, TANG H22 20D214303

10MM X 13MM TANG HOLDER F4600

10.2 X 11.5MM TANG HOLDER, STD H4906

13MM HEX TANG HOLDER,A22/40A4H 20D214304

8.5 HEX FEMALE TANG HOLDER F4636

TANG HOLDER 8MM X 10MM 1-1/8 EX H4958

7.2MM X 10MM, 11MM EXT TANG 20D214305

.390" X .529" TANG HOLDER F4673

10MM HEX TANG HOLD 32MM EXT H4960

TANG HOLDER 6.4MM X 8.4M X STD' 20D215400

8MM X 6.35MM TANG HOLDER F4718

10MM TANG HOLD LEFT HAND FAST L J4043

10MM FEMALE HEX x 6.00" EXTENDED 20D222700

2.7MM X 7MM BIT F4866

1/4 X 5/16 TANG HOLDER J4178

10.22mm FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER 20D222702

6.7MM X 7MM TANG HOLDER F4870

8MM X 6.35 X 1/2 TANG HOLDER J4214

10.5mm STD EXT,SH,TANG HOLDER 20D222705

7.2MM X 10.2MM TANG HOLDER F4975

8.5 X 10.5 X 16MM TANG HOLDER J4296

A3H TANG HOLDER, 8.8MM X 9.8MM 20D226100

6.3MM X 9.3MM TANG HOLDER H4115

8.5 X 10.5MM TANG HOLDER J4302

6.5MM X 8MM, TAPERED LEAD, TANG HOLDER, A3H/H22 20D226101

7MM HEX TANG HOLDER 1" EXT H4161

9.75 X 12MM TANG HOLDER J4314

E8 TORX TANG HOLDER, A2H/A3H/A4 20D226200

8MM X 11MM TANG HOLDER W/ LEAD H4176

7.7 X 9.8 X 80MM TANG HOLDER J4315

TANG HOLDER, E12 TORX 20D226201

8MM SQ FEMALE TANG HOLDER H4191

7.7 X 9.8 X 157MM TANG HOLDER J4317

E8 TORX X 6" EXT HEX BIT 20D226202

6 X 10MM TANG HOLDER .600 OD H4209

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER 10MM EXT J4382

E8 TORX TANG HOLDER SPCL Ø 20D226203

.340 HEX TANG HOLDER H4210

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER J4456

TANG HOLDER 5.0 X 6.3MM 20D242700

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER 1" EXT H4372

7MM FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER J4586

5.5 X 7.3, 6MM EXT,TANG HOLDER 20D242701

TORX SOCKET TX3114 H4373

6.3 X 9MM TANG HOLDER J4707

6.0MM X 5.0 MM, TANG HOLDER 20D242702

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER H4448

8MM X 11MM TANG HOLDER J4785

TANG HOLDER 5.4mm X 7.7mm 20D242703

4MM X 6MM TANG HOLDER H4475

8MM X 5.7MM X 1" EXT TANG HOLDE J4830

10MM X 32MM EXT, SURF DR TANG 20D245103

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 182MM H4483

6.3 X 7.5MM TANG HOLDER J4877

10MM X 37MM,SURF DR, TANG HLDR (H22) 20D245105

9.22 X 12.5MM TANG HOLD 155MM E H4484

8.90 X 11.20MM X 80MM TANG HOLD J4990

10MM X 37MM EXT.,TANG HOLDER (H22) 20D245106

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 10MM E H4485

9MM FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER L4005

10MM X 67.6MM EXT, HEX,TANG HOLDER H22 20D245109

8 X 10MM TANG HOLDER 10MM EXT H4488

10MM X 6MM TANG HOLDER L4017

10mm HEX, 64mm O'ALL LENGTH 20D245111

6.3 X 8.7MM TANG HOLDER 80MM EX H4489

5MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER L4019

10MM X 55MM OAL TANG H22/H26 20D245112

9MM HEX TANG HOLDER 46MM EXT H4499

11/32 HEX FEMALE TANGE HOLDER 3 L4106

5MM X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 20D245114

6 X 8MM TANG HOLDER 43MM EXT H4577

8.2MM X 9.8MM TANG HOLDER L4117

TORX SOCKET 3/8 SQ. DR X E12 X .65 OD 20D245115

9 X 11MM TANG HOLDER H4578

3/8 FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER L4373

8MM DOUBLE HEX TANG HOLDER 20D245116

6 X 8MM TANG HOLDER 47MM EXT H4593

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 80MM E L4523

TANG HOLDER - 7MM SURF DR 20D246900 TANG HLDR ASSY,H22,5/16/8MM,SH STD. EXT. SOCKET 6" DRIVE EXT. 20DS200045

5.7 X 8MM TANG HOLDER 5MM EXT H4606

8MM X 5.77MM TANG HOLDER 36MM E L4524

5.6 X 9.8MM TANG HOLDER H4607

6MM X 7.72MM TANG HOLDER L4544

TANG HOLDER SP. 11.28 DOUBLE HE 20S200602

5.9 X 6.8MM TANG HOLDER H4676

6 X 8MM TANG HOLDER L4644

15MM X 17MM TANG HOLDER 20S201900

6.8 X 8.25MM TANG HOLDER H4725

TANG HOLDER 9MM SURF DR L4694

7MM FEMALE TANG HOLDER 6" EXT A6003

2 STEP TANG HOLD 6.00&7.08 X 8 H4748

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9.2 X 300MM L4732

4.4 X 8MM TANG HOLDER A6005

7MM X 11MM TANG HOLDER H4761

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9.2 MM L4738

6MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER A6089

TANG HOLDER 9.2MMX12.5MMX45MM H4819

TANG HOLDER 8MM HEX 80 MM EXT L4784

6.24 X 7.5MM TANG HOLDER A6136

7.3MM X 9.4MM TANG HOLDER H4829

11MM HEX TANG HOLDER L4803

8MM SQ TANG HOLDER 47MM EXT A6226

5.7MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER H4840

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER X 19 MM EXT L4848

10MM HEX X 75MM EXT TANG HOLDER A6233

5 X 7.5MM TANG HOLDER H4857

TANG HOLDER 8.2 X 9.8 MM 80MM E L4869

7.7MM X 9.8MM FEMALE SHANK HOLD F4287

6.35 X 8.12MM TANG HOLDER H4858

4MM MALE HEX TANG HOLDER L4898

1/4" HEX HOLDER F4360

12MM FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER H4874

6.3 X 9.8MM TANG HOLDER L4978

130 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

H22 Output Options continued
~F4287 TANG OPTIONS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9MM X 70MM E N4029

8 X 5.7 TANG HOLDER 87MM EXT N4400

TANG HOLDER 9 X 11.5MM X 80MM E N4747

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9MM X 145MM N4030

6.3 X 8.0 X 32MM EXT TANG HOLDE N4413

TANG HOLDER 9 X 12.6MM X 157MM N4748

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9 N4031

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 8.5MM N4467

TANG HOLDER 8 X 10MM X 80MM EXT N4749

TANG HOLDER 12.5 X 9MM X 75MM E N4032

9.2MM X 12.5MM X 26.5MM EXT. SK N4469

TANG HOLDER 8 X 10MM X 157MM EX N4752

TANG HOLDER 10 X 7.6MM X 75MM E N4033

8MM X 12MM TANG HOLDER N4483

5MM HEX TANG HOLDER N4758

14MM DOUBLE HEX SOCKET N4064

6MM X 13MM TANG HOLDER N4484

1/4" X 7/16" TANG HOLDER N4826

12.5MM X 9MM TANG HOLDER 32MM E N4130

10MM HEX T HOLDER 1/4" EXT FAST N4575

6.3MM X 9.8MM TANG HOLDER 37MM N4834

12.5MM X9MM TANG HOLDER 27MM EX N4131

7.2MM X 9.2MM TANG HOLDER 80MM N4587

10MM X 7MM TANG HOLDER N4921

12.5MM X 9MM TANG HOLDER 102MM N4132

7.7MM X 9.8MM X 30MM EXT.TANG.H N4621

11/32" HEX TANG HOLDER 1-1/2" E N4927

10MM X 7.6MM TANG HOLDER 32MM E N4133

7.2MM X 9.2MM TANG HOLDER (A3H) N4658

10MM X 7.6MM TANG HOLDER N4994

9.2 X 12.5MM TANG HOLDER 157MM N4151

8MM X 6MM TANG HOLDER N4666

10MM X 7.3MM TANG HOLDER 152MM N4995

12.5 X 9MM TANG HOLDER 62MM EXT N4187

10 X 7.6MM TANG HOLDER 182MM EX N4697

TORX SOCKET 3/8" SQ X E14 DRIVE R7927

TANG HOLDER 10MM HEX X 1.531 EX N4189

10 X 7.6MM TANG HOLDER 102MM EX N4699

E12 TORX SOCKET R8461

TANG HOLDER 6MM HEX N4192

10MM X 3-1/8 EXT TANG HOLDER N4712

12.5MM X 9MM TANG HOLDER 52MM E N4384

6MM HEX TANG HOLDER 80MM EXT N4716

STEP 5A: Determine socket and/or bit holder extension length required. Calculate the bit protrusion using the following equation: Bit Protrusion (mm) = 18 mm + Bit Holder Extension (mm) – Socket Extension (mm)
STEP 5B: Determine socket and/or tang holder extension length required. Calculate the tang recession using the following equation: Tang Recessed (mm) = Socket Extension (mm) – Tang Holder Extension (mm)
 STEP 6A: Choose bit: ~F4296 BIT SELECTION
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

T45 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D240600

6MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240904

T50 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6403

T30 HEX BIT, FOR1/4" BH 20D240601

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D246700

1/4 HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6453

HEX BIT 5/16 - 8MM X 25mm LG 20D240603

21MM X 20MM DP, HEX SKT 40A2H 20DS200018

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4296

9MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240605

5MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16" BH 20DS200700

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH F4361

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH 20D240606

6MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200701

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4380

T-30 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240609

T40 BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200702

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4399

T-45 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240610

3/8" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5666

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4513

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240611

1/4" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5668

SOCKET 14MM X 15MM EXT. H4223

T55 BIT 5/16" HEX 20D240613

14MM HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH A5724

T15 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4280

HEX BIT T40, 1/4 HOLD x1LG 20D240615

T27 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6134

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4436

40IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240616

5/32" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6178

XNZ SCREW BIT, FOR 5/16" BH H4533

30IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240617

3/16" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6179

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4909

45IP FOR 5/16" B.H. 20D240618

6MM SQ BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6206

7/8 HEX SOCKET J4850

HEX BIT 5/16, 8MM W/ SPCL FLAT 20D240619

6MM X 5MM BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6207

10MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH L4259

5MM X 5MM EXT BIT, 5/16 BH 20D240902

T30 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6341

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4451

5MM X 12.5MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240903

T40 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6373

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4991

Sockets 131
H26 Output Options
STEP 1: Choose type of hold & drive:
Option A: Bit Holder See page 126 for config. guide Option B: Tang Holder See page 127 for config. guide
STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length — reference EB tool sections for available model number: EB non-fixtured tools, page 11, EB fixtured tools, page 31.
STEP 3: Choose standard socket size of one of the below types:
F4285 SOCKET OPTIONS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

21MM X 8" EXT, HEX SKT ASM-H26 20D135900

18MM SURF DR SOCKET H4177

16MM X 10MM EXT SOCKET L4535

21MM HEX SKT ASM MAG 20D135901

21MM SURF DR SOCKET 182MM EXT H4366

18MM SOCKET 1 1/2" EXT L4556

SOCKET 24MM X 8" EXT SURFACE DR 20D213700

17MM HEX SURF DR SOCKET 37MM EX H4409

22MM SURF DR SOCKET 10MM EXT L4557

21MM X 8.5MM EXT SURF DR - A3H 20D226300

21MM SURF DR SOC 155MM EXT H4447

30MM HEX SOCKET LA4H L4622

SPECIAL 21MM X 80MM EXT SOCKET 20D232600

21MM SURF DR SOCKET 10MM EXT H4486

18MM X 19MM EXT HEX SOCKET LA3H L4646

23MM HEX SOCKET, A40LA3H 20D232601

18MM SURF DR SOCKET 10MM EXT H4487

24 MM SOCKET 10 MM EXT L4663

27MM X 77MM EXT, H26 SKT 20D232606

17MM SURF DR SOCKET 1.5" EXT H4576

HEX SOCKET 21MM X 300MM L4733

HEX SOCKET 1 1/8" SINGLE HEX 20D232609

17MM SURF DR SOCKET 1-5/8" EXT H4594

19 MM FAST LEAD SOCKET L4868

HEX SOCKET,21MM X 67.6MM EXT. 20D232610

18MM SURF DR OVER SIZE H4612

19 MM SOCKET X 3/8" EXT SPECIAL L4886

HEX SOCKET 21MM X 28MM EXT 20D232611

18MM HEX SOCKET 32MM EXT H4628

12MM HEX SOCKET (LA3H) L4897

HEX SOCKET 34MM, H26 20D232612

21MM HEX SOCKET 52MM EXT H4629

21MM SURF DR SOCKET 75 MM EXT N4034

21MM x 12MM EXT SH SKT, H26 20D232615

17MM HEX SOCKET 36MM EXT H4781

21MM SURF DR SOCKET 150 EXT N4035

SOCKET, 18MM X 2.203" EXT., SH H26 20D232616

SOCKET 24MM X 45MM EXT. H4820

21MM SURF DR SOCKET N4036

HEX SOCKET - 18MM X 3.203 EXT. 20D232617 HEX SOCKET-16MM X 5MM EXT SPCL DRIVE DEPTH 20D232618 18MM X 12MM EXT SPCL HEX SKT SPCL 22MM DRIVE DEPTH 20D232619

18MM HEX SOCKET 8" EXT H4886

18MM X 37MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4134

17MM X 1-1/8" EXT SOCKET H4959

21MM X 37MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4135

21MM FAST LEAD SOCKET J4044

21MM X32MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4136

16MM (5/8") HEX SOCKET J4090

21MM X 107MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4137

21MM X 167.3MM EXT SD SKT, H26 20D232621

15MM X 1/2 EXT SOCKET LA3H J4213

21MM X 80MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4149

21MM X 18MM EXT,SH SOCKET,H26 20D232622

17MM HEX SOCKET (SPEC. O.D.) J4304

21MM X 157MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET N4150

18MM X 7.107 OAL,FL,SOCKET,H26 20D232623

19MM X 80MM EXT SOCKET J4316

20MM HEX SOCKET N4177

10MM SURFACE DR SOCKET A6137

19MM X 157MM EXT SOCKET J4318

21MM SURF DR SOCKET 67MM EXT N4186

18MM HEX SURF DR X 1-1/2" EXT S A6215

19MM X 18MM EXT SURFACE DR J4381

21MM HEX SOCKET X 1.531 EXT N4188

22MM HEX - A3H SPECIAL O.D. A6216

17MM HEX SOCKET SURFACE DR J4398

21MM HEX SOCKET 8MM EXT N4337

22M SURFACE DRIVE - 1/4 EXT A3H A6228

14MM FAST LEAD SOCKET J4457

21MM HEX SOCKET 57MM EXTENDED N4382

14MM DBL HEX SOCKET A6231

17MM X 19MM EXT SOCKET J4467

17MM X 87MM EXT SOCKET N4398

15/16" X 60MM HEX SKT, 40A3H A6270

22MM FAST LEAD SOCKET LA3H J4607

15MM SURF DR SOCKET 37MM EXT N4412

21 MM SURF DR. X 2" SKT 40A3H A6467

17MM FAST LEAD SOCKET LA3H J4608

24MM SURF DR SOCKET N4439

19MM HEX SURF. DR. X 46MM EXT. A6474

15MM SURFACE DR. SOCKET J4662

22MM SURF DR SOCKET N4440

17MM HEX SOCKET F4285

9/16 X 1/2 EXT REACTION SOCKET J4708

18MM HEX SOCKET 1/4" EXT N4457

19MM HEX SOCKET F4294

15MM X 1" EXT HEX SOCKET (LA3H) J4829

21MM X 8.5MM EXT. HEX SOCKET N4466

14MM SOCKET F4359

7/8 HEX SOCKET J4850

18MM X 26.5MM EXT. HEX SOCKET N4468

21MM SOCKET F4401

22MM X 80MM EXT SOCKET LA3H J4989

15MM X 80MM EXT. SURFACE DR. SO N4582

22MM HEX SOCKET F4487

18MM X 80MM EXT SURFACE DR SOCK L4067

18MM HEX SOCKET 187MM EXT N4696

24MM (15/16") HEX SOCKET F4512

21MM X 80MM EXT SURFACE DR SOCK L4068

18MM HEX SOCKET 107MM EXT N4698

19MM X 16MM EXT SOCKET F4541

18MM X 157MM EXT SURF DR SOCKET L4073

18MM X 3-1/8" EXT HEX SOCKET N4711 18MM HEX SURF DR SOCKET 80MM EX N4715

9/16" HEX SOCKET F4571

11/16 HEX SOCKET L4116

18MM HEX SOCKET F4635

18MM 1/4" EXT (SPECIAL OD) L4118

15MM DBLE. HEX SOCKET N4782

19MM X 10MM HEX SOCKET F4653

19MM HEX SOCKET LA3H L4119

15MM HEX SOCKET (USE W/ N4826 N4825

15MM HEX SOCKET F4717

22MM X .52MM EXT HEX SOCKET (LA L4372

18MM HEX SOC 1-1/2" EXT FAST LE N4925

1-1/16HEX (27MM) SOCKET F4867

18MM X 80MM SURF DR SKT SPEC O. L4426

18MM HEX SOCKET FAST LEAD N4926

19MM X 7MM SURFACE DR. SOCKET F4869

19MM SURFACE DR SOCKET LA3H L4474

17MM HEX SOCKET 10MM EXT N4975

21MM SURF DR SOC 15MM DEEP 28MM H4039

11/16 SOCKET 36MM EXT L4525

TANG DRIVE SOCKET S7749

18MM SURF DR SOC 12MM DEEP 28MM H4040

132 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

H26 Output Options continued
 STEP 4A: Choose standard bit holder size:
 STEP 4B: Choose tang holder size:
~H4948 TANG HOLDER OPTIONS
~H4947 H26 BIT HOLDER OPTIONS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

10MM X 8" EXT,HEX TANG ASM 20D132303

5/16" HEX, TANG HOLDER A22 20D245117 8MM X 51MM EXT HEX TANG HOLDER FOR A22 20D245118

10MM X 7.5" EXT,SURF DR TANG 20D132304

Description Part No.

TANG HOLDER 12MM HEX X 8" EXT 20D213800

8MM X 2.203" EXT.,HEX,TANG H26 20D245119

HEX BIT HOLDER 5/16˝ X 1/4˝

20D241300

TANG HOLDER 11MM HEX X STD'D EX 20D215300

8MM(5/16) X 3.2" EXT TANG HLDR H26 20D245120 9.1MM x 11.15MM,168MM EXT TANG H26 TANG HOLDER 20D245122

TANG HOLDER, 11MM SURFACE DR. - 20D216300

BIT HOLDER 80MM EXT (FOR 20D241301

8MM HEX X 1.500 EXT TANG HOLDER 20D216600

IP40 DRIVE TANG HOLDER 20D245123

BIT HOLDER 1/4˝ HEX X STD EXT A6273

9MM FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER 20D222701 9MM X 2.5" EXT FEMALE HEX TANG HOLDER 20D222704

10 X 12MM TANG HOLDER A6004

5/16˝ HEX BIT HOLDER 31MM EXT H4897

10MM HEX FAST LEAD TANG HOLDER A6030

HEX BIT HOLDER 5/16˝ H4947

7MM X 1" EXT TANG HOLDER 20D223900

7.1 X 8.25 MM TANG HOLDER A6032

HEX BIT HOLDER 5/16 HEX, N4631

TANG HOLDER, .343 HEX 20D223901

TWO STEP TANG HOLDER A6043

5/16˝ X 77MM EXT, BIT HOLDER N4670

7.7mm x 9.8mm RECT TANG HLDR 20D223902 8mmX107mm EXT HEX TANG HOLDER 20D223903

8MM TANG HOLDER 32MM EXT A6053

6MM X 8MM TANG HOLDER A6089

5MM HEX TANG HOLDER A6123

8MM X 6.920" EXT.,SH,TANG HLDR 20D223904

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER A6132

E8 TORX TANG HOLDER, A2H/A3H/A4 20D226200

8.7 X 11MM X 157MM EXT. TANG HO A6203

TANG HOLDER, E12 TORX 20D226201

STEP 5A: Determine socket and/or bit holder extension length required. Calculate the bit protrusion using the following equation: Bit Protrusion (mm) = 19 mm + Bit Holder Extension (mm) – Socket Extension (mm)

6.4MM X 8.4MM TANG HOLDER 40A3 A6288 8.0mm X 80mm EXT. A3H TANG HOLD A6296

E8 TORX TANG HOLDER SPCL Ø 20D226203

TANG HOLDER, E12 TORX 20D226901 TANG HOLDER 10MM SURF DR H26 HEAD 20D245100

10MM HEX X 2" EXT TANG HOLDER " A6468

8MM MALE HEX HOLDER H4944

10MM X 1-1/2" EXT,SURF DR TANG 20D245102

6MM MALE HEX HOLDER/BIT H4945

10MM X 32MM EXT, SURF DR TANG 20D245103

12MM HEX TANG HOLDER H4946

6MM HEX 6MM DEEP, TANG H26 20D245104 10MM X 67.6MM EXT,SURF DR,TANG HOLDER H22 20D245108 10MM X 67.6MM EXT, HEX, TANG HOLDER H22 20D245109

10MM HEX TANG HOLDER H4948

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER H4949

10MM HEX TANG HOLD 32MM EXT H4960

8.9MM X 11.2MM RECT TANG HOLDE 20D245110

8MM HEX TANG HOLDER 8" EXT H4982

10mm HEX, 64mm O'ALL LENGTH 20D245111

10MM HEX TANG HOLDER 3.125" EXT H4983

10MM X 55MM OAL TANG H22/H26 20D245112

STEP 5B: Determine socket and/or tang holder extension length required. Calculate the tang recession using the following equation: Tang Recessed (mm) = Socket Extension (mm) – Tang Holder Extension (mm)
 STEP 6A: Choose bit: ~F4296 BIT SELECTION
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

T45 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D240600

6MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240904

T50 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6403

T30 HEX BIT, FOR1/4" BH 20D240601

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D246700

1/4 HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6453

HEX BIT 5/16 - 8MM X 25mm LG 20D240603

21MM X 20MM DP, HEX SKT 40A2H 20DS200018

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4296

9MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240605

5MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16" BH 20DS200700

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH F4361

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH 20D240606 T-30 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240609

6MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200701

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4380

T40 BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200702

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4399

T-45 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240610

3/8" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5666

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4513

1/4" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5668

SOCKET 14MM X 15MM EXT. H4223

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240611

14MM HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH A5724

T15 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4280

T55 BIT 5/16" HEX 20D240613

T27 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6134

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4436

HEX BIT T40, 1/4 HOLD x1LG 20D240615

5/32" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6178

XNZ SCREW BIT, FOR 5/16" BH H4533

40IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240616

3/16" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6179

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4909

30IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240617

6MM SQ BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6206

7/8 HEX SOCKET J4850

45IP FOR 5/16" B.H. 20D240618

6MM X 5MM BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6207

10MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH L4259

HEX BIT 5/16, 8MM W/ SPCL FLAT 20D240619

T30 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6341

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4451

5MM X 5MM EXT BIT, 5/16 BH 20D240902 5MM X 12.5MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240903

T40 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6373

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4991

Sockets 133
H32 Output Options
STEP 1: Choose type of hold & drive:
Option A: Bit Holder See page 126 for config. guide Option B: Tang Holder See page 127 for config. guide
STEP 2: Choose Hold & Drive travel length — reference EB tool sections for available model number: EB non-fixtured tools, page 11, EB fixtured tools, page 31.
STEP 3: Choose standard socket size of one of the below types:
~A5302 1” TRAVEL SOCKET OPTIONS
~A5303 2” TRAVEL SOCKET OPTIONS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

36MM HEX SOCKET, A5H HEAD 20D226700

H32 SOCKET - 24MM 20D212101

24MM SURFACE DRIVE SOCKET, H32V 20D230100

H32 SOCKET - 27MM 20D212102

18MM HEX SOCKET, H32V2 20D230101

23MM HEX SOCKET, H32/A5H 1" TRAVEL 20D212103

34MM HEX SOCKET, A5H, 2" TRAVEL 20D235000

22MM SURF DR SKT, H32V1 20D212104

H32 HEX SKT 21MM X 16MM EXT 20D249400

21MM HEX SOCKET 1" TRAVEL A5302

24MM X 16MM EXT HEX SKT, H32V2 20D249401

1 3/16" (30MM) HEX SOCKET 1" TR A5306

21MM X 8" EXT SURF DR SKT H32V2 20D249402

1-1/8" HEX SOCKET 1" TRAVEL A5667

21MM X 5.05" EXT., SD, SOCKET, A5H, 2" TRAVEL H&D 20D249403

41MM HEX A5722

24MM X 5.05" EXT, SD, SOCKET, A5H, 2" TRAVEL H&D SOCKET 20D249404

36MM HEX SOCKET - 50A2H A5726

30MM SH SKT 2" TRAVEL HND MIN CHAMFER ON SOCKET 20DS201800

21MM X 4 11/16" EXT HEX SKT H32, 8" OVERALL LENGTH 20DS202208

21MM HEX SOCKET 2" TRAVEL A5303

1 3/16" (30MM) HEX SOCKET 2" TR A5316

31MM HEX SOCKET 2" TRAVEL A5339

22MM HEX SOCKET (2" TRAVEL) A5383

24MM HEX SOCKET (2" TRAVEL) A5393

46MM HEX SOCKET 2 IN. TRAVEL A5718

 STEP 4A: Choose standard bit holder size:
 STEP 4B: Choose tang holder size:
~20D900601 TANG OPTIONS
~20D900602 BIT HOLDER OPTIONS
Hex Surface Drive
Description Part No.
Size Extension Part # Feature
Size Part #

5/16˝ Hex A5307

5/16˝ (8mm) A5559

10mm A5581

7/16˝ Hex A5723

8mm 20D212204 Special O.D.

11mm A5549

8 MM Special Outside Diameter 20D250100

10mm A5301

12mm 20D212203

10mm 1/4˝ A5452

13mm 20D212202

11mm A5394

15mm 20D212206

12mm 20D212201

Fast Lead
Rectangle
Size Extension Part #
Size Extension Part #

10mm A5399

10.32 X 13.1mm A5585

11mm A5400

9 x 12.55mm 80mm A5384

11mm 1/4˝ A5453

Size Part #

T-18 A5340

134 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

H32 Output Options continued
STEP 5A: Determine socket and/or bit holder extension length required. Calculate the bit protrusion using the following equation: Bit Protrusion (mm) = 17 mm + Bit Holder Extension (mm) – Socket Extension (mm)
STEP 5B: Determine socket and/or tang holder extension length required. Calculate the tang recession using the following equation: Tang Recessed (mm) = Socket Extension (mm) – Tang Holder Extension (mm)
 STEP 6A: Choose bit: ~F4296 BIT SELECTION
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.

T45 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D240600

6MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240904

T50 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6403

T30 HEX BIT, FOR1/4" BH 20D240601

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 5/16" BH 20D246700

1/4 HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6453

HEX BIT 5/16 - 8MM X 25mm LG 20D240603

21MM X 20MM DP, HEX SKT 40A2H 20DS200018

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4296

9MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240605

5MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16" BH 20DS200700

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH F4361

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH 20D240606

6MM HEX BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200701

5MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4380

T-30 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240609

T40 BIT, SHORT, 5/16 BH 20DS200702

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4399

3/8" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5666

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH F4513

T-45 BIT,SPCL LENGTH,5/16 HLDR EXT 20MM OUT OF HOLDER 20D240610

1/4" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A5668

SOCKET 14MM X 15MM EXT. H4223

6MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH 20D240611

14MM HEX BIT, FOR 7/16" BH A5724

T15 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4280

T55 BIT 5/16" HEX 20D240613

T27 TORX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6134

SLOTTED BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4436

HEX BIT T40, 1/4 HOLD x1LG 20D240615

5/32" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH A6178

XNZ SCREW BIT, FOR 5/16" BH H4533

40IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240616

3/16" HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6179

7MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH H4909

30IP X 5/16" HEX BIT 20D240617

6MM SQ BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6206

7/8 HEX SOCKET J4850

45IP FOR 5/16" B.H. 20D240618

6MM X 5MM BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6207

10MM HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH L4259

HEX BIT 5/16, 8MM W/ SPCL FLAT 20D240619

T30 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6341

5/16" HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4451

5MM X 5MM EXT BIT, 5/16 BH 20D240902

T40 HEX BIT, FOR 5/16" BH A6373

8MM HEX BIT, FOR 1/4" BH N4991

5MM X 12.5MM X 5MM EXT BIT 5/16 BH 20D240903

Sockets 135
Hold & Drive Standard Sockets
CHOOSE YOUR SOCKET

A new part number system for H22 standard hold and drive sockets enables customers to describe and price standard sockets for each application. The part number includes information on head number of the tool, socket type, socket size and extension length. For special sockets or dimensions not included on this page, check the following pages or contact your local STANLEY sales representative.

STEP 1: Select the Base Code from the Head Number table
STEP 2: Add Type, Size & Extension separated by forward slashes
Base Type Size Extension

Note: Specify socket size no smaller than Min. Hex Size. Choose mm or in

Length Extension Code (mm) (in)
Min. Hex Size Base Code (mm) (in)
Size (mm) Size Code
Size (in) Size Code
Hold and Drive Head Number DTU

Standard Standard 0

SH Single Hex

17 M17

11/16 11

H22 17 11/16 20D288400

3 1/8 3

18 M18

3/4 12

6 1/4 6

19 M19

13/16 13

9 3/8 9

20 M20

7/8 14

12 1/2 12

21 M21

15/16 15

15 5/8 15

22 M22

DH Double Hex

18 3/4 18

23 M23

21 7/8 21

24 M24

24 1 24

27 1 1/16 27

30 1 1/8 30

SD Surface Drive

33 1 1/4 33

36 1 3/8 36

39 1 1/2 39

42 1 5/8 42

45 1 3/4 45

48 1 7/8 48

51 2 51

54 2 1/8 54

57 2 1/4 57

60 2 3/8 60

63 2 1/2 63

66 2 5/8 66

69 2 3/4 69

72 2 7/8 72

Extension

75 3 75

78 3 1/8 78

81 3 1/4 81

84 3 3/8 84

EXAMPLE ORDER

87 3 1/2 87

90 3 5/8 90

Example: An H22 hold and drive head requires a 17 mm surface drive socket with a 1 in extension. Select the BASE (20D288400), TYPE (SD), SIZE (17) and EXTENSION (24).

Note: The standard socket, 0 extension, has an OAL of 1.625”. The extended lengths are added to the OAL.

Base Type Size Ext.

20D288400 / SD / 17 / 24

136 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

CHOOSE YOUR BIT HOLDER Hold & Drive Bit Holders

A new part number system for H22 standard bit holder enables customers to describe and price standard sockets for each application. The part number includes information on the base bit holder number, drive size and extension length. For special bit holders or dimensions not included on this page, check the following pages or contact your local STANLEY sales representative.

STEP 1: Select the Base Code based on the bit holder length table
STEP 2: Add Type, Size & Extension separated by forward slashes
Base Type Size Extension
Length Extension Code (mm) (in)
Size (in) Size Code
Bit Holder Length Base Code
SH Single Hex

1/4 4

Standard Standard 0

Standard Length 20D288500

5/16 5

3 1/8 3

Extended Length < 79 mm (3 1/16˝) 20D288501

6 1/4 6

Extended Length > 79 mm (3 1/16˝) 20D288502

9 3/8 9

12 1/2 12

15 5/8 15

18 3/4 18

21 7/8 21

24 1 24

27 1 1/16 27

30 1 1/8 30

33 1 1/4 33

36 1 3/8 36

39 1 1/2 39

42 1 5/8 42

45 1 3/4 45

48 1 7/8 48

51 2 51

54 2 1/8 54

57 2 1/4 57

60 2 3/8 60

63 2 1/2 63

66 2 5/8 66

69 2 3/4 69

72 2 7/8 72

75 3 75

78 3 1/8 78

81 3 1/4 81

84 3 3/8 84

EXAMPLE ORDER

87 3 1/2 87

90 3 5/8 90

Example: An H22 hold and drive head requires a 1/4” bit holder with a 1 in extension. Select the BASE (20D288500), TYPE (SH), SIZE (4) and EXTENSION (24).
Base Type Size Ext.

20D288500 / SH / 4 / 24

Sockets 137
Image
Reaction Bars and Mounts
Mounting Options
Base Mount Bracket Reaction Bar
Sliding Drive Reaction Bar
Mounting Flange
E_33LA19 E_34LA19 E_34LA22A/H22A E_34LC/EB34LT E_44LA19 E_44LA22A/H22A E_44LC/EB44LT E_34LB1 E_34MB1 E_44LB1 E_44MB1 E_34PB1 E_44PB1
E_45LA26/H26 E_45LA32/H32 E_55LA26/H26 E_55LA32/H32 E_45LB2 E_45MB2 E_55LB2 E_55MB2 E_55LB3 E_55MB3 E_55LB4 E_55MB4 E_55LB5 E_55MB5
E_02LB E_12LB E_12PB EB22PB
EB22LB E_33LB E_33MB E_33PB
Reaction Devices Listed by Tool Models
Base Mount Bracket A8606 20K100500 20K100600 H1140 F4201
Mounting Flange 20K101000 20K100300 20K100700 M4329 20K101100 20K100900
Reaction Bar - Steel 20K100104 20K100100 20K100000 20K100200 B4487 F4192
Reaction Bar - Heavy Duty 20K100202
Reaction Bar 17˝ - Aluminum 20K100103 F3698
Reaction Bar 12˝ - Aluminum 20K101601
Sliding Drive Reaction Bar F4857

138 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
Wire Bails and Gear Case Extensions
Tool Bails

Wire Bails allow a tool to be hung on a hook for storage until needed.

Swivel Bails allows for a balancer to hold the weight of the tool while the operator uses the tool in the correct position as the tool is free to rotate inside the bail.

Swivel Bail Wire Bail Vertical Bail Mount Kit
E_02LA E_02LB E_12LA E_12LB EB22P E_33P EB22L E_33L E_34P E_44P E_34L E_44L E_45L E_55L
Bail Devices Listed by Tool Models
Swivel Bail 20K101402 20K101400 20K101400 20K200000 20K200000 20K200100
Vertical Wire Bail A3061 A3061 A3061 A3061 A3061 A3061
Vertical Bail Mount Kit 20K200007 20K200007
Gear Case Extensions for Angle Tools

Gear Case Extensions fit between the gearing and an angle output to extend the reach of the tool.

Use these Part Numbers to extend an existing tool. When ordering a new tool simply use E# after the tool model number to have the extension installed on the new tool. Where # is the length in inches for the extension required.

Extension Tool Type Gearing Size Output Extension Part Number
E G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 4˝ 20K300019
E G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 6˝ 20K300025
E G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 10˝ 20K300020
Tool Type Gearing Size Output Extension Part Number
Tool Type Gearing Size Output Extension Part Number
E/ EB/ AA G4 A19 Splined/ A22A 4˝ 20K300014
E12/ EB_2/ AA G2 A10/ A13 2˝ 20K300026
E/ EB/ AA G4 A19 Splined/ A22A 6˝ 20K300013
E12/ EB_2/ AA G2 A10/ A13 6˝ 20K300027
E/ EB/ AA G4 A19 Splined/ A22A 8˝ 20K300015
E/ EB/ AA G4 A19 Splined/ A22A 10˝ 20K300016
Tool Type Gearing Size Output Extension Part Number
E/ EB/ AA G4 A19 Splined/ A22A 12˝ 20K300018
EB/ AA G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 4˝ 20K300028
Tool Type Gearing Size Output Extension Part Number
EB/ AA G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 6˝ 20K300029
E/ EB G5 A26/ A32 6˝ 20K300006
EB/ AA G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 8˝ 20K300030
E/ EB G5 A26/ A32 9˝ 20K300009
EB/ AA G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 10˝ 20K300031
E/ EB G5 A26/ A32 12˝ 20K300012
EB/ AA G3 A15/ A18/ A19 Threaded 12˝ 20K300032
DC Tool Accessories 139
Extended Spindle Support
Extended Spindle Support Accessories

Extended Spindle Supports minimize tool vibration from sockets and extensions. Extended Spindle Support Accessories can help to improve:

• Safety — Minimize the pinch hazard between the tool and the extension
• Product Quality — Reduce the potential for product damage by helping to prevent tool contact with finished surfaces and cross-threading caused by improper fastener installation
• Tooling Reliability — Extended Spindle Support Accessories incorporate a heavy duty bearing that minimizes wobble and reduces side loading to reduce premature tool wear and improve tool reliability
• Attachment Lifecycle — Extends socket and extension life

Extended Packing Cap allows support to be attached easily to existing angle head.

Ball bearings allow free movement of the support housing while reducing side loading forces to the angle head drive components.

Each Extension Support requires an Extended Packing Cap from the table on the right.

Extension Support Assemblies *
Extended Packing Caps
Output Square Drive (in) 4” Extended Spindle 6” Extended Spindle 8” Extended Spindle 12” Extended Spindle
Output Part Number
A14 3/8˝ 20K102504 20K102505
A14 20D140102
A15 3/8˝ 20K102506 20K102508 20K102507
A15 20D140104
A18 3/8˝ 20K102500 20K102509 20K102501 20K102511
A18 20D140100
A19 1/2˝ 20K102502 20K102503
A19 20D140101
A22 1/2˝ 20K102514 20K102515
A22 20D286504

* Includes support and extension

140 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Protectors and Head Covers
Angle Head Covers
Angle Output PVC Cover Vinyl Cover
A13 X2300 20D250705
A14/ A15 X2322 / 20K202103 20D250701
A18 X2323 20D250702
A19 20K202100 20D250707
A22 X2305 20D250708
A26 X2306 20D250709
A32 n/a 20D250710
PVC Cover
Angle Head Vinyl Cover
Crowfoot Vinyl Head Covers
Crowfoot Output Angle Head Cover Foot Cover
C7 20D250707 20D250722
C10 20D250708 20D250712
C13 20D250703 20D250714
C16 20D250707 20D250715
C29 20D250702 20D250718
C31 20D250708 20D250719
Crowfoot Vinyl Cover
C69 20D250702 20D250721
C246 20D250702 20D250717
C21 20D250709 20D250722
C313 N/A 20D250731
C317 / C379 N/A 20D250732
C216 20D250702 20D250744
Tubenut Vinyl Head Covers
Tubenut Output Angle Head Cover Foot Cover
T20 20D250708 20D250725
T23 20D250707 20D250727
T74 20D250702 20D250729
T99 20D250707 20D250730
T147 20D250702 20D250724
T211 / T252 20D250702 20D250726
T264 20D250702 20D250728
Tubenut Vinyl Cover
DC Tool Accessories 141
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Tool Lever and Headlights
Lever Handle Options
Rubber Grip for Handle
Forward Facing Lever
Handle Type Tool Part Number
Handle Type Tool Part Number

E_02P

E2/ 3_L 20H100005

Forward Lever

20H207107 E_12P

EA2/ 3_L 20H100008

Pistol
Lever

E_2_P

E4/ 5_L 20H100105

E_3_P

EB3/ 5_L, B1/ 2_L 20H100107

E_02L 20H207910 E_12L

EB22L 20H100108

E_2_L

Rubber Grip
Lever

20H207207 E_3_L

Extended Lever

E_4_L

Handle Type Tool Part Number

E_5_L

Lever E_0/ 12_L 20H101903
Push-to-Start E_02LP 20H207915 E_12LP

E_2/ 3/ 4/ 5_L 20H100007

Extended Lever
Tool LED Headlight Pinch Protectors Headlights
Tool Light Type Part No.
Angle Head Output Part No.
EB33 Stationary 20H106500

A14 20D286705

EB34 20H106501

A15 20D286704

A18 20D286706

A19 / A22 20D286707

Note: The appropriate extended packing cap is required when installing/using the pinch protectors. Headlight Kit
Pinch Protector

142 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Socket Trays
Socket Trays

STANLEY’s 4 and 8 position Socket Trays, available in 24V DC or DeviceNet models, allow a single tool to reliably assemble joints at different target torque levels, batch counts or fastening strategies maximizing quality, productivity, efficiency and floor space. Features include:

• I/O repeater provides access to controller 24V DC I/O not consumed by the Socket Tray (Optional)

• Compact design for maximum space saving

• Ready for Alpha using Binary +1 selection

• 8-Position socket tray dimensions: 216d x292w x163h mm (8.5 x 11.5 x 6.4 in)

Socket Tray Model Number # Socket Positions Connection Repeater Port Cable Max Socket Diameter
SA-1980 4
SA-1981 8 No

24V DC I/O cable Re- quired, See Below 54 mm 2-1/8˝

24V DC I/O

SA-1982 4 Yes
SA-1983 8 Yes
SA-1978 4 DeviceNet No DeviceNet Cable and Tee Required, See Below. SA-1979 8 No

When using multiple sockets and programs please ensure that the torques programmed are within the working specifcations of the tool and controller used.

Cable Number Connection Controller Length
Kit Number Description
20C109007

7 meters

21C101401 DeviceNet Cable Tee/ Terminator Kit

Advanced/ Expert

20C109010 10 meters
21C101403 DeviceNet Cable Kit - 0.2 meter Extension

24V DC I/O

20C109107 Basic 7 meters
21C101404 DeviceNet Cable Kit - 1 meter Extension
20C109207 PSI-C 7 meters

DeviceNet Micro Tee - 21R202204 DeviceNet Micro Terminator Male - 21R202202 DeviceNet Micro Terminator Female - 21R202203

21C1021.2

0.2 meters

21C102101 1 meters

DeviceNet DeviceNet Master

21C102105 5 meters
21C102110 10 meters
21C102120 20 meters
DC Tool Accessories 143
Image
Test Fixtures
Part Number 20V101000 Has three 1/2” – 13 Bolts with Hard Medium and Soft Joints. Can be mounted to table tops or other significant structures for learning different strategies on different joint characteristics. Training Joint Simulator
20V101000
Calibration Joint Simulator
Joint Type Max Input Torque Torque Rate Bolt Size
Model Nm ftlb Nm/° ftlb/° in
T00915/S3

60 45 14 10.3

3/4 - 16 T00915/S4 88 65 22.6 16.7
Calibration Joint Simulator
T00915/S5 135 100 34 25
T00915/S6 200 148 50 37
T00915/H1
20 15 125 92.4 5/8 - 11 T00915/H2 40 30 285 210
T00915/H3 54 40 405 300
3/4 - 16 T00915/H4 75 55 610 450
T00915/H5 135 100 950 700
T00915/H6 200 148 1700 1257

144 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Test Fixtures and Handles
Use Part Number M4504 as a second handle for positioning tools that are fixtured and then starting their operation. Use one of the X5380/x cables listed with this handle. DC Start Handle
Part No. Length
X5380/1 1 meter
X5380/3 3 meters
X5380/10 10 meters
X5380/30 30 meters
X5380/60 60 meters
Use Part Number S3544 as an Auxiliary Handle for positioning tools that are fixtured. Auxiliary Handle
DC Tool Accessories 145
Floor Stands
Floor Stands

Floor Stands provide a place for mounting groups of controllers typically found in fixtured tool applications. However, handheld tools could also be grouped for convenience.

Model Max Number of Spindles Description
21F100405 2 For controllers and a Power Module
21F100406 For controllers only
21F100403 6 For controllers and a Power Module
21F100404 For controllers only
21F100401 12 For controllers and a Power Module
21F100402 For controllers only
Plinth Brackets & Options

A plinth bracket provides a mounting option for controllers on walls or floor stands. Additional mounting brackets are available for I/O or Ethernet switch mounting options.

Part No. Description
21E204300 Plinth modular mount bracket
21E204320 Plinth bracket – I/O option
21E204340 4 spindle ethernet switch mounting bracket
21E204341 4 spindle ethernet switch mounting bracket
21E204351 Plinth GFI bracket

146 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Maintenance Tools
Assembly / Disassembly Maintenance Tools
SPANNER OR CROWFOOT WRENCH
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
3/4˝ x 3/8˝ SD X4174
1-1/2˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4193
2-1/2˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4210 / 20V200001
1˝ x 3/8˝ SD X4175
1-5/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4194 / X4183
2-15/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200002
1-1/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4176
1-3/4˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4195
2-3/4˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200003
1-1/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4177
1-3/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4196 / X4188
2-7/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200004
1-1/4˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4179 / X4214
1-13/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4197
3-3/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200005
1-3/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4181
1-11/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4200
2-1/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4206 / 20V200006
1-7/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4186
1-7/16˝ X 1/2˝ SD X4204
2˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4187
1-9/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4205
3˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200007
2-5/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4189 / X4209
1-5/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4215
3-1/4˝ x 1/2˝ SD 20V200008
2-1/4˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4190 / X4208
1-7/16˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4216
1-3/8˝ x 1/2˝ SD X4192
1-15/16” x 1/2” SD X4201 / X4219

These spanners are used to assemble or disassemble the lock nuts and outputs of QPM tools. See the specific tool’s Assembly Sheet for which spanner to use on the tool.

2-3/16” x 1/2” SD X4191 / X4207
MOTOR CONNECTOR REPAIR KIT OUTPUT ASSEMBLY/ DISASSEMBLY TOOLS
MISCELLANEOUS TOOLS
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
Description Part No.
E TOOL CONNECTOR REPAIR KIT 20M202900
A13 PACKING CAP ASSEMBLY TOOL T00576
A30 / A40 / A18 Drive Spindle Pusher T01849
EA, EB, EC TOOL CONNECTOR REPAIR KIT 20M202901
A14 PACKING CAP ASSEMBLY TOOL 20V200400
SPANNER WRENCH T05389
A18 PACKING CAP ASSEMBLY TOOL T00698
T30 BIT (USE W/ 5/16˝ HOLDER) X4198
A19 PACKING CAP ASSEMBLY TOOL 20V100201
E3 MOTOR CLAMP 20V100001
A19 BEARING PRESS AID 20V100202
E3 THREADED ADAPTER SPANNER 20V100002
A19 BEARING PRESS AID 20V100209
E4 / E5 MOTOR CLAMP 20V100101
A22 BEARING PRESS AID 20V100203
E4 / E5 THREADED ADAPTER SPANNER 20V100102
A26 BEARING PRESS AID 20V100206
E12 HD KIT INSTALL SPANNER 20V100210
A32 BEARING PRESS AID 20V100207
QPM CONNECTOR REPAIR TOOL KIT 20V100300
A14 PINION PULLER T05108
MOTOR TESTER, 115V AC 20V100600
A19 / A22 PINION PULLER 20V100400
MOTOR TESTER, 230V AC 20V101100
A26 / A32 PINION PULLER 20V100401

These tools are used to Assemble/ Disassemble the outputs of the QPM DC tools. See the specific tool’s Assembly Sheet for which spanner to use on the tool.

These tools are used to repair or test QPM DC tools. Attend Tool Repair Training to learn how to use these tools.

DC Tool Accessories 147
Assembly Tool Definitions
Power Sources: Electric vs. Pneumatic
Assembly tool selection considers the power source, control method, tool geometry and torque level. STANLEY Assembly Technologies can tailor these parameters to fit each threaded fastening application.
ELECTRIC:

tools require the least amount of maintenance of any type of power tool which reduces the total cost over the life of the tool.

STANLEY brushless DC electric motors offer the highest level of control, working cleaner, quieter and more efficient than pneumatic tools. STANLEY brushless DC electric motors use rare earth magnets and resolver based commutation for high efficiency and reliability. Microprocessor control adjusts torque, speed, and acceleration independently in either forward or reverse directions. DC electric control offers useful fastening strategies that incorporate patented speed control algorithms that sense the torque rate of the joint and, when necessary, automatically reduce the motor speed to minimize torque overshoot. DC electric

PNEUMATIC:

Pneumatic tools use the compressed air systems available in most assembly plants. They offer excellent power to weight ratios and are usually the most economical choice for many fastening applications. STANLEY’s pneumatic motors have a low inertia, locked rotor design that uses low friction materials which provides for a more efficient design with higher speeds. Pneumatic motors are easily maintained to give many years of reliable performance.

Control Methods

The control method should match the joint specifications and the quality assurance required. For the most critical applications, microprocessor based controllers can perform 100% inspection of the dynamic applied torque and collect statistical process control data. Such methods can eliminate the need for secondary inspection processes. When control requirements are less demanding STANLEY also offers more economical ways to control torque to the required specifications.

Electronically Controlled Shut Off: Available for electric tools, electronic control uses a torque transducer in the tool connected to a microprocessor based controller. The controller monitors the dynamic fastening torque and shuts off the tool when the torque reaches the preset value. This closed loop control method precisely controls dynamic torque.

148 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Electronic Monitoring: Tools without electronic shut off capability may be monitored by monitoring the dynamically applied torque process. A microprocessor based monitor observes the compressed air signature for each fastener for 100% inspection. Similar to electronic shut off tools, electronically monitored tools typically include indicator lights to alert the operator to Pass / Fail status.

technique on the applied torque value and the torque reaction impulse felt by the operator. Clutch actuated shut off tools reduce torque variability as compared to standard pneumatic tools. The low torque reaction impulse makes clutch actuated shut off tools ideal for hand held applications. Torque is adjusted at the tool and is not affected by variations in the supply air pressure.

Torque Adjuster

Convenient clutch adjuster is always accessible

Clutch Actuated Shut Off: Clutch actuated shut off tools use a fast acting torque sensing clutch to disengage the motor from the drive spindle at a preset torque level. The system also shuts off the power to the motor. This fast shut off reduces the effect of operator

STANLEY’s exclusive rolling element clutch eliminates the frictional elements commonly found in competitive tools. This allows extremely close torque control without the need for repeated torque adjustment with clutch wear.

Unique Clutch Rolling Action

Durable rolling element reduces the need for torque adjustment

Tool Geometry

STANLEY offers a wide choice of pneumatic and electric tool configurations to allow the process engineer to select a tool that best suits the application. There are two primary tool classes into which tool configurations fit:

a thorough understanding of the required task and a working knowledge of the resulting torque reaction and the human factors involved in the performance of the task. Every effort has been taken in the design of these tools to make them as user friendly as possible considering the work they must perform. The most critical step is in the selection process as operator safety should always be given the highest priority.

Hand Held: Applications which require an operator to maneuver the tool to the fastener and manipulate it throughout the assembly process require hand held tools. Hand held tools are available configured as any of the tools listed in the configuration section that follows. The proper selection of these tools involves
Fixtured: Fixtured nutrunners typically mount to semi automatic equipment for manipulation during single or
Assembly Tool Definitions 149
Inline Pistol Grip Tools
EB12PB-2 1760 2 1.5 20 0.8 222 8.7 0.78 1.7
EB12PB-4 1115 4 2.9 20 0.8 222 8.7 0.78 1.7
EB12PB-6 2300 6 4.4 20 0.8 264 10.4 0.78 1.7
EB12PB-9 1595 9 6.6 20 0.8 264 10.4 0.78 1.7
EB12PB-14 1020 14 10 20 0.8 264 10.4 0.78 1.7
EB22PB-16 1225 16 11 20 0.8 290 11.4 1.16 2.5
EB22PB-20 981 20 14.8 20 0.8 290 11.4 1.21 2.7
EB33PB-28 1590 28 20 26 1.04 288 11.3 1.49 3.2
EB33PB-40
EB34PB1-55 830 55 40 32 1.25 324 12.8 2.31 5.10
EB34PB1-75
EB34PB1-105 410 105 77.5 32 1.25 324 12.8 2.55 5.6

Specifications

Image
Inline Push-to-Start Pistol Grip Tools
EB12PP-2 1760 2 1.5 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2
EB12PP-4 1115 4 2.9 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2
EB12PP-6 2300 6 4.4 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2
EB12PP-9 1595 9 6.6 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2
EB12PP-14 1020 14 10.3 20 0.8 265 10.4 0.93 2

Specifications

Image
Inline Push-to-Start Lever Tools
EB12LP
EB12LP-2 1760 2 1.5 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LP-4 1115 4 2.9 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LP-6 2300 6 4.4 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LP-9 1595 9 6.6 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LP-14 1020 14 10.3 20.4 0.8 359 14.1 0.85 1.87
EB12LB
EB12LB-2 1760 2 1.5 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52
EB12LB-4 1115 4 2.9 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52
EB12LB-6 2300 6 4.4 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52
EB12LB-9 1595 9 6.6 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52
EB12LB-14 1020 14 10.3 17.8 0.7 359 14.1 0.69 1.52

Specifications

Inline Lever Tools
EB22, EB33
EB22LB-16 1340 16 11.8 23.7 0.93 352 13.8 1.06 2.33
EB22LB-20 1071 20 14.8 23.7 0.93 365 14.4 1.10 2.40
EB33LB-28 1590 28 20.7 24.7 0.97 416 16.4 1.40 3.08
EB33LB-40 1120 40 29.5 24.7 0.97 416 16.4 1.40 3.08
EB22 Forward Facing Lever 20H100108
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg
EB34LB1-55 830 55 40.6 26.7 1.05 463 18.2 2.04 4.49
EB44LB1-80 895 80 59 26.7 1.05 479 18.9 2.50 5.50
EB34LB1-75 545 75 55.3 26.7 1.05 491.51 19.35 2.04 4.49
Mounting Flange EB34, EB44 20K100400
EB55LB1-100 853 100 73.8 32 1.25 592.29 5.17 11.38 1/2˝
Mounting Flange EB45, EB55 20K100400
EB34LB1-105 410 105 77.5 26.7 1.05 491.51 19.35 2.04 4.49
EB44LB1-120 560 120 88.5 26.7 1.05 503.45 19.82 2.85 6.27
EB55LB2-120 850 120 88.5 32 1.25 564 22.2 5.17 11.40
EB45LB2-140 465 140 103.3 29 1.15 533 21 3.42 7.52
EB55LB2-170 640 170 125.4 32 1.25 560 22.1 4.62 10.18
EB45LB2-190 355 190 140.2 29 1.15 533 21 4.3 9.46
EB55LB2-250 400 250 184.4 32 1.25 560 22.1 4.93 10.85
EB55LB3-320 310 320 236 32 1.25 573 22.5 5.01 11.03
EB22 Forward Facing Lever 20H100108
EB55LB4-460 220 460 339.3 44 1.7 621 24.4 7.60 16.73
EB55LB4-620 165 620 457.3 44 1.7 621 24.4 7.60 16.73
EB55LB5-800 125 800 590.1 48 1.9 651 25.6 10.05 22.12
EB55LB5-1100 80 1100 811.4 48 1.9 651 25.6 10.05 22.12
EB55LB5-1500 60 1500 1106.4 48 1.9 683 26.9 10.05 22.12
EB55LB5-2000 50 2000 1475.2 48 1.9 683 26.9 10.57 23.25

Specifications

Crowfoot Lever Tools
EB12LC8-8 1065 8 5.9 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB12LC106-8 1065 8 5.9 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB12LC8-13 680 13 9.6 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB12LC106-13 680 13 9.6 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB12LC550-14 680 14 10.3 13 0.5 11.4 0.45 25.4 1.00
EB22LC8-16 895 16 11.8 13 0.52 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
EB22LC35-16 893 16 11.8 21 0.81 14 0.55 38 1.5
EB33LC13-22 1310 22 16.3 13 0.52 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
EB33LC216-27
EB33LC563-27 990 27 19.9 13 0.52 15.9 0.63 31.8 1.25
EB33LC301-27
EB33LC13-30 840 30 22.1 13 0.52 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
EB33LC173-30
EB33LC362-30 932 30 22.1 13 0.5 16 0.63 26 1.02
EB33LC246-33
EB33LC16-35 881 35 25.8 21 0.81 21 0.84 38 1.5
EB44LC508-35
EB33LC484-42 610 42 31 16 0.63 18.5 0.73 31.8 1.25
EB33LC624-28 1118 28 20.7 21 0.81 14 0.55 38 1.5
EB34LC298-49 595 49 36.2 13 0.52 20.9 0.82 38.1 1.50
EB22LC521-30 475 30 22.1 13 0.53 16 0.63 32 1.25
EB33LC521-30 739 30 22.1 13 0.53 16 0.63 32 1.25
EB33 Tools 20H106400
EB34 Tools 20H106402
EB44 Tools 20H106403
EB45 Tools 20H106404
begin on page 112 EB55 Tools 20H106401

Specifications

Crowfoot Lever Tools
11.6 to 216 Nm

Crowfoot Tool Options

58Nm - 216Nm

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel Bail 20K200000

Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange EB33 20K100300

Mounting Flange EB34, EB44 20K100400

Mounting Flange EB45, EB55 20K100700

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

ANGLE Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Nose Radius “T” Thickness “W” Width “P” Length “L” Length Weight Maximum Hex Size
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm in
EB34LC10-58 510 58 42.8 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 70.7 2.78 616 24.2 3.52 7.74 19 3/4˝ EB34LC226-59 500 59 43.5 17 0.66 17 0.66 38 1.5 68 2.69 614 24.17 3.4 7.5 16 5/8˝ EB33LC501-60 499 60 44.3 16.8 0.66 17 0.67 38.1 1.50 123 4.85 616 24.2 3.52 7.74 15 5/8˝ EB34LC515-60 471 60 44.3 12 0.48 25 0.99 38 1.5 125 4.94 597.7 23.53 3.49 7.7 12 7/16˝ EB34LC162-62 321 62 45.7 13 0.52 21 0.82 38 1.5 97 3.82 664.6 26.17 3.76 8.3 13 1/2˝ EB34LC601-73 337 73 53.8 21 0.81 17 0.66 38 1.5 71 2.78 638.3 25.13 3.63 8 19 3/4˝ EB44LC404-75 508 75 55.3 16.8 0.66 26.16 1.03 38.1 1.50 68.4 2.70 626 24.7 4.2 9.3 16 5/8˝ EB45LC365-80 438 80 59 13 0.53 28 1.12 38 1.5 97 3.82 735 28.9 5.25 11.56 13 1/2˝ EB45LC275-80 580 80 59 13 0.52 28 1.12 56 2.19 86 3.39 699.1 27.52 4.08 9 13 1/2˝ EB45LC613-81 581 81 59.8 13 0.52 28.0 1.10 38.1 1.50 33.6 1.32 642 25.3 4.6 10.2 13 1/2˝ EB45LC614-81 581 81 59.8 13 0.52 28.9 1.14 38.1 1.50 123 4.85 750 29.5 5.1 11.2 13 1/2˝ EB45LC637-81 581 81 59.7 13 0.52 27 1.07 38 1.5 129 5.07 705.3 27.77 4.08 9 13 1/2˝ EB44LC10-88 520 88 64.9 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 70.7 2.78 628 24.7 4.6 10.2 19 3/4˝ EB44LC31-88 520 88 64.9 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 38.9 1.53 596 23.4 4.6 10.2 19 3/4˝ EB44LC31-102 455 102 75.2 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 38.9 1.53 596 23.4 4.6 10.2 19 3/4˝ EB44LC260-110 455 110 81.1 17 0.69 15 0.6 73 2.89 18 0.71 576.3 22.69 4.08 9 18 11/16˝ EB34LC615-110 267 110 81.1 16 0.63 38.9 1.53 31.8 1.25 76.1 3.0 619.6 24.4 4.6 10.2 16 5/8˝ EB45LC630-145 262 145 106.9 25 1 22 0.87 51 1.99 99 3.92 746.8 29.4 4.08 9 24 15/16˝ EB55LC612-150 459 150 110.6 20 0.8 35 1.37 39 1.53 46 1.81 636.4 25.05 4.54 10 19 3/4˝ EB55LC606-150 459 150 110.6 20 0.8 32.9 1.30 38.9 1.53 38.9 1.53 636.4 25.1 5.4 11.8 19 3/4˝ EB55LC21-216 290 216 159.3 29 1.16 30.86 1.21 58.7 2.31 57.8 2.27 724 28.5 5.4 11.8 27 1-1/8˝ EB55LC626-250 262 250 184.4 25 0.98 37.29 1.47 95.3 3.75 113.9 4.49 795.2 31.3 10.5 23.24 24 15/16˝
VERTICAL
EB34LC586-74 408 74 54.6 21 0.81 27.94 1.10 38.1 1.50 70.7 2.78 564 22.2 3.8 8.3 19 3/4˝ EB55LC625-237 309 237 174.8 25 0.98 40.89 1.61 95.3 3.75 113.9 4.49 809.8 31.9 11.4 25.23 24 15/16"

NOTE: The models listed are the most common of the standard 278 Crowfoot outputs we produce. Contact STANLEY Assembly Technologies for the complete list or to discuss a custom output for your specific application.

Mounting / Reaction Options

2-Hand Anti-Tiedown Options

ASK ABOUT CUSTOM OUTPUTS!
2-Hand Anti-Tiedown Part No.

EB33 Tools 20H106400

EB34 Tools 20H106402

EB44 Tools 20H106403

EB45 Tools 20H106404

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

EB55 Tools 20H106401

Reaction Bar or Bail

26 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Tubenut Lever Tools
4.4 to 102 Nm

Tubenut Tool Options

25Nm - 41Nm

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel Bail 20K101400

Standard Wire Bail B3432

ANGLE Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Nose Radius “T” Thickness “W” Width “P” Length “L” Length Weight Maximum Hex Size Maximum Tube Size
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in
EB33LT346-25 1165 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.7 34 1.3 511 20.1 2.34 5.15 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT572-25 1165 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.7 34 1.3 518 20.4 2.34 5.15 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT349-25 1165 25 18.4 38.1 1.5 14.1 0.56 42.2 1.66 55.6 2.19 539.7 21.25 2.27 5.01 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT387-25 1165 25 18.4 38.1 1.5 14.1 0.56 42.2 1.66 34 1.34 518.1 20.4 2.34 5.15 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT358-25 1165 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.66 34 1.34 518.1 20.4 2.31 5.1 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT641-25 1165 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.66 56 2.19 539 21.22 1.81 4 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT74-30 460 30 22.1 18 0.73 14 0.54 48 1.9 44 1.7 517 20.3 2.30 5.06 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB33LT312-30 847 30 22.1 18 0.73 14 0.56 48 1.88 47 1.86 547.6 21.56 1.81 4 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB33LT473-30 965 30 22.1 18.4 0.73 14.3 0.56 57.2 2.25 38.9 1.53 533.5 21 2.75 6.06 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB33LT527-30 881 30 22.1 18.4 0.73 15.9 0.62 47.7 1.88 16.3 0.64 500.6 19.71 2.3 5.06 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB33LT375-41 710 41 30.2 13 0.52 22 0.85 44 1.7 59 2.3 466 8.3 2.48 5.45 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT621-41 719 41 30.2 15.9 0.63 20.3 0.8 52.4 2.06 26.4 1.04 521 20.51 2.5 5.5 15 0.59 10.4 0.41
EB34LT23-41 695 41 30.2 18 0.73 23 0.91 48 1.88 44 1.72 580.9 22.87 1.64 3.61 18 0.71 11.6 0.455
EB34LT623-57 480 57 42 26.4 1.04 19.4 0.765 74.6 2.94 60.7 2.39 603.8 23.73 4.13 9.1 27 1.06 19.4 0.765
EB34LT99-62 460 62 45.7 26 1.04 20 0.76 75 2.9 65 2.5 604 23.8 2.93 6.45 27 1.06 19.4 0.765
EB44LT20-102 430 102 75.2 26 1.04 32 1.24 75 2.9 65 2.5 628 24.7 4.46 9.82 27 1.06 19.4 0.765
EB55LT424-180 325 180 132.8 31 1.22 30 1.18 100 3.94 74 2.91 740.1 29.14 8.32 18.34 32 1.25 20 0.801
INLINE
EB22LT252-25 500 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.7 56 2.2 434 17.1 1.79 3.93 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB22LT571-25 500 25 18.4 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.7 56 2.2 434 17.1 1.79 3.93 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT252-25 739 25 18.4 38.1 1.5 14.1 0.56 42.2 1.66 55.9 2.2 512.7 20.19 1.95 4.3 13 0.5 9.3 0.365
EB33LT326-25 739 25 18.4 13.1 0.515 14.1 0.56 42.2 1.66 77.5 3.05 534.3 21.04 1.95 4.3 13 0.5 8.1 0.32
EB33LT264-50 422 50 36.9 21.4 0.84 17.5 0.69 54 2.13 78.8 3.1 535.7 21.09 1.95 4.3 24 0.94 13.6 0.535
VERTICAL
EB34LT150-30 945 30 22.1 18 0.73 14 0.56 48 1.9 47 1.9 521 20.5 2.73 5.99 19 0.75 11.6 0.455

The maximum tube size depends on the chosen HEX size. NOTE: The models listed are the most common of the standard 104 Tubenut outputs we produce. Contact STANLEY Assembly Technologies for the complete list or to discuss a custom output for your specific application.

Tubenut Tool Options 30Nm - 102Nm

Mounting / Reaction Options

ASK ABOUT CUSTOM OUTPUTS!

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel Bail 20K200000

Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange EB33 20K100300

Mounting Flange EB33, EB44 20K100400

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

Reaction Bar or Bail
EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 27
Hold and Drive Lever Tools – 1” Output
1” H&D Lever Tool Options 9.2 to 380 Nm
H18 Output Part No.

Socket Options 20D905700

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124600

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124602

H18 Tang Holder Part No.

6mm x 8mm Rectangle 20D261700

5mm x 7.5mm Rectangle 20D261701

6mm x 10mm Rectangle 20D261702

6mm Hex 20D261703

H18 Bit Holder Part No.

1/4˝ Hex 20D254200

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Travel

5/16˝ Hex 20D253400

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
H22 Output Part No.
EB33LH18V1-46 880 46 33.9 18 0.71 131.9 5.2 464 18.3 2.2 4.9

Socket Options ~N4617

EB34LH22AV1-77 510 77 56.8 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 521 20.5 3.4 7.5

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103211

EB34LH22AV1-110 335 110 81.1 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 543 21.4 3.4 7.5

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103212

EB55LH26V1-150 620 150 110.6 26 1.02 142.8 5.6 637 25.1 5.8 12.8
H22 Tang Holder Part No.
EB45LH26V1-155 400 155 114.3 26 1.02 142.8 5.6 582 22.9 5.5 12.1

Female Tang Holder Options ~F4287

EB45LH26V1-220 260 220 162.3 26 1.02 142.8 5.6 582 22.9 5.5 12.1
H22 Bit Holder Part No.
EB55LH32V1-285 340 285 210.2 32 1.3 179.6 7.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6

Bit Holder Options ~F4288

EB55LH32V1-380 225 380 280.3 32 1.3 179.6 7.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6
H22 Reaction Bar Part No.

1” DC H&D Lever Tool Options

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

A Tang holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

H32 Tang Holder Part No.
H26 Output Part No.

Female Tang Holder Options 20D900601

Typical Tang Options

Socket Options ~F4285

H32 Bit Holder Part No.

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103601

Bit Holder Options 20D900602

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103602

H32 Reaction Bar Part No.
H26 Tang Holder Part No.

Female Torx

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

Female Tang Holder Options ~H4948

Travel Reach

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

H26 Bit Holder Part No.

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Bolt/ Tang Nut Tang holder

Bit Holder Options ~H4947

Female Hex

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

H26 Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

Rectangular

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

NOTE: The bolt can extend beyond the nut no more than the specified travel distance when tightened.

H32 Output Part No.

Socket Options ~A5302

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103701

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103702

Handle Options Part No.

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

28 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Hold and Drive Lever Tools – 2” Output
9.2 to 380 Nm

2” H&D Lever Options

H18 Output Part No.

Socket Options 20D905700

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124601

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124603

H18 Tang Holder Part No.

6mm x 8mm Rectangle 20D261700

5mm x 7.5mm Rectangle 20D261701

6mm x 10mm Rectangle 20D261702

6mm Hex 20D261703

H18 Bit Holder Part No.

1/4˝ Hex 20D254200

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Travel

5/16˝ Hex 20D253400

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
H22 Output Part No.
EB33LH18V2-46 880 46 33.9 18 0.71 190.3 7.5 464 18.3 2.1 4.6

Socket Options ~N4617

EB34LH22AV2-77 510 77 56.8 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 521 20.5 3.1 6.8

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103213

EB34LH22AV2-110 335 110 81.1 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 543 21.4 3.1 6.8

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103214

EB45LH26V2-155 400 155 114.3 26 1.02 168.2 6.6 582 22.9 4.6 10.0
H22 Tang Holder Part No.
EB55LH26V2-210 460 210 154.9 26 1.02 168.2 6.6 637 25.1 5.8 12.8

Female Tang Holder Options ~F4287

EB45LH26V2-220 260 220 162.3 26 1.02 168.2 6.6 582 22.9 4.6 10.0
H22 Bit Holder Part No.
EB55LH32V2-285 340 285 210.2 32 1.3 205 8.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6

Bit Holder Options ~F4288

EB55LH32V2-380 225 380 280.3 32 1.3 205 8.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6
H22 Reaction Bar Part No.

2” DC H&D Lever Tool Options

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

A Bit holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

H32 Tang Holder Part No.
Typical Tang Options
H26 Output Part No.

Female Tang Holder Options 20D900601

Socket Options ~F4285

H32 Bit Holder Part No.

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103603

Bit Holder Options 20D900602

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103604

Male Hex

H32 Reaction Bar Part No.
H26 Tang Holder Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

Female Tang Holder Options ~H4948

Reach

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

H26 Bit Holder Part No.

Travel

Male Torx

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Bit Holder Options ~H4947

Bolt Nut

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

H26 Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

H32 Output Part No.

Socket Options ~A5302

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103703

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103704

Handle Options Part No.

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

Extension

EB-Series Corded Lever Style Tools 29
Image
Image
Image
Image
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Tools
High Speed, Redundant Transducer and Flexible Cable connections.
FEATURES AND BENEFITS:

• Controllers Enable Multiple Spindle Operation Including Synchronization.

• Redundant Transducer Optional

• 360° Viewable High / OK / Low Lights Alert

• Operator to Fastening Status

• Fixtured Tool Cable Connector can be Rotated in 90° Increments.

OUTPUT OPTIONS
Angle
Retractable Angle Straight
Retractable Straight
Retractable Offset
REACTION MOUNTING COMPONENTS
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 31
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
EB-Series Torque Range: Fixtured Style
Angle Fixtured Mount Style

MODELS:

EB33MA15-27

EB33MA18F1-35

EB33MA18F2-35

EB33MA19-40

EB33MA19F1-40

EB33MA18F1-48

EB33MA18F2-48

EB44MA19-55

EB44MA19F1-55

EB33MA19-60

EB33MA19F1-60

EB33MA19F2-60

EB34MA19-70

EB34MA19F1-70

EB34MA19F2-70

EB34MA22A-80

EB34MA22AF1-80

EB44MA19-80

EB44MA22A-80

EB44MA22AF1-80

EB34MA22A-115

EB34MA22AF1-115

EB34MA22AF2-115

EB44MA22A-120

EB44MA22AF1-120

Torque Nm 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400

Please Note: This chart is a guide for the use of our tools. Programming of these tools can have a direct effect on the capability and performance.

32 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Angle Fixtured Mount Style, continued

MODELS:

EB55MA26-120

EB55MA26F1-120

EB55MA26-160R

EB55MA26F1-160

EB45MA26-165

EB45MA26F1-165

EB45MA26-220

EB45MA26F1-220

EB55MA26-220

EB55MA26F1-220

EB55MA26F2-220

EB55MA32-300

EB55MA32F1-300

EB55MA32F2-300

EB55MA32-400

EB55MA32F1-400

EB55MA32F2-400

Torque Nm 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400

Please Note: This chart is a guide for the use of our tools. Programming of these tools can have a direct effect on the capability and performance.
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 33
Inline Fixtured Mount Style
EB33MB-28
EB33MBF1-28
EB33MBF2-28
EB33MB-40
EB33MBF1-40
EB33MBF2-40
EB34MB1-55
EB44MB1-80
EB44MB1-120
EB45MB2-140
EB55MB2-170
EB45MB2-190

Specifications

Inline Fixtured Mount Style, continued
EB55MB2-250
EB55MB3-320
EB55MB4-460
EB55MB4-620
EB55MB5-800
EB55MB5-1100
EB55MB5-1500
EB55MB5-2000

Specifications

Offset Fixtured Mount Style
EB33MDF1-25
EB33MDF2-25
EB33MDF1-36

Specifications

Fixtured Tools Pattern Mounting

Examples of how to create unique square or circular bolt patterns for Inline and Offset Retractable tools:

EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 37
Angle Fixtured Tools
8 to 60 Nm

Angle Fixtured Options

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100021

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel 20K200000

Standard B3432

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100000

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Mounting Flange-B 20K100300

*Due to the welded flange, the above options are not applicable to EB33MA18F0-48.

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
EB33MA15-27 1515 27 19.9 15 0.59 36.6 1.44 382.9 15.1 1.7 3.75 3/8˝ SD
EB33MA19-40 1025 40 29.5 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 385.8 15.2 1.9 4.11 1/2˝ SD
EB33MA18F0-48 881 48 35.4 17.5 0.69 39.3 1.55 382.8 15.1 2.41 5.31 3/8˝ SD
EB33MA19-60 680 60 44.2 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 385.8 15.2 2.31 5.10 1/2˝ SD

Mounting / Reaction Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Standard Reaction Bar Optional Base Mount Bracket

38 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Angle Fixtured Tools
24 to 400 Nm

Angle Fixtured Options

EB34, EB44

A19 Splined Output Part No.

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Flush Socket 20D100106

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D100107

A22A Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100309

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread* 20D100326

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100000

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Mounting Flange 20K100302

1/2˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Standard 20D227800

EB44MA19-55 1190 55 40.6 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 445 7.5 3.2 6.97

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

EB34MA19-70 610 70 51.6 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 433 17.0 3.2 6.97

*RH-Thread is Right-Hand Thread. This is an option used if the end user uses the additional output for clockwise tightening or loosening.

EB34MA22A-80 510 80 59.0 22 0.87 50.0 2.00 441 17.4 3.1 6.82
EB44MA19-80 845 80 59.0 19 0.75 48.7 1.92 445 17.5 3.2 6.97

1/2˝ SD

EB44MA22A-80 810 80 59.0 22 0.87 50.0 2.00 453 17.8 3.1 6.82
EB34MA22A-115 340 115 84.8 22 0.87 50.0 2.00 463 18.2 3.5 7.75
EB44MA22A-120 550 120 88.5 22 0.87 50.0 2.00 453 17.8 3.53 7.8

Angle Fixtured Options

EB45, EB55

A26 Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100409

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

5/8˝ Square Drive 20D100400

Reaction Device Part No.
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

EB55MA26-120 825 120 88.5 26 1.02 60 2.4 557 21.9 6.2 13.6

Reaction Bar, Steel, Heavy Duty 20K100202

EB55MA26-160 620 160 118 26 1.02 60 2.4 557 21.9 6.2 13.6

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

EB45MA26-165 400 165 122 26 1.02 60 2.4 503 19.8 4.6 10.0

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

EB45MA26-220 260 220 162 26 1.02 60 2.4 527 20.7 4.6 10.0

3/4˝ SD

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
EB55MA26-220 460 220 162 26 1.02 60 2.4 556 21.9 6.7 14.7

Standard 20D125200

EB55MA32-300 340 300 221 32 1.3 73 2.9 563 22.1 7.3 16.1
EB55MA32-400 225 400 295 32 1.3 73 2.9 563 22.1 7.3 16.1

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20R202300

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 39
Angle Retractable Fixtured Tools
8 to 120 Nm

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

Spring Options Part No.

Standard A5313

8 lb Compression 20R201407

Output Options Part No.

2˝ Extended Output 20D115901

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100000

TRAVEL

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Mounting Flange-B 20K100300

Suspension Bails Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel 20K200000

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Standard B3432

EB33MA18F1-35 1165 35 25.8 18 0.71 84 3.3 462.74 18.22 3.25 7.2

3/8˝ SD

1/2˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
EB33MA19F1-40 1025 40 29.5 19 0.75 146.5 5.8 385 15.1 2.80 6.15 1/2˝ SD

Standard 20D227800

EB33MA18F1-48 880 48 35.4 18 0.71 84 3.3 462.74 18.22 3.25 7.2 3/8˝ SD

25 mm 1˝

EB44MA19F1-55 1190 55 40.6 19 0.75 146.5 5.8 445 17.5 3.18 7.02 1/2˝ SD

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

EB33MA19F1-60 680 60 44.2 19 0.75 146.5 5.8 385 15.1 2.80 6.15 1/2˝ SD

*Due to the welded flange, the above options are not applicable to EB33MA18F1-XX tools.

EB34MA19F1-70 610 70 51.6 19 0.75 146.5 5.8 433 17.0 2.74 6.05 1/2˝ SD

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB34, EB44

Spring Options Part No.

Standard M4283

5.8 lb Compression H4003

8.6 lb Compression M4800

Output Options Part No.

2˝ Extended Output M4306

TRAVEL

2-5/8˝ Extended Output 20D117700

8˝ Extended Output M4466

Reaction Device Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100100

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Mounting Flange 20K100302

EB34MA22AF1-80 510 80 59.0 22 0.87 114 4.5 441 17.4 3.1 6.75
1/2˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
25 mm 1˝ 1/2˝ SD EB44MA22AF1-80 810 80 59.0 22 0.87 114 4.5 453 17.8 3.5 7.72

Standard 20D227800

EB34MA22AF1-115 340 115 84.8 22 0.87 114 4.5 463 18.2 3.1 6.75
EB44MA22AF1-120 550 120 88.5 22 0.87 114 4.5 453 17.8 3.5 7.72

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

40 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Angle Retractable Fixtured Tools
24 to 400 Nm

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB45, EB55

Spring Options Part No.

Standard 20R201414

11 lb Compression 20R201417

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100202

TRAVEL

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB55MA26F1-120 825 120 88.5 26 1.02 166 6.5 557 21.9 5.2 11.4
EB55MA26F1-160 620 160 118 26 1.02 166 6.5 557 21.9 5.2 11.4

25 mm 1˝ 3/4˝ SD

EB45MA26F1-165 400 165 122 26 1.02 166 6.5 503 19.8 4.6 10.0

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB45MA26F1-220 260 220 162 26 1.02 166 6.5 527 20.7 4.6 10.0
EB55MA26F1-220 460 220 162 26 1.02 166 6.5 557 21.9 7.5 16.6
Spring Options Part No.

Standard M4606

7.6 lb Compression M4331

Output Options Part No.

2.5˝ Extended Output 20D114800

4˝ Extended Output M4740

Reaction Device Part No.

TRAVEL

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100202

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Standard 20D227800

EB55MA32F1-300 340 300 221 32 1.26 178 7.0 563 22.1 7.3 16.1 25 mm 1˝ 3/4˝ SD EB55MA32F1-400 225 400 295 32 1.26 178 7.0 563 22.1 7.3 16.1

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Mounting / Reaction Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Standard Reaction Bar Optional Base Mount Bracket
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 41
Angle Retractable Fixtured Tools
12 to 400 Nm Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB45, EB55

Spring Options Part No.

Standard 20R201414

11 lb Compression 20R201417

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100202

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

TRAVEL

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB33MA18F2-35 1165 35 25.8 18 0.71 176.28 6.94 462.74 18.22 3.25 7.2
3/8˝ SD EB33MA18F2-48 880 48 35.4 18 0.71 176.28 6.94 462.74 18.22 3.25 7.2

Angle Retractable Fixtured Options

EB33MA19F2-60 680 60 44.2 19 0.75 193 7.6 386 15.2 3.1 6.83 1/2˝ SD
EB34MA19F2-70 610 70 51.6 19 0.75 177.67 6.99 433.16 17.05 3.5 7.7 3/8˝ SD EB34MA22AF2-115 335 115 84.8 22 0.87 186.2 7.33 463 18.2 3.5 7.7

50.8 mm 2˝

EB55MA26F2-220 460 220 162 26 1.02 225 8.9 557 21.9 5.7 12.5 5/8˝ SD
Spring Options Part No.
EB55MA32F2-300 340 300 221 32 1.26 269 10.6 563 22.2 7.8 17.2 3/4˝ SD EB55MA32F2-400 225 400 295 32 1.26 269 10.6 586 23 7.8 17.2

Standard M4606

7.6 lb Compression M4331

Output Options Part No.

2.5˝ Extended Output 20D114800

4˝ Extended Output M4740

Reaction Device Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (Default) 20K100200

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100202

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

Mounting Flange-B 20K100700

3/4˝ SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227802

Mounting / Reaction Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Standard Reaction Bar Optional Base Mount Bracket

42 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Inline Fixtured Tools
EB33
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg
EB33MB-28 1590 28 20.6 24 0.93 359 14.1 1.89 4.15
EB33MB-40 1120 40 29.5 24 0.93 385 15.1 1.89 4.15
EB34, EB44
EB34MB1-55 830 55 40.5 32 1.03 421 16.6 2.2 4.84
EB44MB1-80 895 80 59 32 1.03 421 16.6 2.7 5.94
EB44MB1-120 557 120 88.5 32 1.03 421 16.6 2.7 5.94

Specifications

Inline Fixtured Tools
EB45, EB55 (MB2 Models)
EB45MB2-140 465 140 103 34 1.34 475 18.7 3.6 7.92
EB55MB2-170 640 170 125 34 1.34 475 18.7 4.3 9.46
EB45MB2-190 355 190 140 34 1.34 475 18.7 4.3 9.46
EB55MB2-250 400 250 184 34 1.34 475 18.7 5.3 11.7
EB55MB3 Model
EB55MB3-320 310 320 236 35 1.38 517 20.4 5.5 12.1
EB55MB4 & 5 Models
EB55MB4-460 220 460 339 44 1.7 564 22.2 7.5 16.8
EB55MB4-620 165 620 457 44 1.7 564 22.2 7.5 16.8
EB55MB5-800 125 800 590 48 1.9 575 22.6 9 19.8
EB55MB5-1100 80 1100 811 48 1.9 598 23.6 10.1 22.3
EB55MB5-1500 60 1500 1106 48 1.9 625 24.6 10.1 22.3
EB55MB5-2000 50 2000 1475 48 1.9 625 24.6 10.1 22.3

Specifications

Inline Retractable Fixtured Tools
EB33MBF1-28 1590 28 20.6 28 1.13 443 17.4 2.56 5.63
EB33MBF1-40 1120 40 29.5 28 1.13 443 17.4 2.56 5.63

Specifications

Inline Retractable Fixtured Tools
64 to 2000 Nm

Inline Retractable Fixtured Options

3/4” Output

Output Options Part No.

Standard 20D102101

5˝ Extension 20D102106

Spring Options Part No.

Standard 20R201403

Heavy Duty Spring 20R201404

Reaction Components Part No.

Mounting Flange -MB3F 20D205600

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB55MB3F1-320 310 320 236 34 1.34 636 25 6.7 14.74 25mm 1˝ 19mm 3/4˝ SD

Inline Retractable Fixtured Options

1” Output

Output Options Part No.

Standard 20D208800

2˝ Extension 20D208803

4˝ Extension 20D208802

3/4˝ SD (MB4F1 ONLY) 20D121100

Reaction Components Part No.

Mounting Flange -MB4F 20D208500

Mounting Flange -MB5F 20D209500

Spring Options Part No.
Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output

Standard 20R201411

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Heavy Duty Spring 20R201442

EB55MB4F1-460 220 460 339 44 1.7 803 31.6 17.2 37.84
EB55MB4F1-620 165 620 457 44 1.7 803 31.6 17.2 37.84
EB55MB5F1-800 125 800 590 50 2 840 33.0 18.3 40.26

25mm 1˝ 25mm 1˝ SD

EB55MB5F1-1100 80 1100 811 50 2 863 34.0 18.3 40.26
EB55MB5F1-1500 60 1500 1106 50 2 870 34.3 19.2 42.24
EB55MB5F1-2000 50 2000 1475 50 2 870 34.3 19.2 42.24

46 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Inline Retractable Fixtured Tools
EB33MBF2-28 1590 28 20.6 28 1.13 443 17.4 2.56 5.63
EB33MBF2-40 1120 40 29.5 28 1.13 443 17.4 2.56 5.63

Specifications

Inline Retractable Fixtured Tools
64 to 2000 Nm

Inline Retractable Fixtured Options

3/8” Output

Output Options Part No.

Standard 20D102101

5˝ Extension 20D102106

Spring Options Part No.

Standard 20R201403

Heavy Duty Spring 20R201404

Reaction Components Part No.

Mounting Flange -MB3F 20D205600

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB55MB3F2-320 310 320 236 34 1.34 636 25 6.7 14.74 51mm 2˝ 19mm 3/4˝ SD

Inline Retractable Fixtured Options

1” Output

Output Options Part No.

Standard 20D208800

2˝ Extension 20D208803

4˝ Extension 20D208802

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output

3/4˝ SD (MB4F1 ONLY) 20D121100

Reaction Components Part No.
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard

Mounting Flange -MB4F 20D208500

EB55MB4F2-460 220 460 339 44 1.7 803 31.6 17.2 37.84

Mounting Flange -MB5F 20D209500

EB55MB4F2-620 165 620 457 44 1.7 803 31.6 17.2 37.84
EB55MB5F2-800 125 800 590 50 2 840 33.0 18.3 40.26

51mm 2˝ 25mm 1˝ SD

EB55MB5F2-1100 80 1100 811 50 2 863 34.0 18.3 40.26
EB55MB5F2-1500 60 1500 1106 50 2 870 34.3 19.2 42.24
EB55MB5F2-2000 50 2000 1475 50 2 870 34.3 19.2 42.24

48 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Offset Retractable Fixtured Tools (3/4”, 1”)
EB33
EB33MDF1-25 1590 25 18.4 13 0.51 443 17.5 3.1 6.78
EB33MDF1-36 1120 36 26.6 13 0.51 443 17.5 3.1 6.82
EB34, EB44
EB45, EB55

Specifications

Offset Retractable Fixtured Tools (2”)
5 to 225 Nm
Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB33MDF2-25 1590 25 18.4 13 0.51 535 21.1 3.2 7.1 51mm (2˝) 3/8˝ SD
Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB34MD1F2-48 830 48 35.4 17 0.67 599 23.6 4.8 10.56 51mm (2˝) 1/2˝ SD
Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction Standard
EB45MD2F2-125 465 125 92.2 19 0.75 663 26.1 10.9 24.0 51mm (2˝) 5/8˝ SD EB45MD2F2-170 355 170 125.4 19 0.75 663 26.1 10.9 24.0
EB55MD2F2-225 400 225 166 19 0.75 717 28.2 10.9 24.0

50 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Hold and Drive Fixtured Tools – 1” Output
22 to 220 Nm

1" H&D Lever Tool Options

H22 Output Part No.

Socket Options ~N4617

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103211

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103212

H22 Tang Holder Part No.

Female Tang Holder Options ~F4287

H22 Bit Holder Part No.

Bit Holder Options ~F4288

H22 Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

H26 Output Part No.

Socket Options ~F4285

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103601

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103602

H26 Tang Holder Part No.

Female Tang Holder Options ~H4948

H26 Bit Holder Part No.

Bit Holder Options ~H4947

H26 Reaction Bar Part No.

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100200

Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Travel

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100700

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100600

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

Reaction Bar Assembly, HD 20K100202

EB34MH22AV1-110 335 110 81.1 22 0.87 118.4 4.7 543 21.4 3.7 8.2
Handle Options Part No.
1˝ EB45MH26V1-220 260 220 162.3 26 1.02 117.5 4.6 527 20.8 6.0 13.2
EB55MH26V1-220 460 220 162.3 26 1.02 117.5 4.6 557 21.9 6.7 14.8

EB3/4/5 Forward Facing Lever 20H100107

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

Mounting / Reaction Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Optional Flange Mount Bracket Standard Reaction Bar Optional Base Mount Bracket
EB-Series Corded Fixtured Style Tools 51
Tool Cable Options: EB-Series *
STEP 2 Select an extension for the selected whip number
STEP 1 Select a tool whip for the tool model
Fits EB12-EB33 non-fixtured tools
20C1073[##] Hi-Flex Lever Whip, Lite Cable [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
20C1076[##] Hi-Flex Lever Whip, Heavy Duty Cable [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
Fits EB12-EB55 non-fixtured tools
20C1078[##] 90° Jamnut Extension [##] = 01, 05, 10, 20 or 40 meters
20C1077[##] 90° Hi-Flex Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

90° Hi-Flex Lever Whip Adjusts to 10 Positions @ 36°

20C1075[##] Jamnut Extension [##] = 05, 10, 20 or 40 meters
20C1094[##] Hi-Flex 90° Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
Fits EB332-EB55 all fixtured tools
NOTES:

Jamnut cables have connectors that can be fixed to bulkheads.

READ INSTRUCTIONS

All Hi-Flex cables have an 8cm (3in) minimum bend radius.

20C1093[##] Hi-Flex Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

*Fits all EB-Series Lever Tools (and older EA and EC-Series Tools)

52 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Cable End Cable Lite / Heavy Duty Base Part # Cable Length EB12-EB33 EB34-EB55
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Lite 20C1073## 01 03 05 07 10 EB12-EB33 All non-Fixtured tools X
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1076## 01 03 05 07 10 EB12-EB33 All non-Fixtured tools EB34-EB55 All non-Fixtured tools
90 Degree Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1077## 01 03 05 07 10 EB12-EB33 All non-Fixtured tools EB34-EB55 All non-Fixtured tools
Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1094## 01 03 05 07 10 EB33-EB55 All Fixtured Style tools 90 Degree

Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1093## 01 03 05 07 10 EB33-EB55 All Fixtured Style tools

Straight
Option 1:

Example: Purchase Replacement Cables 20C107305 & 20C107520 to Transition to EB-Series Tools (This option requires all cables between the tool and the cable to be replaced)

— OR —

Option 2: 40% Less Expensive

Example: Purchase Replacement Cable 20C107305 and Adaptor 20C109900, use the existing festooned E-Series Extension Cable 20C1002##. (This option requires ONLY the cable attached to the extension cable to be replaced)

Previous Upgrade Path (Option 1)

Requires Replacement

EB-Series Whip Cable

EB-Series Extension Cable

Alternate Upgrade Path (Option 2)

E-Series Extension Cable

Requires Replacement

EB-Series Whip Cable 20C109900 Adaptor
Corded Tools Cable Options 53
Image
Tool Cable Options: E-Series
Fits E12 non fixtured lever tools
20C1046[##] Hi-Flex E1 Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
Fits E02 & E12 Bottom Exit Pistol Tools
Fits E23-E35 non fixtured tools
20C1034[##] Hi-Flex Whip, E02/34 Pistol or E23/34 Lever, [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
20C1001[##] 90° Hi-Flex E2 Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters
Fits E02 & E12 Bottom Exit Pistol tools

*E12 does not apply

Fits E23-E55 non fixtured tools
20C1011[##] 90° Jamnut Extension [##] = 05, 10 or 20 meters
20C1000[##] Hi-Flex E2/5 Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

*E12 applications require a 20H103100 adaptor

20C1002[##] Jamnut Extension [##] = 05, 10 or 20 meters
20C1004[##] Hi-Flex 90° Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

READ INSTRUCTIONS

NOTES:

Tool adjusts to 10 positions @ 36°

Fits E02 & E12 Top Exit Pistol tools

Jamnut cables have connectors that can be fixed to bulkheads.

Fits E23-E55 fixtured tools

All Hi-Flex cables have an 8cm (3in) minimum bend radius.

20C1003[##] Hi-Flex Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

Please limit the total length of E tool cabling between a controller and an E tool to 30 meters.

READ INSTRUCTIONS

54 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Cable End Cable Lite / Heavy Duty Base Part # Cable Length E02 E12 E23-E35 E43-E55
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Lite 20C1046## 01 03 05 07 10 X E12 All Non-Fixtured Lever Tools X X
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Lite 20C1034## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E12 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All non- Fixtured tools X
90 Degree Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1001## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E12 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All non- Fixtured tools E43-E55 All non- Fixtured tools
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1000## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E12 Bottom Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All non- Fixtured tools E43-E55 All non- Fixtured tools
90 Degree Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1004## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Top Exit Pistol Only E12 Top Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All fixtured style tools E43-E55 All fixtured style tools
Straight Hi-Flex Whip Heavy Duty 20C1003## 01 03 05 07 10 E02 Top Exit Pistol Only E12 Top Exit Pistol Only E23-E35 All fixtured style tools E43-E55 All fixtured style tools

Please limit the total length of E tool cabling between a controller and an E tool to 30 meters.

Option 1:

Example: Purchase Replacement Cables 20C107305 & 20C107520 to Transition to EB-Series Tools (This option requires all cables between the tool and the cable to be replaced)

— OR —

Option 2: 40% Less Expensive

Example: Purchase Replacement Cable 20C107305 and Adaptor 20C109900, use the existing festooned E-Series Extension Cable 20C1002##. (This option requires ONLY the cable attached to the extension cable to be replaced)

Previous Upgrade Path (Option 1)

Requires Replacement

EB-Series Whip Cable

EB-Series Extension Cable

Alternate Upgrade Path (Option 2)

E-Series Extension Cable

Requires Replacement

EB-Series Whip Cable 20C109900 Adaptor
Corded Tools Cable Options 55
Image
Image
B-Series Cordless Tools
Pistol push-to-start » 2.4 GHz to QBE Expert (QB4101),
(QB5100), or Network Node (QB0201)
communication to Network Node (QB0301)
or QBE Specialist (QB5300)

Specifications

Image
Image
B-Series Cordless Tools
B12PB Pistol Style B12PP Push-to-Start Style
B23LA Right Angle Lever Style
Specialty Outputs
B12LB Inline Lever Style
B12LA Right Angle Lever Style

58 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Angle Head Output
B33LA
Same Gearing / Output as STANLEY Corded Tools
THE STANLEY ADVANTAGE:
Only STANLEY offers a 60 Volt Cordless Tool
High Efficiency Brushless Motor
Multifunction Button (MFB)
Multi-function Display Panel
Comfort Grip Handle
Ergonomic Lever Start Trigger
Integrated Digital Control Circuit
Barcode Scanner or 802.15. GHz Wireless option module

(Inside Handle)

Micro-USB Port
Battery Pack Release Button

(Back of Handle)

Battery Pack
B33LA Right Angle Lever Style
B-Series Cordless Tools 59
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Pistol Grip Tools
1.2 to 14 Nm

Pistol Tool Options

B12 Output Options Part No.
ASK ABOUT CUSTOM OUTPUTS!

1/4˝ Square Drive 20D119302

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D119300

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D119301

Socket Lock Pin 1/4” SD Part No.

Lock Pin Plug A3090

Lock Pin A3060

Spring A3073

Socket Lock Pin 3/8” SD Part No.

Pin Stop L3401

Lock Pin 20D227800

Standard 1/4” Hex Quickchange Chuck

Spring 20R201413

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

B12P Reaction Components Part No.

Spacer (Default) 20D217000

Reaction Bar, Aluminum 17˝ 20K100103

Optional 1/4” Square Drive

Reaction Bar, Steel 17˝ 20K100104

Suspension Bail Part No.

Micro-USB Port Standard

Wire Bail A3061

Anti-Mar Protection Part No.

Battery Pack Cover - 4 Ahr 20R215400

Optional 3/8” Square Drive

Battery Pack Cover - 2 Ahr 20R215401

Battery Pack Options Part No.

Battery Pack, 2 Amp Hour 201R209202

Handle Options Part No.
Inline Style Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output

Barcode Scanner (Inline) 20H106100

Barcode Scanner (Push-to-Start) 20H106101

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options

Zigbee Radio (Inline) 20H106102

B12PB-5 1257 5 3.7 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5

Zigbee Radio (Push-to-Start) 20H106103

1/4˝ QC 1/4˝ or 3/8˝ SD B12PB-8 873 8 5.9 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
Programming Cable Part No.
B12PB-11 602 11 8.1 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
B12PB-15 375 15 11.0 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5

Programming Cable 36˝ 20C206600

Push-to-Start
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B12PP-5 1257 5 3.7 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
1/4˝ QC 1/4˝ or 3/8˝ SD B12PP-8 873 8 5.9 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
B12PP-11 602 11 8.1 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927- 2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Barcode Scanner Wireless Radio Programming Cable

60 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
B-Series Cordless Tools
Pistol push-to-start » 2.4 GHz to QBE Expert (QB4101),
(QB5100), or Network Node (QB0201)
communication to Network Node (QB0301)
or QBE Specialist (QB5300)

Specifications

Image
Image
B-Series Cordless Tools
B12PB Pistol Style B12PP Push-to-Start Style
B23LA Right Angle Lever Style
Specialty Outputs
B12LB Inline Lever Style
B12LA Right Angle Lever Style

58 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Angle Head Output
B33LA
Same Gearing / Output as STANLEY Corded Tools
THE STANLEY ADVANTAGE:
Only STANLEY offers a 60 Volt Cordless Tool
High Efficiency Brushless Motor
Multifunction Button (MFB)
Multi-function Display Panel
Comfort Grip Handle
Ergonomic Lever Start Trigger
Integrated Digital Control Circuit
Barcode Scanner or 802.15. GHz Wireless option module

(Inside Handle)

Micro-USB Port
Battery Pack Release Button

(Back of Handle)

Battery Pack
B33LA Right Angle Lever Style
B-Series Cordless Tools 59
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Pistol Grip Tools
1.2 to 14 Nm

Pistol Tool Options

B12 Output Options Part No.
ASK ABOUT CUSTOM OUTPUTS!

1/4˝ Square Drive 20D119302

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D119300

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D119301

Socket Lock Pin 1/4” SD Part No.

Lock Pin Plug A3090

Lock Pin A3060

Spring A3073

Socket Lock Pin 3/8” SD Part No.

Pin Stop L3401

Lock Pin 20D227800

Standard 1/4” Hex Quickchange Chuck

Spring 20R201413

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

B12P Reaction Components Part No.

Spacer (Default) 20D217000

Reaction Bar, Aluminum 17˝ 20K100103

Optional 1/4” Square Drive

Reaction Bar, Steel 17˝ 20K100104

Suspension Bail Part No.

Micro-USB Port Standard

Wire Bail A3061

Anti-Mar Protection Part No.

Battery Pack Cover - 4 Ahr 20R215400

Optional 3/8” Square Drive

Battery Pack Cover - 2 Ahr 20R215401

Battery Pack Options Part No.

Battery Pack, 2 Amp Hour 201R209202

Handle Options Part No.
Inline Style Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output

Barcode Scanner (Inline) 20H106100

Barcode Scanner (Push-to-Start) 20H106101

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options

Zigbee Radio (Inline) 20H106102

B12PB-5 1257 5 3.7 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5

Zigbee Radio (Push-to-Start) 20H106103

1/4˝ QC 1/4˝ or 3/8˝ SD B12PB-8 873 8 5.9 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
Programming Cable Part No.
B12PB-11 602 11 8.1 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
B12PB-15 375 15 11.0 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5

Programming Cable 36˝ 20C206600

Push-to-Start
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B12PP-5 1257 5 3.7 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
1/4˝ QC 1/4˝ or 3/8˝ SD B12PP-8 873 8 5.9 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5
B12PP-11 602 11 8.1 20 0.8 264 10.4 1.82 4.0 1.14 2.5

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927- 2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Barcode Scanner Wireless Radio Programming Cable

60 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Angle Head Tools
1.6 to 16 Nm

Angle Tool Options

A13 Short Output (E12 Models) Part No.

3/8˝ Double-Ended, LH Thread 20D121912

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D121917

Flush Socket 12mm Max 20D121918

Optional Bail

Handle Options Part No.

Barcode Scanner 20H106300

Zigbee Radio 20H106301

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Rated Speed Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B12LA13-8 838 8 5.9 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 386.1 15.2 1.65 3.65 1.04 2.3 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝SD, 1/4˝QC or Flush
B12LA13-11 582 11 8.1 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 386.1 15.2 1.65 3.65 1.04 2.3 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝SD, 1/4˝QC or Flush
B12LA13-16 401 16 11.8 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 386.1 15.2 1.65 3.65 1.04 2.3 3/8˝ SD Flush

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Output Options

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112
Flush Quick Change
B-Series Cordless Tools 61
Angle Head Tools
2.4 to 95 Nm

Angle Tool Options

A15 Threaded Output 20D137503 Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138908

A15 Flush Output 20D137501 Part No.

Flush Socket 20D283200

A15 Output Splined 20D137504 Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138908

A15 Splined Flush 20D137505 Part No.

Flush Socket 20D283200

A18 Output Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D136500

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D136502

Flush Socket 20D136503

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Flush Socket 20D100021

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

A19 Splined Output Part No.

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Flush Socket 20D100106

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100107

A22A Output Part No.
Handle Options Part No.
Suspension Bails Part No.

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D100305

Barcode Scanner 20H106200

Wire Bail A3061

Flush Socket 20D100309

Zigbee Radio 20H106202

Swivel 20K101400

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100326

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B23LA13-12 665 12 8.8 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 537 21.2 2.41 5.3 1.74 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ QC
B23LA13-15 600 15 11 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 537 21.2 2.41 5.3 1.74 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ QC
B23LA13-17 460 17 12.5 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 537 21.2 2.41 5.3 1.74 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ QC
B23LA15-23 370 23 17 15 0.59 39.9 1.57 552 21.8 2.58 5.7 1.95 4.3 3/8˝ SD 1/2˝ SD
B23LA15-35 230 35 25.8 15 0.59 39.9 1.57 567 22.4 2.65 5.8 1.98 4.4 3/8˝ SD 1/2˝ SD
B23LA18-42 180 42 31 18 0.71 39.9 1.57 563 22.2 2.83 6.2 2.11 4.6 3/8˝ SD 1/2˝ SD
B23LA19-52 155 52 38.3 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 592 23.4 2.99 6.6 2.32 5.1 1/2˝ SD
B23LA19-70 140 70 51.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 653 25.7 3.61 7.9 2.95 6.5 1/2˝ SD
B23LA22A-95 105 95 70 22 0.87 47.9 1.9 660 26.0 3.61 7.9 3.45 7.6 1/2˝ SD

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

62 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Angle Head Tools
2.8 to 95 Nm

Angle Tool Options

A13 Short Output Part No.

3/8˝ Double-Ended, LH Thread 20D121912

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D121917

Flush Socket 12mm Max 20D121918

1/4˝ Square Drive 20D121919

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D121916

1/4˝ Magnetic Internal Hex 20D121920

A15 Threaded Output 20D137503 Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138908

A15 Flush Output 20D137501 Part No.

Flush Socket 20D283200

A15 Output Splined 20D137504 Part No.

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D138908

A15 Splined Flush 20D137505 Part No.

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Flush Socket 20D283200

A18 Output Part No.

Optional Flush Socket Drive Optional Double Ended Drive

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D136500

3/8˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D136502

Handle Options Part No.

Flush Socket 20D136503

Barcode Scanner 20H106201

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Zigbee Radio 20H106203

Flush Socket 20D100021

Reaction Components Part No.
B33 / B44 Batteries Part No.
A19 Splined Output Part No.

Reaction Bar, Steel (<300 Nm) 20K100200

60V MAX/ 2AH Battery 21R209203

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Reaction Bar, Steel (>300 Nm) 20K100202

60V MAX/ 3AH Battery 21R209204

Flush Socket 20D100106

Base Mount Bracket 20K100600

60V MAX/ 20V MAX Fast Charger 21R209402

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100107

Mounting Flange 20K100300

A22A Output Part No.
Suspension Bails Part No.

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D100305

Wire Bail A3061

Flush Socket 20D100309

Swivel 20K101400

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100326

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length* Weight w/ Battery* Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B33LA13-14 1698 14 10.3 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 561.7 22.1 2.77 6.1 1.72 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ SD or 1/4˝ QC
B33LA13-18 1372 18 13.3 13 0.5 33.2 1.3 561.7 22.1 2.77 6.1 1.72 3.8 3/8˝ SD 1/4˝ SD or 1/4˝ QC
B33LA15-25 959 25 18.5 15 0.59 39.9 1.57 576.8 22.7 2.99 6.6 1.95 4.3 3/8˝ SD
B33LA15-40 525 40 29.5 15 0.59 39.9 1.57 592 23.3 3.04 6.7 2.0 4.4 3/8˝ SD
B33LA18-48 455 48 35.4 18 0.71 39.9 1.57 587.5 23.1 3.13 6.9 2.09 4.6 3/8˝ SD
B33LA19-55 439 55 40.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 617 24.3 3.36 7.4 2.31 5.1 1/2˝ SD
B33LA19-70 356 70 51.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 677.5 26.7 3.99 8.8 2.95 6.5 1/2˝ SD
B33LA22A-95 237 95 70 22 0.87 47.9 1.9 685.2 27.0 4.17 9.2 3.13 6.9 1/2˝ SD

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002). *Dimensions and weights are with the standard 60V Max/ 2AH Battery

B-Series Cordless Tools 63
Angle Head Tools
11 to 120 Nm

Angle Tool Options

A19 Threaded Output Part No.

Flush Socket 20D100021

A19 Splined Output Part No.

Anti-Vibration 1/2˝ SD 20D100101

Flush Socket 20D100106

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100107

A22A Output Part No.

1/2˝ Square Drive 20D100305

Flush Socket 20D100309

1/2˝ Double-Ended, RH Thread 20D100326

B33 / B44 Batteries Part No.

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

60V MAX/ 2AH Battery 21R209203

60V MAX/ 3AH Battery 21R209204

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

60V MAX/ 20V MAX Fast Charger 21R209402

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Reaction Components Part No.

Optional Flush Socket Drive Optional Double Ended Drive

Reaction Bar (Default) 20K100000

Mounting Flange 20K100300

Base Mount Bracket 20K100500

Suspension Bails Part No.
Handle Options Part No.

Swivel (Horizontal) 20K200000

Barcode Scanner 20H106201

Standard (Vertical) A3061

Zigbee Radio 20H106203

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length* Weight w/ Battery* Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B44LA19-55 573 55 40.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 715.3 28.2 5.2 11.5 3.94 8.69 1/2” SD
B44LA19-70 425 70 51.6 19 0.75 47.8 1.9 715.3 28.2 5.2 11.5 3.94 8.69 1/2” SD
B44LA22A-95 328 95 70 22 0.87 47.9 1.9 723.0 28.5 5.4 11.9 4.11 9.06 1/2” SD
B44LA22A-120 243 120 88.5 22 0.87 47.9 1.9 723.0 28.5 5.4 11.9 4.11 9.06 1/2” SD

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002). *Dimensions and weights are with the standard 60V Max/ 2AH Battery

Sockets and Accessories begin on page 112

64 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Inline Tools
1 to 11 Nm

Inline Tool Options

Output Options Part No.

3/8˝ Square Drive 20D119301

1/4˝ Quick Change 20D119300

1/4˝ Square Drive 20D119302

3/8” SD Socket Lock Pin Part No.

Optional Bail

Standard 20D227800

Rounded (Ball Detent) 20D227801

Reaction Components Part No.

Reaction Bar, Aluminum (Default) 20K100103

Reaction Bar, Steel 20K100104

Spacer 20D217000

Suspension Bails Part No.

Optional Reaction Bar

Standard 1/4” Quick Change Drive

Wire Bail A3061

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Swivel 20K101402

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Optional 3/8” Square Drive

Optional 1/4” Square Drive

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “L” Length Weight w/ Battery Weight w/o Battery Output
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb kg lb Standard Options
B12LB-5 1257 5 3.7 17.8 0.7 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LB-8 873 8 5.9 17.8 0.7 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LB-11 602 11 8.1 17.8 0.7 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LP-5 1257 5 3.7 20.4 0.8 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LP-8 873 8 5.9 20.4 0.8 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD
B12LP-11 602 11 8.1 20.4 0.8 423.5 16.7 1.45 3.21 0.82 1.81 1/4˝QC 1/4˝SD or 3/8˝ SD

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

B-Series Cordless Tools 65
Tubenut / Crowfoot Tools
2.6 to 50 Nm

Two Hand Anti Tiedown Options (Tubenut & Crowfoot)

2-Hand Anti Tiedown Part No.
Tubenut

B23/B33 20H106405

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Nose Radius “T” Thickness “W” Width “P” Length “L” Length Weight Maximum Hex Size Maximum Tube Size
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in
B23LT252-21 260 21 15.5 13 0.52 14 0.54 42 1.66 56 2.20 525 20.7 2.5 5.6 13 1/2 9.3 0.37 B23LT346-23 250 23 16.9 13 0.52 14 0.56 42 1.66 34 1.34 644 25.4 2.4 5.3 13 0.5 9.4 0.37 B23LT74-30 305 30 22.1 18 0.73 14 0.56 48 1.88 44 1.72 657 25.9 2.5 5.6 18 11/16 11.6 0.46 B23LT473-31 195 31 22.9 18 0.73 14 0.56 48 1.88 39 1.53 593 23.3 2.4 5.3 18 11/16 11.6 0.46 B23LT264-38 150 38 28.0 21 0.84 18 0.70 54 2.13 77 3.03 665 26.2 2.5 5.6 24 15/16 18.2 0.72 B23LT264-50 100 50 36.9 21 0.84 18 0.70 54 2.13 77 3.03 648 25.5 2.5 5.6 24 15/16 18.2 0.72 B33LT264-50 267 50 36.9 21 0.84 18 0.7 54 2.13 77 3.03 671.5 26.44 2.27 5 24 15/16 18.2 0.72 B44LT99-62 299 62 45.7 26 1.04 19 0.77 75 2.94 65 2.55 715.5 28.17 3.95 8.7 27 1-1/16 19 .755

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

Crowfoot

P Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Nose Radius “T” Thickness “W” Width “P” Length “L” Length Weight Maximum Hex Size
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm in
B23LC550-13 460 13 9.6 13 0.5 9 0.37 25 1.00 77 3.05 629 24.8 2.5 5.6 13 0.5 B23LC624-14 478 14 10.3 21 0.81 14 0.55 38 1.5 75 2.95 582.2 22.92 2.4 5.3 19 0.75 B23LC390-15 335 15 11 11 0.43 16 0.63 22 0.87 51 1.99 642 25.3 2.4 5.3 13 0.5 B23LC477-15 383 15 11.1 12 0.47 16 0.63 32 1.25 161 6.33 714.3 28.12 2.6 5.73 13 0.5 B23LC501-18 340 18 13.3 13 0.52 17 0.65 38 1.48 123 4.85 728.5 28.68 2.27 5 15 0.625 B23LC216-26 225 26 19.1 13 0.5 14 0.56 30 1.19 47 1.86 660 26 2.4 5.3 13 0.5 B23LC521-30 180 30 22.1 13 0.5 16 0.63 32 1.25 45 1.76 611 24 2.5 5.6 13 0.5 B23LC29-37 160 37 27.3 21 0.81 14 0.56 38 1.50 43 1.70 590 23.2 2.5 5.6 19 0.75 B23LC566-38 155 38 28.0 21 0.81 21 0.81 38 1.50 43 1.70 593 23.3 2.4 5.3 19 0.75 B33LC601-65 237 65 47.9 21 0.81 17 0.66 38 1.5 71 2.78 780.5 30.73 2.72 6 19 0.75

66 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Hold and Drive Tools
8.4 to 42 Nm

Standard Start Trigger Lever Position

Barcode Scanner Option or 802.15.4 Radio Option

Foot position in relation to the lever can be built in 90 degree intervals (standard build shown)

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Travel
Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard
B23LH18V1-42 200 42 31 18 0.69 109 4.28 590 23.2 2 4.5 1˝ Tang
B23LH18V2-42 200 42 31 18 0.69 109 4.28 590 23.2 2.2 4.9 2˝ Tang
B23LH22AV1-80 103 80 59 22 0.87 115.06 4.53 612.8 24.1 3 6.6 1" Tang
B23LH22AV2-80 103 80 59 22 0.87 148.2 5.84 612.8 24.1 3.2 7.1 2" Tang

Total vibration emission value: <2.5 m/sec² (ISO 28927-2:2009); Sound pressure level at work station LpA (ref 20μPa) is < 70dB(A) (ISO 15744-2002).

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

Hold and Drive Options

A Bit holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

A Tang holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

Typical Tang Options
Typical Tang Options

Male Hex

Female Torx

Travel Reach

Reach

Travel

Male Torx

Bolt/ Tang Nut Tang holder

Female Hex

Bolt Nut

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Rectangular

Minimum socket size to clear holder

NOTE: The bolt can extend beyond the nut no more than the specified travel distance when tightened.

B-Series Cordless Tools 67
Image
Image
Image
Powered by DEWALT
DEWALT Lithium Batteries and Chargers
DEWALT 20V, 2 AH AND 5 AH (18 VOLT, 5AH EUROPEAN MODEL) PLATFORM
» Estimated 2,200 fastening cycles per charge for 5 Ah*
» 3-LED Fuel Gauge indicator for immediate feedback on state of charge
DEWALT 60V, 2 AH AND 3 AH (54 VOLT, 2 AH EUROPEAN MODEL) PLATFORM
» Estimated 3,300 fastening cycles per charge for 2 Ah*
» 3-LED Fuel Gauge indicator for immediate feedback on state of charge

STANLEY Assembly Technologies cordless tools ship with one battery pack and one charger (North America only). Additional battery packs and chargers may be ordered separately:

ITEM DESCRIPTION

21R209202 20V Battery Pack, 2 Ah

N. AMERICA (NA)

21R209205 20V Battery Pack, 5 Ah

21R209402 20V / 60V Battery Charger

21R209203 60V, 2 Ah / 20V, 6 Ah Battery Pack

21R209204 60V, 3 Ah / 20V, 9 Ah Battery Pack

N566456 Battery Pack, 18V 2 Ah

E008 500 Battery Pack, 18V, 5 Ah

N630880 Charger 18V/54V/SINGLE/DCB118-QW

EUROPE

N630919 Battery 54, 2 Ah/18V, 6 Ah -108Wh-DCB546-XJ

N630923 Battery 54, 3 Ah/18V, 9 Ah -162Wh-DCB547-XJ

N630885 Charger, 18V/54V/SINGLE/DCB118-UK

N630892 Charger, 18V/54V/DOUBLE/DCB132-Europe

N630896 Charger, 18V/54V/DOUBLE/DCB132-UK

OPTIONS**

Barcode Scanner 802.15.4 Radio

B12 Pistol Grip 20H106100 B12 Pistol Grip 20H106102
B12 Push-to-Start Pistol 20H106101 B12 Push-to-Start Pistol 20H106103
B12 Lever Style 20H106300 B12 Lever Style 20H106301
B23 Lever Style 20H106200 B23 Lever Style 20H106202
B33/B44 Lever Style 20H106201 B33/B44 Lever Style 20H106203

Barcode Scanner Option 802.15.4 Wireless Radio Option

ACCESSORIES
Programming Cable 20C206600

Programming Cable

*Dependent on application and joint rate **QPM Cordless tool can accommodate one option (e.g., a barcode scanner OR an IEEE 802.15.4 radio

68 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Shown: 21R209204 — DEWALT 60V, 3 Ah / 20V, 9Ah Battery Pack, NA
Shown: 21R209205 — DEWALT 20V, 5 Ah Battery Pack, NA
Shown: 21R209402 — DEWALT 20V / 60V Battery Charger, NA
PROTECTIVE BOOT COVERS
20R215400 for 20V / 5 Ah battery pack 20R215401 for 20V / 2 Ah battery pack
B-Series Cordless Tool Batteries 69
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Option/Accessory Quick Reference Chart
EB Series (Corded Tools) B Series (Cordless Tools)
Lever Pistol Lever Pistol Angle Inline Angle Inline
Accessory
EB12 EB22/33 EB34/44 EB45/55 EB12 EB22/33 EB34/44 EB45/55 EB12 B12 B23/33 B44 B12 B12

6 - 13 Nm 13 - 60 Nm 55 - 120 Nm 120 - 400 Nm 2 - 14 Nm 16 - 40 Nm 55 - 120 Nm 140 - 2000 Nm 2 - 14 Nm 8 - 16 Nm 12 - 95 Nm 55 - 120 Nm 5 - 11 Nm 5 - 11 Nm

Wire (Suspension) Bail Std Opt Opt N/A Std Opt Opt N/A Std Std Opt Opt Std Std
Swivel Bail Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt N/A Opt Opt Opt Opt N/A

Opt (Std only on push to start)

Reaction Bar N/A N/A (Std only over 50 Nm) Std Std Std Std Std Std Opt N/A N/A (Std only over 50 Nm) Std
Rubber Grip Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

N/A (Std only on push to start)

N/A (Std only on push to start)

Headlights N/A Opt (EB33) Opt (EB34) N/A

Opt (EB33) Opt (EB34) N/A Std N/A Opt N/A

Forward Facing Lever N/A Avail Avail Avail N/A Avail Avail Avail N/A Avail Avail N/A Avail N/A
Extended Lever Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail Avail N/A Avail N/A N/A Avail N/A
Two Hand Switch N/A Opt (EB33) Opt Opt N/A Opt (EB33) Opt Opt N/A N/A Opt N/A N/A N/A
Top Exit N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Opt N/A N/A N/A N/A Opt
Barcode Scanner or Zigbee N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt

70 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES QBE CONTROLLERS
QBE Controllers 71
Image
Image
THE QBE CONTROLLER PLATFORM delivers The QBE Controller platform includes
QBE Expert Controller is the premier
QBE Specialist Controller is a Multi-Spindle
QBE Advanced Controller is a Single Spindle
QBE Standard Plus Controller is a Single Spindle
QBE Node Controller is a Single Spindle
QBE Network Node Controller is a Cordless Tool
Ease of Use: QBE Expert, Specialist, Advanced

Specifications

Image
Image
How to Order
STEP 1:  Refer to the matrix on the specific controller page to identify the Model Number and Options based requirements.
STEP 2:  Select a power cord by the supply voltage and country, if required. Or select No Power Cord.
Power Cord Description Part No.
Power Cord Description Part No.

Argentina Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C105202

UK Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102202

Australia Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102103

Power Distribution Panel Cord, 1m 20C203401

Brazil Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102104

Power Distribution Panel Cord, 2m 20C203402

China Power Cord 230V, 2m 21C103905

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 2m 20C103802

Euro Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102102

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 4m 20C103804

Japan Power Cord 125V, 2m 20C102101

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 7m 20C103807

Japan Power Cord 250V, 2m 20C102105

Twist Lock Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C106302

US Power Cord 115V, 2m 20C102002

Twist Lock Power Cord 230V, 7m 20C106307

US Power Cord 115V, 7m 20C102007

GFI 30ma 250V Assembly for Europe 21E102300

US Power Cord 230V, 2m 21C103902

India Power Cord 250V, 2m 20C102106

PLINTH
STEP 3:  A plinth is selected as standard. If no plinth is required, select No Plinth.

• Quick-change mounting by hand

STEP 4: Select I/O Cable options, if required.

• Cable management and routing

I/O Mating Connector Description Standard/ Optional Part No.

24V I/O Mating Connector, Phoenix for Basic Alpha Standard 21C104806

FLOOR STAND • Top row of controllers require a 90° Extension.

24V I/O Mating Connector, Solder Cup (Standard, Advanced, Expert, Network Node) Standard 21C104800

24V I/O Mating Connector, Crimp Pins (Standard, Advanced, Expert, Network Node) Optional 21C104802

24V I/O Mating Connector, Crimp Pins, with Crimp Tool (Standard, Advanced, Expert, Network Node) Optional 21C104804

5M, 24V I/O Ext. Cable (I/O Connector to Pigtail) Optional 21C202005

• See pages 52-55 for Cable Options

20M, 24V I/O Ext. Cable (I/O Connector to Pigtail) Optional 21C202010

10M, 24V I/O Ext. Cable (I/O Connector to Pigtail) Optional 21C202020

I/O Bracket Assembly, 19-Pin to Phoenix Optional 21E102202

STEP 5: Select a floor stand, if required.
Floor Stand Description No. of Spindles Dimensions Part No.

Floor Stand Kit 1 to 6 198H x 61W x 56D cm 21F100404

Assembled System with Floor Stand 1 to 6 78H x 24W x 22D in Add /F to Model No.

Floor Stand Kit 7 to 12 198H x 61W x 88D cm 21F100402

Assembled System with Floor Stand 7 to 12 78H x 24W x 34.5D in Add /F to Model No.

Please Note: If UL or CSA certification are required, please contact the STANLEY team to have this quoted to you.
QBE Controllers 73
QBE Expert Controller
QBE Expert Controller is the premier Multi-Spindle Controller
BENEFITS:
• Large Touchscreen, Color Display and Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC, tablet, or smart phone
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• One Network Connection for Multiple Spindles

• Operates as a Standalone Controller or as the Lead Controller of a multiple (fixtured) system

• Manages up to 24 trailing spindles (Advanced or Nodes) or Cordless Tools

• A maximum of 15 Cordless Connections are supported

• An 802.11 b/g/n wireless access point for B-Series Cordless Tools to connect as trailing spindles

• Stores Trace Data for 30,000 Fastening Cycles for Corded Tools

• 255 jobs, 99 tasks, 12 steps including smart steps and all advanced strategies

• Includes a USB port, a plant network Ethernet port, a Spindle network Ethernet port, a Serial port, and an emulated PLC function

• Embedded Modbus TCP

• Fieldbus options: Profibus, Profinet, DeviceNet and Ethernet IP

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Spindles 1-24 connect using an isolated Ethernet Spindle Network
Ready
Ready
Ready
Fault
Fault
Fault

74 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Description
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
2 Programmable and Tool Ready LEDs
8 11 9
3 Display
4 Function Keys with Active Label Above
5 Maintenance Due Indicator
POWER USB
6 Numeric Keypad to Enter Numbers or Select Options
7 Cursor Keys with Center Button to Expand Lists
ETHERNET
SPINDLE
8 Power Switch
9 Alpha Toolbox Connector
10 USB Port for Data Transfer
11 Tool Connector
COM PORT
12 Plant Network Ethernet Connector
13 Spindle Network Ethernet Connector
14 24V DC Input/Output Connector
115/230VAC 50/60HZ 10 AMP 1/N/PE~
15 Optional Master DeviceNet Connector
! WARNING ! AVERTISSMENT

PROTECTED BY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING US PATENTS: 5,315,501 5,637,968 6,516,896

ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD To prevent injury disconnect power cord before removing cover
RISQUE DE DECHARGE ELECTRIQUE

Pour empecher des dommages debranches le cordon de secteur avant d enlever la couverture

16 Serial Port Connector
17 Power Input
18 Optional Fieldbus Connector(s)
Alpha Toolbox
Modbus/TCP
24V DC I/O
Ethernet
Serial
Standard Features
All Models      

Note: M12 Ethernet port available upon request. Contact STANLEY for more details.

M12 EtherNet/ IP ports
EtherNet/IP
PROFINET
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Alpha Model Number for Optional Features
Lead Devicenet
Available
GM Ports
QB4101-MGV   QB4101-MXV  QB4101-XEV  QB4101-XDV  QB4101-XGV  QB4101-XMV   QB4101-XNV  QB4101-XPV  QB4101-XXV
QBE Controllers 75
Image
Image
Image
QBE Specialist Controller
QBE Specialist Controller is a Multi-Spindle and Cordless Tool Controller
BENEFITS:
• Large Touchscreen, Color Display and Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC, tablet, or smart phone
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• Large touchscreen, color display and on-screen keypad

• Operates as the Lead Controller of a multiple (fixtured) system and manages up to 24 trailing spindles (Advanced or Nodes) or Cordless Tools

• A maximum of 15 Cordless Connections are supported

• 802.11 b/g/n and 802.15.4 (Option) wireless access point for B-Series Cordless Tools to connect as trailing spindles

• Includes a USB port, a plant network Ethernet port, a Spindle network Ethernet port, a Serial port, fieldbus options, and an emulated PLC function

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Spindles 1-24 connect using an isolated Ethernet Spindle Network
Ready
Ready
Ready
Fault
Fault
Fault

76 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
QB5100-MGV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-MXV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-XDV
QB5100-XEV
QB5100-XGV
QB5100-XMV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-XNV
QB5100-XPV
QB5100-XXV
QB5300-XXV IEEE 802.15.4

Specifications

Image
Image
Image
QBE Advanced Controller
QBE Advanced Controller is a Single Spindle Controller or a Lead Controller for a Dual-Spindle System
BENEFITS:
• Color Display with Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC through Ethernet
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• Two-line color display and soft key keypad

• Operates as a Standalone Controller or as part of a dual spindle system

• The Advanced controller can control up to 2 spindles including its own (typically Nodes or Advanced controllers can be used)

• Stores Trace Data for 30,000 Fastening Cycles

• 255 jobs, 99 tasks, 12 steps including smart steps and all advanced strategies

• Includes a USB port and 2 Ethernet ports, a Serial port, fieldbus options, an integrated PLC

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Ready
Fault
Dual Spindle Operation

78 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Description
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
2 Programmable and Tool Ready LEDs
8 11 9
3 Display
4 Function Keys with Active Label Above
5 Maintenance Due Indicator
POWER USB
6 Numeric Keypad to Enter Numbers or Select Options
7 Cursor Keys with Center Button to Expand Lists
ETHERNET
8 Power Switch
9 Alpha Toolbox Connector
10 USB Port for Data Transfer
11 Tool Connector
COM PORT
12 Plant / Spindle Network Ethernet Connectors
13 24V DC Input/Output Connector
14 Optional Master DeviceNet Connector
115/230VAC 50/60HZ 10 AMP 1/N/PE~
15 Serial Port Connector
! WARNING ! AVERTISSMENT

PROTECTED BY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING US PATENTS: 5,315,501 5,637,968 6,516,896

ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD To prevent injury disconnect power cord before removing cover
RISQUE DE DECHARGE ELECTRIQUE

Pour empecher des dommages debranches le cordon de secteur avant d enlever la couverture

16 Power Input
17 Optional Fieldbus Connector(s)
Alpha Toolbox
Modbus/TCP
24V DC I/O
Ethernet
Serial
Standard Features
All Models      

Note: M12 Ethernet port available upon request. Contact STANLEY for more details.

M12 EtherNet/ IP ports
EtherNet/IP
PROFINET
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Alpha Model Number for Optional Features
Lead Devicenet
Available
GM Ports
QB3101-MGV   QB3101-MXV  QB3101-XDV  QB3101-XEV  QB3101-XGV  QB3101-XMV   QB3101-XNV  QB3101-XPV  QB3101-XXV
QBE Controllers 79
Image
Image
Image
Color Display with Keypad
QBE Standard Plus Controller
QBE Standard Plus Controller is a Single Spindle
QB2201

Specifications

Image
Image
Controller used for trailing spindles in Multiple
QBE Node Controller
QBE Node Controller is a Single Spindle
QB0101

Specifications

Image
Controller for up to 6 B-Series Cordless Tools
QBE Network Node Controller
QBE Network Node Controller is a Cordless Tool
IEEE 802.15.4 wireless option communication to Network Node (QB0301)
QB0201 IEEE 802.11 b/g/n
QB0301

Specifications

Image
STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES QBE CONTROLLERS
QBE Controllers 71
Image
Image
THE QBE CONTROLLER PLATFORM delivers The QBE Controller platform includes
QBE Expert Controller is the premier
QBE Specialist Controller is a Multi-Spindle
QBE Advanced Controller is a Single Spindle
QBE Standard Plus Controller is a Single Spindle
QBE Node Controller is a Single Spindle
QBE Network Node Controller is a Cordless Tool
Ease of Use: QBE Expert, Specialist, Advanced

Specifications

Image
Image
How to Order
STEP 1:  Refer to the matrix on the specific controller page to identify the Model Number and Options based requirements.
STEP 2:  Select a power cord by the supply voltage and country, if required. Or select No Power Cord.
Power Cord Description Part No.
Power Cord Description Part No.

Argentina Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C105202

UK Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102202

Australia Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102103

Power Distribution Panel Cord, 1m 20C203401

Brazil Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102104

Power Distribution Panel Cord, 2m 20C203402

China Power Cord 230V, 2m 21C103905

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 2m 20C103802

Euro Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C102102

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 4m 20C103804

Japan Power Cord 125V, 2m 20C102101

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 7m 20C103807

Japan Power Cord 250V, 2m 20C102105

Twist Lock Power Cord 230V, 2m 20C106302

US Power Cord 115V, 2m 20C102002

Twist Lock Power Cord 230V, 7m 20C106307

US Power Cord 115V, 7m 20C102007

GFI 30ma 250V Assembly for Europe 21E102300

US Power Cord 230V, 2m 21C103902

India Power Cord 250V, 2m 20C102106

PLINTH
STEP 3:  A plinth is selected as standard. If no plinth is required, select No Plinth.

• Quick-change mounting by hand

STEP 4: Select I/O Cable options, if required.

• Cable management and routing

I/O Mating Connector Description Standard/ Optional Part No.

24V I/O Mating Connector, Phoenix for Basic Alpha Standard 21C104806

FLOOR STAND • Top row of controllers require a 90° Extension.

24V I/O Mating Connector, Solder Cup (Standard, Advanced, Expert, Network Node) Standard 21C104800

24V I/O Mating Connector, Crimp Pins (Standard, Advanced, Expert, Network Node) Optional 21C104802

24V I/O Mating Connector, Crimp Pins, with Crimp Tool (Standard, Advanced, Expert, Network Node) Optional 21C104804

5M, 24V I/O Ext. Cable (I/O Connector to Pigtail) Optional 21C202005

• See pages 52-55 for Cable Options

20M, 24V I/O Ext. Cable (I/O Connector to Pigtail) Optional 21C202010

10M, 24V I/O Ext. Cable (I/O Connector to Pigtail) Optional 21C202020

I/O Bracket Assembly, 19-Pin to Phoenix Optional 21E102202

STEP 5: Select a floor stand, if required.
Floor Stand Description No. of Spindles Dimensions Part No.

Floor Stand Kit 1 to 6 198H x 61W x 56D cm 21F100404

Assembled System with Floor Stand 1 to 6 78H x 24W x 22D in Add /F to Model No.

Floor Stand Kit 7 to 12 198H x 61W x 88D cm 21F100402

Assembled System with Floor Stand 7 to 12 78H x 24W x 34.5D in Add /F to Model No.

Please Note: If UL or CSA certification are required, please contact the STANLEY team to have this quoted to you.
QBE Controllers 73
QBE Expert Controller
QBE Expert Controller is the premier Multi-Spindle Controller
BENEFITS:
• Large Touchscreen, Color Display and Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC, tablet, or smart phone
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• One Network Connection for Multiple Spindles

• Operates as a Standalone Controller or as the Lead Controller of a multiple (fixtured) system

• Manages up to 24 trailing spindles (Advanced or Nodes) or Cordless Tools

• A maximum of 15 Cordless Connections are supported

• An 802.11 b/g/n wireless access point for B-Series Cordless Tools to connect as trailing spindles

• Stores Trace Data for 30,000 Fastening Cycles for Corded Tools

• 255 jobs, 99 tasks, 12 steps including smart steps and all advanced strategies

• Includes a USB port, a plant network Ethernet port, a Spindle network Ethernet port, a Serial port, and an emulated PLC function

• Embedded Modbus TCP

• Fieldbus options: Profibus, Profinet, DeviceNet and Ethernet IP

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Spindles 1-24 connect using an isolated Ethernet Spindle Network
Ready
Ready
Ready
Fault
Fault
Fault

74 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Description
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
2 Programmable and Tool Ready LEDs
8 11 9
3 Display
4 Function Keys with Active Label Above
5 Maintenance Due Indicator
POWER USB
6 Numeric Keypad to Enter Numbers or Select Options
7 Cursor Keys with Center Button to Expand Lists
ETHERNET
SPINDLE
8 Power Switch
9 Alpha Toolbox Connector
10 USB Port for Data Transfer
11 Tool Connector
COM PORT
12 Plant Network Ethernet Connector
13 Spindle Network Ethernet Connector
14 24V DC Input/Output Connector
115/230VAC 50/60HZ 10 AMP 1/N/PE~
15 Optional Master DeviceNet Connector
! WARNING ! AVERTISSMENT

PROTECTED BY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING US PATENTS: 5,315,501 5,637,968 6,516,896

ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD To prevent injury disconnect power cord before removing cover
RISQUE DE DECHARGE ELECTRIQUE

Pour empecher des dommages debranches le cordon de secteur avant d enlever la couverture

16 Serial Port Connector
17 Power Input
18 Optional Fieldbus Connector(s)
Alpha Toolbox
Modbus/TCP
24V DC I/O
Ethernet
Serial
Standard Features
All Models      

Note: M12 Ethernet port available upon request. Contact STANLEY for more details.

M12 EtherNet/ IP ports
EtherNet/IP
PROFINET
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Alpha Model Number for Optional Features
Lead Devicenet
Available
GM Ports
QB4101-MGV   QB4101-MXV  QB4101-XEV  QB4101-XDV  QB4101-XGV  QB4101-XMV   QB4101-XNV  QB4101-XPV  QB4101-XXV
QBE Controllers 75
Image
Image
Image
QBE Specialist Controller
QBE Specialist Controller is a Multi-Spindle and Cordless Tool Controller
BENEFITS:
• Large Touchscreen, Color Display and Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC, tablet, or smart phone
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• Large touchscreen, color display and on-screen keypad

• Operates as the Lead Controller of a multiple (fixtured) system and manages up to 24 trailing spindles (Advanced or Nodes) or Cordless Tools

• A maximum of 15 Cordless Connections are supported

• 802.11 b/g/n and 802.15.4 (Option) wireless access point for B-Series Cordless Tools to connect as trailing spindles

• Includes a USB port, a plant network Ethernet port, a Spindle network Ethernet port, a Serial port, fieldbus options, and an emulated PLC function

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Spindles 1-24 connect using an isolated Ethernet Spindle Network
Ready
Ready
Ready
Fault
Fault
Fault

76 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
QB5100-MGV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-MXV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-XDV
QB5100-XEV
QB5100-XGV
QB5100-XMV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-XNV
QB5100-XPV
QB5100-XXV
QB5300-XXV IEEE 802.15.4

Specifications

Image
Image
Image
QBE Advanced Controller
QBE Advanced Controller is a Single Spindle Controller or a Lead Controller for a Dual-Spindle System
BENEFITS:
• Color Display with Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC through Ethernet
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• Two-line color display and soft key keypad

• Operates as a Standalone Controller or as part of a dual spindle system

• The Advanced controller can control up to 2 spindles including its own (typically Nodes or Advanced controllers can be used)

• Stores Trace Data for 30,000 Fastening Cycles

• 255 jobs, 99 tasks, 12 steps including smart steps and all advanced strategies

• Includes a USB port and 2 Ethernet ports, a Serial port, fieldbus options, an integrated PLC

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Ready
Fault
Dual Spindle Operation

78 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Description
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
2 Programmable and Tool Ready LEDs
8 11 9
3 Display
4 Function Keys with Active Label Above
5 Maintenance Due Indicator
POWER USB
6 Numeric Keypad to Enter Numbers or Select Options
7 Cursor Keys with Center Button to Expand Lists
ETHERNET
8 Power Switch
9 Alpha Toolbox Connector
10 USB Port for Data Transfer
11 Tool Connector
COM PORT
12 Plant / Spindle Network Ethernet Connectors
13 24V DC Input/Output Connector
14 Optional Master DeviceNet Connector
115/230VAC 50/60HZ 10 AMP 1/N/PE~
15 Serial Port Connector
! WARNING ! AVERTISSMENT

PROTECTED BY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING US PATENTS: 5,315,501 5,637,968 6,516,896

ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD To prevent injury disconnect power cord before removing cover
RISQUE DE DECHARGE ELECTRIQUE

Pour empecher des dommages debranches le cordon de secteur avant d enlever la couverture

16 Power Input
17 Optional Fieldbus Connector(s)
Alpha Toolbox
Modbus/TCP
24V DC I/O
Ethernet
Serial
Standard Features
All Models      

Note: M12 Ethernet port available upon request. Contact STANLEY for more details.

M12 EtherNet/ IP ports
EtherNet/IP
PROFINET
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Alpha Model Number for Optional Features
Lead Devicenet
Available
GM Ports
QB3101-MGV   QB3101-MXV  QB3101-XDV  QB3101-XEV  QB3101-XGV  QB3101-XMV   QB3101-XNV  QB3101-XPV  QB3101-XXV
QBE Controllers 79
Image
Image
Image
Color Display with Keypad
QBE Standard Plus Controller
QBE Standard Plus Controller is a Single Spindle
QB2201

Specifications

Image
Image
Controller used for trailing spindles in Multiple
QBE Node Controller
QBE Node Controller is a Single Spindle
QB0101

Specifications

Image
Controller for up to 6 B-Series Cordless Tools
QBE Network Node Controller
QBE Network Node Controller is a Cordless Tool
IEEE 802.15.4 wireless option communication to Network Node (QB0301)
QB0201 IEEE 802.11 b/g/n
QB0301

Specifications

Image
QB Spindle Disconnect Controllers
Node QB0111
Advanced QB3111-XXX
Expert QB4111-XXX
on an Advanced controller use QB3111-XPV to get the

Specifications

Alpha Toolbox Software
STANLEY Assembly Technologies – Alpha Toolbox Software for QBE Controllers
Alpha Toolbox, included in every QBE Controller, is used to program strategies, collect fastening cycle and trace data, and perform online diagnostics of the tool and controller. This powerful software utility enables:

• Tool configuration

• Tool diagnostics

• Data collection and maintenance intervals

• Advanced user integration

BENEFITS:

• No set-up is required

• Intuitive and Easy to Use

• Flexible Connectivity

QBE Controllers include a dedicated Alpha Toolbox port. This browser based software is executed from an Ethernet connection to the controller or wirelessly on a tablet, PC or phone. Simply connect a computer to the port, type “ATB.QPM” into a web browser and the software is available for use. The Wizard provided by STANLEY, offers an easy method to control programming directly from the keypad on the controller or with Alpha Toolbox. Users can also take advantage of advanced programming using Alpha Toolbox or Alpha Gateway software with a computer. For advanced, multiple tool systems, Alpha Toolbox includes a PLC Editor for easy integration.

84 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
QBE Expert Controller
QBE Expert Controller is the premier Multi-Spindle Controller
BENEFITS:
• Large Touchscreen, Color Display and Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC, tablet, or smart phone
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• One Network Connection for Multiple Spindles

• Operates as a Standalone Controller or as the Lead Controller of a multiple (fixtured) system

• Manages up to 24 trailing spindles (Advanced or Nodes) or Cordless Tools

• A maximum of 15 Cordless Connections are supported

• An 802.11 b/g/n wireless access point for B-Series Cordless Tools to connect as trailing spindles

• Stores Trace Data for 30,000 Fastening Cycles for Corded Tools

• 255 jobs, 99 tasks, 12 steps including smart steps and all advanced strategies

• Includes a USB port, a plant network Ethernet port, a Spindle network Ethernet port, a Serial port, and an emulated PLC function

• Embedded Modbus TCP

• Fieldbus options: Profibus, Profinet, DeviceNet and Ethernet IP

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Spindles 1-24 connect using an isolated Ethernet Spindle Network
Ready
Ready
Ready
Fault
Fault
Fault

74 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Description
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
2 Programmable and Tool Ready LEDs
8 11 9
3 Display
4 Function Keys with Active Label Above
5 Maintenance Due Indicator
POWER USB
6 Numeric Keypad to Enter Numbers or Select Options
7 Cursor Keys with Center Button to Expand Lists
ETHERNET
SPINDLE
8 Power Switch
9 Alpha Toolbox Connector
10 USB Port for Data Transfer
11 Tool Connector
COM PORT
12 Plant Network Ethernet Connector
13 Spindle Network Ethernet Connector
14 24V DC Input/Output Connector
115/230VAC 50/60HZ 10 AMP 1/N/PE~
15 Optional Master DeviceNet Connector
! WARNING ! AVERTISSMENT

PROTECTED BY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING US PATENTS: 5,315,501 5,637,968 6,516,896

ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD To prevent injury disconnect power cord before removing cover
RISQUE DE DECHARGE ELECTRIQUE

Pour empecher des dommages debranches le cordon de secteur avant d enlever la couverture

16 Serial Port Connector
17 Power Input
18 Optional Fieldbus Connector(s)
Alpha Toolbox
Modbus/TCP
24V DC I/O
Ethernet
Serial
Standard Features
All Models      

Note: M12 Ethernet port available upon request. Contact STANLEY for more details.

M12 EtherNet/ IP ports
EtherNet/IP
PROFINET
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Alpha Model Number for Optional Features
Lead Devicenet
Available
GM Ports
QB4101-MGV   QB4101-MXV  QB4101-XEV  QB4101-XDV  QB4101-XGV  QB4101-XMV   QB4101-XNV  QB4101-XPV  QB4101-XXV
QBE Controllers 75
Image
Image
Image
QBE Specialist Controller
QBE Specialist Controller is a Multi-Spindle and Cordless Tool Controller
BENEFITS:
• Large Touchscreen, Color Display and Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC, tablet, or smart phone
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• Large touchscreen, color display and on-screen keypad

• Operates as the Lead Controller of a multiple (fixtured) system and manages up to 24 trailing spindles (Advanced or Nodes) or Cordless Tools

• A maximum of 15 Cordless Connections are supported

• 802.11 b/g/n and 802.15.4 (Option) wireless access point for B-Series Cordless Tools to connect as trailing spindles

• Includes a USB port, a plant network Ethernet port, a Spindle network Ethernet port, a Serial port, fieldbus options, and an emulated PLC function

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Spindles 1-24 connect using an isolated Ethernet Spindle Network
Ready
Ready
Ready
Fault
Fault
Fault

76 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
QB5100-MGV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-MXV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-XDV
QB5100-XEV
QB5100-XGV
QB5100-XMV IEEE 802.11
QB5100-XNV
QB5100-XPV
QB5100-XXV
QB5300-XXV IEEE 802.15.4

Specifications

Image
Image
Image
QBE Advanced Controller
QBE Advanced Controller is a Single Spindle Controller or a Lead Controller for a Dual-Spindle System
BENEFITS:
• Color Display with Keypad
• Quick Set-up from the Controller Keypad, or with a PC through Ethernet
• Alpha Toolbox, STANLEY’s web-based software for programming, collecting data and performing diagnostics
• Less training, less inventory and spare parts: STANLEY offers the same Controller platform for Cordless B-Series Battery Tools as well as Corded Handheld and Fixtured EB-Series, E-Series and EA-Series Tools
TECHNICAL FEATURES:

• Two-line color display and soft key keypad

• Operates as a Standalone Controller or as part of a dual spindle system

• The Advanced controller can control up to 2 spindles including its own (typically Nodes or Advanced controllers can be used)

• Stores Trace Data for 30,000 Fastening Cycles

• 255 jobs, 99 tasks, 12 steps including smart steps and all advanced strategies

• Includes a USB port and 2 Ethernet ports, a Serial port, fieldbus options, an integrated PLC

• 24V DC I/O, 8 Inputs / 8 Outputs, assignable

Ready
Fault
Dual Spindle Operation

78 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Description
1 Red, Green, Yellow LEDs for Limits Evaluation
2 Programmable and Tool Ready LEDs
8 11 9
3 Display
4 Function Keys with Active Label Above
5 Maintenance Due Indicator
POWER USB
6 Numeric Keypad to Enter Numbers or Select Options
7 Cursor Keys with Center Button to Expand Lists
ETHERNET
8 Power Switch
9 Alpha Toolbox Connector
10 USB Port for Data Transfer
11 Tool Connector
COM PORT
12 Plant / Spindle Network Ethernet Connectors
13 24V DC Input/Output Connector
14 Optional Master DeviceNet Connector
115/230VAC 50/60HZ 10 AMP 1/N/PE~
15 Serial Port Connector
! WARNING ! AVERTISSMENT

PROTECTED BY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING US PATENTS: 5,315,501 5,637,968 6,516,896

ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD To prevent injury disconnect power cord before removing cover
RISQUE DE DECHARGE ELECTRIQUE

Pour empecher des dommages debranches le cordon de secteur avant d enlever la couverture

16 Power Input
17 Optional Fieldbus Connector(s)
Alpha Toolbox
Modbus/TCP
24V DC I/O
Ethernet
Serial
Standard Features
All Models      

Note: M12 Ethernet port available upon request. Contact STANLEY for more details.

M12 EtherNet/ IP ports
EtherNet/IP
PROFINET
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Alpha Model Number for Optional Features
Lead Devicenet
Available
GM Ports
QB3101-MGV   QB3101-MXV  QB3101-XDV  QB3101-XEV  QB3101-XGV  QB3101-XMV   QB3101-XNV  QB3101-XPV  QB3101-XXV
QBE Controllers 79
Image
Image
Image
Color Display with Keypad
QBE Standard Plus Controller
QBE Standard Plus Controller is a Single Spindle
QB2201

Specifications

Image
Image
Controller used for trailing spindles in Multiple
QBE Node Controller
QBE Node Controller is a Single Spindle
QB0101

Specifications

Image
Controller for up to 6 B-Series Cordless Tools
QBE Network Node Controller
QBE Network Node Controller is a Cordless Tool
IEEE 802.15.4 wireless option communication to Network Node (QB0301)
QB0201 IEEE 802.11 b/g/n
QB0301

Specifications

Image
QB Spindle Disconnect Controllers
Node QB0111
Advanced QB3111-XXX
Expert QB4111-XXX
on an Advanced controller use QB3111-XPV to get the

Specifications

Alpha Toolbox Software
STANLEY Assembly Technologies – Alpha Toolbox Software for QBE Controllers
Alpha Toolbox, included in every QBE Controller, is used to program strategies, collect fastening cycle and trace data, and perform online diagnostics of the tool and controller. This powerful software utility enables:

• Tool configuration

• Tool diagnostics

• Data collection and maintenance intervals

• Advanced user integration

BENEFITS:

• No set-up is required

• Intuitive and Easy to Use

• Flexible Connectivity

QBE Controllers include a dedicated Alpha Toolbox port. This browser based software is executed from an Ethernet connection to the controller or wirelessly on a tablet, PC or phone. Simply connect a computer to the port, type “ATB.QPM” into a web browser and the software is available for use. The Wizard provided by STANLEY, offers an easy method to control programming directly from the keypad on the controller or with Alpha Toolbox. Users can also take advantage of advanced programming using Alpha Toolbox or Alpha Gateway software with a computer. For advanced, multiple tool systems, Alpha Toolbox includes a PLC Editor for easy integration.

84 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
AA-Series Tools
THE NEW AA SERIES PNEUMATIC NUTRUNNERS FROM STANLEY OFFERS AN INDUSTRY LEADING RANGE OF CLUTCH SHUT OFF TOOLS PROVIDING TOOL CHOICES THAT IMPROVE ASSEMBLY QUALITY, PRODUCTIVITY AND ERGONOMICS TO ENHANCE ASSEMBLY PROCESSES.

The adjustable clutch on the AA series nutrunners provides a high level of torque control for most general use applications. The tool’s output torque is controlled by adjusting a mechanical spring that provides axial force on steel balls rolling between indented plates. By providing smooth disengagement at a preset torque while minimizing vibration to the operator, these tools are a great choice for fastening applications requiring torque values from 4.5 to 118 Nm.

The same trusted quality outputs as the STANLEY QPM DC tools are used on these AA clutch tools reducing costly complexity and end user spare parts needs. Gearless reverse selection method also reduces parts and complexity for improved Mean Time To Repair (MTTR) and Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF).

AA clutch tools have a free speed air consumption rate of 14.2 liters/second (30 cfm) at 90 PSI (6 Bar).

Revolutionary new clutch measures torque after the gears providing a crisp and accurate shut-off with fewer moving parts
Outputs offer free range of ergonomic adjustments
Exceptionally durable, high- powered reversible motor design.
Gearless reverse selection method on the AA tools
Rear exhaust directs air away from the operator

AA Series Pneumatic Tools conform to ISO standards 28927-2 and 15744 for noise and vibration. Actual vibration of AA23 and AA33 series tools is < 2.5 m/sec . AA23 series tools’ noise was measured at 79 dBA sound pressure levels. AA33 series tools’ noise was measured at 85 dBA sound pressure levels. AA33 series tools’ noise was measured at 96 dBA sound power level.

AA-Series Tools 85
Image
AA Angle Tools
AA23LA14-9 1550 9 6.6 14 0.55 36 1.4 312.6 12.3
AA23LA13-14
AA23LA14-18 840 18 13.3 14 0.55 36 1.4 312.6 12.3
AA33LA14-18 A22 Output Part No.
AA23LA14-22 665 22 16.2 14 0.55 36 1.4 312.6 12.3
AA33LA14-25 1/2˝ Double-Ended 20D100326
AA33LA14-28 500 28 20.7 14 0.55 36 1.4 352.2 13.9
485 30 22.1 18 0.71 39 1.5 315.0 12.4 1.6
AA33 Handle Part No.
AA33LA19-59 335 59 43.5 19 0.75 46.4 1.8 390.8 15.4
AA33LA19-70 250 70 51.6 19 0.75 46.4 1.8 390.8 15.4

Specifications

AA Inline Tools
AA23 Handle Part No.
AA33 Handle Part No.
AA23LB-11 1280 11 8.1 22.7 0.89 328.4 12.9 1.5 3.2
AA23LB-15 990 15 11.1 22.7 0.89 322.4 12.7 1.5 3.2
AA23 Handle Part No.
AA23LB-21 680 21 15.5 22.7 0.89 322.4 12.7 1.5 3.2
AA33LB-32 630 32 23.6 22.7 0.89 350.9 13.8 1.6 3.6
AA33LB-40 500 40 29.5 22.7 0.89 350.9 13.8 1.6 3.6
AA33LB-54 370 54 39.8 22.7 0.89 350.9 13.8 1.6 3.6

Specifications

AA Hold & Drive Tools
14 to 110 Nm

AA Hold & Drive Options

H18 Output Part No.

Socket Options 20D905700

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124600

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124601

Travel

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124602

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124603

H18 Tang Holder Part No.

Tang Holder Options ~20D905601

H18 Bit Holder Part No.

Bit Holder Options ~20D905600

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel 20K101400

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Standard B3432

Mounting Flange-B 20K101000

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Travel
AA23LH18V1-28 485 28 20.7 18 0.71 131.9 5.2 341.7 13.5 1.8 4.0
H22 Output Part No.
25mm (1˝) AA33LH18V1-46 343 46 33.9 18 0.71 131.9 5.2 387.8 15.3 1.9 4.18

Socket Options 20D911000

AA33LH22AV1-99 175 99 73 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103211

AA33LH22AV1-110 141 110 81 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103212

AA23LH18V2-28 485 28 20.7 18 0.71 190.3 7.5 341.7 13.5 1.8 4.0
50mm (2˝) AA33LH18V2-46 343 46 33.9 18 0.71 190.3 7.5 387.8 15.3 1.9 4.18

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103213

AA33LH22AV2-99 175 99 73 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103214

AA33LH22AV2-110 141 110 81 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26
H22 Tang Holder Part No.

Tang Holder Options ~F4287

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

H22 Bit Holder Part No.

Hold & Drive Options

Bit Holder Options 20D911100

A Bit holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

A Tang holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

AA23 Handle Part No.

NPT Air Inlet 20H103700

ISO Air Inlet 20H103701

Typical Tang Options
Typical Tang Options
AA33 Handle Part No.

NPT Air Inlet 20H103800

ISO Air Inlet 20H103801

Female Torx

Reaction Bar Part No.

Male Hex

Travel Reach

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100000

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Reach

Bolt/ Tang Nut Tang holder

Female Hex

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

Travel

Male Torx

Swivel Suspension Bails Part No.

Bolt Nut

Non-Splined 20K101400

Rectangular

Splined 20K200000

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Minimum socket size to clear holder

AA Tool Adjustment Screwdriver 20K401900

NOTE: The bolt can extend beyond the nut no more than the specified travel distance when tightened.

88 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
AA Crowfoot Tools
AA23 Handle Part No.
AA33 Handle Part No.
AA23LC550-10 950 10 7.4 13 0.5 9 0.37 25 1
AA23LC106-13 745 13 9.6 12.7 0.50 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
AA23LC550-14 655 14 10.3 13 0.5 9 0.37 25 1
AA23LC8-14 745 14 10.3 13 0.5 16 0.64 25 1
AA23LC385-17 540 17 12.5 11.9 0.47 15.9 0.63 31.8 1.25
AA23LC308-19 505 19 14 13.5 0.53 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA23LC297-21 450 21 15.5 16.0 0.63 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA23LC66-21 450 21 15.5 16.0 0.63 21.3 0.84 31.8 1.25
AA23LC521-30 285 30 22.1 13.0 0.51 16.0 0.63 32.0 1.25
AA33LC362-25 470 25 18.4 13 0.5 16 0.63 26 1.02
AA33LC516-30 420 30 22.1 13.0 0.51 16.0 0.63 32.0 1.25
AA33LC29-31 390 31 22.9 21.0 0.81 14.0 0.55 38.1 1.50
AA33LC308-31 420 31 22.9 13.5 0.53 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA33LC297-35 370 35 25.8 16.0 0.63 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA33LC484-36 330 36 26.6 16 0.63 21 0.83 32 1.25
AA33LC66-40 325 40 29.5 16.0 0.63 21.3 0.84 31.8 1.25
AA33LC97-47 235 47 34.7 21.6 0.81 21.3 0.84 38.0 1.48
AA33LC506-50 235 50 36.9 33.0 1.30 17.0 0.68 66.0 2.60
AA33LC298-53 250 53 39.1 13.2 0.52 20.9 0.82 38.1 1.50
AA33LC187-54 170 54 39.8 21 0.81 15 0.58 38 1.5
AA33LC162-55 225 55 40.6 13.2 0.52 20.9 0.82 38.1 1.50
AA33LC499-58 210 58 42.8 13.2 0.52 16.5 0.65 38.0 1.48
AA33LC632-64 180 64 47.2 17 0.66 17 0.66 38 1.5
AA33LC31-70 170 70 51.6 20.6 0.81 27.9 1.10 38.1 1.50

Specifications

AA Repair Accessories

AA Tool Motor Service Kits

Descriptions Part Number
AA23 Motor Housing Service Kit 20M103400
AA33 Motor Housing Service Kit 20M103401
AA23 Motor Service Parts (Certified repair center only) 20M103450
AA33 Motor Service Parts (Certified repair center only) 20M103451
AA22 / 33 Handle Rebuild Kit 20H104800
AA22 / 33 Clutch Service Kit 20G110400
AA22 / 33 Clutch Shut-Off Overhaul Kit 20G110600
AA22 / 33 Clutch Adjuster Overhaul Kit 20G110500
Each of these tools is required to repair the AA motor. It is recommended to buy the complete kit once then any one of the components as needed when they wear out.

AA Motor Repair Tools

Descriptions Part Number
AA Motor Assembly / Disassembly Tool Kit (contains 1-each of the parts below) 20V102400
Motor Assembly Block 20V202001
Rear Bearing Press Tool 20V102300
Motor Bearing Removal Tool 20V202600
Motor Front Bearing Removal Tube 20V203200
Rear Bearing Removal Press Tool 20V201900
Motor Rear Bearing Removal Tube 20V203300

20V102400 AA Motor Repair Tool Kit Parts

Descriptions Part Number
Throttle Seat Install Tool 20V102000
Throttle Lever Install Tool 20V102100
Rear Bearing Press Tool, AA2/3 20V102300
A13-19 Assembly Tool 20V200700
Clutch Cam Assembly Install Tool 20V201400
Rear Brg Removal Press Tool, AA2/3 20V201900
Motor Assembly Block, AA2/3 20V202001
Motor Bearing Removal Tool, AA2/3 20V202600
Throttle Seat Install Plug AA2/3 20V202800
Motor Front Bearing Removal Tube 20V203200
Motor Rear Bearing Removal Tube 20V203300
QPM #3 Gear Case To Angle Head Socket 20V204000

See AA Tool Manual for Use.

90 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

DC Electric Headlight Aim Tools
STANLEY offers durable tools for production headlight aiming systems with models that fit most alignment systems . In production, the operator typically positions one tool each on the horizontal and vertical adjusting screws. The headlight aiming system controls the direction and rotation of the tools to adjust the headlight.

Torque capacity, not critical to the application, ranges from 3 to 11 Nm (24 to 94 lb-in). Each tool includes the specified connector either on the tool end or specified system interface cable.

TOOL DURABILITY MINIMIZES PRODUCTION DOWN TIME

One-piece high strength T7075 aluminum housing as rugged as steel. Tool weighs 1.8 Kg (4 lb) excluding crowfoots.

A RANGE OF MODELS TO FIT YOUR SYSTEM

Connectors and pin-outs that fit different alignment systems. Straight, Right Angle and Crowfoot heads.

Rated Speed Cable Length Connector Drive Output
Model RPM M ft Standard
S30-388 149 0 0 AMP 97-3102A-14S-6P(115) 1/4˝ SD Right Angle
S30-390 224 0 0 AMP 97-3102A-14S-P(115) 1/4˝ Hex Inline

Crowfoot outputs are available upon request.

Specialty Tools 91
COMPLETE ENGINEERED SYSTEMS SOLUTIONS
Complete Engineered Systems Solutions
Single and multi-spindle systems include the complete line of STANLEY DC electric assembly tools. Available features include spindle synchronization, cycle complete operation, absorption of reaction torque and operator feedback with error-proofing options. A complete line of torque tubes and articulating arm systems can balance loads to 500 pounds and maintain torque reaction to 5,000 Nm.

Custom solutions are matched to unique assembly needs using extensive engineering experience, a complete line of assembly spindles, process controllers and tightening strategies. Some examples are flywheel indexing, wheel bearing end play, articulated jibs and high torque crowfoot tools. STANLEY also builds full and semi-automated systems, as well as offline subassembly stations.

Engineered Systems capabilities include custom design and build services, joint analysis, total project management, installation, start-up services and technical support. Our engineers are experts in evaluating your needs and converting them into solutions that improve the productivity, ergonomics and quality of your manufacturing operations. Armed with the skills to anticipate and prevent potential problems, STANLEY designs systems on which you can rely to deliver the performance and reliability you demand.

World-Class Technical Support

As a supplier to the assembly market, STANLEY has developed a global sales and service network to support the manufacturing operations of our customers. STANLEY offers many levels of customer support, from basic maintenance and operator training to full service repair facilities and maintenance service contracts.

94 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
ACCOUNTABILITY — From Turnkey Systems to Components & Support

STANLEY can design custom tailored solutions that meet the specific requirements of your application, your site, and your company’s design standards and specifications.

PRODUCTIVITY — System Optimization Reduces Cycle Times

» Synchronous tightening strategies enable simultaneous assembly using multiple spindle configurations

» Automated and semi-automated tool handling reduces labor

» Faster tools reduce rundown time

» System design optimizes operator motion

QUALITY — Increase and Verify Assembly Quality

» Error proofing ensures complete assembly

» Data collection and interface with plant control systems

» Multi-step and sequenced rundowns use specialized fastening control strategies

» Bar coding enables traceability

ERGONOMICS — Torque Reaction Design Expertise

» Ergonomic solutions improve worker productivity at reduced strain levels

» High-torque applications (up to 5,000 Nm)

» Return on Investment — Lower Total Cost of Ownership

» Lowered costs on materials and labor

» Reduced times for setup, fastening, rework and maintenance

» Increased quality, productivity, ergonomics and flexibility

STANLEY Components and Support Services

STANLEY supports internal project managers with the capability needed for their installations, including tools and controllers, floor-mounted subassembly systems, tool and product handling components, cable management, low cost fixtured kits and other accessories. Support Services include installation supervision, startup support, refurbishment, on and off site calibration, as well as training and field service / repair.

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 95
TURNKEY SYSTEM DESIGN & CONTROL STRATEGIES
Comprehensive Project Management from Proposal to Customer Approval
STANLEY Turnkey Solutions:

• Application engineering

• Comprehensive system design capabilities including estimates, specification, manufacturing and flexible component sourcing

STANLEY OFFERS THESE IMPORTANT ADVANTAGES:

• A menu of standard and customized solutions apply to a wide range of applications

• Integrated supplier (all tools, controllers, accessories, etc., plus design and installation / support services from a single source) for assured, seamless system integration

• Project scheduling

• System integration

• Full project management accountability with single point contact

• Installation / Startup

• PLC Software, custom ladder

• Documentation

• Training

TYPICAL PROJECT MILESTONES:
Customer Approval & Delivery

Parts Ordered Parts Received, Assembled, Tested

System Drawing Submitted for Approval

STANLEY Engineer Designs System

Purchase Order Generated

Project Parameters Determined

Control Strategies Tailored To Your Applications

Whether your tightening applications require a single strategy for assembly to a target torque level or a series of strategies that can monitor material properties and/ or component position, STANLEY gives you the control you need. Each strategy consists of a complete set of parameters to control and / or audit torque, angle, time, speed and power. Multiple strategies advance in sequence, invisible to the operator, or pause the tool briefly to manage direction changes, multiple spindle synchronization or relaxation and crosstalk effects.

EXAMPLE CONTROL STRATEGIES

Yield Control strategies sense change in torque versus angle rate. Torque Recovery overcomes crosstalk on multiple spindles.

96 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

STANLEY SOLUTIONS IN ACTION
Multi-Spindle Fixtured Tools
SEMI-AUTOMATION
TRUNNION MOUNT STYLE
BOLT-HOLDING

Off road final drive assembly machine

Secures fasteners in randomly oriented bolt circle

Holds bolt stationary while securing nut

Custom Configurations
FLYWHEEL INDEXER
Secures torque converter to flywheel ARTICULATED ARMS AND JIBS
HIGH-TORQUE CROWFOOT TOOLS
WHEEL BEARING END-PLAY

Multi-step strategy achieves end play spec

Complete Engineered Systems Solutions 97
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
Image
AA-Series Tools
THE NEW AA SERIES PNEUMATIC NUTRUNNERS FROM STANLEY OFFERS AN INDUSTRY LEADING RANGE OF CLUTCH SHUT OFF TOOLS PROVIDING TOOL CHOICES THAT IMPROVE ASSEMBLY QUALITY, PRODUCTIVITY AND ERGONOMICS TO ENHANCE ASSEMBLY PROCESSES.

The adjustable clutch on the AA series nutrunners provides a high level of torque control for most general use applications. The tool’s output torque is controlled by adjusting a mechanical spring that provides axial force on steel balls rolling between indented plates. By providing smooth disengagement at a preset torque while minimizing vibration to the operator, these tools are a great choice for fastening applications requiring torque values from 4.5 to 118 Nm.

The same trusted quality outputs as the STANLEY QPM DC tools are used on these AA clutch tools reducing costly complexity and end user spare parts needs. Gearless reverse selection method also reduces parts and complexity for improved Mean Time To Repair (MTTR) and Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF).

AA clutch tools have a free speed air consumption rate of 14.2 liters/second (30 cfm) at 90 PSI (6 Bar).

Revolutionary new clutch measures torque after the gears providing a crisp and accurate shut-off with fewer moving parts
Outputs offer free range of ergonomic adjustments
Exceptionally durable, high- powered reversible motor design.
Gearless reverse selection method on the AA tools
Rear exhaust directs air away from the operator

AA Series Pneumatic Tools conform to ISO standards 28927-2 and 15744 for noise and vibration. Actual vibration of AA23 and AA33 series tools is < 2.5 m/sec . AA23 series tools’ noise was measured at 79 dBA sound pressure levels. AA33 series tools’ noise was measured at 85 dBA sound pressure levels. AA33 series tools’ noise was measured at 96 dBA sound power level.

AA-Series Tools 85
Image
AA Angle Tools
AA23LA14-9 1550 9 6.6 14 0.55 36 1.4 312.6 12.3
AA23LA13-14
AA23LA14-18 840 18 13.3 14 0.55 36 1.4 312.6 12.3
AA33LA14-18 A22 Output Part No.
AA23LA14-22 665 22 16.2 14 0.55 36 1.4 312.6 12.3
AA33LA14-25 1/2˝ Double-Ended 20D100326
AA33LA14-28 500 28 20.7 14 0.55 36 1.4 352.2 13.9
485 30 22.1 18 0.71 39 1.5 315.0 12.4 1.6
AA33 Handle Part No.
AA33LA19-59 335 59 43.5 19 0.75 46.4 1.8 390.8 15.4
AA33LA19-70 250 70 51.6 19 0.75 46.4 1.8 390.8 15.4

Specifications

AA Inline Tools
AA23 Handle Part No.
AA33 Handle Part No.
AA23LB-11 1280 11 8.1 22.7 0.89 328.4 12.9 1.5 3.2
AA23LB-15 990 15 11.1 22.7 0.89 322.4 12.7 1.5 3.2
AA23 Handle Part No.
AA23LB-21 680 21 15.5 22.7 0.89 322.4 12.7 1.5 3.2
AA33LB-32 630 32 23.6 22.7 0.89 350.9 13.8 1.6 3.6
AA33LB-40 500 40 29.5 22.7 0.89 350.9 13.8 1.6 3.6
AA33LB-54 370 54 39.8 22.7 0.89 350.9 13.8 1.6 3.6

Specifications

AA Hold & Drive Tools
14 to 110 Nm

AA Hold & Drive Options

H18 Output Part No.

Socket Options 20D905700

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124600

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D124601

Travel

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124602

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D124603

H18 Tang Holder Part No.

Tang Holder Options ~20D905601

H18 Bit Holder Part No.

Bit Holder Options ~20D905600

Suspension Bails Part No.

Wire Bail A3061

Swivel 20K101400

Rated Speed Max Torque “R” Side to Center “H” Head Height “L” Length Weight Output

Standard B3432

Mounting Flange-B 20K101000

Model RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Travel
AA23LH18V1-28 485 28 20.7 18 0.71 131.9 5.2 341.7 13.5 1.8 4.0
H22 Output Part No.
25mm (1˝) AA33LH18V1-46 343 46 33.9 18 0.71 131.9 5.2 387.8 15.3 1.9 4.18

Socket Options 20D911000

AA33LH22AV1-99 175 99 73 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26

1˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103211

AA33LH22AV1-110 141 110 81 22 0.87 143.8 5.7 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26

1˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103212

AA23LH18V2-28 485 28 20.7 18 0.71 190.3 7.5 341.7 13.5 1.8 4.0
50mm (2˝) AA33LH18V2-46 343 46 33.9 18 0.71 190.3 7.5 387.8 15.3 1.9 4.18

2˝ Travel Tang Holder Output 20D103213

AA33LH22AV2-99 175 99 73 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26

2˝ Travel Bit Holder Output 20D103214

AA33LH22AV2-110 141 110 81 22 0.87 199.0 7.8 468.3 18.4 3.3 7.26
H22 Tang Holder Part No.

Tang Holder Options ~F4287

See pages 126-137 for the Hold and Drive Configuration Guide

H22 Bit Holder Part No.

Hold & Drive Options

Bit Holder Options 20D911100

A Bit holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

A Tang holds the bolt while the nut is tightened

AA23 Handle Part No.

NPT Air Inlet 20H103700

ISO Air Inlet 20H103701

Typical Tang Options
Typical Tang Options
AA33 Handle Part No.

NPT Air Inlet 20H103800

ISO Air Inlet 20H103801

Female Torx

Reaction Bar Part No.

Male Hex

Travel Reach

Reaction Bar Assembly 20K100000

Mounting Flange Assembly 20K100300

Reach

Bolt/ Tang Nut Tang holder

Female Hex

Base Mount Bracket Assembly 20K100500

Travel

Male Torx

Swivel Suspension Bails Part No.

Bolt Nut

Non-Splined 20K101400

Rectangular

Splined 20K200000

Minimum socket size to clear holder

Minimum socket size to clear holder

AA Tool Adjustment Screwdriver 20K401900

NOTE: The bolt can extend beyond the nut no more than the specified travel distance when tightened.

88 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image
Image
Image
AA Crowfoot Tools
AA23 Handle Part No.
AA33 Handle Part No.
AA23LC550-10 950 10 7.4 13 0.5 9 0.37 25 1
AA23LC106-13 745 13 9.6 12.7 0.50 16.2 0.64 25.4 1.00
AA23LC550-14 655 14 10.3 13 0.5 9 0.37 25 1
AA23LC8-14 745 14 10.3 13 0.5 16 0.64 25 1
AA23LC385-17 540 17 12.5 11.9 0.47 15.9 0.63 31.8 1.25
AA23LC308-19 505 19 14 13.5 0.53 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA23LC297-21 450 21 15.5 16.0 0.63 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA23LC66-21 450 21 15.5 16.0 0.63 21.3 0.84 31.8 1.25
AA23LC521-30 285 30 22.1 13.0 0.51 16.0 0.63 32.0 1.25
AA33LC362-25 470 25 18.4 13 0.5 16 0.63 26 1.02
AA33LC516-30 420 30 22.1 13.0 0.51 16.0 0.63 32.0 1.25
AA33LC29-31 390 31 22.9 21.0 0.81 14.0 0.55 38.1 1.50
AA33LC308-31 420 31 22.9 13.5 0.53 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA33LC297-35 370 35 25.8 16.0 0.63 20.6 0.81 31.8 1.25
AA33LC484-36 330 36 26.6 16 0.63 21 0.83 32 1.25
AA33LC66-40 325 40 29.5 16.0 0.63 21.3 0.84 31.8 1.25
AA33LC97-47 235 47 34.7 21.6 0.81 21.3 0.84 38.0 1.48
AA33LC506-50 235 50 36.9 33.0 1.30 17.0 0.68 66.0 2.60
AA33LC298-53 250 53 39.1 13.2 0.52 20.9 0.82 38.1 1.50
AA33LC187-54 170 54 39.8 21 0.81 15 0.58 38 1.5
AA33LC162-55 225 55 40.6 13.2 0.52 20.9 0.82 38.1 1.50
AA33LC499-58 210 58 42.8 13.2 0.52 16.5 0.65 38.0 1.48
AA33LC632-64 180 64 47.2 17 0.66 17 0.66 38 1.5
AA33LC31-70 170 70 51.6 20.6 0.81 27.9 1.10 38.1 1.50

Specifications

AA Repair Accessories

AA Tool Motor Service Kits

Descriptions Part Number
AA23 Motor Housing Service Kit 20M103400
AA33 Motor Housing Service Kit 20M103401
AA23 Motor Service Parts (Certified repair center only) 20M103450
AA33 Motor Service Parts (Certified repair center only) 20M103451
AA22 / 33 Handle Rebuild Kit 20H104800
AA22 / 33 Clutch Service Kit 20G110400
AA22 / 33 Clutch Shut-Off Overhaul Kit 20G110600
AA22 / 33 Clutch Adjuster Overhaul Kit 20G110500
Each of these tools is required to repair the AA motor. It is recommended to buy the complete kit once then any one of the components as needed when they wear out.

AA Motor Repair Tools

Descriptions Part Number
AA Motor Assembly / Disassembly Tool Kit (contains 1-each of the parts below) 20V102400
Motor Assembly Block 20V202001
Rear Bearing Press Tool 20V102300
Motor Bearing Removal Tool 20V202600
Motor Front Bearing Removal Tube 20V203200
Rear Bearing Removal Press Tool 20V201900
Motor Rear Bearing Removal Tube 20V203300

20V102400 AA Motor Repair Tool Kit Parts

Descriptions Part Number
Throttle Seat Install Tool 20V102000
Throttle Lever Install Tool 20V102100
Rear Bearing Press Tool, AA2/3 20V102300
A13-19 Assembly Tool 20V200700
Clutch Cam Assembly Install Tool 20V201400
Rear Brg Removal Press Tool, AA2/3 20V201900
Motor Assembly Block, AA2/3 20V202001
Motor Bearing Removal Tool, AA2/3 20V202600
Throttle Seat Install Plug AA2/3 20V202800
Motor Front Bearing Removal Tube 20V203200
Motor Rear Bearing Removal Tube 20V203300
QPM #3 Gear Case To Angle Head Socket 20V204000

See AA Tool Manual for Use.

90 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Assembly Tool Definitions

multi-tool assembly operations. Multiple spindle fixtured tools allow the simultaneous assembly of multiple fasteners. Output configurations are Right Angle, Inline, and Offset. Offset spindle heads allow for simultaneous fastening on closer center distance. All these configurations are available with retractable spindle outputs. Nutrunners

with reaction bars can mount on articulating arms or torque reaction balancers. These devices absorb torque reaction forces and help the operator to position the tool. Many hand held tools use mounting hardware for fixtured applications. Other assembly motors have mounting flanges for fixturing.

Tool Geometry — Configurations
Pistol Grip (1 to 670 Nm Capacity – ¼˝ to ½˝ Drive Size): Pistol grip tools are commonly used for hand held, low torque screw driving applications as well as higher torque fixtured or hand held applications where a reaction device can be used to absorb the torque reaction forces. Care should be taken to assure that the operator’s wrist is not strained during the use of these tools. Special tools can go up to 1200 Nm.
Hold and Drive (15 to 380 Nm Capacity): Hold and drive tools simultaneously hold the bolt while the nut is tightened. A formed end on the bolt interfaces with a mating tang or bit, to prevent bolt rotation while the associated nut is tightened.

Pistol Grip

Crowfoot Nutrunners (Standard Tools – 1 to 216 Nm Capacity. Special Tools to 1500 Nm– 4 to 40mm Hex Socket): Crowfoot nutrunners use special tool geometries to access hard to reach applications where more conventional tools won’t fit. Gear driven heads provide high levels of torque control. Special head designs can solve most demanding assembly problems.

Angle Nutrunner

Angle Nutrunners (1 to 400 Nm Capacity – ¼˝ to ¾˝ Drive Size): Angle nutrunners are well suited for many assembly applications. The minimal dimensions of our angle heads allow them to reach into restricted places, while their longer effective length reduces the torque reaction forces on the handle. For higher torque applications, these tools can be fitted with torque reaction devices. STANLEY offers a broad line of air and electric angle nutrunners with a variety of control methods.

Hold and Drive

Tubenut Nutrunners (1 to 100 Nm Capacity – 8 to 32mm Hex Socket): Tubenut nutrunners typically fasten the compression fittings on fluid lines. They can also fasten cable assemblies and tie rod adjustment applications. After tightening the tool returns the socket to the home open position for removal of the tool.

Crowfoot Nutrunner

Tubenut Nutrunner

150 STANLEYENGINEEREDFASTENING.COM 04/23

Image